Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 21, 2011

Registration No. 333-174803

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Amendment No. 3
to

Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  4922
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  75-2771546
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

100 Congress Avenue, Suite 450
Austin, Texas 78701
(512) 473-2662

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)

J. Gregory Holloway
Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
100 Congress Avenue, Suite 450
Austin, Texas 78701
(512) 473-2662

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

Copies to:

Sean T. Wheeler
Keith Benson

Latham & Watkins LLP
717 Texas Avenue, 16th Floor
Houston, Texas 77002
(713) 546-5400

 

Mike Rosenwasser
E. Ramey Layne

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.
666 Fifth Avenue
New York, New York 10103
(212) 237-0000

        Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

        If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.    o

        If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

        If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

        If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o

        The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, dated December 21, 2011


PROSPECTUS

LOGO

USA Compression Partners, LP

Common Units

Representing Limited Partner Interests

        This is the initial public offering of our common units. We are offering            common units in this offering. No public market currently exists for our common units. We currently estimate that the initial public offering price will be between $            and $            per common unit. We intend to apply to list our common units on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "USAC".

        Investing in our common units involves risks. Please read "Risk Factors" beginning on page 21 of this prospectus.

        These risks include the following:

       
 
 
  Per Common Unit
  Total
 

Public Offering Price

  $             $          
 

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions

  $             $          
 

Proceeds to USA Compression Partners, LP (before expenses)

  $             $          

 

        We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional            common units on the same terms and conditions as set forth above if the underwriters sell more than             common units in this offering.

        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

        The underwriters expect to deliver the common units on or about            , 2011.

Barclays Capital   Goldman, Sachs & Co.

                    , 2011


Table of Contents

        [GRAPHIC]


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page  

Summary

    1  
   

Overview

    1  
   

Natural Gas Compression Fundamentals

    3  
   

Business Strategies

    3  
   

Competitive Strengths

    4  
 

Our Relationship with Riverstone

    6  
 

Risk Factors

    7  
 

Partnership Structure and Offering-Related Transactions

    8  
 

Organizational Structure After the Offering

    9  
 

Our Management

    10  
 

Principal Executive Offices and Internet Address

    10  
 

Summary of Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties

    10  
 

The Offering

    11  
 

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data

    16  
 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    19  

Risk Factors

   
21
 
   

Risks Related to Our Business

    21  
   

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us

    31  
   

Tax Risks to Common Unitholders

    39  

Use of Proceeds

   
44
 

Capitalization

   
45
 

Dilution

   
46
 

Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions

   
47
 
   

General

    47  
   

Our Minimum Quarterly Distribution

    48  
   

Pro Forma Cash Available for Distribution for the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2011

    50  
   

Estimated Cash Available for Distribution for the Year Ending December 31, 2012

    52  
   

Assumptions and Considerations

    55  

Provisions of our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions

   
59
 
   

Distributions of Available Cash

    59  
   

Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus

    60  
   

Capital Expenditures

    62  
   

Subordination Period

    63  
   

Distributions of Available Cash From Operating Surplus During the Subordination Period

    64  
   

Distributions of Available Cash From Operating Surplus After the Subordination Period

    65  
   

General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights

    65  
   

Percentage Allocations of Available Cash From Operating Surplus

    66  
   

General Partner's Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels

    66  
   

Distributions From Capital Surplus

    69  
   

Adjustment to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels

    69  
   

Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation

    70  

Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data

   
72
 

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   
77
 
   

Overview

    77  
   

General Trends and Outlook

    77  
   

Factors That Affect Our Future Results

    78  
   

How We Evaluate Our Operations

    79  
   

Accounting Terminology and Principals

    81  

i


Table of Contents

 
  Page  
   

Operating Highlights

    82  
   

Financial Results of Operations

    85  
   

Effects of Inflation

    90  
   

Liquidity and Capital Resources

    91  
   

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

    95  
   

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

    95  
   

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

    96  

Natural Gas Compression Industry

   
97
 

Business

   
99
 
   

Overview

    99  
   

Business Strategies

    100  
   

Competitive Strengths

    101  
   

Our Operations

    102  

Management of USA Compression Partners, LP

   
111
 
   

Directors and Executive Officers

    112  
   

Reimbursement of Expenses of Our General Partner

    114  
   

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

    114  
   

Summary Compensation Table

    121  
   

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

    122  
   

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2010

    123  
   

Units Vested

    123  
   

Pension Benefits for 2010

    124  
   

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

    124  
   

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control

    124  
   

Director Compensation

    125  
   

2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan

    125  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

   
128
 

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

   
129
 
   

Distributions and Payments to Our General Partner and its Affiliates

    129  
   

Agreements Governing the Transactions

    130  
   

Relationship with Penn Virginia Resource Partners

    130  
   

Procedures for Review, Approval and Ratification of Related-Person Transactions

    131  

Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties

   
132
 
   

Conflicts of Interest

    132  
   

Fiduciary Duties

    137  

Description of the Common Units

   
140
 
   

The Units

    140  
   

Transfer Agent and Registrar

    140  
   

Transfer of Common Units

    140  

The Partnership Agreement

   
142
 
   

Organization and Duration

    142  
   

Purpose

    142  
   

Cash Distributions

    142  
   

Capital Contributions

    142  
   

Voting Rights

    143  
   

Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction

    144  
   

Limited Liability

    145  
   

Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests

    146  
   

Amendment of the Partnership Agreement

    147  
   

Merger, Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets

    149  
   

Dissolution

    149  

ii


Table of Contents

 
  Page  
   

Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds

    150  
   

Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner

    150  
   

Registration Rights

    151  
   

Transfer of General Partner Interest

    151  
   

Transfer of Ownership Interests in the General Partner

    152  
   

Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights

    152  
   

Change of Management Provisions

    152  
   

Limited Call Right

    152  
   

Non-Citizen Assignees; Redemption

    153  
   

Non-Taxpaying Assignees; Redemption

    153  
   

Meetings; Voting

    154  
   

Status as Limited Partner

    154  
   

Indemnification

    154  
   

Reimbursement of Expenses

    155  
   

Books and Reports

    155  
   

Right to Inspect Our Books and Records

    156  

Units Eligible for Future Sale

   
157
 

Material Federal Income Tax Consequences

   
158
 
   

Partnership Status

    158  
   

Limited Partner Status

    160  
   

Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership

    160  
   

Tax Treatment of Operations

    167  
   

Disposition of Common Units

    168  
   

Uniformity of Units

    170  
   

Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other Investors

    171  
   

Administrative Matters

    172  
   

Recent Legislative Developments

    174  
   

State, Local, Foreign and Other Tax Considerations

    174  

Investment in USA Compression Partners, LP by Employee Benefit Plans

   
176
 

Underwriting

   
178
 

Validity of the Common Units

   
184
 

Experts

   
184
 

Where You Can Find More Information

   
184
 

Forward-Looking Statements

   
184
 

Index to Financial Statements

   
F-1
 

Appendix A—Form of Partnership Agreement

       

Appendix B—Glossary of Terms

       

        You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or any other information to which we have referred you in connection with this offering. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor the sale of common units means that information contained in this prospectus is correct after the date of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy the common units in any circumstances under which the offer or solicitation is unlawful.

        Until                        , 2011 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common units, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

iii


Table of Contents


SUMMARY

        This summary provides a brief overview of information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common units. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the historical and pro forma financial statements and the notes to those financial statements included in this prospectus. Unless indicated otherwise, the information presented in this prospectus assumes an initial public offering price of $           per common unit and that the underwriters' option to purchase additional common units is not exercised. You should read "Risk Factors" for more information about important risks that you should consider carefully before buying our common units. We include a glossary of some of the terms used in this prospectus as Appendix B.

        References in this prospectus to "USA Compression," "we," "our," "us," "the Partnership" or like terms refer to USA Compression Partners, LP and its wholly owned subsidiaries, including USA Compression Partners, LLC ("USAC Operating"). References to "USA Compression Holdings" refer to USA Compression Holdings, LLC, the owner of USA Compression GP, LLC, our general partner. References to "Riverstone" refer to Riverstone/Carlyle Global Energy and Power Fund IV, L.P., and affiliated entities, including Riverstone Holdings LLC.


Overview

        We are a growth-oriented Delaware limited partnership and, based on management's significant experience in the industry, we believe we are one of the largest independent providers of compression services in the U.S. in terms of available compression unit horsepower. We employ a customer-focused business philosophy in partnering with our diverse customer base, which is comprised of producers, processors, gatherers and transporters of natural gas. Natural gas compression, a mechanical process whereby natural gas is compressed to a smaller volume resulting in a higher pressure, is an essential part of the production and transportation of natural gas. As part of our services, we engineer, design, operate, service and repair our compression units and maintain related support inventory and equipment. The compression units in our modern fleet are designed to be easily adaptable to fit our customers' dynamic compression requirements. By focusing on the needs of our customers and by providing them with reliable and flexible compression services, we are able to develop long-term relationships, which lead to more stable cash flows for our unitholders. We have been providing compression services since 1998. As of September 30, 2011, we had over 711,000 of available horsepower and approximately 52,000 of new compression unit horsepower on order for delivery primarily between January 2012 and March 2012. We ordered an additional 4,400 horsepower in October 2011 for delivery during this same period. In November 2011, we ordered approximately 88,700 of additional new compression horsepower, of which 24,200 horsepower is expected to be delivered between January 2012 and March 2012 and 64,500 horsepower is expected to be delivered between April 2012 and June 2012. From 2003 through the third quarter of 2011, we had an average fleet utilization of over 90% based on horsepower.

        We focus primarily on large-horsepower infrastructure applications. As of September 30, 2011, we estimate that over 90% of our revenue generating horsepower was deployed in large-volume gathering systems, processing facilities and transportation applications. We utilize a modern fleet, with an average age of our compression units of five years. Our standard new-build compression unit is generally configured for multiple compression stages, allowing us to operate our units across a broad range of operating conditions. This flexibility allows us to enter into longer-term contracts and reduces the redeployment risk of our horsepower in the field. Our modern and standardized fleet, decentralized field-level operating structure and technical proficiency in predictive and preventive maintenance and overhaul operations have enabled us to achieve average service run times consistently above the levels required by our customers.

1


Table of Contents

        The following table provides a summary of our compression units by horsepower as of September 30, 2011 (including additional new compression unit horsepower on order for delivery primarily between January 2012 and March 2012):

Unit Horsepower
  Actual
Horsepower
  Horsepower
on Order(1)
  Adjusted
Horsepower(2)
  Percentage
of Adjusted
Horsepower
 

<500

    135,407         135,407     17.7 %

>500 <1,000

    102,664         102,664     13.5 %

>1,000

    473,392     51,520     524,912     68.8 %
                   

Total

    711,463     51,520     762,983     100.0 %
                   

(1)
In October 2011, we ordered approximately 4,400 of new compression horsepower for delivery between January 2012 and March 2012. In November 2011, we ordered approximately 88,700 of additional new compression horsepower, of which 24,200 horsepower is expected to be delivered between January 2012 and March 2012 and 64,500 horsepower is expected to be delivered between April 2012 and June 2012. This new compression horsepower is not included in the table above as of September 30, 2011.

(2)
Comprised of 1,036 compression units, including 36 additional new compression units on order.

        We generally provide compression services to our customers under long-term, fixed-fee contracts, with initial contract terms of up to five years. We typically continue to provide compression services to our customers beyond their initial contract terms, either through contract renewals or on a month-to-month basis. Our customers are typically required to pay our monthly fee even during periods of limited or disrupted natural gas flows, which enhances the stability and predictability of our cash flows. We are not directly exposed to natural gas price risk because we do not take title to the natural gas we compress and because the natural gas used as fuel by our compression units is supplied by our customers without cost to us.

        We provide compression services primarily in shale plays, including the Fayetteville, Marcellus, Woodford, Barnett, Eagle Ford and Haynesville shales. We believe compression services for shale production will increase in the future. According to the Annual Energy Outlook 2011 prepared by the U.S. Energy Information Administration, or EIA, natural gas production from shale formations will increase from 16% of total U.S. natural gas production in 2009 to 47% of total U.S. natural gas production in 2035. Not only are the production and transportation volumes in these and other shale plays increasing, but the geological and reservoir characteristics of these shales are also particularly attractive for compression services. The changes in production volume and pressure of shale plays over time result in a wider range of compression requirements than in conventional basins. We believe we are well-positioned to meet these changing operating conditions as a result of the flexibility of our compression units. While our business focus is largely compression serving shale plays, we also provide compression services in more mature conventional basins. These conventional basins require increasing amounts of compression as they age and pressures decline, which we believe will provide an additional source of stable and growing cash flows for our unitholders.

        For the year ended December 31, 2010, our business generated revenues, net income and net income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, and certain other adjustments, or Adjusted EBITDA, of $92.0 million, $10.5 million and $52.0 million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, our business generated revenues, net income and Adjusted EBITDA of $70.3 million, $0.05 million and $36.9 million, respectively. Please read "—Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for an explanation of Adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-GAAP financial measure, and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to its most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP.

2


Table of Contents


Natural Gas Compression Fundamentals

        Demand for our compression services is directly linked to the production and consumption of natural gas. We believe we will be able to build our business organically by capitalizing on the following positive long-term fundamentals for the domestic natural gas compression services industry:


Business Strategies

        Our principal business objective is to increase the quarterly cash distributions that we pay to our unitholders over time while ensuring the ongoing stability and growth of our business. We expect to achieve this objective by executing on the following strategies:

3


Table of Contents


Competitive Strengths

        We believe that we are well positioned to successfully execute our business strategies and achieve our principal business objective because of the following competitive strengths:

4


Table of Contents

        The compression services business is highly competitive. Some of our competitors have a broader geographic scope, as well as greater financial and other resources than we do. Smaller companies that compete with us may be able to more quickly adapt to changes within our industry and changes in economic conditions as a whole. Additionally, the current availability of attractive financing terms makes the purchase of individual compression units increasingly affordable to our customers. For further discussion of the risks that we face, please read "Risk Factors."


Recent Developments

        Prior to November 16, 2011, the revolving credit facility bore interest, at our election, at an alternate base rate, or at a rate ranging from 300 to 375 basis points above LIBOR (as defined in the credit agreement), depending on our leverage ratio. On November 16, 2011, we amended our revolving credit facility, which increased the overall commitments under the facility from $400 million to $500 million and reduced our applicable margin for LIBOR loans to a range of 200 to 275 basis points above LIBOR, depending on our leverage ratio. At November 30, 2011, the interest rate on amounts borrowed under the revolving credit facility was 3.0%.

        On December 15, 2011, we purchased all the compression units previously leased from Caterpillar Financial Services Corporation, which we refer to as Caterpillar, for $43 million and terminated all the lease schedules and covenants under the facility. This purchase was funded by additional borrowing under our revolving credit facility.

5


Table of Contents


Our Relationship with Riverstone

        Over 97% of the equity in USA Compression Holdings is owned by Riverstone, with the balance owned by our current officers and employees and a small, non-controlling investor. Riverstone, a global energy- and power-focused private equity firm founded in 2000, has approximately $17 billion of assets under management across six investment funds. Riverstone conducts buyout and growth capital investments in the midstream, exploration and production, energy services, power and renewable sectors of the energy industry. With offices in New York, London and Houston, Riverstone has committed approximately $15.9 billion to 78 investments in North America, South America, Europe and Asia. As the owner of our general partner, approximately       % of our outstanding common units, all of our subordinated units and all of our incentive distribution rights, USA Compression Holdings and Riverstone are incentivized to support and promote the successful execution of our business plan.

6


Table of Contents


Risk Factors

        An investment in our common units involves risks. Below is a summary of certain key risk factors that you should consider in evaluating an investment in our common units. This list is not exhaustive. Please read the full discussion of these risks and other risks described under "Risk Factors."


Risks Related to Our Business


Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us


Tax Risks to Common Unitholders

7


Table of Contents


Partnership Structure and Offering-Related Transactions

        We were formed in 2008 as a Texas limited partnership and converted to a Delaware limited partnership in 2011. USA Compression Holdings, LLC currently holds all of our limited partner interests. In order to maximize operational flexibility, we will conduct our operations through subsidiaries. At or prior to the closing of this offering, the following transactions, which we refer to as the offering-related transactions, will occur:

8


Table of Contents


Organizational Structure After the Offering

        The following diagram depicts our organizational structure and ownership after giving effect to this offering and the related offering-related transactions.

Public Common Units

      %(1)

Common Units held by USA Compression Holdings

      %(1)

Subordinated Units held by USA Compression Holdings

    49.0 %

Incentive Distribution Rights

          (2)

General Partner Units

    2.0 %
 

Total

    100.0 %
       

(1)
Assumes the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units.

(2)
Incentive distribution rights represent a potentially variable interest in distributions and thus are not expressed as a fixed percentage. Please read "Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights."

GRAPHIC

9


Table of Contents


Our Management

        Our general partner has sole responsibility for conducting our business and for managing our operations and is controlled by USA Compression Holdings, which is controlled by Riverstone. Our general partner will not receive any management fee or other compensation in connection with the management of our business or this offering, but it will be entitled to reimbursement of all direct and indirect expenses incurred on our behalf, which we expect to be approximately $                        for the twelve months ending September 30, 2012. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us.

        The board of directors of our general partner will initially be comprised of five members, all of whom will be designated by USA Compression Holdings and one of whom will be independent. In compliance with the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, a second independent director will be appointed to the board of directors of USA Compression GP, LLC within 90 days of listing and a third independent director will be appointed within twelve months of listing. Neither our general partner nor its board of directors will be elected by our unitholders. USA Compression Holdings is the sole member of our general partner and will have the right to appoint our general partner's entire board of directors, including the independent directors.


Principal Executive Offices and Internet Address

        Our principal executive offices are located at 100 Congress Avenue, Suite 450, Austin, Texas 78701 and our telephone number is (512) 473-2662. Our website is located at www.usacpartners.com and will be activated in connection with the closing of this offering. We will make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, available, free of charge, through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.


Summary of Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties

        Our general partner has a legal duty to manage us in a manner beneficial to our partners. This legal duty originates in statutes and judicial decisions and is commonly referred to as a "fiduciary duty." However, the officers and directors of our general partner also have fiduciary duties to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial to its owner, USA Compression Holdings. Certain of the officers and directors of our general partner are also officers and directors of USA Compression Holdings. As a result, conflicts of interest will arise in the future between us and holders of our common units, on the one hand, and USA Compression Holdings and our general partner, on the other hand. For example, our general partner will be entitled to make determinations that affect the amount of distributions we make to the holders of common and subordinated units, which in turn has an effect on whether our general partner receives incentive distributions.

        Our partnership agreement limits the liability of, and reduces the fiduciary duties owed by, our general partner to holders of our common units. Our partnership agreement also restricts the remedies available to holders of our common units for actions that might otherwise constitute a breach of our general partner's fiduciary duties. By purchasing a common unit, the purchaser agrees to be bound by the terms of our partnership agreement, and pursuant to the terms of our partnership agreement each holder of common units consents to various actions and potential conflicts of interest contemplated in the partnership agreement that might otherwise be considered a breach of fiduciary or other duties under applicable state law.

        For a more detailed description of the conflicts of interest and the fiduciary duties of our general partner, please read "Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties."

10


Table of Contents


The Offering

Common units offered to the public

              common units.

 

            common units, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common units.

Units outstanding after this offering

 

            common units and            subordinated units, representing a            % and 49.0% limited partner interest in us, respectively. The exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional common units will not affect the total number of units outstanding or the amount of cash needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all units. Our general partner will own a 2.0% general partner interest in us.

Use of proceeds

 

We expect to receive net proceeds from the issuance and sale of common units offered by this prospectus of approximately $       million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses.

 

We will use the net proceeds from this offering to repay indebtedness outstanding under our revolving credit facility. We will incur indebtedness under our revolving credit facility to fund capital expenditures, terminate interest rate swaps related to our revolving credit facility and for working capital needs. We have incurred indebtedness from time to time under our revolving credit facility to fund capital expenditures and for working capital purposes and on December 15, 2011 we used borrowings under the facility to purchase the compression units previously leased from Caterpillar. Prior to November 16, 2011, the revolving credit facility bore interest, at our election, at an alternate base rate, or at a rate ranging from 300 to 375 basis points above LIBOR (as defined in the credit agreement), depending on our leverage ratio. On November 16, 2011, we amended our revolving credit facility, which increased the overall commitments under the facility from $400 million to $500 million and reduced our applicable margin for LIBOR loans to a range of 200 to 275 basis points above LIBOR, depending on our leverage ratio. At November 30, 2011, the interest rate on amounts borrowed under the revolving credit facility was 3.0%.

 

We will use the net proceeds from any exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional common units to redeem from USA Compression Holdings a number of common units equal to the number of common units issued upon the exercise of the underwriters' option.

11


Table of Contents

Cash distributions

 

Our general partner will adopt a cash distribution policy that will require us to pay a minimum quarterly distribution of $      per unit ($      per unit on an annualized basis) to the extent we have sufficient cash from operations after establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including payments to our general partner and its affiliates. We refer to this cash as "available cash," and it is defined in our partnership agreement included in this prospectus as Appendix A and in the glossary included in this prospectus as Appendix B. Our ability to pay the minimum quarterly distribution is subject to various restrictions and other factors described in more detail under the caption "Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions." For the first quarter that we are publicly traded, we will pay a prorated distribution covering the period from the completion of this offering through December 31, 2011, based on the actual length of that period.

 

Our partnership agreement requires that we distribute all of our available cash each quarter in the following manner:

 

•       first, 98.0% to the holders of common units and 2.0% to our general partner, until each common unit has received the minimum quarterly distribution of $        , plus any arrearages from prior quarters;

 

•       second, 98.0% to the holders of subordinated units and 2.0% to our general partner, until each subordinated unit has received the minimum quarterly distribution of $        ; and

 

•       third, 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until each unit has received a distribution of $        .        

 

If cash distributions to our unitholders exceed $          per unit in any quarter, our general partner will receive, in addition to distributions on its 2.0% general partner interest, increasing percentages, up to 48.0%, of the cash we distribute in excess of that amount. We refer to these distributions as "incentive distributions." Please read "Provisions of our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions."

12


Table of Contents

 

The amount of pro forma available cash generated during the year ended December 31, 2010 would have been sufficient to allow us to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution ($          per unit per quarter, or $          on an annualized basis) on all of our common units and a cash distribution of $          per unit per quarter ($          per unit on an annualized basis), or approximately          % of the minimum quarterly distribution, on all of our subordinated units for such period. The amount of pro forma available cash generated during the twelve months ended September 30, 2011 would have been sufficient to allow us to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all common units and a cash distribution of $          per quarter ($          on an annualized basis), or approximately          % of the minimum quarterly distribution, on all of our subordinated units for such period. Please read "Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions."

 

We believe that, based on our estimated cash available for distribution as described under the caption "Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions," we will have sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the minimum quarterly distribution of $          per unit on all common and subordinated units and the corresponding distributions on our general partner's 2.0% interest for the four-quarter period ending December 31, 2012. Please read "Risk Factors" and "Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions."

Subordinated units

 

USA Compression Holdings will initially own all of our subordinated units. The principal difference between our common and subordinated units is that in any quarter during the subordination period, holders of the subordinated units are not entitled to receive any distribution until the common units have received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution from prior quarters. Subordinated units will not accrue arrearages.

Conversion of subordinated units

 

The subordination period will end on the first business day after we have earned and paid at least (i) $          (the minimum quarterly distribution on an annualized basis) on each outstanding unit and the corresponding distribution on our general partner's 2.0% interest for each of three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods ending on or after December 31, 2014 or (ii) $          (150.0% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on each outstanding unit and the corresponding distributions on our general partner's 2.0% interest and the related distribution on the incentive distribution rights for the four-quarter period immediately preceding that date.

13


Table of Contents

 

When the subordination period ends, all subordinated units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, and all common units thereafter will no longer be entitled to arrearages. For a description of the subordination period, please read "Provisions of our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Subordination Period."

General Partner's right to reset the target distribution levels                                                                                                                                                                   

 

Our general partner has the right, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and it has received incentive distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled (48.0%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the initial target distribution levels at higher levels based on our cash distributions at the time of the exercise of the reset election. Following a reset election by our general partner, the minimum quarterly distribution will be adjusted to equal the reset minimum quarterly distribution, and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on the same percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution.

 

If our general partner elects to reset the target distribution levels, it will be entitled to receive common units and general partner units. The number of common units to be issued to our general partner will equal the number of common units that would have entitled the holder to an average aggregate quarterly cash distribution in the prior two quarters equal to the average of the distributions to our general partner on the incentive distribution rights in the prior two quarters. Please read "Provisions of our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—General Partner's Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels."

Issuance of additional units

 

We can issue an unlimited number of units without the consent of our unitholders. Please read "Units Eligible for Future Sale" and "The Partnership Agreement—Issuance of Additional Partnership Units."

Limited voting rights

 

Our general partner will manage and operate us. Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, our unitholders will have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business. Our unitholders will have no right to elect our general partner or its directors on an annual or continuing basis. Our general partner may not be removed except by a vote of the holders of at least 662/3% of the outstanding units voting together as a single class, including any units owned by our general partner and its affiliates, including USA Compression Holdings. Upon consummation of this offering, USA Compression Holdings will own an aggregate of          % of our common and subordinated units. This will give USA Compression Holdings the ability to prevent the involuntary removal of our general partner. Please read "The Partnership Agreement—Voting Rights."

14


Table of Contents

Limited call right

 

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80% of the outstanding common units, our general partner has the right, but not the obligation, to purchase all of the remaining common units at a price that is not less than the then-current market price of the common units, as calculated pursuant to the terms of our partnership agreement. At the end of the subordination period (which could occur as early as December 31, 2012), assuming no additional issuances of common units (other than upon the conversion of the subordinated units), USA Compression Holdings will own an aggregate of approximately          % of our outstanding common units. For additional information about this right, please read "The Partnership Agreement—Limited Call Right."

Estimated ratio of taxable income to distributions

 

We estimate that if you own the common units you purchase in this offering through the record date for distributions for the period ending December 31, 2014, you will be allocated, on a cumulative basis, an amount of federal taxable income for that period that will be          % or less of the cash distributed to you with respect to that period. For example, if you receive an annual distribution of $          per unit, we estimate that your average allocable federal taxable income per year will be no more than $          per unit. Please read "Material Federal Income Tax Consequences—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Ratio of Taxable Income to Distributions."

Material tax consequences

 

For a discussion of other material federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to prospective unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the U.S., please read "Material Federal Income Tax Consequences." All statements of legal conclusions contained in "Material Federal Income Tax Consequences," unless otherwise noted, are the opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP with respect to the matters discussed therein.

Exchange listing                                                                                                                                                                                        

 

We intend to apply to list our common units on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "USAC".

15


Table of Contents


Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data

        The following table presents our summary historical financial and operating data and pro forma financial data for the periods and as of the dates presented. The following table should be read together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the historical and pro forma financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The summary historical financial and operating data has been prepared on the following basis:

        We were acquired by USA Compression Holdings on December 23, 2010. In connection with this acquisition, our assets and liabilities were adjusted to fair value on the closing date by application of "push-down" accounting. Due to these adjustments, our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements are presented in two distinct periods to indicate the application of two different bases of accounting between the periods presented: (i) the periods prior to the acquisition date for accounting purposes, using a date of convenience of December 31, 2010, are identified as "Predecessor," and (ii) the periods from December 31, 2010 forward are identified as "Successor." Please read note 1 to our audited financial statements as of December 31, 2010 included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The summary pro forma financial information for the year ended December 31, 2010 and as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 is derived from our unaudited pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma adjustments have been prepared as if the transactions described below had taken place on September 30, 2011, in the case of the pro forma balance sheet, or as of January 1, 2010, in the case of the pro forma statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. These transactions include:

        The pro forma financial information should not be considered as indicative of the historical results we would have had or the results we will have after this offering.

        The following table includes the non-GAAP financial measure of Adjusted EBITDA. We define Adjusted EBITDA as our net income before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation expense,

16


Table of Contents


impairment of compression equipment, share-based compensation expense, expenses under our operating lease with Caterpillar and certain fees and expenses related to our sale to USA Compression Holdings in 2010. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to its most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, please read "—Non-GAAP Financial Measures."

 
  Historical   Pro Forma  
 
  Predecessor    
  Successor(1)    
   
 
 
   
   
   
  Nine
Months
Ended
September 30,

 



  Nine
Months
Ended
September 30,

   
  Nine
Months
Ended
September 30,
2011
 
 
  Year Ended December 31,   Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
 
 
  2008   2009   2010   2010    
  2011  
 
  (in thousands, except per unit and operating data)
 

Revenues:

                                               
 

Contract operations

  $ 87,905   $ 93,178   $ 89,785   $ 67,020       $ 68,762   $ 89,785   $ 68,762  
 

Parts and service

    2,918     2,050     2,243     1,539         1,565     2,243     1,565  
                                   
 

Total revenues

    90,823     95,228     92,028     68,559         70,327     92,028     70,327  

Costs and expenses:

                                               
 

Cost of operations, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

    29,320     30,096     33,292     24,339         28,057     33,292     28,057  
 

Selling, general and administrative(2)

    8,709     9,136     11,370     7,107         8,500     9,532     8,500  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    18,016     22,957     24,569     18,196         24,044     29,399     24,044  
 

(Gain) loss on sale of assets

    (235 )   (74 )   (90 )   (66 )       159     (90 )   159  
 

Impairment of compression equipment

        1,677                          
                                   
 

Total costs and expenses

    55,810     63,792     69,141     49,576         60,760     72,133     60,760  
                                   

Operating income

    35,013     31,436     22,887     18,983         9,567     19,895     9,567  

Other income (expense):

                                               
 

Interest expense

    (14,003 )   (10,043 )   (12,279 )   (6,811 )       (9,424 )   (7,785 )   (4,234 )
 

Other

    20     25     26     21         17     26     17  
                                   
 

Total other expense

    (13,983 )   (10,018 )   (12,253 )   (6,790 )       (9,407 )   (7,759 )   (4,217 )
                                   

Income before income tax expense

    21,030     21,418     10,634     12,193         160     12,136     5,350  
                                   

Income tax expense(3)

    119     190     155     118         111     155     111  
                                   

Net income

  $ 20,911   $ 21,228   $ 10,479   $ 12,075       $ 49   $ 11,981   $ 5,239  
                                   
 

Adjusted EBITDA

 
$

53,274
 
$

56,917
 
$

51,987
 
$

38,858
     
$

36,912
 
$

51,987
 
$

36,912
 

Pro forma net income per limited partner unit:

                                               
 

Common unit

                                               
 

Subordinated unit

                                               

Other Financial Data:

                                               
 

Capital expenditures

  $ 92,708   $ 29,580   $ 18,886   $ 16,451       $ 65,153              
 

Cash flows provided by (used in):

                                               
   

Operating activities

    40,699     42,945     38,572     35,020         28,673              
   

Investing activities

    (88,102 )   (26,763 )   (18,768 )   (16,358 )       (64,379 )            
   

Financing activities

    46,364     (16,545 )   (19,804 )   (18,317 )       35,706              

Operating Data (at period end, except averages)—unaudited

                                               
 

Total available horsepower(4)

    568,359     582,530     612,410     607,010         711,463              
 

Revenue generating horsepower(5)

    496,606     502,177     533,692     523,476         591,290              
 

Average revenue generating horsepower(6)

    455,673     489,243     516,703     512,132         551,566              
 

Revenue generating compression units

    763     749     795     787         839              
 

Average horsepower per revenue generating compression unit(7)

    651     670     671     666         683              
 

Horsepower utilization(8)

                                               
   

At period end

    95.2 %   92.0 %   91.8 %   94.8 %       92.8 %            
   

Average for the period(9)

    95.9 %   92.7 %   92.6 %   92.6 %       91.4 %            

 
  Predecessor    
  Successor(1)    
   
 

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

                                               
 

Working capital(10)

  $ (7,656 ) $ (4,678 )     $ (3,984 )       $ (11,120 )       $ (11,120 )
 

Total assets

    349,645     352,757         614,718           654,607           654,757  
 

Long-term debt

    276,537     260,470         255,491           291,544           107,054  
 

Partners' capital

    49,685     72,626         338,954           339,003           523,643  

17


Table of Contents


(1)
Reflects the push-down of the purchase accounting for our acquisition by USA Compression Holdings on December 23, 2010.

(2)
Pro forma selling, general and administrative expense does not include incremental general and administrative expenses we expect to incur as a result of being a publicly traded partnership. We expect these expenses to total approximately $3.1 million per year.

(3)
This represents the Texas franchise tax (applicable to income apportioned to Texas) which, in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 740 "Income Taxes," or ASC 740, is classified as income tax for reporting purposes.

(4)
Total available horsepower is revenue generating horsepower under contract for which we are billing a customer, horsepower in our fleet that is under contract but is not yet generating revenue, horsepower not yet in our fleet that is under contract not yet generating revenue that is subject to a purchase order and idle horsepower. Total available horsepower excludes new horsepower on order for which we do not have a compression services contract. As of September 30, 2011, we had approximately 52,000 of additional new compression unit horsepower on order for delivery to us primarily between January 2012 and March 2012. We ordered an additional 4,400 horsepower in October 2011 for delivery during this same period. In November 2011, we ordered approximately 88,700 of additional new compression horsepower, of which 24,200 horsepower is expected to be delivered between January 2012 and March 2012 and 64,500 horsepower is expected to be delivered between April 2012 and June 2012.

(5)
Revenue generating horsepower is horsepower under contract for which we are billing a customer.

(6)
Calculated as the average of the month-end revenue generating horsepower for each of the months in the period.

(7)
Calculated as the average of the month-end horsepower per revenue generating compression unit for each of the months in the period.

(8)
Horsepower utilization is calculated as (i)(a) revenue generating horsepower plus (b) horsepower in our fleet that is under contract, but is not yet generating revenue plus (c) horsepower not yet in our fleet that is under contract not yet generating revenue and that is subject to a purchase order, divided by (ii) total available horsepower less idle horsepower that is under repair.

(9)
Calculated as the average utilization for the months in the period based on utilization at the end of each month in the period.

(10)
Working capital is defined as current assets minus current liabilities.

18


Table of Contents


Non-GAAP Financial Measures

        We include in this prospectus the non-GAAP financial measure of Adjusted EBITDA. We view Adjusted EBITDA as one of our primary management tools, and we track this item on a monthly basis both as an absolute amount and as a percentage of revenue compared to the prior month, year-to-date and prior year and to budget. We define Adjusted EBITDA as our net income before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation expense, impairment of compression equipment, share-based compensation expense, expenses under our operating lease with Caterpillar and certain fees and expenses related to our sale to USA Compression Holdings in 2010. Adjusted EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by our management and external users of our financial statements, such as investors and commercial banks, to assess:

        We believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors because, when viewed with our GAAP results and the accompanying reconciliations, it provides a more complete understanding of our performance than GAAP results alone. We also believe that external users of our financial statements benefit from having access to the same financial measures that management uses in evaluating the results of our business.

        Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered an alternative to, or more meaningful than, net income, operating income, cash flows from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with GAAP as measures of operating performance and liquidity. Moreover, our Adjusted EBITDA as presented may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.

        Adjusted EBITDA does not include interest expense, income taxes, depreciation expense, impairment of compression equipment, share-based compensation expense, expenses under our operating lease with Caterpillar and certain fees and expenses related to our sale to USA Compression Holdings in December 2010. Because we borrow money under our revolving credit facility and have historically utilized operating leases to finance our operations, interest expense and operating lease expense are necessary elements of our costs. Because we use capital assets, depreciation and impairment of compression equipment is also a necessary element of our costs. Expense related to share-based compensation expense related to equity awards to employees is also necessary to operate our business. Therefore, measures that exclude these elements have material limitations. To compensate for these limitations, we believe that it is important to consider both net income and net cash provided by operating activities determined under GAAP, as well as Adjusted EBITDA, to evaluate our financial performance and our liquidity. Our Adjusted EBITDA excludes some, but not all, items that affect net income and net cash provided by operating activities, and these measures may vary among companies. Management compensates for the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA as an analytical tool by reviewing the comparable GAAP measures, understanding the differences between the measures and incorporating this knowledge into management's decision-making processes.

19


Table of Contents

        The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA to net income and net cash provided by operating activities, its most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, for each of the periods presented:

 
  Historical   Pro Forma  
 
  Predecessor    
  Successor    
   
 
 
   
   
   
  Nine
Months
Ended
September 30,

 



  Nine
Months
Ended
September 30,

   
  Nine
Months
Ended
September 30,
2011
 
 
  Year Ended December 31,   Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
 
 
  2008   2009   2010   2010    
  2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 
                                                 

Net income

 
$

20,911
 
$

21,228
 
$

10,479
 
$

12,075
     
$

49
 
$

11,981
 
$

5,239
 
 

Interest expense

   
14,003
   
10,043
   
12,279
   
6,811
       
9,424
   
7,785
   
4,234
 
 

Depreciation and amortization

    18,016     22,957     24,569     18,196         24,044     29,399     24,044  
 

Income taxes

    119     190     155     118         111     155     111  
 

Impairment of compression equipment(1)

        1,677                          
 

Share-based compensation expense

    225     269     382     186             382      
 

Equipment operating lease expense(2)

        553     2,285     1,472         3,284     2,285     3,284  
 

Fees and expenses related to the sale to USA Compression Holdings(3)

            1,838                      
                                   
 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 53,274   $ 56,917   $ 51,987   $ 38,858       $ 36,912   $ 51,987   $ 36,912  
                                   
 

Interest expense

    (14,003 )   (10,043 )   (12,279 )   (6,811 )       (9,424 )            
 

Income tax expense

    (119 )   (190 )   (155 )   (118 )       (111 )            
 

Equipment operating lease expense

        (553 )   (2,285 )   (1,472 )       (3,284 )            
 

Fees and expenses related to the sale to USA Compression Holdings

            (1,838 )                        
 

Other

    201     288     3,362     228         (871 )            
 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                                               
   

Accounts receivable and advance to employee

    (2,458 )   1,865     (336 )   496         (142 )            
   

Inventory

    (155 )   (3,680 )   503     883         1,102              
   

Prepaids

    (1,165 )   608     (18 )   641         738              
   

Other non-current assets

    (3 )   (4 )   1     1         (2,143 )            
   

Accounts payable

    1,960     (857 )   (825 )   (860 )       1,785              
   

Accrued liabilities and deferred revenue

    3,167     (1,406 )   455     3,174         4,111              
                                       

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 40,699   $ 42,945   $ 38,572   $ 35,020       $ 28,673              
                                       

(1)
Represents non-cash charges incurred to write down long-lived assets with recorded values that are not expected to be recovered through future cash flows.

(2)
Represents expenses for the respective periods under the operating lease facility with Caterpillar, from whom we historically leased compression units and other equipment. On December 15, 2011, we purchased the compression units that were previously leased from Caterpillar for $43 million and terminated all the lease schedules and covenants under the facility. As such, we believe it is useful to investors to view our results excluding these lease payments.

(3)
Represents one-time fees and expenses related to our sale to USA Compression Holdings in December 2010. These fees and expenses are not related to our operations, and we do not expect to incur similar fees or expenses in the future as a publicly traded partnership.

20


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

        Limited partner interests are inherently different from capital stock of a corporation, although many of the business risks to which we are subject are similar to those that would be faced by a corporation engaged in the compression services business. You should consider carefully the following risk factors together with all of the other information included in this prospectus in evaluating an investment in our common units.

        If any of the following risks were to occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In that case, we may be unable to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to our unitholders, the trading price of our common units could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.


Risks Related to Our Business

We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner, to enable us to pay our minimum quarterly distributions to holders of our common units and subordinated units.

        In order to pay our minimum quarterly distribution of $            per unit per quarter, or $            per unit per year, we will require available cash of approximately $             million per quarter, or approximately $             million per year, based on the number of common units, subordinated units and general partner units to be outstanding immediately after completion of this offering. Under our cash distribution policy, the amount of cash we can distribute to our unitholders principally depends upon the amount of cash we generate from our operations, which will fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on, among other things:

        In addition, the actual amount of cash we will have available for distribution will depend on other factors, including:

        For a description of additional restrictions and factors that may affect our ability to make cash distributions, please read "Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions."

21


Table of Contents


On a pro forma basis we would not have had sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our units for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2011.

        The amount of cash available for distribution we need to pay the minimum quarterly distribution for four quarters on the common units, the subordinated units and the general partner units to be outstanding immediately after this offering is approximately $             million. Our pro forma cash available for distribution generated during the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2011 of $31.4 million and $33.7 million, respectively, would have been sufficient to allow us to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of the common units, but would only allow us to pay        % and        %, respectively, of the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of the subordinated units during those periods. For a calculation of our ability to make distributions to unitholders based on our pro forma results for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2011, please read "Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions—Pro Forma Cash Available for Distribution for the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2011."

The assumptions underlying our estimate of cash available for distribution described in "Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions" are inherently uncertain and subject to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause us to be unable to pay our minimum quarterly distributions to holders of our common units and subordinated units.

        Our estimate of cash available for distribution set forth in "Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions" is based on assumptions that are inherently uncertain and subject to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those estimated. The estimate was prepared by our management, and we have not received an opinion or report on it from our independent registered public accounting firm or any other independent auditor. If we do not achieve the estimated results, we may not be able to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution or any amount on our common units or subordinated units, in which event the market price of our common units will likely decline materially.

A long-term reduction in the demand for, or production of, natural gas or crude oil in the locations where we operate could adversely affect the demand for our services or the prices we charge for our services, which could result in a decrease in our revenues and cash available for distribution to our unitholders.

        The demand for our compression services depends upon the continued demand for, and production of, natural gas and crude oil. Demand may be affected by, among other factors, natural gas prices, crude oil prices, weather, availability of alternative energy sources, governmental regulation and general demand for energy. Any prolonged, substantial reduction in the demand for natural gas or crude oil would, in all likelihood, depress the level of production activity and result in a decline in the demand for our compression services, which would reduce our cash available for distribution. Lower natural gas prices or crude oil prices over the long-term could result in a decline in the production of natural gas or crude oil, respectively, resulting in reduced demand for our compression services. Additionally, production from unconventional natural gas sources, such as tight sands, shales and coalbeds, constitute an increasing percentage of our compression services business. Such sources can be less economically feasible to produce in low natural gas price environments, in part due to costs related to compression requirements, and a reduction in demand for natural gas or natural gas lift for crude oil may cause such sources of natural gas to be uneconomic to drill and produce, which could in turn negatively impact the demand for our services. In addition, governmental regulation and tax policy may impact the demand for natural gas or impact the economic feasibility of development of new natural gas fields or production of existing fields.

22


Table of Contents


We have several key customers. The loss of any of these customers would result in a decrease in our revenues and cash available for distribution to our unitholders.

        We provide compression services under contracts with several key customers. The loss of one of these key customers may have a greater effect on our financial results than for a company with a more diverse customer base. Our largest customer for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was Southwestern Energy Company and its subsidiaries, or Southwestern. Southwestern accounted for 18.7% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010, and 16.7% of our revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Our ten largest customers accounted for 53.4% of our revenues for each of the year ended December 31, 2010, and the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The loss of all or even a portion of the compression services we provide to our key customers, as a result of competition or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

The erosion of the financial condition of our customers could adversely affect our business.

        During times when the natural gas or oil markets weaken, our customers are more likely to experience financial difficulties and the lack of availability of debt or equity financing, which could result in a reduction in our customers' spending for our services. For example, our customers could seek to preserve capital by using lower cost providers, not renewing month-to-month contracts or determining not to enter into any new compression service contracts. Reduced demand for our services could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. In addition, in the event of the financial failure of a customer, we could experience a loss of all or a portion of our outstanding accounts receivable associated with that customer.

We face significant competition that may cause us to lose market share and reduce our ability to make distributions to our unitholders.

        The compression business is highly competitive. Some of our competitors have a broader geographic scope, as well as greater financial and other resources than we do. Our ability to renew or replace existing contracts with our customers at rates sufficient to maintain current revenue and cash flows could be adversely affected by the activities of our competitors and our customers. If our competitors substantially increase the resources they devote to the development and marketing of competitive services or substantially decrease the prices at which they offer their services, we may be unable to compete effectively. Some of these competitors may expand or construct newer, more powerful or more flexible compression fleets that would create additional competition for us. Additionally, there are lower barriers to entry for customers as competitors seeking to purchase individual compression units. All of these competitive pressures could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and reduce our ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

Our customers may choose to vertically integrate their operations by purchasing and operating their own compression fleet, or expanding the amount of compression units they currently own.

        Our customers that are significant producers, processors, gatherers and transporters of natural gas and crude oil may choose to vertically integrate their operations by purchasing and operating their own compression fleets in lieu of using our compression services. Currently, the availability of attractive financing terms from financial institutions and equipment manufacturers facilitates this possibility by making the purchase of individual compression units increasingly affordable to our customers. Such vertical integration or increases in vertical integration could result in decreased demand for our compression services, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and reduce our ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

23


Table of Contents


We may be unable to grow our cash flows if we are unable to expand our business, which could limit our ability to increase distributions to our unitholders.

        A principal focus of our strategy is to continue to grow the per unit distribution on our units by expanding our business. Our future growth will depend upon a number of factors, some of which we cannot control. These factors include our ability to:

        If we do not achieve our expected growth, we may not be able to achieve our estimated results and, as a result, we may not be able to pay the aggregate minimum quarterly distribution on our common units and subordinated units and general partner units, in which event the market price of our common units will likely decline materially.

We may be unable to grow successfully through future acquisitions, and we may not be able to integrate effectively the businesses we may acquire, which may impact our operations and limit our ability to increase distributions to our unitholders.

        From time to time, we may choose to make business acquisitions to pursue market opportunities, increase our existing capabilities and expand into new areas of operations. While we have reviewed acquisition opportunities in the past and will continue to do so in the future, we have not actively pursued any acquisitions, and in the future we may not be able to identify attractive acquisition opportunities or successfully acquire identified targets. In addition, we may not be successful in integrating any future acquisitions into our existing operations, which may result in unforeseen operational difficulties or diminished financial performance or require a disproportionate amount of our management's attention. Even if we are successful in integrating future acquisitions into our existing operations, we may not derive the benefits, such as operational or administrative synergies, that we expected from such acquisitions, which may result in the commitment of our capital resources without the expected returns on such capital. Furthermore, competition for acquisition opportunities may escalate, increasing our cost of making acquisitions or causing us to refrain from making acquisitions. Our inability to make acquisitions, or to integrate successfully future acquisitions into our existing operations, may adversely impact our operations and limit our ability to increase distributions to our unitholders.

Our ability to grow in the future is dependent on our ability to access external expansion capital.

        We will distribute all of our available cash after expenses and prudent operating reserves to our unitholders. We expect that we will rely primarily upon external financing sources, including borrowings under our revolving credit facility and the issuance of debt and equity securities, to fund expansion capital expenditures. However, we may not be able to obtain equity or debt financing on terms favorable to us, or at all. To the extent we are unable to efficiently finance growth externally, our cash distribution policy will significantly impair our ability to grow. In addition, because we distribute all of our available cash, we may not grow as quickly as businesses that reinvest their available cash to

24


Table of Contents


expand ongoing operations. To the extent we issue additional units in connection with other expansion capital expenditures, the payment of distributions on those additional units may increase the risk that we will be unable to maintain or increase our per unit distribution level. There are no limitations in our partnership agreement on our ability to issue additional units, including units ranking senior to the common units. The incurrence of borrowings or other debt by us to finance our growth strategy would result in interest expense, which in turn would affect the available cash that we have to distribute to our unitholders.

Our ability to manage and grow our business effectively may be adversely affected if we lose management or operational personnel.

        We depend on the continuing efforts of our executive officers, all of whom are employees of USA Compression GP, LLC. The departure of any of our executive officers, and in particular, Eric D. Long, President and Chief Executive Officer of our general partner, could have a significant negative effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and on our ability to compete effectively in the marketplace.

        Additionally, our ability to hire, train and retain qualified personnel will continue to be important and will become more challenging as we grow and if energy industry market conditions continue to be positive. When general industry conditions are good, the competition for experienced operational and field technicians increases as other energy and manufacturing companies' needs for the same personnel increases. Our ability to grow or even to continue our current level of service to our current customers will be adversely impacted if we are unable to successfully hire, train and retain these important personnel.

We depend on a limited number of suppliers and are vulnerable to product shortages and price increases, which could have a negative impact on our results of operations.

        The substantial majority of the components for our natural gas compression equipment are supplied by Caterpillar (for engines), Air-X-Changers and Air Cooled Exchangers (for coolers), and Ariel Corporation (for compressor frames and cylinders). Our reliance on these suppliers involves several risks, including price increases and a potential inability to obtain an adequate supply of required components in a timely manner. We also rely primarily on two vendors, A G Equipment Company and Standard Equipment Corp., to package and assemble our compression units. We do not have long-term contracts with these suppliers or packagers, and a partial or complete loss of any of these sources could have a negative impact on our results of operations and could damage our customer relationships. Some of these suppliers manufacture the components we purchase in a single facility, and any damage to that facility could lead to significant delays in delivery of completed units. In addition, since we expect any increase in component prices for compression equipment or packaging costs will be passed on to us, a significant increase in their pricing could have a negative impact on our results of operations.

We are subject to substantial environmental regulation, and changes in these regulations could increase our costs or liabilities.

        We are subject to stringent and complex federal, state and local laws and regulations, including laws and regulations regarding the discharge of materials into the environment, emission controls and other environmental protection and occupational health and safety concerns. Environmental laws and regulations may, in certain circumstances, impose strict liability for environmental contamination, which may render us liable for remediation costs, natural resource damages and other damages as a result of our conduct that was lawful at the time it occurred or the conduct of, or conditions caused by, prior owners or operators or other third parties. In addition, where contamination may be present, it is not uncommon for neighboring land owners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury, property damage and recovery of response costs. Remediation costs and other damages arising as a

25


Table of Contents


result of environmental laws and regulations, and costs associated with new information, changes in existing environmental laws and regulations or the adoption of new environmental laws and regulations could be substantial and could negatively impact our financial condition or results of operations. Moreover, failure to comply with these environmental laws and regulations may result in the imposition of administrative, civil and criminal penalties and the issuance of injunctions delaying or prohibiting operations.

        We conduct operations in a wide variety of locations across the continental U.S. These operations require U.S. federal, state or local environmental permits or other authorizations. We may need to apply for or amend facility permits or licenses from time to time with respect to storm water discharges, waste handling, or air emissions relating to equipment operations, which subjects us to new or revised permitting conditions that may be onerous or costly to comply with. Additionally, the operation of compression units may require individual air permits or general authorizations to operate under various air regulatory programs established by rule or regulation. These permits and authorizations frequently contain numerous compliance requirements, including monitoring and reporting obligations and operational restrictions, such as emission limits. Given the wide variety of locations in which we operate, and the numerous environmental permits and other authorizations that are applicable to our operations, we may occasionally identify or be notified of technical violations of certain requirements existing in various permits or other authorizations. We could be subject to penalties for any noncompliance in the future.

        We routinely deal with natural gas, oil and other petroleum products. Hydrocarbons or other hazardous substances or wastes may have been disposed or released on, under or from properties used by us to provide compression services or inactive compression unit storage or on or under other locations where such substances or wastes have been taken for disposal. These properties may be subject to investigatory, remediation and monitoring requirements under federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations.

        The modification or interpretation of existing environmental laws or regulations, the more vigorous enforcement of existing environmental laws or regulations, or the adoption of new environmental laws or regulations may also negatively impact oil and natural gas exploration and production, gathering and pipeline companies, including our customers, which in turn could have a negative impact on us.

New regulations, proposed regulations and proposed modifications to existing regulations under the Clean Air Act, or CAA, if implemented, could result in increased compliance costs.

        On August 20, 2010, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or the EPA, published new regulations under the CAA to control emissions of hazardous air pollutants from existing stationary reciprocating internal combustion engines. All engines subject to these regulations are required to comply by October 2013. The rule will require us to undertake certain expenditures and activities, including purchasing and installing emissions control equipment on a portion of our engines located at major sources of hazardous air pollutants and all our engines over a certain size regardless of location, following prescribed maintenance practices for engines (which are consistent with our existing practices), and implementing additional emissions testing and monitoring. On January 5, 2011, the EPA approved a request by industry groups for reconsideration of the monitoring issues and on March 9, 2011, the EPA issued a new proposed rule and a direct final rule effective on May 9, 2011 to clarify compliance requirements related to operation and maintenance procedures for continuous parametric monitoring systems. We do not believe the costs associated with compliance will be material between now and the October 2013 compliance date.

        On June 28, 2011, the EPA issued a final rule modifying existing regulations under the CAA that established new source performance standards for manufacturers, owners and operators of new, modified and reconstructed stationary internal combustion engines. The final rule will require us to undertake certain expenditures, including expenditures for purchasing, installing, monitoring and

26


Table of Contents


maintaining emissions control equipment on some of our natural gas compression fleet. Compliance with the final rule would not be required until at least 2013. We are currently evaluating the impact that this final rule will have on our operations.

        On July 28, 2011, the EPA proposed rules that would establish new air emission controls for oil and natural gas production and natural gas processing operations. Specifically, the EPA's proposed rule package includes New Source Performance Standards to address emissions of sulfur dioxide and volatile organic compounds ("VOCs") and a separate set of emission standards to address hazardous air pollutants frequently associated with oil and natural gas production and processing activities. The proposed rules also would establish specific new requirements regarding emissions from compressors, dehydrators, storage tanks and other production equipment. In addition, the rules would establish new leak detection requirements for natural gas processing plants. The EPA will receive public comment and hold hearings regarding the proposed rules and must take final action on the rules by April 3, 2012. If finalized, these rules could require a number of modifications to our operations including the installation of new equipment to control emissions from our compressors. Compliance with such rules could result in significant costs, including increased capital expenditures and operating costs, and could adversely impact our business.

        In addition, the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, or the TCEQ, has finalized revisions to certain air permit programs that significantly increase the air permitting requirements for new and certain existing oil and gas production and gathering sites for 23 counties in the Barnett Shale production area. The final rule establishes new emissions standards for engines, which could impact the operation of specific categories of engines by requiring the use of alternative engines, compression packages or the installation of aftermarket emissions control equipment. The rule became effective for the Barnett Shale production area in April 2011, with the lower emissions standards becoming applicable between 2015 and 2030 depending on the type of engine and the permitting requirements. The cost to comply with the revised air permit programs is not expected to be material at this time. However, the TCEQ has stated it will consider expanding application of the new air permit program statewide. At this point, we cannot predict the cost to comply with such requirements if the geographic scope is expanded.

        These new regulations and proposals, when finalized, and any other new regulations requiring the installation of more sophisticated pollution control equipment could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

Climate change legislation and regulatory initiatives could result in increased compliance costs.

        Methane, a primary component of natural gas, and carbon dioxide, a byproduct of the burning of natural gas, are examples of greenhouse gases, or GHGs. In recent years, the U.S. Congress has considered legislation to reduce emissions of GHGs. It presently appears unlikely that comprehensive climate legislation will be passed by either house of Congress in the near future, although energy legislation and other initiatives are expected to be proposed that may be relevant to GHG emissions issues. In addition, almost half of the states have begun to address GHG emissions, primarily through the planned development of emission inventories or regional GHG cap and trade programs. Depending on the particular program, we could be required to control emissions or to purchase and surrender allowances for GHG emissions resulting from our operations.

        Independent of Congress, the EPA is beginning to adopt regulations controlling GHG emissions under its existing Clean Air Act authority. For example, on December 15, 2009, the EPA officially published its findings that emissions of carbon dioxide, methane and other GHGs present an endangerment to human health and the environment because emissions of such gases are, according to the EPA, contributing to warming of the earth's atmosphere and other climatic changes. These findings by the EPA allow the agency to proceed with the adoption and implementation of regulations that

27


Table of Contents


would restrict emissions of GHGs under existing provisions of the federal Clean Air Act. In 2009, the EPA adopted rules regarding regulation of GHG emissions from motor vehicles. In addition, on September 22, 2009, the EPA issued a final rule requiring the reporting of GHG emissions in the United States beginning in 2011 for emissions occurring in 2010 from specified large GHG emission sources. On November 30, 2010, the EPA published a final rule expanding its existing GHG emissions reporting rule for petroleum and natural gas facilities, including natural gas transmission compression facilities that emit 25,000 metric tons or more of carbon dioxide equivalent per year. The rule, which went into effect on December 30, 2010, requires reporting of GHG emissions by regulated facilities to the EPA by March 2012 for emissions during 2011 and annually thereafter. In 2010, the EPA also issued a final rule, known as the "Tailoring Rule," that makes certain large stationary sources and modification projects subject to permitting requirements for GHG emissions under the Clean Air Act. This new permitting program may affect some of our customers' largest new or modified facilities going forward. Several of the EPA's GHG rules are being challenged in court and, depending on the outcome of these proceedings, such rules may be modified or rescinded or the EPA could develop new rules.

        Although it is not currently possible to predict how any such proposed or future GHG legislation or regulation by Congress, the states or multi-state regions will impact our business, any legislation or regulation of GHG emissions that may be imposed in areas in which we conduct business could result in increased compliance costs, additional operating restrictions or reduced demand for our services, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

Increased regulation of hydraulic fracturing could result in reductions or delays in natural gas production by our customers, which could adversely impact our revenue.

        A portion of our customers' natural gas production is from unconventional sources that require hydraulic fracturing as part of the completion process. Hydraulic fracturing involves the injection of water, sand and chemicals under pressure into the formation to stimulate gas production. Legislation to amend the Safe Drinking Water Act to repeal the exemption for hydraulic fracturing from the definition of "underground injection" and require federal permitting and regulatory control of hydraulic fracturing, as well as legislative proposals to require disclosure of the chemical constituents of the fluids used in the fracturing process, were proposed in recent sessions of Congress. The U.S. Congress continues to consider legislation to amend the Safe Drinking Water Act. Scrutiny of hydraulic fracturing activities continues in other ways, with the EPA having commenced a multi-year study of the potential environmental impacts of hydraulic fracturing, the results of which are anticipated to be available by 2012. Several states have also proposed or adopted legislative or regulatory restrictions on hydraulic fracturing. We cannot predict whether any such legislation will ever be enacted and if so, what its provisions would be. If additional levels of regulation and permits were required through the adoption of new laws and regulations at the federal or state level, that could lead to delays, increased operating costs and process prohibitions that could reduce the volumes of natural gas that move through our gathering systems, which would materially adversely affect our revenue and results of operations.

We do not insure against all potential losses and could be seriously harmed by unexpected liabilities.

        Our operations are subject to inherent risks such as equipment defects, malfunction and failures, and natural disasters that can result in uncontrollable flows of gas or well fluids, fires and explosions. These risks could expose us to substantial liability for personal injury, death, property damage, pollution and other environmental damages. Our insurance may be inadequate to cover our liabilities. Further, insurance covering the risks we face or in the amounts we desire may not be available in the future or, if available, the premiums may not be commercially justifiable. If we were to incur substantial liability and such damages were not covered by insurance or were in excess of policy limits, or if we were to incur liability at a time when we are not able to obtain liability insurance, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected. Please read "Our

28


Table of Contents


Operations—Environmental and Safety Regulations" for a description of how we are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the discharge of materials into the environment or otherwise relating to protection of human health and environment.

Our debt levels may limit our flexibility in obtaining additional financing, pursuing other business opportunities and paying distributions.

        We have a $500 million revolving credit facility that matures on October 5, 2015. In addition, we have the option to increase the amount of available borrowings under the revolving credit facility by $50 million, subject to receipt of lender commitments and satisfaction of other conditions. Approximately $             million is expected to be outstanding under the revolving credit facility after the closing of this offering, assuming a price per unit in the offering equal to the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and the application of net proceeds as discussed under "Use of Proceeds."

        Following this offering, our ability to incur additional debt will be subject to limitations in our revolving credit facility. Our level of debt could have important consequences to us, including the following:

        Our ability to service our debt will depend upon, among other things, our future financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. In addition, our ability to service our debt under the revolving credit facility will depend on market interest rates, since we anticipate that the interest rates applicable to our borrowings will fluctuate with movements in interest rate markets. If our operating results are not sufficient to service our current or future indebtedness, we will be forced to take actions such as reducing distributions, reducing or delaying our business activities, acquisitions, investments or capital expenditures, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our debt, or seeking additional equity capital. We may be unable to effect any of these actions on satisfactory terms, or at all.

Restrictions in our revolving credit facility may limit our ability to make distributions to our unitholders and may limit our ability to capitalize on acquisition and other business opportunities.

        The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in our revolving credit facility and any future financing agreements could restrict our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to expand or pursue our business activities. For example, our revolving credit facility restricts or limits our ability to:

29


Table of Contents

        Furthermore, our revolving credit facility contains certain operating and financial covenants. Our ability to comply with the covenants and restrictions contained in the revolving credit facility may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. If market or other economic conditions deteriorate, our ability to comply with these covenants may be impaired. If we violate any of the restrictions, covenants, ratios or tests in our revolving credit facility, a significant portion of our indebtedness may become immediately due and payable, our lenders' commitment to make further loans to us may terminate, and we will be prohibited from making distributions to our unitholders. We might not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient funds to make these accelerated payments. Any subsequent replacement of our revolving credit facility or any new indebtedness could have similar or greater restrictions. Please read "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Description of Revolving Credit Facility."

An impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets could reduce our earnings.

        We have recorded approximately $157.1 million of goodwill and $85.3 million of other intangible assets as of September 30, 2011. Goodwill is recorded when the purchase price of a business exceeds the fair market value of the tangible and separately measurable intangible net assets. GAAP requires us to test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis or when events or circumstances occur indicating that goodwill might be impaired. Any event that causes a reduction in demand for our services could result in a reduction of our estimates of future cash flows and growth rates in our business. These events could cause us to record impairments of goodwill or other intangible assets. If we determine that any of our of goodwill or other intangible assets are impaired, we will be required to take an immediate charge to earnings with a corresponding reduction of partners' capital resulting in an increase in balance sheet leverage as measured by debt to total capitalization. There was no impairment recorded for goodwill or other intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2010 or during the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

Terrorist attacks, the threat of terrorist attacks, hostilities in the Middle East, or other sustained military campaigns may adversely impact our results of operations.

        The long-term impact of terrorist attacks, such as the attacks that occurred on September 11, 2001, and the magnitude of the threat of future terrorist attacks on the energy industry in general and on us in particular are not known at this time. Uncertainty surrounding hostilities in the Middle East or other sustained military campaigns may affect our operations in unpredictable ways, including disruptions of natural gas supplies and markets for natural gas and natural gas liquids and the possibility that infrastructure facilities could be direct targets of, or indirect casualties of, an act of terror. Changes in the insurance markets attributable to terrorist attacks may make certain types of insurance more difficult for us to obtain. Moreover, the insurance that may be available to us may be significantly more expensive than our existing insurance coverage. Instability in the financial markets as a result of terrorism or war could also affect our ability to raise capital.

30


Table of Contents


If we fail to develop or maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately or prevent fraud, which would likely have a negative impact on the market price of our common units.

        Prior to this offering, we have not been required to file reports with the SEC. Upon the completion of this offering, we will become subject to the public reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP, but our internal accounting controls may not currently meet all standards applicable to companies with publicly traded securities. Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports, prevent fraud and to operate successfully as a publicly traded partnership. Our efforts to develop and maintain our internal controls may not be successful, and we may be unable to maintain effective controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future or to comply with our obligations under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404. For example, Section 404 will require us, among other things, to review and report annually on, and our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. We must comply with Section 404 for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2012. Any failure to develop, implement or maintain effective internal controls or to improve our internal controls could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Given the difficulties inherent in the design and operation of internal controls over financial reporting, we can provide no assurance as to our, or our independent registered public accounting firm's, conclusions about the effectiveness of our internal controls, and we may incur significant costs in our efforts to comply with Section 404. Ineffective internal controls will subject us to regulatory scrutiny and a loss of confidence in our reported financial information, which could have an adverse effect on our business and would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our common units.


Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us

Holders of our common units have limited voting rights and are not entitled to elect our general partner or its directors.

        Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, unitholders have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business and, therefore, limited ability to influence management's decisions regarding our business. Unitholders will have no right on an annual or ongoing basis to elect our general partner or its board of directors. USA Compression Holdings is the sole member of our general partner and will have the right to appoint our general partner's entire board of directors, including our independent directors. If the unitholders are dissatisfied with the performance of our general partner, they will have little ability to remove our general partner. As a result of these limitations, the price at which the common units will trade could be diminished because of the absence or reduction of a takeover premium in the trading price. Our partnership agreement also contains provisions limiting the ability of unitholders to call meetings or to acquire information about our operations, as well as other provisions limiting the unitholders' ability to influence the manner or direction of management.

USA Compression Holdings owns and controls our general partner, which has sole responsibility for conducting our business and managing our operations. Our general partner and its affiliates, including USA Compression Holdings, have conflicts of interest with us and limited fiduciary duties, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our common unitholders.

        Following this offering, USA Compression Holdings, which is principally owned and controlled by Riverstone, will own and control our general partner and will appoint all of the officers and directors of our general partner, some of whom will also be officers and directors of USA Compression Holdings. Although our general partner has a fiduciary duty to manage us in a manner that is

31


Table of Contents


beneficial to us and our unitholders, the directors and officers of our general partner have a fiduciary duty to manage our general partner in a manner that is beneficial to its owners. Conflicts of interest will arise between USA Compression Holdings, Riverstone and our general partner, on the one hand, and us and our unitholders, on the other hand. In resolving these conflicts of interest, our general partner may favor its own interests and the interests of USA Compression Holdings and the other owners of USA Compression Holdings over our interests and the interests of our common unitholders. These conflicts include the following situations, among others:

32


Table of Contents

        Please read "Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties."

Our general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our obligations.

        Our general partner intends to limit its liability under contractual arrangements so that the counterparties to such arrangements have recourse only against our assets, and not against our general partner or its assets. Our general partner may therefore cause us to incur indebtedness or other obligations that are nonrecourse to our general partner. Our partnership agreement provides that any action taken by our general partner to limit its liability is not a breach of our general partner's fiduciary duties, even if we could have obtained more favorable terms without the limitation on liability. In addition, we are obligated to reimburse or indemnify our general partner to the extent that it incurs obligations on our behalf. Any such reimbursement or indemnification payments would reduce the amount of cash otherwise available for distribution to our unitholders.

Our partnership agreement requires that we distribute all of our available cash, which could limit our ability to grow and make acquisitions.

        We expect that we will distribute all of our available cash to our unitholders and will rely primarily upon external financing sources, including commercial bank borrowings and the issuance of debt and equity securities, to fund our acquisitions and expansion capital expenditures. As a result, to the extent we are unable to finance growth externally, our cash distribution policy will significantly impair our ability to grow.

        In addition, because we distribute all of our available cash, our growth may not be as fast as that of businesses that reinvest their available cash to expand ongoing operations. To the extent we issue additional units in connection with any acquisitions or expansion capital expenditures, the payment of distributions on those additional units may increase the risk that we will be unable to maintain or increase our per unit distribution level. There are no limitations in our partnership agreement or our revolving credit facility on our ability to issue additional units, including units ranking senior to the common units. The incurrence of additional commercial borrowings or other debt to finance our growth strategy would result in increased interest expense, which, in turn, may impact the available cash that we have to distribute to our unitholders.

Our partnership agreement limits our general partner's fiduciary duties to holders of our common and subordinated units.

        Our partnership agreement contains provisions that modify and reduce the fiduciary standards to which our general partner would otherwise be held by state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner, or otherwise free of fiduciary duties to us and our unitholders. This entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and factors that it desires and relieves it of any duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our affiliates or our limited partners. Examples of decisions that our general partner may make in its individual capacity include:

33


Table of Contents

        By purchasing a common unit, a common unitholder agrees to become bound by the provisions in the partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. Please read "Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties—Fiduciary Duties."

Even if holders of our common units are dissatisfied, they cannot initially remove our general partner without USA Compression Holdings' consent.

        The unitholders initially will be unable to remove our general partner because our general partner and its affiliates will own sufficient units upon completion of this offering to be able to prevent its removal. The vote of the holders of at least 662/3% of all outstanding common and subordinated units voting together as a single class is required to remove our general partner. Following the closing of this offering, USA Compression Holdings will own an aggregate of            % of our outstanding common and subordinated units. Also, if our general partner is removed without cause during the subordination period and no units held by the holders of the subordinated units or their affiliates are voted in favor of that removal, all subordinated units held by our general partner and its affiliates will automatically be converted into common units. If no units held by any holder of subordinated units or its affiliates are voted in favor of that removal, all subordinated units will convert automatically into common units and any existing arrearages on the common units will be extinguished. A removal of our general partner under these circumstances would adversely affect our common units by prematurely eliminating their distribution and liquidation preference over our subordinated units, which would otherwise have continued until we had met certain distribution and performance tests. Cause is narrowly defined to mean that a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding our general partner liable for actual fraud or willful misconduct in its capacity as our general partner. Cause does not include most cases of charges of poor management of the business.

Our partnership agreement restricts the remedies available to holders of our common units for actions taken by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.

        Our partnership agreement contains provisions that restrict the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty under state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement:

34


Table of Contents

        In connection with a situation involving a transaction with an affiliate or a conflict of interest, any determination by our general partner must be made in good faith. If an affiliate transaction or the resolution of a conflict of interest is not approved by our common unitholders or the conflicts committee and the board of directors of our general partner determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the affiliate transaction or conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in subclauses (c) and (d) above, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, the board of directors acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption.

Our general partner may elect to cause us to issue common units to it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution levels related to its incentive distribution rights, without the approval of the conflicts committee of its board of directors or the holders of our common units. This could result in lower distributions to holders of our common units.

        Our general partner has the right, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and it has received incentive distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled (48.0%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the initial target distribution levels at higher levels based on our distributions at the time of the exercise of the reset election. Following a reset election by our general partner, the minimum quarterly distribution will be adjusted to equal the reset minimum quarterly distribution, and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution.

        If our general partner elects to reset the target distribution levels, it will be entitled to receive a number of common units and general partner units. The number of common units to be issued to our general partner will equal the number of common units which would have entitled the holder to an average aggregate quarterly cash distribution in the prior two quarters equal to the average of the distributions to our general partner on the incentive distribution rights in the prior two quarters. Our general partner's general partner interest in us (currently 2.0%) will be maintained at the percentage that existed immediately prior to the reset election. We anticipate that our general partner would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit without such conversion. It is possible, however, that our general partner could exercise this reset election at a time when it is experiencing, or expects to experience, declines in the cash distributions it receives related to its incentive distribution rights and may, therefore, desire to be issued common units rather than retain the right to receive incentive distributions based on the initial target distribution levels. As a result, a reset election may cause our common unitholders to experience a reduction in the amount of cash distributions that our

35


Table of Contents


common unitholders would have otherwise received had we not issued new common units to our general partner in connection with resetting the target distribution levels. Please read "Provisions of our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—General Partner's Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels."

Our partnership agreement restricts the voting rights of unitholders owning 20% or more of our common units.

        Unitholders' voting rights are further restricted by a provision of our partnership agreement providing that any units held by a person that owns 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, other than our general partner, its affiliates, their direct transferees and their indirect transferees approved by our general partner (which approval may be granted in its sole discretion) and persons who acquired such units with the prior approval of our general partner, cannot vote on any matter.

Our general partner interest or the control of our general partner may be transferred to a third party without unitholder consent.

        Our general partner may transfer its general partner interest to a third party in a merger or in a sale of all or substantially all of its assets without the consent of the unitholders. Furthermore, our partnership agreement does not restrict the ability of USA Compression Holdings to transfer all or a portion of its ownership interest in our general partner to a third party. The new owner of our general partner would then be in a position to replace the board of directors and officers of our general partner with its own designees and thereby exert significant control over the decisions made by the board of directors and officers.

An increase in interest rates may cause the market price of our common units to decline.

        Like all equity investments, an investment in our common units is subject to certain risks. In exchange for accepting these risks, investors may expect to receive a higher rate of return than would otherwise be obtainable from lower-risk investments. Accordingly, as interest rates rise, the ability of investors to obtain higher risk-adjusted rates of return by purchasing government-backed debt securities may cause a corresponding decline in demand for riskier investments generally, including yield-based equity investments such as publicly traded partnership interests. Reduced demand for our common units resulting from investors seeking other more favorable investment opportunities may cause the trading price of our common units to decline.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $        per common unit.

        The assumed initial public offering price of $            per common unit exceeds our pro forma net tangible book value of $            per common unit. Based on the initial public offering price of $            per common unit, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $            per common unit. This dilution results primarily because the assets contributed by our general partner and its affiliates are recorded in accordance with GAAP at their historical cost, and not their fair value. Please read "Dilution."

We may issue additional units without your approval, which would dilute your existing ownership interests.

        Our partnership agreement does not limit the number of additional limited partner interests that we may issue at any time without the approval of our unitholders. The issuance by us of additional common units or other equity securities of equal or senior rank will have the following effects:

36


Table of Contents

USA Compression Holdings may sell units in the public or private markets, and such sales could have an adverse impact on the trading price of the common units.

        After the sale of the common units offered by this prospectus, USA Compression Holdings will hold an aggregate of                     common units and                    subordinated units. All of the subordinated units will convert into common units at the end of the subordination period and may convert earlier under certain circumstances. Additionally, we have agreed to provide USA Compression Holdings with certain registration rights. Please read "The Partnership Agreement—Registration Rights." The sale of these units in the public or private markets could have an adverse impact on the price of the common units or on any trading market that may develop.

Our general partner has a call right that may require you to sell your units at an undesirable time or price.

        If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80% of the common units, our general partner will have the right, which it may assign to any of its affiliates or to us, but not the obligation, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the common units held by unaffiliated persons at a price that is not less than their then-current market price, as calculated pursuant to the terms of our partnership agreement. As a result, you may be required to sell your common units at an undesirable time or price and may not receive any return or a negative return on your investment. You may also incur a tax liability upon a sale of your units. At the completion of this offering, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional common units, USA Compression Holdings will own an aggregate of approximately        % of our outstanding common units. At the end of the subordination period (which could occur as early as December 31, 2012), assuming no additional issuances of common units (other than upon the conversion of the subordinated units), USA Compression Holdings will own an aggregate of approximately        % of our outstanding common units. For additional information about this right, please read "The Partnership Agreement—Limited Call Right."

Your liability may not be limited if a court finds that unitholder action constitutes control of our business.

        A general partner of a partnership generally has unlimited liability for the obligations of the partnership, except for those contractual obligations of the partnership that are expressly made without recourse to the general partner. Our partnership is organized under Delaware law, and we conduct business in a number of other states. The limitations on the liability of holders of limited partner interests for the obligations of a limited partnership have not been clearly established in some of the other states in which we do business. You could be liable for any and all of our obligations as if you were a general partner if a court or government agency were to determine that:

37


Table of Contents

        For a discussion of the implications of the limitations of liability on a unitholder, please read "The Partnership Agreement—Limited Liability."

Unitholders may have liability to repay distributions that were wrongfully distributed to them.

        Under certain circumstances, unitholders may have to repay amounts wrongfully returned or distributed to them. Under Section 17-607 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (the "Delaware Act"), we may not make a distribution to you if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets. Delaware law provides that for a period of three years from the date of an impermissible distribution, limited partners who received the distribution and who knew at the time of the distribution that it violated Delaware law will be liable to the limited partnership for the distribution amount. Substituted limited partners are liable both for the obligations of the assignor to make contributions to the partnership that were known to the substituted limited partner at the time it became a limited partner and for those obligations that were unknown if the liabilities could have been determined from the partnership agreement. Neither liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interest nor liabilities that are non-recourse to the partnership are counted for purposes of determining whether a distribution is permitted.

There is no existing market for our common units, and a trading market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop. The price of our common units may fluctuate significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common units. After this offering, there will be only                     publicly traded common units. In addition, USA Compression Holdings will own an aggregate of                    common and                    subordinated units, representing an aggregate        % limited partner interest in us. We do not know the extent to which investor interest will lead to the development of a trading market or how liquid that market might be. You may not be able to resell your common units at or above the initial public offering price. Additionally, the lack of liquidity may result in wide bid-ask spreads, contribute to significant fluctuations in the market price of the common units and limit the number of investors who are able to buy the common units.

        The initial public offering price for the common units will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price of the common units that will prevail in the trading market. The market price of our common units may decline below the initial public offering price. The market price of our common units may also be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

38


Table of Contents

The New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, does not require a publicly traded partnership like us to comply with certain of its corporate governance requirements.

        We intend to apply to have our common units listed on the NYSE. Because we will be a publicly traded partnership, the NYSE does not require us to have a majority of independent directors on our general partner's board of directors or to establish a compensation committee or a nominating and corporate governance committee. Accordingly, unitholders will not have the same protections afforded to certain corporations that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements. Please read "Management of USA Compression Partners, LP."

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a publicly traded partnership.

        We have no history operating as a publicly traded partnership. As a publicly traded partnership, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the NYSE have required changes in the corporate governance practices of publicly traded companies. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, as a result of being a publicly traded partnership, we are required to have at least three independent directors, create an audit committee and adopt policies regarding internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures, including the preparation of reports on internal controls over financial reporting. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our publicly traded partnership reporting requirements. We also expect these new rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for our general partner to obtain director and officer liability insurance and result in our general partner possibly having to accept reduced policy limits and coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for our general partner to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on its board of directors or as executive officers. We have included $3.1 million of estimated incremental costs per year associated with being a publicly traded partnership in our financial forecast included elsewhere in this prospectus. However, it is possible that our actual incremental costs of being a publicly traded partnership will be higher than we currently estimate.


Tax Risks to Common Unitholders

        In addition to reading the following risk factors, please read "Material Federal Income Tax Consequences" for a more complete discussion of the expected material federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of common units.

Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. If the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, were to treat us as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, which would subject us to entity-level taxation, then our cash available for distribution to our unitholders would be substantially reduced.

        The anticipated after-tax economic benefit of an investment in the common units depends largely on our being treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. We have not requested, and do not plan to request, a ruling from the IRS on this or any other tax matter affecting us.

        Despite the fact that we are a limited partnership under Delaware law, it is possible in certain circumstances for a partnership such as ours to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. Although we do not believe based upon our current operations that we are or will be so treated, a change in our business or a change in current law could cause us to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes or otherwise subject us to taxation as an entity.

        If we were treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, we would pay federal income tax on our taxable income at the corporate tax rate, which is currently a maximum of 35%, and would likely pay state and local income tax at varying rates. Distributions would generally be taxed again as

39


Table of Contents


corporate dividends (to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits), and no income, gains, losses, deductions or credits would flow through to you. Because a tax would be imposed upon us as a corporation, our cash available for distribution to our unitholders would be substantially reduced. Therefore, if we were treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, there would be a material reduction in the anticipated cash flow and after-tax return to our unitholders, likely causing a substantial reduction in the value of our common units.

If we were subjected to a material amount of additional entity-level taxation by individual states, it would reduce our cash available for distribution to our unitholders.

        Changes in current state law may subject us to additional entity-level taxation by individual states. Because of widespread state budget deficits and other reasons, several states are evaluating ways to subject partnerships to entity-level taxation through the imposition of state income, franchise and other forms of taxation. For example, we are required to pay Texas franchise tax each year at a maximum effective rate of 0.7% of our gross income apportioned to Texas in the prior year. Imposition of any similar taxes by any other state may substantially reduce the cash available for distribution to our unitholders and, therefore, negatively impact the value of an investment in our common units. Our partnership agreement provides that, if a law is enacted or existing law is modified or interpreted in a manner that subjects us to additional amounts of entity-level taxation, the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution amounts may be adjusted to reflect the impact of that law on us.

The tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships or an investment in our common units could be subject to potential legislative, judicial or administrative changes and differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.

        The present federal income tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships, including us, or an investment in our common units may be modified by administrative, legislative or judicial interpretation at any time. For example, judicial interpretations of the U.S. federal income tax laws may have a direct or indirect impact on our status as a partnership and, in some instances, a court's conclusions may heighten the risk of a challenge regarding our status as a partnership. Moreover, members of the U.S. Congress have recently considered substantive changes to the existing federal income tax laws that would have affected the tax treatment of certain publicly traded partnerships. We are unable to predict whether any of these changes, or other proposals, will be reconsidered or will ultimately be enacted. Any such changes or differing judicial interpretations of existing laws could be applied retroactively and could negatively impact the value of an investment in our common units.

        Our partnership agreement provides that, if a law is enacted or existing law is modified or interpreted in a manner that subjects us to taxation as a corporation or otherwise subjects us to entity-level taxation for federal, state or local income tax purposes, the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution amounts may be adjusted to reflect the impact of that law on us.

Our unitholders' share of our income will be taxable to them for federal income tax purposes even if they do not receive any cash distributions from us.

        Because a unitholder will be treated as a partner to whom we will allocate taxable income that could be different in amount than the cash we distribute, a unitholder's allocable share of our taxable income will be taxable to it, which may require the payment of federal income taxes and, in some cases, state and local income taxes, on its share of our taxable income even if it receives no cash distributions from us. Our unitholders may not receive cash distributions from us equal to their share of our taxable income or even equal to the actual tax liability that results from that income.

40


Table of Contents


If the IRS contests the federal income tax positions we take, the market for our common units may be adversely impacted and the cost of any IRS contest will reduce our cash available for distribution to our unitholders.

        We have not requested a ruling from the IRS with respect to our treatment as a partnership for federal income tax purposes or any other matter affecting us. The IRS may adopt positions that differ from the conclusions of our counsel expressed in this prospectus or from the positions we take, and the IRS's positions may ultimately be sustained. It may be necessary to resort to administrative or court proceedings to sustain some or all of our counsel's conclusions or the positions we take. A court may not agree with some or all of our counsel's conclusions or the positions we take. Any contest with the IRS, and the outcome of any IRS contest, may have a materially adverse impact on the market for our common units and the price at which they trade. In addition, our costs of any contest with the IRS will be borne indirectly by our unitholders and our general partner because the costs will reduce our cash available for distribution.

Tax gain or loss on the disposition of our common units could be more or less than expected.

        If our unitholders sell common units, they will recognize a gain or loss for federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the amount realized and their tax basis in those common units. Because distributions in excess of their allocable share of our net taxable income decrease their tax basis in their common units, the amount, if any, of such prior excess distributions with respect to the common units a unitholder sells will, in effect, become taxable income to the unitholder if it sells such common units at a price greater than its tax basis in those common units, even if the price received is less than its original cost. Furthermore, a substantial portion of the amount realized on any sale of common units, whether or not representing gain, may be taxed as ordinary income due to potential recapture items, including depreciation recapture. In addition, because the amount realized includes a unitholder's share of our nonrecourse liabilities, a unitholder that sells common units may incur a tax liability in excess of the amount of cash received from the sale. Please read "Material Federal Income Tax Consequences—Disposition of Common Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss" for a further discussion of the foregoing.

Tax-exempt entities and non-U.S. persons face unique tax issues from owning our common units that may result in adverse tax consequences to them.

        Investment in common units by tax-exempt entities, such as employee benefit plans and individual retirement accounts (known as IRAs), and non-U.S. persons raises issues unique to them. For example, virtually all of our income allocated to organizations that are exempt from federal income tax, including IRAs and other retirement plans, will be unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to them. Distributions to non-U.S. persons will be reduced by withholding taxes at the highest applicable effective tax rate, and non-U.S. persons will be required to file U.S. federal income tax returns and pay tax on their share of our taxable income. If you are a tax-exempt entity or a non-U.S. person, you should consult a tax advisor before investing in our common units.

We will treat each purchaser of common units as having the same tax benefits without regard to the actual common units purchased. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could adversely affect the value of the common units.

        Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of common units and because of other reasons, we will adopt depreciation and amortization positions that may not conform to all aspects of existing Treasury Regulations. A successful IRS challenge to those positions could adversely affect the amount of tax benefits available to you. Our counsel is unable to opine as to the validity of such filing positions. It also could affect the timing of these tax benefits or the amount of gain from your sale of common units and could have a negative impact on the value of our common units or result in audit

41


Table of Contents


adjustments to your tax returns. Please read "Material Federal Income Tax Consequences—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election" for a further discussion of the effect of the depreciation and amortization positions we will adopt.

We prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction for federal income tax purposes between transferors and transferees of our units each month based upon the ownership of our units on the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular unit is transferred. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss and deduction among our unitholders.

        We will prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction for federal income tax purposes between transferors and transferees of our units each month based upon the ownership of our units on the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular unit is transferred. The use of this proration method may not be permitted under existing Treasury Regulations, and, accordingly, our counsel is unable to opine as to the validity of this method. Recently, however, the U.S. Treasury Department issued proposed Treasury Regulations that provide a safe harbor pursuant to which publicly traded partnerships may use a similar monthly simplifying convention to allocate tax items among transferor and transferee unitholders. Nonetheless, the proposed regulations do not specifically authorize the use of the proration method we have adopted. If the IRS were to challenge our proration method or new Treasury regulations were issued, we may be required to change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss and deduction among our unitholders. Please read "Material Federal Income Tax Consequences—Disposition of Common Units—Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees."

A unitholder whose common units are loaned to a "short seller" to effect a short sale of common units may be considered as having disposed of those common units. If so, he would no longer be treated for federal income tax purposes as a partner with respect to those common units during the period of the loan and may recognize gain or loss from the disposition.

        Because a unitholder whose common units are loaned to a "short seller" to effect a short sale of common units may be considered as having disposed of the loaned common units, he may no longer be treated for federal income tax purposes as a partner with respect to those common units during the period of the loan to the short seller and the unitholder may recognize gain or loss from such disposition. Moreover, during the period of the loan to the short seller, any of our income, gain, loss or deduction with respect to those common units may not be reportable by the unitholder and any cash distributions received by the unitholder as to those common units could be fully taxable as ordinary income. Our counsel has not rendered an opinion regarding the treatment of a unitholder where common units are loaned to a short seller to effect a short sale of common units; therefore, our unitholders desiring to assure their status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition from a loan to a short seller are urged to consult a tax advisor to discuss whether it is advisable to modify any applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from loaning their common units.

We will adopt certain valuation methodologies and monthly conventions for federal income tax purposes that may result in a shift of income, gain, loss and deduction between our general partner and our unitholders. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could adversely affect the value of the common units.

        When we issue additional units or engage in certain other transactions, we will determine the fair market value of our assets and allocate any unrealized gain or loss attributable to our assets to the capital accounts of our unitholders and our general partner. Our methodology may be viewed as understating the value of our assets. In that case, there may be a shift of income, gain, loss and deduction between certain unitholders and our general partner, which may be unfavorable to such unitholders. Moreover, under our valuation methods, subsequent purchasers of common units may have a greater portion of their Internal Revenue Code Section 743(b) adjustment allocated to our tangible

42


Table of Contents


assets and a lesser portion allocated to our intangible assets. The IRS may challenge our valuation methods, or our allocation of the Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to our tangible and intangible assets, and allocations of taxable income, gain, loss and deduction between our general partner and certain of our unitholders.

        A successful IRS challenge to these methods or allocations could adversely affect the amount of taxable income or loss being allocated to our unitholders. It also could affect the amount of taxable gain from our unitholders' sale of common units and could have a negative impact on the value of the common units or result in audit adjustments to our unitholders' tax returns without the benefit of additional deductions.

The sale or exchange of 50% or more of our capital and profits interests during any twelve-month period will result in the termination of our partnership for federal income tax purposes.

        We will be considered to have technically terminated for federal income tax purposes if there is a sale or exchange of 50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a twelve-month period. For purposes of determining whether the 50% threshold has been met, multiple sales of the same interest will be counted only once. Our technical termination would, among other things, result in the closing of our taxable year for all unitholders, which would result in us filing two tax returns (and our unitholders could receive two Schedules K-1 if relief was not available, as described below) for one fiscal year and could result in a deferral of depreciation deductions allowable in computing our taxable income. In the case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable year other than a fiscal year ending December 31, the closing of our taxable year may also result in more than twelve months of our taxable income or loss being includable in his taxable income for the year of termination. A technical termination currently would not affect our classification as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, but instead we would be treated as a new partnership for such tax purposes. If treated as a new partnership, we must make new tax elections and could be subject to penalties if we are unable to determine that a termination occurred. The IRS has recently announced a publicly traded partnership technical termination relief program whereby a publicly traded partnership that technically terminated may request publicly traded partnership technical termination relief which, if granted by the IRS, among other things would permit the partnership to provide only one Schedule K-1 to unitholders for the year notwithstanding two partnership tax years. Please read "Material Federal Income Tax Consequences—Disposition of Common Units—Constructive Termination" for a discussion of the consequences of our termination for federal income tax purposes.

As a result of investing in our common units, you may become subject to state and local taxes and return filing requirements in jurisdictions where we operate or own or acquire properties.

        In addition to federal income taxes, our unitholders will likely be subject to other taxes, including state and local taxes, unincorporated business taxes and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that are imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we conduct business or control property now or in the future, even if they do not live in any of those jurisdictions. Our unitholders will likely be required to file state and local income tax returns and pay state and local income taxes in some or all of these various jurisdictions. Further, our unitholders may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with those requirements. We initially expect to conduct business in thirteen states. Many of these states currently impose a personal income tax on individuals. Many of these states also impose an income tax on corporations and other entities. As we make acquisitions or expand our business, we may control assets or conduct business in additional states or foreign jurisdictions that impose a personal income tax. It is your responsibility to file all foreign, federal, state and local tax returns. Our counsel has not rendered an opinion on the state or local tax consequences of an investment in our common units.

43


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $             million from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses. Our estimate assumes an initial public offering price of $            per common unit and no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional common units.

        We will use the net proceeds from this offering (excluding the net proceeds from any exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional common units) to repay $             of indebtedness outstanding under our revolving credit facility. We will incur indebtedness under our revolving credit facility to fund capital expenditures, terminate interest rate swaps related to our revolving credit facility and for working capital needs. We have incurred indebtedness from time to time under our revolving credit facility to fund capital expenditures and for working capital purposes. On December 15, 2011 we used borrowings under the facility to purchase the compression units previously leased from Caterpillar for $43 million. Prior to November 16, 2011, the revolving credit facility bore interest, at our election, at an alternate base rate, or at a rate ranging from 300 to 375 basis points above LIBOR, depending on our leverage ratio. On November 16, 2011, we amended our revolving credit facility, which increased the overall commitments under the facility from $400 million to $500 million and reduced our applicable margin for LIBOR loans to a range of 200 to 275 basis points above LIBOR, depending on our leverage ratio. At November 30, 2011, the interest rate on amounts borrowed under the revolving credit facility was 3.0%. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the initial public offering price per common unit would cause the net proceeds from the offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, to increase or decrease by approximately $             million. If the initial public offering price were to exceed $            per common unit or if we were to increase the number of common units in this offering (other than through the underwriters' exercise of their option to purchase additional units), we would repay more indebtedness under our revolving credit facility. If the initial public offering price were to be less than $            per common unit or if we were to decrease the number of common units in this offering, we would repay less indebtedness under the revolving credit facility, which will increase our pro forma interest expense and reduce our cash available for distribution.

        We will use the net proceeds from any exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional common units to redeem from USA Compression Holdings a number of common units equal to the number of common units issued upon the exercise of the underwriters' option.

44


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table shows:

        We derived this table from, and it should be read in conjunction with and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the historical financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also read this table in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

 
  As of September 30, 2011  
 
  Historical   As Adjusted  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash

  $ 3   $               
           

Long-term debt (including current maturities):

             
 

Revolving credit facility(1)

  $ 291,534   $    
 

Other notes payable

    49        
           
   

Total long-term debt

    291,583        

Partners' equity:

             
 

Limited partner's capital(2)

    336,652      
 

General partner's capital(3)

    2,351      
 

Common unitholders

           
 

Subordinated unitholder

           
 

General partner interest

           
           
   

Total partners' equity

    339,003        
           
     

Total capitalization

  $ 630,586   $    
           

(1)
We will use the net proceeds from this offering to repay $       million of indebtedness outstanding under our revolving credit facility.

(2)
We will convert the limited partner interest held by USA Compression Holdings into common units and subordinated units, representing an aggregate       % limited partner interest in us.

(3)
We will convert the general partner interest held by USA Compression GP, LLC, our general partner, into a 2.0% general partner interest in us and our incentive distribution rights.

        A $1.00 increase or decrease in the initial public offering price per common unit would cause the net proceeds from the offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, to increase or decrease by $             million. If the initial public offering price were to exceed $            per common unit or if we were to increase the number of common units in this offering (other than through the underwriters' exercise of their option to purchase additional units), we would repay more indebtedness under our revolving credit facility. If the initial public offering price were to be less than $            per common unit or if we were to decrease the number of common units in this offering, we would repay less indebtedness under our revolving credit facility. The pro forma information set forth above is illustrative only and following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

45


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of common units sold in this offering will exceed the pro forma net tangible book value per unit after the offering. On a pro forma basis as of September 30, 2011, after giving effect to the offering of common units and the application of the related net proceeds, and assuming the underwriters' option to purchase additional common units is not exercised, our net tangible book value was $             million, or $            per unit. Purchasers of common units in this offering will experience substantial and immediate dilution in net tangible book value per common unit for financial accounting purposes, as illustrated in the following table:

Assumed initial public offering price per common unit

        $               

Net tangible book value per unit before the offering(1)

  $                     

Decrease in net tangible book value per unit attributable to purchasers in the offering

             
             

Less: Pro forma net tangible book value per unit after the offering(2)

             

Immediate dilution in net tangible book value per common unit to new investors(3)

        $               
             

(1)
Determined by dividing the number of units (                common units,                     subordinated units and                    units representing the 2.0% general partner interest) to be issued to USA Compression Holdings and its affiliates in connection with this offering by the net tangible book value of the contributed interests.

(2)
Determined by dividing the total number of units to be outstanding after the offering (                common units,                     subordinated units and                 units representing the 2.0% general partner interest) by our pro forma net tangible book value.

(3)
For each increase or decrease in the initial public offering price of $1.00 per common unit, dilution in net tangible book value per common unit would increase or decrease by $            per common unit.

        The following table sets forth the number of units that we will issue and the total consideration contributed to us by our general partner and its affiliates and by the purchasers of common units in this offering upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by this prospectus:

 
  Units Acquired   Total
Consideration
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

General partner and affiliates(1)

                     % $                %

New investors

                     % $                %
                   
 

Total

                   100.0 % $              100.0 %
                   

(1)
The units held by our general partner and its affiliates consist of            common units,                     subordinated units and                     general partner units.

46


Table of Contents


OUR CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS

        You should read the following discussion of our cash distribution policy in conjunction with the factors and assumptions upon which our cash distribution policy is based, which are included under the heading "—Assumptions and Considerations" below. In addition, please read "Forward-Looking Statements" and "Risk Factors" for information regarding statements that do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and certain risks inherent in our business. For additional information regarding our historical and pro forma operating results, you should refer to our historical financial statements and pro forma financial data, and the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus.


General

        Rationale for our cash distribution policy.    Our partnership agreement requires us to distribute all of our available cash quarterly. Our cash distribution policy reflects a judgment that our unitholders will be better served by our distributing rather than retaining our available cash. Generally, our available cash is our (i) cash on hand at the end of a quarter after the payment of our expenses and the establishment of cash reserves and (ii) cash on hand resulting from working capital borrowings made after the end of the quarter. Because we are not subject to an entity-level federal income tax, we have more cash to distribute to our unitholders than would be the case were we subject to federal income tax.

        Limitations on cash distributions and our ability to change our cash distribution policy.    There is no guarantee that our unitholders will receive quarterly distributions from us. We do not have a legal obligation to pay the minimum quarterly distribution or any other distribution except as provided in our partnership agreement. Our cash distribution policy may be changed at any time and is subject to certain restrictions, including the following:

47


Table of Contents

        Our ability to grow is dependent on our ability to access external expansion capital.    Our partnership agreement requires us to distribute all of our available cash to our unitholders. As a result, we expect that we will rely primarily upon external financing sources, including commercial bank borrowings and the issuance of debt and equity securities, to fund our acquisitions and expansion capital expenditures. To the extent we are unable to finance growth externally, our cash distribution policy will significantly impair our ability to grow. In addition, because we distribute all of our available cash, our growth may not be as fast as that of businesses that reinvest their available cash to expand ongoing operations. To the extent we issue additional units in connection with any acquisitions or expansion capital expenditures, the payment of distributions on those additional units may increase the risk that we will be unable to maintain or increase our per unit distribution level. There are no limitations in our partnership agreement or our revolving credit facility on our ability to issue additional units, including units ranking senior to the common units. The incurrence of additional commercial borrowings or other debt to finance our growth strategy would result in increased interest expense, which in turn may impact the available cash that we have to distribute to our unitholders.


Our Minimum Quarterly Distribution

        Upon completion of this offering, the board of directors of our general partner will establish a minimum quarterly distribution of $          per unit per complete quarter, or $          per unit per year, to be paid no later than 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter beginning with the quarter ending                   . This equates to an aggregate cash distribution of approximately $           million per quarter, or approximately $           million per year, based on the number of common and subordinated units and the 2.0% general partner interest to be outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering. Our ability to make cash distributions equal to the minimum quarterly distribution pursuant to this policy will be subject to the factors described above under the caption "—General—Limitations on Cash Distributions and Our Ability to Change Our Distribution Policy."

48


Table of Contents

        If the underwriters' option to purchase additional common units is exercised, we will issue additional common units to the public and use the net proceeds to redeem an equivalent number of common units from USA Compression Holdings. Accordingly, the exercise of the underwriters' option will not affect the total number of units outstanding or the amount of cash needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all units. Please read "Underwriting."

        Initially, our general partner will be entitled to 2.0% of all distributions that we make prior to our liquidation. In the future, our general partner's initial 2.0% interest in these distributions may be reduced if we issue additional units and our general partner does not contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its initial 2.0% general partner interest.

        The table below sets forth the number of outstanding common units, subordinated units and general partner units upon the closing of this offering and the aggregate distribution amounts payable on such units at our minimum quarterly distribution rate of $          per unit per quarter ($          per unit on an annualized basis).

 
   
  Distributions  
 
  Number of
Units
  One
Quarter
  Four
Quarters
 

Publicly held common units

               $            $           

Common units held by USA Compression Holdings

                   

Subordinated units held by USA Compression Holdings

                   

General partner units held by USA Compression GP, LLC

                   
               
 

Total

        $     $    
               

        The subordination period generally will end if we have earned and paid at least $            on each outstanding common unit and subordinated unit and the corresponding distribution on our general partner's 2.0% interest for each of three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods ending on or after December 31, 2014. If, in respect of any quarter, we have earned and paid at least $            (150.0% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on each outstanding common unit and subordinated unit and the corresponding distribution on our general partner's 2.0% interest and the related distribution on the incentive distributions rights for the four-quarter period immediately preceding that date, the subordination period will terminate automatically and all of the subordinated units will convert into an equal number of common units. Please read the "Provisions of our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Subordination Period."

        If we do not pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units, our common unitholders will not be entitled to receive such payments in the future except during the subordination period. To the extent we have available cash in any future quarter during the subordination period in excess of the amount necessary to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to holders of our common units, we will use this excess available cash to pay any distribution arrearages related to prior quarters before any cash distribution is made to holders of subordinated units. Our subordinated units will not accrue arrearages for unpaid quarterly distributions or quarterly distributions less than the minimum quarterly distribution. Please read "Provisions of our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Subordination Period."

        Our cash distribution policy, as expressed in our partnership agreement, may not be modified or repealed without amending our partnership agreement. The actual amount of our cash distributions for any quarter is subject to fluctuations based on the amount of cash we generate from our business and the amount of reserves our general partner establishes in accordance with our partnership agreement as described above. We do not anticipate that our general partner will establish cash reserves as of the closing of this offering or during the year ending December 31, 2012. We will pay our distributions on or about the 15th of each of February, May, August and November to holders of record on or about the

49


Table of Contents


1st of each such month. If the distribution date does not fall on a business day, we will make the distribution on the business day immediately preceding the indicated distribution date. We will adjust the quarterly distribution for the period from the closing of this offering through December 31, 2011 based on the actual length of the period.

        In the sections that follow, we present in detail the basis for our belief that we will be able to fully fund our minimum quarterly distribution of $              per unit each quarter for the year ending December 31, 2012. In those sections, we present two tables, consisting of:


Pro Forma Cash Available for Distribution for the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2011

        If we had completed the transactions contemplated in this prospectus on January 1, 2010, our pro forma cash available for distribution for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2011 would have been approximately $31.4 million and $33.7 million, respectively. This amount would have been sufficient to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of the common units for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2011, but would have been insufficient by approximately $         million and $         million, respectively, to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on the subordinated units for these periods.

        The pro forma financial statements, upon which pro forma cash available for distribution is based, do not purport to present our results of operations had the transactions contemplated in this prospectus actually been completed as of the dates indicated. Furthermore, cash available for distribution is a cash accounting concept, while our pro forma financial statements have been prepared on an accrual basis. We derived the amounts of pro forma cash available for distribution shown above in the manner described in the table below. As a result, the amount of pro forma cash available for distribution should only be viewed as a general indication of the amount of cash available for distribution that we might have generated had we been formed in earlier periods. Please see our unaudited pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The following table illustrates, on a pro forma basis, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2011, the amount of available cash (without any reserve) that would have been available for distribution to our unitholders, assuming that the offering had been consummated on January 1, 2010. The pro forma adjustments presented below give effect to (i) this offering and the related transactions, (ii) our sale to USA Compression Holdings in December 2010, and the related amendment to our revolving credit facility and (iii) the entry into the second amendment to our revolving credit facility in November 2011. Pro forma Adjusted EBITDA and pro forma cash available for distribution are further adjusted to give effect to (i) the purchase on December 15, 2011 of the compression units previously leased from Caterpillar for $43 million and (ii) the termination of interest rate swaps related to our revolving credit facility in connection with the closing of this offering. Certain of the adjustments are explained in further detail in the footnotes to such adjustments.

50


Table of Contents


Unaudited Pro Forma Cash Available for Distribution

 
  Twelve Months Ended(1)  
 
  December 31,
2010
  September 30,
2011
 
 
  (in thousands, except per
unit and operating data)

 

Pro forma revenues:

             
 

Contract operations

  $ 89,785   $ 91,527  
 

Parts and service

    2,243     2,269  
           
 

Total pro forma revenues

    92,028     93,796  

Pro forma costs and expenses:

             
 

Cost of operations, exclusive of depreciation and amortization(2)

    33,292     37,010  
 

Selling, general and administrative

    9,532     10,925  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    29,399     31,625  
 

(Gain) loss on sale of assets

    (90 )   135  
           
 

Total pro forma costs and expenses

    72,133     79,695  
           

Pro forma operating income

    19,895     14,101  

Pro forma other income (expense):

             
 

Interest expense(3)

    (7,785 )   (8,117 )
 

Other

    26     22  
           
 

Pro forma total other expense

    (7,759 )   (8,095 )
           

Pro forma income before income tax expense

    12,136     6,006  

Pro forma income tax expense(4)

   
155
   
148
 
           

Pro forma net income

  $ 11,981   $ 5,858  
           

Adjustments to reconcile pro forma net income to pro forma Adjusted EBITDA(5):

             
 

Add:

             
   

Depreciation and amortization

    29,399     31,625  
   

Interest expense

    7,785     8,117  
   

Income tax expense

    155     148  
   

Share-based compensation expense

    382     196  
   

Equipment operating lease expense(6)

    2,285     4,097  
           

Pro forma Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 51,987   $ 50,041  

Adjustments to reconcile pro forma Adjusted EBITDA to pro forma cash available for distribution:

             
 

Less:

             
   

Cash interest expense before termination of interest rate swaps and equipment operating lease(7)

    6,508     6,907  
   

Increase in cash interest expense due to the purchase of equipment and termination of the equipment operating lease(8)

    977     960  
   

Income tax expense

    155     148  
   

Expansion capital expenditures(9)

    5,868     59,087  
   

Maintenance capital expenditures(10)

    13,018     8,501  
 

Add:

             
   

Borrowings to fund expansion capital expenditures(11)

    5,868     59,087  
   

Reduction in cash interest expense due to termination of interest rate swaps(12)

    3,197     3,248  
           
 

Pro forma cash available for distribution

    34,526     36,773  
 

Less: Incremental general and administrative expenses associated with being a publicly traded partnership(13)

    3,100     3,100  
           

Pro forma cash available for distribution by USA Compression Partners, LP

  $ 31,426   $ 33,673  

Per unit minimum annual distribution(14)

             

Annual distributions to:

             
 

Publicly held common units

             
 

Common units held by USA Compression Holdings

             
 

Subordinated units held by USA Compression Holdings

             
 

General partner units held by our general partner

             

Total minimum annual cash distributions

             

Surplus / (Shortfall)

             

Fixed charge coverage ratio

             

(1)
Unaudited pro forma cash available for distribution for the year ended December 31, 2010 was derived from the unaudited pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Unaudited pro forma cash available for distribution for the twelve months ended September 30, 2011 was derived by combining pro forma amounts for the three months ended

51


Table of Contents

    December 31, 2010 (not included in this prospectus) and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 (included in this prospectus).

(2)
Includes $2.3 million and $4.1 million, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2011 respectively, of equipment operating lease expense related to compression units leased from Caterpillar. On December 15, 2011, we purchased the compression units that were previously leased under the operating lease facility for $43 million. However, as these equipment operating lease schedules and covenants were not terminated before September 30, 2011, those equipment operating lease expenses are included herein.

(3)
On November 16, 2011 we amended our revolving credit facility to, among other things, increase the overall commitments under the facility from $400 million to $500 million. Our amended credit facility provides for an applicable margin for LIBOR loans of 200 to 275 basis points above LIBOR, depending on our leverage ratio, a reduction from 300 to 375 basis points above LIBOR prior to the amendment. Historical interest rates averaged 2.06% for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 3.78% for the nine month period ended September 30, 2011. Pro forma interest expense is based on an average rate of 2.3% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and 2.2% for the twelve months ended September 30, 2011. For the twelve months ended September 30, 2011, pro forma interest expense was increased by $1.9 million, the fair value gain on the interest rate swaps from December 31, 2010 to September 30, 2011, as they qualified for hedge accounting prior to the change in control on December 23, 2010. After December 31, 2010, fair value gains or losses are recorded in historical interest expense. Please read note 4(b) to our condensed interim unaudited financial statements as of September 30, 2011 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information regarding the treatment of the interest rate swap agreements.

(4)
This represents the Texas franchise tax (applicable to income apportioned to Texas beginning January 1, 2007) which, in accordance with ASC 740, is classified as an income tax for reporting purposes.

(5)
Adjusted EBITDA is defined as our net income before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation expense, impairment of compression equipment, share-based compensation expense, expenses under our operating lease with Caterpillar and certain fees and expenses related to our sale to USA Compression Holdings in 2010. Please read "Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for more information regarding Adjusted EBITDA.

(6)
Represents equipment operating lease expenses related to the Caterpillar equipment operating lease described in footnote (2) above. Because we purchased the compression units subject to this equipment operating lease from Caterpillar on December 15, 2011, we believe it is useful to investors to view our results excluding these payments.

(7)
Comprised of estimated interest expense of $7.8 million and $8.1 million for the twelve months ending December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2011, respectively, less debt issuance amortization cost of $1.3 million and $1.2 million for the twelve months ending December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2011, respectively.

(8)
Reflects a net increase in cash interest expense of $1.0 million, for each of the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2011, from additional borrowings under our revolving credit facility to finance the purchase of compression units leased from Caterpillar as described in footnotes (2) and (6) above.

(9)
Reflects actual expansion capital expenditures for the periods presented. Expansion capital expenditures are capital expenditures made to expand the operating capacity or revenue generating capacity of existing or new assets, including by acquisition of compression units or through modification of existing compression units to change their capacity.

(10)
Reflects actual maintenance capital expenditures for the periods presented. Maintenance capital expenditures are capital expenditures made to replace partially or fully depreciated assets, to maintain the operating capacity of our assets and extend their useful lives, or other capital expenditures that are incurred in maintaining our existing business and related cash flow.

(11)
Represents borrowings we made under our revolving credit facility to fund expansion capital expenditures.

(12)
Reflects a reduction in cash interest expense of $3.2 million, for each of the twelve month periods ended December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2011, due to the termination of out-of-the money interest rate swap agreements. We intend to terminate these interest rate swap agreements prior to the closing of this offering and, therefore, believe it is useful to investors to view our cash available for distribution excluding the impact of these swaps.

(13)
Reflects an adjustment for estimated incremental cash expenses associated with being a publicly traded partnership, including costs associated with annual and quarterly reports to unitholders, financial statement audits, tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution, investor relations activities, registrar and transfer agent fees, incremental director and officer liability insurance costs and director compensation. We estimate these incremental general and administrative expenses, some of which will be allocated to us by USA Compression Holdings, will increase our expenses by approximately $3.1 million per year.

(14)
Pro forma cash distributions are based on an assumed distribution of $        per unit per quarter. Our pro forma cash available for distribution for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2011 would have been sufficient to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on the common units and          % and          %, respectively, of the minimum quarterly distribution on the subordinated units during these periods.


Estimated Cash Available for Distribution for the Year Ending December 31, 2012

        As a result of the factors described in this section and in "—Assumptions and Considerations" below, we believe we will be able to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common units, subordinated units and general partner units for each quarter in the year ending December 31, 2012.

        In order to pay the minimum quarterly distribution of $        per unit on all our common units, subordinated units and general partner units for four quarters, we estimate that our Adjusted EBITDA

52


Table of Contents


for the year ending December 31, 2012 must be at least $         million. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered an alternative to net income, operating income, cash flows from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance calculated in accordance with GAAP, as those items are used to measure our operating performance, liquidity or ability to service debt obligations. Please read "Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for an explanation of Adjusted EBITDA.

        We also anticipate that if our Adjusted EBITDA for such period is at or above our estimate, we would be permitted to make the minimum quarterly distributions on all the common units, subordinated units and general partner units under the applicable covenants, if any, under our revolving credit facility.

        We believe we will generate estimated Adjusted EBITDA of $60.6 million for the year ending December 31, 2012, which includes approximately $3.1 million of estimated incremental cash expense associated with being a publicly traded partnership. You should read "—Assumptions and Considerations" below for a discussion of the material assumptions underlying this belief, which reflects our judgment of conditions we expect to exist and the course of action we expect to take. If our estimate is not achieved, we may not be able to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all our units. We can give you no assurance that our assumptions will be realized or that we will generate the $             million in Adjusted EBITDA required to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all our common units, subordinated units and general partner units for the four-quarter period ending December 31, 2012. There will likely be differences between our estimates and the actual results we will achieve, and those differences could be material. If we do not generate the estimated Adjusted EBITDA or if our maintenance capital expenditures or interest expense are higher than estimated, we may not be able to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all units for the four-quarter period ending December 31, 2012.

        When considering our ability to generate our estimated Adjusted EBITDA of $60.6 million, you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements under the heading "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. Any of these factors or the other risks discussed in this prospectus could cause our results of operations and cash available for distribution to our unitholders to vary significantly from those set forth below.

        We do not as a matter of course make public projections as to future revenues, earnings, or other results of operations. However, our management has prepared the prospective financial information set forth below to present the estimated cash available for distribution for the year ending December 31, 2012. The accompanying prospective financial information was not prepared with a view toward public disclosure or with a view toward complying with the guidelines established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants with respect to prospective financial information, but, in the view of our management, was prepared on a reasonable basis, reflects the best currently available estimates and judgments, and presents, to the best of our management's knowledge and belief, the expected course of action and our expected future financial performance. However, this information is not fact and should not be relied upon as being necessarily indicative of future results, and readers of this prospectus are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the prospective financial information.

        Neither our independent auditors, nor any other independent accountants, have compiled, examined, or performed any procedures with respect to the prospective financial information contained herein, nor have they expressed any opinion or any other form of assurance on such information or its achievability, and assume no responsibility for, and disclaim any association with, the prospective financial information.

        We do not undertake any obligation to release publicly the results of any future revisions we may make to the financial forecast or to update this financial forecast to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus. In light of the above, the statement that we believe that we will have sufficient cash available for distribution to allow us to make the full minimum quarterly distribution on all our outstanding common units, subordinated units and general partner units for the four-quarter period ending December 31, 2012 should not be regarded as a representation by us or the underwriters or any other person that we will make such distributions.

53


Table of Contents

        The following table shows how we calculate the estimated Adjusted EBITDA necessary to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all our common units, subordinated units and general partner units for the four quarters ending December 31, 2012. Our estimated Adjusted EBITDA presents the forecasted results of operations of USA Compression Partners, LP for the year ending December 31, 2012. Our assumptions that we believe are relevant to particular line items in the table below are explained in the corresponding footnotes and in "—Assumptions and Considerations."


Estimated Cash Available for Distribution

 
  Year
Ending
December 31,
2012
 
 
  (in thousands,
except per
unit data)

 

Revenues:

       
 

Contract operations

  $ 113,774  
 

Parts and service

    1,934  
       
 

Total revenues

    115,708  

Costs and expenses:

       
 

Cost of operations, exclusive of depreciation and amortization(1)

    39,544  
 

Selling, general and administrative(2)

    15,598  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    42,504  
       
 

Total costs and expenses

    97,646  
       

Operating income

    18,062  

Interest expense

   
(8,155

)
       

Income before income tax expense

    9,907  

Income tax expense(3)

   
192
 
       

Net income

  $ 9,715  
       

Adjustments to reconcile net income to estimated Adjusted EBITDA(4):

       
 

Add:

       
   

Depreciation and amortization

    42,504  
   

Interest expense

    8,155  
   

Income tax expense

    192  
       

Estimated Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 60,566  

Adjustments to reconcile estimated Adjusted EBITDA to estimated cash available for distribution:

       
 

Less:

       
   

Cash interest expense(5)

    6,955  
   

Income tax expense

    192  
   

Expansion capital expenditures(6)

    139,419  
   

Maintenance capital expenditures(7)

    10,609  
 

Add:

       
   

Borrowings to fund expansion capital expenditures

    139,419  
       

Estimated cash available for distribution

  $ 42,810  

Per unit minimum annual distribution

       

Annual distributions to:

       
 

Publicly held common units

       
 

Common units held by USA Compression Holdings

       
 

Subordinated units held by USA Compression Holdings

       
 

General partner units held by our general partner

       

Total minimum annual cash distributions

       

Excess of cash available for distributions over total minimum annual distributions

       

Fixed charge coverage ratio

       

(1)
Excludes equipment operating lease expense related to compression units leased from Caterpillar. On December 15, 2011, we purchased all the compression units that were previously leased from Caterpillar for $43 million and terminated all the lease schedules and covenants under the facility.

54


Table of Contents

(2)
Includes $3.1 million for estimated incremental cash expense associated with being a publicly traded partnership, including costs associated with annual and quarterly reports to unitholders, financial statement audits, tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution, investor relations activities, registrar and transfer agent fees, incremental director and officer liability insurance costs and director compensation. Also includes $                        of estimated direct and indirect expenses for which our general partner will be entitled to reimbursement.

(3)
This represents the Texas franchise tax (applicable to income apportioned to Texas beginning January 1, 2007) which, in accordance with ASC 740, is classified as an income tax for reporting purposes.

(4)
Adjusted EBITDA is defined as our net income before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation expense, impairment of compression equipment and share-based compensation expense. Please read "Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for more information regarding Adjusted EBITDA.

(5)
Estimated cash interest expense of $7.0 million is comprised of estimated interest expense of $8.2 million, which includes an adjustment to give effect to this offering and the use of the net proceeds of $         million, less debt issuance amortization cost of $1.2 million.

(6)
Reflects estimated expansion capital expenditures. Expansion capital expenditures are capital expenditures made to expand the operating capacity or revenue generating capacity of existing or new assets, including by acquisition of compression units or through modification of existing compression units to change their capacity.

(7)
Reflects estimated maintenance capital expenditures. Maintenance capital expenditures are capital expenditures made to replace partially or fully depreciated assets, to maintain the operating capacity of our assets and extend their useful lives, or other capital expenditures that are incurred in maintaining our existing business and related cash flow.


Assumptions and Considerations

        Based on a number of specific assumptions, we believe that, following completion of this offering, we will have sufficient cash available for distribution to allow us to make the full minimum quarterly distribution on all our outstanding common units, subordinated units and general partner units for the four-quarter period ending December 31, 2012. We believe that our assumptions, which include the following, are reasonable:

        Contract operations revenue.    We estimate that our contract operations revenue will be $113.8 million for the year ending December 31, 2012, as compared to $91.5 million for the twelve months ended September 30, 2011 on a pro forma basis. The anticipated increase in our revenue is based upon the following assumptions:

 
   
  Estimated    
 
 
  Actual
September 30,
2011
  December 31,
2011
  March 31,
2012
  June 30,
2012
  September 30,
2012
  December 31,
2012
   
 

Revenue generating horsepower

    591,290     639,702     654,386     704,365     762,566     780,052        

Increase in revenue generating horsepower

          48,412     14,684     49,979     58,201     17,486        

Percentage increase

          8.2 %   2.3 %   7.6 %   8.3 %   2.3 %      

55


Table of Contents

        Cost of operations, exclusive of depreciation and amortization.    We estimate that our cost of operations will be $39.5 million for the year ending December 31, 2012, which excludes equipment operating lease expense related to compression units previously leased from Caterpillar that we purchased on December 15, 2011 for $43 million, as compared to $37.0 million for the twelve months ended September 30, 2011 on a pro forma basis, which includes $4.1 million of equipment operating lease expense. The anticipated increase in our cost of operations is based upon the following assumptions:

56


Table of Contents

        Selling, general and administrative expense.    We estimate that selling, general and administrative expense will be $15.6 million for the year ending December 31, 2012, which includes approximately $3.1 million in expenses associated with being a publicly traded partnership, as compared to $10.9 million for the twelve months ended September 30, 2011. As a percentage of revenue, selling, general and administrative expense is expected to decrease from the twelve months ended September 30, 2011 to the year ending December 31, 2012 (excluding the estimated $3.1 million of expenses associated with being a publicly traded partnership) as a result of the increase in revenue from period to period.

        Depreciation expense.    We estimate that depreciation expense will be $42.5 million for the year ending December 31, 2012, as compared to $31.6 million for the twelve months ended September 30, 2011 on a pro forma basis. Depreciation expense is consistently assumed to be based on the average depreciable asset lives and depreciation methodologies, taking into account estimated capital expenditures primarily for additional new compression units as described below.

        Interest expense.    The anticipated increase in interest expense and cash interest expense is based upon the following assumptions:

        Cash interest expense.    Cash interest expense excludes $1.2 million in non-cash amortization of debt issuance costs incurred in connection with borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

        Income tax expense.    Income tax expense represents Texas franchise tax calculated on the forecasted gross revenue apportioned to Texas for the year ending December 31, 2012. The tax is estimated to be approximately $192,000 for the year ending December 31, 2012, as compared to $148,000 for the twelve months ended September 30, 2011 on a pro forma basis. Our estimate of the franchise tax for the year ending December 31, 2012 is based on a tax rate of 0.7% (the maximum

57


Table of Contents


effective rate after allowable deductions). This tax is reflected in our financials as an income tax in accordance with ASC 740.

        Capital expenditures.    The anticipated increase in capital expenditures is based upon the following assumptions:

While we believe that our assumptions supporting our estimated Adjusted EBITDA and cash available for distribution for the year ending December 31, 2012 are reasonable in light of management's current beliefs concerning future events, the assumptions are inherently uncertain and are subject to significant business, economic, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those we anticipate. If our assumptions are not realized, the actual Adjusted EBITDA and cash available for distribution that we generate could be substantially less than that currently expected and could, therefore, be insufficient to permit us to make the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our units for the four-quarter period ending December 31, 2012, in which event the market price of the common units may decline materially.

58


Table of Contents


PROVISIONS OF OUR PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT RELATING TO CASH DISTRIBUTIONS

        Set forth below is a summary of the significant provisions of our partnership agreement that relate to cash distributions.


Distributions of Available Cash

        General.    Our partnership agreement requires that, within 45 days after the end of each quarter, beginning with the quarter ending December 31, 2011, we distribute all of our available cash to unitholders of record on the applicable record date. We will adjust the minimum quarterly distribution for the period from the closing of the offering through December 31, 2011.

        Definition of available cash.    Available cash, for any quarter, consists of all cash on hand at the end of that quarter:

Working capital borrowings are borrowings that are made under a credit facility, commercial paper facility or similar financing arrangement, and in all cases are used solely for working capital purposes or to pay distributions to partners and with the intent of the borrower to repay such borrowings within twelve months from sources other than additional working capital borrowings.

        Intent to distribute the minimum quarterly distribution.    We intend to distribute to the holders of common and subordinated units on a quarterly basis at least the minimum quarterly distribution of $          per unit, or $          on an annualized basis, to the extent we have sufficient cash from our operations after establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including payments to our general partner and its affiliates. However, there is no guarantee that we will pay the minimum quarterly distribution on the units in any quarter. Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked, the amount of distributions paid under our policy and the decision to make any distribution is determined by our general partner, taking into consideration the terms of our partnership agreement.

        General partner interest and incentive distribution rights.    Initially, our general partner will be entitled to 2.0% of all quarterly distributions that we make after inception and prior to our liquidation. Our general partner has the right, but not the obligation, to contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its current general partner interest. Our general partner's initial 2.0% interest in our distributions may be reduced if we issue additional limited partner units in the future (other than the issuance of common units upon exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional common units, the issuance of common units upon conversion of outstanding subordinated units or the issuance of common units upon a reset of the incentive distribution rights) and our general partner does not contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest.

59


Table of Contents

        Our general partner also currently holds incentive distribution rights that entitle it to receive increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 50.0%, of the cash we distribute from operating surplus (as defined below) in excess of $          per unit per quarter. The maximum distribution of 50.0% includes distributions paid to our general partner on its 2.0% general partner interest and assumes that our general partner maintains its general partner interest at 2.0%. The maximum distribution of 50.0% does not include any distributions that our general partner may receive on limited partner units that it owns.


Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus

        General.    All cash distributed will be characterized as either "operating surplus" or "capital surplus." Our partnership agreement requires that we distribute available cash from operating surplus differently than available cash from capital surplus.

        Operating surplus.    Operating surplus for any period consists of:

60


Table of Contents

        As described above, operating surplus does not reflect actual cash on hand that is available for distribution to our unitholders and is not limited to cash generated by our operations. For example, it includes a basket of $             million that will enable us, if we choose, to distribute as operating surplus cash we receive in the future from non-operating sources such as asset sales, issuances of securities and long-term borrowings that would otherwise be distributed as capital surplus. In addition, the effect of including, as described above, certain cash distributions on equity interests in operating surplus will be to increase operating surplus by the amount of any such cash distributions. As a result, we may also distribute as operating surplus up to the amount of any such cash that we receive from non-operating sources.

        The proceeds of working capital borrowings increase operating surplus and repayments of working capital borrowings are generally operating expenditures, as described below, and thus reduce operating surplus when made. However, if a working capital borrowing is not repaid during the twelve-month period following the borrowing, it will be deemed repaid at the end of such period, thus decreasing operating surplus at such time. When such working capital borrowing is in fact repaid, it will be excluded from operating expenditures because operating surplus will have been previously reduced by the deemed repayment.

        We define operating expenditures in the partnership agreement, and it generally means all of our cash expenditures, including, but not limited to, taxes, reimbursement of expenses to our general partner and its affiliates, payments made under interest rate hedge agreements or commodity hedge contracts (provided that (i) with respect to amounts paid in connection with the initial purchase of an interest rate hedge contract or a commodity hedge contract, such amounts will be amortized over the life of the applicable interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract and (ii) payments made in connection with the termination of any interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract prior to the expiration of its stipulated settlement or termination date will be included in operating expenditures in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract), officer compensation, repayment of working capital borrowings, debt service payments and maintenance capital expenditures, provided that operating expenditures will not include:

        Capital surplus.    Capital surplus is defined in our partnership agreement as any distribution of available cash in excess of our cumulative operating surplus. Accordingly, capital surplus would generally be generated by:

61


Table of Contents

        Characterization of cash distributions.    Our partnership agreement requires that we treat all available cash distributed as coming from operating surplus until the sum of all available cash distributed since the closing of this offering equals the operating surplus from the closing of this offering through the end of the quarter immediately preceding that distribution. Our partnership agreement requires that we treat any amount distributed in excess of operating surplus, regardless of its source, as capital surplus. We do not anticipate that we will make any distributions from capital surplus.


Capital Expenditures

        Maintenance capital expenditures are those capital expenditures required to maintain our long-term operating capacity and/or operating income. Capital expenditures made solely for investment purposes will not be considered maintenance capital expenditures.

        Expansion capital expenditures are those capital expenditures that we expect will increase our operating capacity or operating income over the long term. Expansion capital expenditures will also include interest (and related fees) on debt incurred to finance all or any portion of the construction of such capital improvement in respect of the period that commences when we enter into a binding obligation to commence construction of a capital improvement and ending on the earlier to occur of the date any such capital improvement commences commercial service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of. Capital expenditures made solely for investment purposes will not be considered expansion capital expenditures.

        Investment capital expenditures are those capital expenditures that are neither maintenance capital expenditures nor expansion capital expenditures. Investment capital expenditures largely will consist of capital expenditures made for investment purposes. Examples of investment capital expenditures include traditional capital expenditures for investment purposes, such as purchases of securities, as well as other capital expenditures that might be made in lieu of such traditional investment capital expenditures, such as the acquisition of a capital asset for investment purposes or development of facilities that are in excess of the maintenance of our existing operating capacity or operating income, but which are not expected to expand, for more than the short term, our operating capacity or operating income.

        As described above, neither investment capital expenditures nor expansion capital expenditures will be included in operating expenditures, and thus will not reduce operating surplus. Because expansion capital expenditures include interest payments (and related fees) on debt incurred to finance all or a portion of the construction or improvement of a capital asset (such as gathering compressors) in respect of the period that begins when we enter into a binding obligation to commence construction of the capital asset and ending on the earlier to occur of the date the capital asset commences commercial service or the date that it is abandoned or disposed of, such interest payments are also not subtracted from operating surplus. Losses on disposition of an investment capital expenditure will reduce operating surplus when realized and cash receipts from an investment capital expenditure will be treated as a cash receipt for purposes of calculating operating surplus only to the extent the cash receipt is a return on principal.

        Capital expenditures that are made in part for maintenance capital purposes, investment capital purposes and/or expansion capital purposes will be allocated as maintenance capital expenditures, investment capital expenditures or expansion capital expenditure by our general partner.

62


Table of Contents


Subordination Period

        General.    Our partnership agreement provides that, during the subordination period (which we describe below), the common units will have the right to receive distributions of available cash from operating surplus each quarter in an amount equal to $      per common unit, which amount is defined in our partnership agreement as the minimum quarterly distribution, plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units from prior quarters, before any distributions of available cash from operating surplus may be made on the subordinated units. These units are deemed "subordinated" because for a period of time, referred to as the subordination period, the subordinated units will not be entitled to receive any distributions until the common units have received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages from prior quarters. Furthermore, no arrearages will be paid on the subordinated units. The practical effect of the subordinated units is to increase the likelihood that during the subordination period there will be available cash to be distributed on the common units.

        Subordination period.    Except as described below, the subordination period will begin on the closing date of this offering and expire on the first business day after the distribution to unitholders in respect of any quarter, beginning with the quarter ending December 31, 2014, if each of the following has occurred:

        Early termination of subordination period.    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the subordination period will automatically terminate on the first business day after the distribution to unitholders in respect of any quarter, if each of the following has occurred:

        Expiration upon removal of the general partner.    In addition, if the unitholders remove our general partner other than for cause:

63


Table of Contents

        Expiration of the subordination period.    When the subordination period ends, each outstanding subordinated unit will convert into one common unit and will then participate pro-rata with the other common units in distributions of available cash.

        Adjusted operating surplus.    Adjusted operating surplus is intended to reflect the cash generated from operations during a particular period and therefore excludes net increases in working capital borrowings and net drawdowns of reserves of cash generated in prior periods. Adjusted operating surplus for any period consists of:


Distributions of Available Cash From Operating Surplus During the Subordination Period

        Our partnership agreement requires that we make distributions of available cash from operating surplus for any quarter during the subordination period in the following manner:

        The preceding discussion is based on the assumptions that our general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and that we do not issue additional classes of equity interests.

64


Table of Contents


Distributions of Available Cash From Operating Surplus After the Subordination Period

        Our partnership agreement requires that we make distributions of available cash from operating surplus for any quarter after the subordination period in the following manner:

        The preceding discussion is based on the assumptions that our general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and that we do not issue additional classes of equity interests.


General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights

        Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner initially will be entitled to 2.0% of all distributions that we make prior to our liquidation. Our general partner has the right, but not the obligation, to contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest if we issue additional units. Our general partner's 2.0% interest, and the percentage of our cash distributions to which it is entitled, will be proportionately reduced if we issue additional units in the future (other than the issuance of common units upon exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional common units, the issuance of common units upon conversion of outstanding subordinated units or the issuance of common units upon a reset of the incentive distribution rights) and our general partner does not contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us in order to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest. Our partnership agreement does not require that the general partner fund its capital contribution with cash and our general partner may fund its capital contribution by the contribution to us of common units or other property.

        Incentive distribution rights represent the right to receive an increasing percentage (13.0%, 23.0% and 48.0%) of quarterly distributions of available cash from operating surplus after the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels have been achieved. Our general partner currently holds the incentive distribution rights, but may transfer these rights separately from its general partner interest, subject to restrictions in the partnership agreement.

        The following discussion assumes that our general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest, that there are no arrearages on common units and that our general partner continues to own the incentive distribution rights.

        If for any quarter:

then, our partnership agreement requires that we distribute any additional available cash from operating surplus for that quarter among the unitholders and the general partner in the following manner:

65


Table of Contents


Percentage Allocations of Available Cash From Operating Surplus

        The following table illustrates the percentage allocations of available cash from operating surplus between the unitholders and our general partner based on the specified target distribution levels. The amounts set forth under "Marginal percentage interest in distributions" are the percentage interests of our general partner and the unitholders in any available cash from operating surplus we distribute up to and including the corresponding amount in the column "Total quarterly distribution per unit." The percentage interests shown for our unitholders and our general partner for the minimum quarterly distribution are also applicable to quarterly distribution amounts that are less than the minimum quarterly distribution. The percentage interests set forth below for our general partner include its 2.0% general partner interest, assume our general partner has contributed any additional capital to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest and has not transferred its incentive distribution rights and there are no arrearages on common units.

 
   
  Marginal percentage interest
in distributions
 
 
  Total quarterly
distribution per unit
  Unitholders   General partner  

Minimum Quarterly Distribution

  $     98.0 %   2.0 %

First Target Distribution

  up to $     98.0 %   2.0 %

Second Target Distribution

  above $    up to $     85.0 %   15.0 %

Third Target Distribution

  above $    up to $     75.0 %   25.0 %

Thereafter

  above $     50.0 %   50.0 %


General Partner's Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels

        Our general partner, as the holder of our incentive distribution rights, or IDRs, has the right under our partnership agreement to elect to relinquish the right to receive incentive distribution payments based on the initial cash target distribution levels and to reset, at higher levels, the minimum quarterly distribution amount and cash target distribution levels upon which the incentive distribution payments to our general partner would be set. Our general partner's right to reset the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels upon which the incentive distributions payable to our general partner are based may be exercised, without approval of our unitholders or the conflicts committee of our general partner, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and we have made cash distributions to the holders of the incentive distribution rights at the highest level of incentive distribution for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters. The reset minimum quarterly distribution amount and target distribution levels will be higher than the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels prior to the reset such that our general partner will not receive any incentive distributions under the reset target distribution levels until cash distributions per unit following this event are above the reset first target distribution described below. We anticipate that our general partner would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would otherwise not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit, taking into account the existing levels of incentive distribution payments being made to our general partner.

66


Table of Contents

        In connection with the resetting of the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels and the corresponding relinquishment by our general partner of incentive distribution payments based on the target cash distributions prior to the reset, our general partner will be entitled to receive a number of newly issued common units based on a predetermined formula described below that takes into account the "cash parity" value of the average cash distributions related to the incentive distribution rights received by our general partner for the two quarters prior to the reset event as compared to the average cash distributions per common unit during this period. Our general partner will be issued the number of general partner units necessary to maintain its general partner interest in us immediately prior to the reset election.

        The number of common units that our general partner would be entitled to receive from us in connection with a resetting of the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels then in effect would be equal to the quotient determined by dividing (x) the average amount of cash distributions received by our general partner in respect of its incentive distribution rights during the two consecutive fiscal quarters ended immediately prior to the date of such reset election by (y) the average of the amount of cash distributed per common unit during each of these two quarters.

        Following a reset election by our general partner, the minimum quarterly distribution amount will be reset to an amount equal to the average cash distribution amount per unit for the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election (which amount we refer to as the "reset minimum quarterly distribution") and the target distribution levels will be reset to be correspondingly higher such that we would distribute all of our available cash from operating surplus for each quarter thereafter as follows:

        The following table illustrates the percentage allocation of available cash from operating surplus between the unitholders and our general partner at various cash distribution levels (i) pursuant to the cash distribution provisions of our partnership agreement in effect at the closing of this offering, as well as (ii) following a hypothetical reset of the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels based on the assumption that the average quarterly cash distribution amount per common unit during the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election was $            .

 
   
  Marginal percentage interest
in distribution
   
 
   
  Quarterly distribution
per unit following

 
  Quarterly distribution
   
  General partner
 
  per unit prior to reset   Unitholders   hypothetical reset

Minimum Quarterly Distribution

  $     98.0 %   2.0 % $         

First Target Distribution

  up to $     98.0 %   2.0 % up to $    (1)

Second Target Distribution

  above $    up to $     85.0 %   15.0 % above $    (1) up to $    (2)

Third Target Distribution

  above $    up to $     75.0 %   25.0 % above $    (2) up to $    (3)

Thereafter

  above $     50.0 %   50.0 % above $    (3)

(1)
This amount is 115.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.

67


Table of Contents

(2)
This amount is 125.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.

(3)
This amount is 150.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.

        The following table illustrates the total amount of available cash from operating surplus that would be distributed to the unitholders and our general partner, including in respect of IDRs, based on an average of the amounts distributed for a quarter for the two quarters immediately prior to the reset. The table assumes that immediately prior to the reset there would be            common units outstanding, our general partner has maintained its 2.0% general partner interest, and the average distribution to each common unit would be $            for the two quarters prior to the reset.

 
   
   
  Cash distributions to general
partner prior to reset
   
 
 
   
  Cash
distributions
to common
unitholders
prior to reset
   
 
 
  Quarterly
distribution
per unit
prior to reset
   
 
 
  Common
Units
  2.0% general
partner
interest
  Incentive
distribution
rights
  Total   Total
distributions
 

Minimum Quarterly Distribution

  $   $     $   $     $   $     $    

First Target Distribution

  above $    up to $                                  

Second Target Distribution

  above $    up to $                                    

Third Target Distribution

  above $    up to $                                    

Thereafter

  above $                                    
                               

      $     $   $     $     $     $    
                               

        The following table illustrates the total amount of available cash from operating surplus that would be distributed to the unitholders and our general partner, including in respect of IDRs, with respect to the quarter in which the reset occurs. The table reflects that as a result of the reset there would be            common units outstanding, our general partner's 2.0% interest has been maintained, and the average distribution to each common unit would be $            . The number of common units to be issued to our general partner upon the reset was calculated by dividing (i) the average of the amounts received by our general partner in respect of its IDRs for the two quarters prior to the reset as shown in the table above, or $            , by (ii) the average available cash distributed on each common unit for the two quarters prior to the reset as shown in the table above, or $            .

 
   
   
  Cash distributions to general
partner after reset
   
 
 
   
  Cash
distributions
to common
unitholders
prior to reset
   
 
 
  Quarterly
distribution
per unit
prior to reset
  Common
Units issued in
connection
with reset
  2.0% general
partner
interest
  Incentive
distribution
rights
  Total   Total
distributions
 

Minimum Quarterly Distribution

  $   $     $     $     $   $     $    

First Target Distribution

  up to $                          

Second Target Distribution

  above $    up to $                          

Third Target Distribution

  above $    up to $                          

Thereafter

  above $                                

      $     $     $     $     $     $    
                               

        Our general partner will be entitled to cause the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels to be reset on more than one occasion, provided that it may not make a reset election except at a time when it has received incentive distributions for the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters based on the highest level of incentive distributions that it is entitled to receive under our partnership agreement.

68


Table of Contents


Distributions From Capital Surplus

        How distributions from capital surplus will be made.    Our partnership agreement requires that we make distributions of available cash from capital surplus, if any, in the following manner:

        The preceding paragraph assumes that our general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.

        Effect of a distribution from capital surplus.    Our partnership agreement treats a distribution of capital surplus as the repayment of the initial unit price from this initial public offering, which is a return of capital. Each time a distribution of capital surplus is made, the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels will be reduced in the same proportion as the distribution had in relation to the fair market value of the common units prior to the announcement of the distribution. Because distributions of capital surplus will reduce the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels after any of these distributions are made, it may be easier for our general partner to receive incentive distributions and for the subordinated units to convert into common units. However, any distribution of capital surplus before the minimum quarterly distribution is reduced to zero cannot be applied to the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution or any arrearages.

        If we reduce the minimum quarterly distribution to zero, all future distributions will be made such that 50.0% will be paid to the holders of units and 50.0% to our general partner. The percentage interests shown for our general partner include its 2.0% general partner interest and assume our general partner has not transferred the incentive distribution rights.


Adjustment to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels

        In addition to adjusting the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels to reflect a distribution of capital surplus, if we combine our units into fewer units or subdivide our units into a greater number of units, our partnership agreement specifies that the following items will be proportionately adjusted:

        For example, if a two-for-one split of the units should occur, the minimum quarterly distribution, the target distribution levels and the initial unit price would each be reduced to 50.0% of its initial level. If we combine our common units into a lesser number of units or subdivide our common units into a greater number of units, we will combine or subdivide our subordinated units using the same ratio applied to the common units. Our partnership agreement provides that we do not make any adjustment by reason of the issuance of additional units for cash or property.

69


Table of Contents

        In addition, if as a result of a change in law or interpretation thereof, we or any of our subsidiaries is treated as an association taxable as a corporation or is otherwise subject to additional taxation as an entity for U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. income or withholding tax purposes, our general partner may, in its sole discretion, reduce the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels for each quarter by multiplying each distribution level by a fraction, the numerator of which is available cash for that quarter (after deducting our general partner's estimate of our additional aggregate liability for the quarter for such income and withholdings taxes payable by reason of such change in law or interpretation) and the denominator of which is the sum of (i) available cash for that quarter, plus (ii) our general partner's estimate of our additional aggregate liability for the quarter for such income and withholding taxes payable by reason of such change in law or interpretation thereof. To the extent that the actual tax liability differs from the estimated tax liability for any quarter, the difference will be accounted for in distributions with respect to subsequent quarters.


Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation

        General.    If we dissolve in accordance with the partnership agreement, we will sell or otherwise dispose of our assets in a process called liquidation. We will first apply the proceeds of liquidation to the payment of our creditors. We will distribute any remaining proceeds to the unitholders and the general partner, in accordance with their capital account balances, as adjusted to reflect any gain or loss upon the sale or other disposition of our assets in liquidation.

        The allocations of gain and loss upon liquidation are intended, to the extent possible, to entitle the holders of units to a repayment of the initial value contributed by them to us for their units, which we refer to as the "initial unit price" for each unit. The initial unit price for the common units will be the price paid for the common units issued in this offering. The allocations of gain and loss upon liquidation are also intended, to the extent possible, to entitle the holders of outstanding common units to a preference over the holders of outstanding subordinated units upon our liquidation, to the extent required to permit common unitholders to receive their initial unit price plus the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which liquidation occurs plus any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units. However, there may not be sufficient gain upon our liquidation to enable the holders of common units to fully recover all of these amounts, even though there may be cash available for distribution to the holders of subordinated units. Any further net gain recognized upon liquidation will be allocated in a manner that takes into account the incentive distribution rights of our general partner.

        Manner of adjustments for gain.    The manner of the adjustment for gain is set forth in the partnership agreement. If our liquidation occurs before the end of the subordination period, we will allocate any gain to the partners in the following manner:

70


Table of Contents

        The percentage interests set forth above for our general partner include its 2.0% general partner interest and assume our general partner has not transferred the incentive distribution rights.

        If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination period, the distinction between common and subordinated units will disappear, so that clause (iii) of the second bullet point above and all of the third bullet point above will no longer be applicable.

        Manner of adjustments for losses.    If our liquidation occurs before the end of the subordination period, we will generally allocate any loss to our general partner and the unitholders in the following manner:

        If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination period, the distinction between common and subordinated units will disappear, so that all of the first bullet point above will no longer be applicable.

        Adjustments to capital accounts.    Our partnership agreement requires that we make adjustments to capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units. In this regard, our partnership agreement specifies that we allocate any unrealized and, for tax purposes, unrecognized gain or loss resulting from the adjustments to the unitholders and the general partner in the same manner as we allocate gain or loss upon liquidation. In the event that we make positive adjustments to the capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units, our partnership agreement requires that we allocate any later negative adjustments to the capital accounts resulting from the issuance of additional units or upon our liquidation in a manner which results, to the extent possible, in the general partner's capital account balances equaling the amount which they would have been if no earlier positive adjustments to the capital accounts had been made.

71


Table of Contents


SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

        The following table presents our selected historical financial and operating data and pro forma financial data for the periods and as of the dates presented. The following table should be read together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the historical and pro forma financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The selected historical financial and operating data has been prepared on the following basis:

        We were acquired by USA Compression Holdings on December 23, 2010. In connection with this acquisition, our assets and liabilities were adjusted to fair value on the closing date by application of "push-down" accounting. Due to these adjustments, our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements are presented in two distinct periods to indicate the application of two different bases of accounting between the periods presented: (i) the periods prior to the acquisition date for accounting purposes, using a date of convenience of December 31, 2010, are identified as "Predecessor," and (ii) the periods from December 31, 2010 forward are identified as "Successor." Please read note 1 to our audited financial statements as of December 31, 2010 included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The selected pro forma financial information for the year ended December 31, 2010 and as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 is derived from our unaudited pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma adjustments have been prepared as if the transactions described below had taken place on September 30, 2011, in the case of the pro forma balance sheet, or as of January 1, 2010, in the case of the pro forma statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. These transactions include:

        The pro forma financial information should not be considered as indicative of the historical results we would have had or the results we will have after this offering.

72


Table of Contents

        The following table includes the non-GAAP financial measure of Adjusted EBITDA. We define Adjusted EBITDA as our net income before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation expense, impairment of compression equipment, share-based compensation expense, expenses under our operating lease with Caterpillar and certain fees and expenses related to our sale to USA Compression Holdings in 2010. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to its most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, please read "—Non-GAAP Financial Measures."

 
  Historical   Pro Forma  
 
  Predecessor    
  Successor(1)    
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Nine
Months
Ended
September 30,

 



  Nine
Months
Ended
September 30,

   
  Nine
Months
Ended
September 30,
2011
 
 
  Year ended December 31,   Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
 
 
  2006   2007   2008   2009    
  2010   2010    
  2011  
 
  (in thousands, except per unit and operating data)
 

Revenues:

                                                               
 

Contract operations

  $ 47,877   $ 67,339   $ 87,905   $ 93,178       $ 89,785   $ 67,020       $ 68,762   $ 89,785   $ 68,762  
 

Parts and service

    1,801     2,296     2,918     2,050         2,243     1,539         1,565     2,243     1,565  
                                               
 

Total revenues

    49,678     69,635     90,823     95,228         92,028     68,559         70,327     92,028     70,327  

Costs and expenses:

                                                               
 

Cost of operations, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

    12,760     20,513     29,320     30,096         33,292     24,339         28,057     33,292     28,057  
 

Selling, general and administrative(2)

    6,599     10,958     8,709     9,136         11,370     7,107         8,500     9,532     8,500  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    9,770     13,437     18,016     22,957         24,569     18,196         24,044     29,399     24,044  
 

(Gain) loss of sale of assets

    (2,471 )   (3 )   (235 )   (74 )       (90 )   (66 )       159     (90 )   159  
 

Impairment of compression equipment

        1,028         1,677                              
                                               
 

Total costs and expenses

    26,658     45,933     55,810     63,792         69,141     49,576         60,760     72,133     60,760  
                                               

Operating income

    23,020     23,702     35,013     31,436         22,887     18,983         9,567     19,895     9,567  

Other income (expense):

                                                               
 

Interest expense

    (13,209 )   (16,468 )   (14,003 )   (10,043 )       (12,279 )   (6,811 )       (9,424 )   (7,785 )   (4,234 )
 

Other

    18     43     20     25         26     21         17     26     17  
                                               
 

Total other expense

    (13,191 )   (16,425 )   (13,983 )   (10,018 )       (12,253 )   (6,790 )       (9,407 )   (7,759 )   (4,217 )
                                               

Income before income tax expense

    9,829     7,277     21,030     21,418         10,634     12,193         160     12,136     5,350  
                                               

Income tax expense(3)

        155     119     190         155     118         111     155     111  
                                               

Net income

  $ 9,829   $ 7,122   $ 20,911   $ 21,228       $ 10,479   $ 12,075       $ 49   $ 11,981   $ 5,239  
                                               
 

Adjusted EBITDA

 
$

32,808
 
$

40,562
 
$

53,274
 
$

56,917
     
$

51,987
 
$

38,858
     
$

36,912
 
$

51,987
 
$

36,912
 

Pro forma net income per limited partner unit:

                                                               
 

Common unit

                                                               
 

Subordinated unit

                                                               

Other Financial Data:

                                                               
 

Capital expenditures

  $ 97,784   $ 63,010   $ 92,708   $ 29,580       $ 18,886   $ 16,451       $ 65,153              
 

Cash flows provided by (used in):

                                                               
   

Operating activities

    19,569     26,441     40,699     42,945         38,572     35,020         28,673              
   

Investing activities

    (87,513 )   (62,642 )   (88,102 )   (26,763 )       (18,768 )   (16,358 )       (64,379 )            
   

Financing activities

    67,825     37,591     46,364     (16,545 )       (19,804 )   (18,317 )       35,706              

Operating Data (at period end, except averages)—unaudited

                                                               
 

Total available horsepower(4)

    411,068     476,698     568,359     582,530         612,410     607,010         711,463              
 

Revenue generating horsepower(5)

    343,171     405,807     496,606     502,177         533,692     523,476         591,290              
 

Average revenue generating horsepower(6)

    289,127     370,826     455,673     489,243         516,703     512,132         551,566              
 

Revenue generating compression units

    514     613     763     749         795     787         839              
 

Average horsepower per revenue generating compression unit(7)

    668     662     651     670         671     666         683              
 

Horsepower utilization(8):

                                                               
   

At period end

    95.4 %   93.7 %   95.2 %   92.0 %       91.8 %   94.8 %       92.8 %            
   

Average for the period(9)

    97.0 %   93.9 %   95.9 %   92.7 %       92.6 %   92.6 %       91.4 %            

 


 

Predecessor

 

 


 

Successor(1)

 

 


 

 


 

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

                                                               
 

Working capital(10)

  $ (2,452 ) $ (2,794 ) $ (7,656 ) $ (4,678 )     $ (3,984 )           $ (11,120 )       $ (11,120 )
 

Total assets

    226,730     276,983     349,645     352,757         614,718               654,607           654,757  
 

Long-term debt

    191,260     229,861     276,537     260,470         255,491               291,544           107,054  
 

Partners' capital

    24,415     32,795     49,685     72,626         338,954               339,003           523,643  

73


Table of Contents


(1)
Reflects the push-down of the purchase accounting for our acquisition by USA Compression Holdings on December 23, 2010.

(2)
Pro forma selling, general and administrative expense does not include incremental general and administrative expenses we expect to incur as a result of being a publicly traded partnership. We expect these expenses to total approximately $3.1 million per year.

(3)
This represents the Texas franchise tax (applicable to income apportioned to Texas) which, in accordance with ASC 740, is classified as income tax for reporting purposes.

(4)
Total available horsepower is revenue generating horsepower under contract for which we are billing a customer, horsepower in our fleet that is under contract but is not yet generating revenue, horsepower not yet in our fleet that is under contract not yet generating revenue that is subject to a purchase order and idle horsepower. Total available horsepower excludes new horsepower on order for which we do not have a compression services contract. As of September 30, 2011, we had approximately 52,000 of additional new compression unit horsepower on order for delivery to us primarily between January 2012 and March 2012. We ordered an additional 4,400 horsepower in October 2011 for delivery during this same period. In November 2011, we ordered approximately 88,700 of additional new compression horsepower, of which 24,200 horsepower is expected to be delivered between January 2012 and March 2012 and 64,500 horsepower is expected to be delivered between April 2012 and June 2012.

(5)
Revenue generating horsepower is horsepower under contract for which we are billing a customer.

(6)
Calculated as the average of the month-end revenue generating horsepower for each of the months in the period.

(7)
Calculated as the average of the month-end horsepower per revenue generating compression unit for each of the months in the period.

(8)
Horsepower utilization is calculated as (i)(a) revenue generating horsepower plus (b) horsepower in our fleet that is under contract, but is not yet generating revenue plus (c) horsepower not yet in our fleet that is under contract not yet generating revenue and that is subject to a purchase order, divided by (ii) total available horsepower less idle horsepower that is under repair.

(9)
Calculated as the average utilization for the months in the period based on utilization at the end of each month in the period.

(10)
Working capital is defined as current assets minus current liabilities.

74


Table of Contents


Non-GAAP Financial Measures

        We include in this prospectus the non-GAAP financial measure of Adjusted EBITDA. We view Adjusted EBITDA as one of our primary management tools, and we track this item on a monthly basis both as an absolute amount and as a percentage of revenue compared to the prior month, year-to-date and prior year and to budget. We define Adjusted EBITDA as our net income before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation expense, impairment of compression equipment, share-based compensation expense, expenses under our operating lease with Caterpillar and certain fees and expenses related to our sale to USA Compression Holdings in 2010. Adjusted EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by our management and external users of our financial statements, such as investors and commercial banks, to assess:

        We believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors because, when viewed with our GAAP results and the accompanying reconciliations, it provides a more complete understanding of our performance than GAAP results alone. We also believe that external users of our financial statements benefit from having access to the same financial measures that management uses in evaluating the results of our business.

        Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered an alternative to, or more meaningful than, net income, operating income, cash flows from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with GAAP as measures of operating performance and liquidity. Moreover, our Adjusted EBITDA as presented may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.

        Adjusted EBITDA does not include interest expense, income taxes, depreciation expense, impairment of compression equipment, share-based compensation expense, expenses under our operating lease with Caterpillar and certain fees and expenses related to our sale to USA Compression Holdings in December 2010. Because we borrow money under our revolving credit facility and have historically utilized operating leases to finance our operations, interest expense and operating lease expense are necessary elements of our costs. Because we use capital assets, depreciation and impairment of compression equipment is also a necessary element of our costs. Expense related to share-based compensation expense related to equity awards to employees is also necessary to operate our business. Therefore, measures that exclude these elements have material limitations. To compensate for these limitations, we believe that it is important to consider both net income and net cash provided by operating activities determined under GAAP, as well as Adjusted EBITDA, to evaluate our financial performance and our liquidity. Our Adjusted EBITDA excludes some, but not all, items that affect net income and net cash provided by operating activities, and these measures may vary among companies. Management compensates for the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA as an analytical tool by reviewing the comparable GAAP measures, understanding the differences between the measures and incorporating this knowledge into management's decision-making processes.

75


Table of Contents

        The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA to net income and net cash provided by operating activities, its most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, for each of the periods presented:

 
  Historical   Pro Forma  
 
  Predecessor    
  Successor    
   
 
 
 



   
   
 
 
  Year ended December 31,   Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2010
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2011
  Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2011
 
 
  2006   2007   2008   2009   2010    
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net income

  $ 9,829   $ 7,122   $ 20,911   $ 21,228   $ 10,479   $ 12,075       $ 49   $ 11,981   $ 5,239  
 

Interest expense

   
13,209
   
16,468
   
14,003
   
10,043
   
12,279
   
6,811
       
9,424
   
7,785
   
4,234
 
 

Depreciation and amortization

    9,770     13,437     18,016     22,957     24,569     18,196         24,044     29,399     24,044  
 

Income taxes

        155     119     190     155     118         111     155     111  
 

Impairment of compression equipment(1)

        1,028         1,677                          
 

Share-based compensation expense

        2,352     225     269     382     186             382      
 

Equipment operating lease expense(2)

                553     2,285     1,472         3,284     2,285     3,284  
 

Fees and expenses related to the sale to USA Compression Holdings(3)

                    1,838                      
                                           

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 32,808   $ 40,562   $ 53,274   $ 56,917   $ 51,987   $ 38,858       $ 36,912   $ 51,987   $ 36,912  
                                           
 

Interest expense

    (13,209 )   (16,468 )   (14,003 )   (10,043 )   (12,279 )   (6,811 )       (9,424 )            
 

Income tax expense

        (155 )   (119 )   (190 )   (155 )   (118 )       (111 )            
 

Equipment operating lease expense

                (553 )   (2,285 )   (1,472 )       (3,284 )            
 

Fees and expenses related to the sale to USA Compression Holdings

                    (1,838 )                        
 

Other

    (1,077 )   1,666     201     288     3,362     228         (871 )            
 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                                                           
   

Accounts receivable and advance to employee

    (3,072 )   (563 )   (2,458 )   1,865     (336 )   496         (142 )            
   

Inventory

    762     (216 )   (155 )   (3,680 )   503     883         1,102              
   

Prepaids

    120     (358 )   (1,165 )   608     (18 )   641         738              
   

Other non-current assets

    (3 )   (2 )   (3 )   (4 )   1     1         (2,143 )            
   

Accounts payable

    (98 )   211     1,960     (857 )   (825 )   (860 )       1,785              
   

Accrued liabilities and deferred revenue

    3,338     1,764     3,167     (1,406 )   455     3,174         4,111              
                                               

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 19,569   $ 26,441   $ 40,699   $ 42,945   $ 38,572   $ 35,020       $ 28,673              
                                               

(1)
Represents non-cash charges incurred to write-down long-lived assets with recorded values that are not expected to be recovered through future cash flows.

(2)
Represents expenses for the respective periods under the operating lease facility with Caterpillar, from whom we historically leased compression units and other equipment. On December 15, 2011, we purchased all the compression units that were previously leased from Caterpillar for $43 million and terminated all the lease schedules and covenants under the facility. As such, we believe it is useful to investors to view our results excluding these lease payments.

(3)
Represents one-time fees and expenses related to our sale to USA Compression Holdings in December 2010. These fees and expenses are not related to our operations, and we do not expect to incur similar fees or expenses in the future as a publicly traded partnership.

76


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        You should read the following discussion of our historical financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the audited and unaudited financial statements and related notes and the unaudited pro forma financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Among other things, those financial statements include more detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the following information.


Overview

        We are a growth-oriented Delaware limited partnership and, based on management's significant experience in the industry, we believe that we are one of the largest independent providers of compression services in the U.S. in terms of available compression unit horsepower. We have been providing compression services since 1998. We currently operate in a number of U.S. natural gas shale plays, including the Fayetteville, Marcellus, Woodford, Barnett, Eagle Ford and Haynesville shales. We believe compression services for shale production will increase in the future. According to the Annual Energy Outlook 2011 prepared by the EIA, natural gas production from shale formations will increase from 16% of total U.S. natural gas production in 2009 to 47% of total U.S. natural gas production in 2035. We also provide compression services in more mature conventional basins that will require increasing amounts of compression as they age and pressures decline.

        We operate in a single business segment, the compression service business. We provide our customers with compression services to maximize their natural gas and crude oil production, throughput and cash flow. We provide domestic compression services to major oil companies and independent producers, processors, gatherers and transporters of natural gas using our modern, flexible fleet of compression units, which have been designed to be rapidly deployed and redeployed throughout the country. As part of our services, we engineer, design, operate, service and repair our compression units and maintain related support inventory and equipment.

        We generally provide our compression services primarily under long-term, fixed fee contracts. Our contracts have initial contract terms of up to five years. We typically continue to provide compression services to our customers beyond their initial contract terms, either through renewals or on a month-to-month basis. Our customers are typically required to pay our monthly fee even during periods of limited or disrupted natural gas flows, which enhances the stability and predictability of our cash flows. We are not directly exposed to natural gas price risk because we do not take title to the natural gas we compress and because the natural gas used as fuel for our compression units is supplied by our customers without cost to us. Our indirect exposure to short-term volatility in natural gas and crude oil commodity prices is mitigated by the long-term nature of our contracts. As of September 30, 2011, we estimate that over 90% of our revenue generating horsepower was deployed in large-volume gathering systems, processing facilities and transportation applications.


General Trends and Outlook

        From 2006 through 2008, the compression industry in the U.S. experienced a period of significant strength. Our average annual horsepower utilization rates ranged from 94% to 97% during these years, and our average revenue per revenue generating horsepower per month increased from $14.18 in 2006 to $16.24 in 2008. During 2009 and the first half of 2010, the industry experienced pricing pressure as a result of reduced commodity prices and energy activity, an excess supply of gas compression equipment in the industry and the rationalization of compression equipment by producers, processors, gatherers and transporters of natural gas that has included replacing outsourced compression services with customer-owned equipment and downsizing compression units. Average monthly revenue per revenue generating horsepower declined to $16.05 in 2009 and $14.70 in 2010, although our utilization rates remained high at 93%. Pricing for the compression industry in the U.S. began to stabilize in mid-2010

77


Table of Contents


and improved slightly during the second half of 2010 and in the first half of 2011 and remained stable in the third quarter of 2011.

        We anticipate that our average monthly revenue per revenue generating horsepower will continue to decline slightly, as market rates in 2009 and early 2010 were lower than market rates prior to 2009, and as older contracts at higher rates expire, a larger percentage of our contracts are at the lower rates prevalent since 2009. During 2009 and early 2010, we elected to sign shorter term contracts wherever practical to limit our long-term exposure to the lower rates prevalent at the time. Rates improved in the second half of 2010 and remained relatively stable through the first nine months of 2011. However, we expect to experience pricing pressure in 2012 across the horsepower ranges of our fleet (other than our largest horsepower units). Over the long term, we expect that continued improved pricing will ultimately improve our average monthly revenue per revenue generating horsepower as contracts that we entered into in 2009 and early 2010 expire and we enter into new contracts at higher rates. We intend to grow the number of large-horsepower units in our fleet. While large-horsepower units in general allow us to generate higher gross operating margins than lower-horsepower units, they also generate lower average monthly revenue per revenue generating horsepower.

        Our ability to increase our revenues is dependent in large part on our ability to add new revenue generating compression units to our fleet and increase the utilization of idle compression units. During 2010, we began to see an increase in overall natural gas activity in the U.S. and experienced an increase in demand for our compression services. Our average revenue generating horsepower increased approximately 6% in 2010 as compared to 2009. We believe the activity levels in the U.S. will continue to increase, particularly in shale plays. We anticipate this activity will result in higher demand for our compression services, which we believe should result in increasing revenues. However, the expected increase in overall natural gas activity and demand for our compression services may not occur for a variety of reasons. See "Forward-looking Statements."


Factors That Affect Our Future Results

        We provide compression services to major oil companies and independent producers, processors, gatherers and transporters of natural gas, and operate in a number of U.S. natural gas shale plays, including the Fayetteville, Marcellus, Woodford, Barnett, Eagle Ford and Haynesville shales. Our customers use our services primarily in large-volume gathering systems, processing facilities and transportation applications. Regardless of the application for which our services are provided, our customers rely upon the availability of the equipment used to provide compression services and our expertise to help generate the maximum throughput of product, reduce fuel costs and reduce emissions. While we are currently focused on our existing service areas, our customers have natural gas compression demands in other areas of the U.S. in conjunction with their field development projects. We continually consider expansion of our areas of operation in the U.S. based upon the level of customer demand. Our modern, flexible fleet of compression units, which have been designed to be rapidly deployed and redeployed throughout the country, provides us with continuing opportunities to expand into other areas with both new and existing customers. From April 2008 through September 2011, we redeployed approximately 49,000 horsepower of our compression units from our Central operating region to our Northeast operating region, which includes the Marcellus shale, to meet increasing customer demand in that geographic area. Many of our customers have access to low-cost capital made available by banks and equipment manufacturers and have elected to access this capital to add compression units to their owned compression fleets. Additional purchases of compression equipment by our customers may result in reduced demand for our compression services by these customers, which could materially reduce our results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

78


Table of Contents

        We believe that as a clean alternative to other fuels, natural gas will continue to be a fuel of choice for many years to come for many industries and consumers. The EIA forecasts in its Annual Energy Outlook 2011 that natural gas consumption in the U.S. will increase by approximately 17% from 2009 to 2035. We believe this long-term increasing demand for natural gas will create increasing demand for compression services, for both natural gas fields as they age and for the development of new natural gas fields. Additionally, the shift to production of natural gas from shale, tight gas and coal bed formations that often have lower producing pressures than conventional reservoirs, results in a further increase in compression needs. In the short-term, changes in natural gas pricing, based primarily upon the supply of natural gas, will affect the development activities of natural gas producers based upon the costs associated with finding and producing natural gas in the particular natural gas and oil fields in which they are active. Although short-term declines in natural gas prices have a short-term negative effect on the development activity in natural gas fields, periods of lower development activity tend to place emphasis on improving production efficiency. As a result of our commitment to providing a high level of availability of the equipment used to provide compression services, we believe our service run times position us to satisfy the needs of our customers.

        In determining the amount of cash available for distribution, the board of directors of our general partner will determine the amount of cash reserves to set aside for our operations, including reserves for future working capital, maintenance capital expenditures, expansion capital expenditures and other matters, which will impact the amount of cash we are able to distribute to our unitholders. However, we expect that we will rely primarily upon external financing sources, including borrowings under our revolving credit facility and issuances of debt and equity securities, rather than cash reserves, to fund our expansion capital expenditures. To the extent we are unable to finance growth externally and are unwilling to establish cash reserves to fund future expansions, our cash available for distribution will not significantly increase. In addition, because we distribute all of our available cash, we may not grow as quickly as businesses that reinvest their available cash to expand ongoing operations. To the extent we issue additional units in connection with any expansion capital expenditures, the payment of distributions on those additional units may increase the risk that we will be unable to maintain or increase our per unit distribution level. There are no limitations in our partnership agreement or in the terms of our revolving credit facility on our ability to issue additional units, including units ranking senior to the common units.


How We Evaluate Our Operations

        One of our measures of operational performance is the amount of revenue generating horsepower we are able to install monthly, quarterly and annually. Revenue generating horsepower growth is the primary driver for our revenue growth and it is also the base measure for evaluating our efficiency of capital deployed. Revenue generating horsepower is horsepower under contract for which we are billing a customer.

        Each month we identify idle compression units in our compression fleet and analyze their availability for redeployment. The primary reason for tracking and analyzing idle horsepower is to facilitate redeployment and therefore increase our contract operations revenue and efficiency of capital deployed. Our horsepower utilization is calculated as (i)(a) revenue generating horsepower plus (b) horsepower in our fleet that is under contract, but is not yet generating revenue plus

79


Table of Contents

(c) horsepower not yet in our fleet that is under contract not yet generating revenue and that is subject to a purchase order, divided by (ii) total available horsepower less idle horsepower that is under repair.

        We use cost of operations as a performance measure for each of our operating areas and the managers in charge of those operating areas. We track the items in cost of operations down to the compression unit level, and are able to compare operating costs to the budget we have for the type of horsepower and the area in which it is located. We use these comparisons to identify, research and address trends and variances. We also track our cost of operations on a company-wide basis, using month-to-month, year-to-date and year-to-year comparisons, and as compared to budget. This analysis is useful in identifying company-wide cost trends and allows us to take corrective actions as required.

        We view Adjusted EBITDA as one of our primary management tools, and we track this item on a monthly basis both as an absolute amount and as a percentage of revenue compared to the prior month, year-to-date and prior year and to budget. We define Adjusted EBITDA as our net income before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation expense, impairment of compression equipment, share-based compensation expense, expenses under our operating lease with Caterpillar and certain fees and expenses related to our sale to USA Compression Holdings in 2010. Adjusted EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by our management and external users of our financial statements, such as investors and commercial banks, to assess:

        We believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors because, when viewed with our GAAP results and the accompanying reconciliations, it provides a more complete understanding of our performance than GAAP results alone. We also believe that external users of our financial statements benefit from having access to the same financial measures that management uses in evaluating the results of our business.

        Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered an alternative to, or more meaningful than, net income, operating income, cash flows from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with GAAP as measures of operating performance and liquidity. Moreover, our Adjusted EBITDA as presented may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.

        Adjusted EBITDA does not include interest expense, income taxes, depreciation expense, impairment of compression equipment, share-based compensation expense, expenses under our operating lease with Caterpillar or certain fees and expenses related to our sale to USA Compression Holdings in December 2010. Because we borrow money under our revolving credit facility and have historically utilized operating leases to finance our operations, interest expense and operating lease expense are necessary elements of our costs. Because we use capital assets, depreciation and impairment of compression equipment is also a necessary element of our costs. Expense related to share-based compensation expense related to equity awards to employees is also necessary to operate

80


Table of Contents


our business. Therefore, measures that exclude these elements have material limitations. To compensate for these limitations, we believe that it is important to consider both net income and net cash provided by operating activities determined under GAAP, as well as Adjusted EBITDA, to evaluate our financial performance and our liquidity. Our Adjusted EBITDA excludes some, but not all, items that affect net income, operating income and net cash provided by operating activities, and these measures may vary among companies. Management compensates for the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA as an analytical tool by reviewing the comparable GAAP measures, understanding the differences between the measures and incorporating this knowledge into management's decision-making processes.

        Gross operating margin (defined as revenue less cost of operations, exclusive of depreciation and amortization expense) is a key measure for our business. Gross operating margin is impacted primarily by the pricing trends for our service operations and our cost of operations including labor rates for our service technicians, volume and per unit costs for our lubricant oils, quantity and pricing for our routine preventative maintenance to our compression units and property tax rates on our compression units. For a reconciliation of gross operating margin, a non-GAAP financial measure, to operating income, its most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, see "—Operating Highlights."


Accounting Terminology and Principles

        Our discussion and analysis uses the following accounting terminology and principles:

81


Table of Contents


Operating Highlights

        The following table summarizes certain horsepower and horsepower utilization percentages for the periods presented.

 
  Predecessor    
  Successor    
 
 
   
   
   
  Percent
Change
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
   
 
 
  Year Ended December 31,    
 
 
  Percent
Change
 
Operating Data (unaudited):
  2008   2009   2010   2009   2010   2010    
  2011  

Total available horsepower(1)

    568,359     582,530     612,410     2.5 %   5.1 %   607,010         711,463     17.2 %

Revenue generating horsepower(2)

    496,606     502,177     533,692     1.1 %   6.3 %   523,476         591,290     13.0 %

Average revenue generating horsepower(3)

    455,673     489,243     516,703     7.4 %   5.6 %   512,132         551,566     7.7 %

Revenue generating compression units

    763     749     795     (1.8 )%   6.1 %   787         839     6.6 %

Average horsepower per revenue generating compression unit(4)

    651     670     671     2.9 %   0.1 %   666         683     2.6 %

Horsepower utilization(5):

                                                     
 

At period end

    95.2 %   92.0 %   91.8 %   (3.4 )%   (0.2 )%   94.8 %       92.8 %   (2.1 )%
 

Average for the period(6)

    95.9 %   92.7 %   92.6 %   (3.3 )%   (0.1 )%   92.6 %       91.4 %   (1.3 )%

(1)
Total available horsepower is revenue generating horsepower under contract for which we are billing a customer, horsepower in our fleet that is under contract but is not yet generating revenue, horsepower not yet in our fleet that is under contract not yet generating revenue and that is subject to a purchase order and idle horsepower. Total available horsepower excludes new horsepower on order for which we do not have a compression services contract. As of September 30, 2011, we had 51,520 of additional new compression unit horsepower on order for delivery to us primarily between January 2012 and March 2012. We ordered an additional 4,400 horsepower in October 2011 for delivery during the same period. In November 2011, we ordered approximately 88,700 of additional new compression horsepower, of which 24,200 horsepower is expected to be delivered between January 2012 and March 2012 and 64,500 horsepower is expected to be delivered between April 2012 and June 2012.

(2)
Revenue generating horsepower is horsepower under contract for which we are billing a customer.

(3)
Calculated as the average of the month-end horsepower per revenue generating horsepower for each of the months in the period.

(4)
Calculated as the average of the month-end horsepower per revenue generating compression unit for each of the months in the period.

(5)
Horsepower utilization is calculated as (i)(a) revenue generating horsepower plus (b) horsepower in our fleet that is under contract, but is not yet generating revenue plus (c) horsepower not yet in our fleet that is under contract not yet generating revenue and that is subject to a purchase order, divided by (ii) total available horsepower less idle horsepower that is under repair.

(6)
Calculated as the average utilization for the months in the period based on utilization at the end of each month in the period.

        The increase in total available horsepower as of December 31, 2010 compared to December 31, 2009 is attributable to the compression units added to our fleet to meet the incremental demand by new and current customers. Revenue generating horsepower increased by 6.3% from December 31,

82


Table of Contents


2009 to December 31, 2010. The average horsepower per unit between 2009 and 2010 remained relatively constant, increasing slightly from 670 to 671.

 
  Predecessor    
  Successor    
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  Nine months ended
September 30,
   
 
 
  Year Ended December 31,   Percent Change    
 
 
  Percent
Change
 
Other Financial Data:
  2008   2009   2010   2009   2010   2010    
  2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Gross Operating Margin(1)

  $ 61,503   $ 65,132   $ 58,736     5.9 %   (9.8 )% $ 44,220       $ 42,270     (4.4 )%

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

  $ 53,274   $ 56,917   $ 51,987     6.8 %   (8.7 )% $ 38,858       $ 36,912     (5.0 )%

Gross operating margin percentage(3)

    67.7 %   68.4 %   63.8 %   1.0 %   (6.7 )%   64.5 %       60.1 %   (6.8 )%

Adjusted EBITDA percentage(3)

    58.7 %   59.8 %   56.5 %   1.9 %   (5.5 )%   56.7 %       52.5 %   (7.4 )%

(1)
Gross operating margin is a non-GAAP financial measure. We calculate gross operating margin as revenue less cost of operations, exclusive of depreciation and amortization expense. We believe that gross operating margin is useful as a supplemental measure of our operating profitability. Gross operating margin should not be considered an alternative to, or more meaningful than, operating income or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with GAAP. Moreover, gross operating margin as presented may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. Because we capitalize assets, depreciation and amortization of equipment is a necessary element of our costs. To compensate for the limitations of gross operating margin as a measure of our performance, we believe that it is important to consider operating income determined under GAAP, as well as gross operating margin, to evaluate our operating profitability.


The following table reconciles gross operating margin to operating income, its most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, for each of the periods presented:

   
  Predecessor    
  Successor  
   
  Year ended December 31,   Nine months ended,
September 30,
 
   
  2008   2009   2010   2010    
  2011  
   
  (in thousands)
 
 

Revenues:

                                   
   

Contract operations

  $ 87,905   $ 93,178   $ 89,785   $ 67,020       $ 68,762  
   

Parts and service

    2,918     2,050     2,243     1,539         1,565  
                             
     

Total revenues

    90,823     95,228     92,028     68,559         70,327  
 

Cost of operations, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

    29,320     30,096     33,292     24,339         28,057  
                             
     

Gross operating margin

    61,503     65,132     58,736     44,220         42,270  
 

Other operating and administrative costs and expenses:

                                   
   

Selling, general and administrative

    8,709     9,136     11,370     7,107         8,500  
   

Depreciation and amortization

    18,016     22,957     24,569     18,196         24,044  
   

(Gain) loss on sale of assets

    (235 )   (74 )   (90 )   (66 )       159  
   

Impairment of compression equipment

        1,677                  
                             
     

Total other operating and administrative costs and expenses

    26,490     33,696     35,849     25,237         32,703  
                             
 

Operating income

  $ 35,013   $ 31,436   $ 22,887   $ 18,983       $ 9,567  
                             

83


Table of Contents

(2)
For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, to net income and cash flows from operating activities, its most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, see "Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures."

(3)
Gross operating margin percentage and Adjusted EBITDA percentage are calculated as a percentage of revenue.

        Gross operating margin declined from 68% in 2008 and 2009 to 64% in 2010. The decline in gross operating margin resulted from pricing pressure for compression services that began in 2009. While pricing for these services stabilized in mid-2010, compression units that were placed under service contracts during 2009 and 2010 were contracted at lower market rates. In addition, expenses related to our operating lease with Caterpillar were $2.3 million in 2010, or 2.5% of revenue, $0.6 million in 2009, or 0.6% of revenue, and were zero in 2008 as we entered into this structure during 2009.

        Gross operating margin declined from 65% in the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to 60% in the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The decline is partially attributable to increased expenses related to the addition of new compression units over the applicable periods under our operating lease with Caterpillar, which were $1.5 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2010, or 2.1% of revenue, and $3.3 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2011, or 4.7% of revenue. On December 15, 2011, we purchased all the compression units we previously leased from Caterpillar for $43 million and terminated all the lease schedules and covenants under the facility. In addition, expenses related to fluids increased from $3.2 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2010, or 4.7% of revenue, to $3.7 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2011, or 5.3% of revenue. This increase is due to a 12.7% increase in fluids supplier pricing during the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2010, offset by a 2.3% decrease in gallons used in the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Other significant increases in expenses include (1) maintenance expenses increased by $0.3 million, or 0.3% of revenue, due to the expansion of the compression unit fleet, (2) truck fleet fuel expenses increased by $0.3 million, or 0.4% of revenue due to the compression units added to the fleet, and (3) supplies and equipment expenses increased by $0.4 million, or 0.5% of revenue, due also to the compression units added to the fleet.

84


Table of Contents


Financial Results of Operations

Nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2010

        The following table summarizes our results of operations for the periods presented:

 
  Predecessor    
  Successor    
 
 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
   
 
 
  Percent
Change
 
 
  2010    
  2011  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Revenues:

                       
 

Contract operations

  $ 67,020       $ 68,762     2.6 %
 

Parts and service

    1,539         1,565     1.7 %
                   
 

Total revenues

    68,559         70,327     2.6 %

Costs and expenses:

                       
 

Cost of operations, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

    24,339         28,057     15.3 %
 

Selling, general and administrative

    7,107         8,500     19.6 %
 

Depreciation and amortization

    18,196         24,044     32.1 %
 

(Gain) loss on sale of assets

    (66 )       159        
                   
 

Total costs and expenses

    49,576         60,760     22.6 %
                   

Operating income

    18,983         9,567     (49.6 )%

Other income (expense):

                       
 

Interest expense

    (6,811 )       (9,424 )   38.4 %
 

Other

    21         17     (19.0 )%
                   
 

Total other expense

    (6,790 )       (9,407 )   38.5 %
                   

Income before income tax expense

    12,193         160     (98.7 )%

Income tax expense

    118         111     (5.9 )%
                   

Net income

  $ 12,075       $ 49     (99.6 )%
                   

        Contract operations revenue.    Contract operations revenue was $68.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $67.0 million during the same period in 2010, an increase of 2.6%. Average revenue generating horsepower increased from 512,132 for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to 551,566 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, an increase of 7.7%. Average revenue per revenue generating horsepower per month declined from $14.78 for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to $14.21 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, a decrease of 3.9%. The decline in average revenue per revenue generating horsepower per month relates primarily to general pricing pressure for compression services that began in 2009. While pricing for these services stabilized in mid-2010, compression units that were placed under service contracts during 2009 and 2010 were contracted at lower market rates. There were 839 revenue generating compression units at September 30, 2011 compared to 787 at September 30, 2010, a 6.6% increase. Revenue generating horsepower was 591,290 at September 30, 2011 compared to 523,476 at September 30, 2010, a 13.0% increase.

        Parts and service revenue.    Parts and service revenue was $1.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $1.5 million during the same period in 2010, or a 1.7% increase. We experienced an increase in this component of our revenue after our customers curtailed this work with us in 2009 and 2010.

        Cost of operations, exclusive of depreciation and amortization.    Cost of operations was $28.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $24.3 million for the nine months ended

85


Table of Contents


September 30, 2010, an increase of 15.3%. Approximately $1.8 million of this increase was related to higher expense levels under our operating lease facility with Caterpillar due to the addition of new compression units over the applicable periods. The amount drawn under this operating lease facility was $39.9 million as of September 30, 2011 as compared to $23.6 million as of September 30, 2010. Approximately $0.5 million of the increase in cost of operations was related to higher lubrication oil expenses. Lubrication oil expenses increased due to a 12.7% increase in the average supplier price per gallon, offset by a 2.3% decrease in gallons consumed. Freight costs, all of which was billed to customers, increased $0.4 million due to the redeployment of compression units during the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Other significant increases include (1) maintenance expenses increased by $0.3 million due to the expansion of the compression unit fleet, (2) truck fleet fuel expenses increased by $0.3 million due to the compression units added to the fleet and (3) supplies and equipment expenses increased by $0.4 million also due to the compression units added to the fleet. The cost of operations was 39.9% of revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to 35.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

        Selling, general and administrative expense.    Selling, general and administrative expense was $8.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $7.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, an increase of 19.6%. Selling, general and administrative expense represented 12.1% and 10.4% of revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Approximately $0.3 million of the increase in selling, general and administrative expense relates to a fee for management services provided by an affiliate of our general partner, which will not be paid by us after April 1, 2011. The selling, general and administrative employee headcount was 47 at September 30, 2011, a 17.5% employee increase from September 30, 2010, resulting in $0.8 million increase in salary and benefit expenses. The selling, general and administrative employee headcount increased to support continued growth of the business.

        Depreciation and amortization expense.    Depreciation and amortization expense was $24.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $18.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, an increase of 32.1%. The push-down accounting treatment for the acquisition of us by USA Compression Holdings resulted in the recognition of identified intangibles for customer relationships and the USA Compression trade name as of December 31, 2010 and the amortization of these identified intangibles over their useful lives began on January 1, 2011, of which $2.3 million was recognized for the nine month period ended September 30, 2011. The remaining increase is related to an increase in property, plant and equipment over these periods.

        Interest expense.    Interest expense was $9.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $6.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, an increase of 38.4%. Included in interest expense is amortization of deferred loan costs of $0.8 million and $0.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Interest expense for both periods was related to borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Average borrowings outstanding under our revolving credit facility were $261.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $251.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. Our revolving credit facility had an interest rate of 3.97% and 2.01% at September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and an average interest rate of 3.78% and 2.03%, excluding the effects from the interest rate swap instruments discussed below, for the nine months then ended, respectively, with the higher interest rate at September 30, 2011 due to the amendment of our revolving credit facility in December 2010. The composite fixed interest rate for $140 million of notional coverage under three interest rate swap instruments was 2.52% at September 30, 2011 and 2010 plus the applicable margin of 3.75% and 1.75% at September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, we no longer designate our swap agreements as cash flow hedges. As a result, amounts paid or received from the interest rate swaps are charged or credited to interest expense. As of September 30, 2011 we recorded a fair value gain of $1.9 million with respect to these swaps as a reduction in interest expense.

86


Table of Contents

        Income tax expense.    We accrued approximately $111,000 and $118,000 in franchise tax for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively, as a result of the Texas franchise tax.

Year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009

        The following table summarizes our results of operations for the periods presented:

 
  Predecessor    
 
 
  Year Ended December 31,    
 
 
  Percent
Change
 
 
  2009   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Revenues:

                   
 

Contract operations

  $ 93,178   $ 89,785     (3.6 )%
 

Parts and service

    2,050     2,243     9.4 %
               
 

Total revenues

    95,228     92,028     (3.4 )%

Costs and expenses:

                   
 

Cost of operations, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

    30,096     33,292     10.6 %
 

Selling, general and administrative

    9,136     11,370     24.5 %
 

Depreciation and amortization

    22,957     24,569     7.0 %
 

(Gain) loss on sale of assets

    (74 )   (90 )   21.6 %
 

Impairment of compression equipment

    1,677            
               
 

Total costs and expenses

    63,792     69,141     8.4 %
               

Operating income

    31,436     22,887     (27.2 )%

Other income (expense):

                   
 

Interest expense

    (10,043 )   (12,279 )   22.3 %
 

Other

    25     26     4.0 %
               
 

Total other expense

    (10,018 )   (12,253 )   22.3 %
               

Income before income tax expense

    21,418     10,634     (50.4 )%

Income tax expense

    190     155     (18.4 )%
               

Net income

  $ 21,228   $ 10,479     (50.6 )%
               

        Contract operations revenue.    Contract operations revenue was $89.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $93.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, a decrease of 3.6%. Average revenue generating horsepower increased from 489,243 for the year ended December 31, 2009, to 516,703 for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of 5.6% increase. Average revenue per revenue generating horsepower per month declined from $16.05 for the year ended December 31, 2009, to $14.70 for the year ended December 31, 2010, a decrease of 8.4%. The decline in revenue per revenue generating horsepower per month relates to general pricing pressure for compression revenue that began in 2009. While pricing for these services stabilized in mid-2010, compression units that were placed under service contracts during 2009 and 2010 were placed at lower market rates. There were 795 revenue generating compression units at December 31, 2010 compared to 749 at December 31, 2009, a 6.1% increase. Revenue generating horsepower was 533,692 at December 31, 2010 compared to 502,177 at December 31, 2009, a 6.3% increase.

        Parts and service revenue.    Parts and service revenue was $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, a 9.4% increase. We experienced an increase in this component of revenue after our customers curtailed this work with us in 2009 and 2010.

87


Table of Contents

        Cost of operations, exclusive of depreciation and amortization.    Cost of operations was $33.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $30.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of 10.6%. Approximately $1.7 million of this increase was related to higher expense levels under our operating lease facility with Caterpillar. The amount drawn under this operating lease facility was $28.9 million as of December 31, 2010 as compared to $14.9 million as of December 31, 2009. Indirect operating expenses increased approximately $1.1 million for 2010 as compared to 2009 including field warehouse supplies, property taxes and our service technician vehicle fleet due to the increase in our compression unit fleet horsepower. The cost of operations was 36.2% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to 31.6% for the year ended December 31, 2009.

        Selling, general and administrative expense.    Selling, general and administrative expense was $11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $9.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of 24.5%. Selling, general and administrative expense represented 12.4% and 9.6% of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The selling, general and administrative employee headcount was 39 employees at December 31, 2010, level with the headcount at December 31, 2009. Selling, general and administrative expenses in 2010 included $1.8 million related to legal fees incurred by us in connection with our sale to USA Compression Holdings.

        Depreciation and amortization expense.    Depreciation and amortization expense was $24.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $23.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of 7.0%, which resulted from an increase in property, plant and equipment in 2009 and 2010 and a change in the estimated useful lives of our vehicles in July 2009.

        Interest expense.    Interest expense was $12.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of 22.3%. Included in interest expense is amortization of deferred loan costs of $3.5 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Interest expense for both periods was related to borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Average borrowings outstanding under our revolving credit facility were $249.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $270.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Our revolving credit facility had an interest rate of 3.76% and 1.99% at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and an average interest rate of 2.06% in 2010 and 2.10% in 2009, excluding the effects from the interest rate swap instruments. The composite fixed interest rate for $140 million of notional coverage under three interest rate swap instruments was 2.52% at December 31, 2010 and 2009 plus the applicable margin of 1.75%.

        Income tax expense.    We accrued approximately $155,000 in franchise tax for the year ended December 31, 2010, and $190,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009, as a result of the Texas franchise tax.

88


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008

        The following table summarizes our results of operations for the periods presented:

 
  Predecessor    
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
 
 
  Percent
Change
 
 
  2008   2009  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Revenues:

                   
 

Contract operations

  $ 87,905   $ 93,178     6.0 %
 

Parts and service

    2,918     2,050     (29.7 )%
               
 

Total revenues

    90,823     95,228     4.9 %

Costs and expenses:

                   
 

Cost of operations, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

    29,320     30,096     2.6 %
 

Selling, general and administrative

    8,709     9,136     4.9 %
 

Depreciation and amortization

    18,016     22,957     27.4 %
 

(Gain) loss on sale of assets

    (235 )   (74 )   (68.5 )%
 

Impairment of compression equipment

        1,677        
               
 

Total costs and expenses

    55,810     63,792     14.3 %
               

Operating income

    35,013     31,436     (10.2 )%

Other income (expense):

                   
 

Interest expense

    (14,003 )   (10,043 )   (28.3 )%
 

Other

    20     25     25.0 %
               
 

Total other expense

    (13,983 )   (10,018 )   (28.4 )%
               

Income before income tax expense

    21,030     21,418     1.8 %

Income tax expense

    119     190     59.7 %
               

Net income

  $ 20,911   $ 21,228     1.5 %
               

        Contract operations revenue.    Contract operations revenue was $93.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $87.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of 6.0%. Average revenue generating horsepower increased from 455,673 for the year ended December 31, 2008, to 489,243 for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of 7.4%. Average revenue per revenue generating horsepower per month declined from $16.24 for the year ended December 31, 2008, to $16.05 for the year ended December 31, 2009, a decrease of 1.2%. The decline in revenue per revenue generating horsepower per month primarily relates to an increase in the average horsepower per revenue generating compression unit from 651 in 2008 to 670 in 2009, an increase of 2.9%. There were 749 revenue generating compression units at December 31, 2009 compared to 763 at December 31, 2008, a 1.8% decrease. Revenue generating horsepower was 502,177 at December 31, 2009 compared to 496,606 at December 31, 2008, a 1.1% increase.

        Parts and service revenue.    Parts and service revenue was $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, or a 29.7% decrease. We experienced a decline in this component of our revenue after our customers curtailed this work with us during 2009 and performed more of the equipment repairs on their owned compression equipment fleet utilizing their own employees.

        Cost of operations, exclusive of depreciation and amortization.    Cost of operations was $30.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $29.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of 2.6%. Approximately $0.5 million of this increase was related to higher expense levels under our operating lease facility with Caterpillar. The amount drawn under this operating lease

89


Table of Contents


facility was $14.9 million as of December 31, 2009 as compared to no amounts drawn as of December 31, 2008 as we entered into this master lease agreement in July 2009. Direct and indirect expenses increased approximately 1.1% in 2009 as compared to 2008 due to the increase in our compression unit fleet horsepower. The cost of operations was 31.6% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to 32.3% for the year ended December 31, 2008.

        Selling, general and administrative expense.    Selling, general and administrative expense was $9.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of 4.9%. Selling, general and administrative expense represented 9.6% of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. The selling, general and administrative employee headcount was 40 employees at December 31, 2009, a 14% employee increase from December 31, 2008. The selling, general and administrative employee headcount increased to support the continued growth of the business.

        Depreciation and amortization expense.    Depreciation and amortization expense was $23.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $18.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of 27.4%, which resulted from an increase in property, plant and equipment.

        Impairment of compression equipment.    An impairment in the amount of $1.7 million was recorded in 2009 as we determined that, based on then current market conditions, certain compression units were no longer part of the ongoing operating compression equipment fleet.

        Interest expense.    Interest expense was $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $14.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, a decrease of 28.3%. Included in interest expense is amortization of deferred loan costs of $0.4 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Interest expense for both periods was related to borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Average borrowings outstanding under our revolving credit facility were $270.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $253.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Our revolving credit facility had an interest rate of 1.99% and 3.18% at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and an average interest rate of 2.10% in 2009 and 4.62% in 2008, excluding the effects from the interest rate swap instruments. The three interest rate swap instruments had a notional value of $140 million and $142 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The composite fixed interest rate for the three interest rate swap instruments was 2.52% at December 31, 2009 and 3.88% at December 31, 2008 plus the applicable margin of 1.75% at the end of 2009 and 2008.

        Income tax expense.    We accrued approximately $190,000 in franchise tax for the year ended December 31, 2009, and $119,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008 as a result of the Texas franchise tax.


Effects of Inflation

        In 2010 and 2009, even though the price for lubrication oil, gasoline, insurance and the capital cost of engines steadily increased, these increases did not adversely impact our overall results of operations. We have the ability to manage the effects of these price increases through rate adjustments in new service contracts, as well as through Consumer Price Index adjustments in most existing customer contracts. The primary price increases experienced for the period from January 1, 2009 to December 31, 2010 were the following: the hourly labor rate for certain classes of our service technicians had a composite increase of 2.6%; the price of lubrication oil per gallon decreased approximately 20%, but has increased 29% from January 1, 2011 to September 30, 2011; for similarly configured 3516 type compression units, our price increased 3% for new compression units purchased during the quarter ended December 31, 2010 as compared to new compression units purchased during the quarter ended March 31, 2009.

90


Table of Contents


Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Historically, our sources of liquidity have been cash generated from operations and third-party financing. As of September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and 2009, total cash and cash equivalents was $3,000. Total liquidity, comprised of cash and availability of long-term borrowings, was $53.8 million at September 30, 2011 compared to $66.0 million and $44.6 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Commitments under our revolving credit facility increased from $305 million to $400 million in December 2010 and from $400 million to $500 million on November 16, 2011. Availability increased from $44.6 million as of December 31, 2009 to $66.0 million as of December 31, 2010 and decreased to $53.8 million as of September 30, 2011. Availability under the revolving credit facility is determined by reference to the calculated borrowing base, up to the commitment amount, less the outstanding balance under the revolving credit facility.

        We have a $500 million revolving credit facility that matures on October 5, 2015. See "—Description of Revolving Credit Facility." The net proceeds from this offering will be used to repay indebtedness under our revolving credit facility. We incurred indebtedness to fund capital expenditures and for working capital needs. We expect to have approximately $             million outstanding under the revolving credit facility after the closing of this offering.

        The amount of available cash we need to pay the minimum quarterly distributions for four quarters on our common units, subordinated units and the 2.0% general partner interest outstanding immediately after this offering is approximately $             million. Our pro forma available cash to make distributions during the year ended December 31, 2010 and the twelve months ended September 30, 2011 would have been sufficient to allow us to pay 100% of the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units and            % and            %, respectively, of the minimum quarterly distribution on our subordinated units during these periods.

        In addition to distributions on our equity interests, our primary short-term liquidity needs will be to fund general working capital requirements, while our long-term liquidity needs will primarily relate to expansion capital expenditures. We believe that cash from operations will be sufficient to meet our existing short-term liquidity needs for at least the next 12 months.

        Our long-term liquidity needs will generally be funded from cash from operations, borrowings under our revolving credit facility and other debt or equity financings. We cannot assure you that we will be able to raise additional funds on favorable terms. For more information, please read "—Capital Expenditures" below.

        The following table summarizes our sources and uses of cash for the periods presented:

 
  Predecessor    
  Successor  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2009   2010   2010    
  2011  
 
   
  (in thousands)
   
   
 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 42,945   $ 38,572   $ 35,020       $ 28,673  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (26,763 )   (18,768 )   (16,358 )       (64,379 )

Net cash provided (used) in financing activities

    (16,545 )   (19,804 )   (18,317 )       35,706  

        Net cash provided by operating activities.    Net cash provided by operating activities decreased to $28.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, from $35.0 million for the same period in 2010. The decrease relates primarily to a lower income level for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Lower income levels are due to the following factors (1) a $1.8 million increase in Caterpillar operating lease expense, (2) a $3.6 million increase in cash interest payments and (3) a $2.1 million

91


Table of Contents

increase in truck fleet fuel expenses, maintenance expenses and lubrication oil prices, due to higher prices and a larger compression unit fleet in 2011.

        Net cash provided by operating activities decreased to $38.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $42.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease relates primarily to a lower income level in 2010, offset by the purchase of engines in 2009 totaling $3.3 million.

        Net cash used in investing activities.    Net cash used in investing activities increased to $64.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, from $16.4 million for the same period in 2010. The increase relates to an increase in capital expenditures of $48.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, offset by the collection of funds in this period of $0.8 million related to the sale of compression units and trucks.

        Net cash used in investing activities decreased to $18.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $26.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease primarily relates to lower capital expenditures for compression equipment in 2010. Approximately $13.9 million and $14.9 million of compression equipment was funded under our operating lease facility with Caterpillar in 2010 and 2009, respectively.

        Net cash provided (used) in financing activities.    Net cash provided by financing activities was $35.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, compared to net cash used in financing activities of $18.3 million for the same period in 2010. The change is due to net repayments of borrowings under our revolving credit facility for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 versus net borrowings during the first nine months of 2011, due to higher levels of growth capital expenditures.

        Net cash used in financing activities increased to $19.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $16.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase is a result of a lower level of net repayments of borrowings under our revolving credit facility of $10.5 million offset by financing costs of $8.1 million related to the upsizing and extending of our revolving credit facility on December 23, 2010 and certain partner distributions in the amount of $6.0 million related to expenses in connection with our sale to USA Compression Holdings on December 23, 2010.

        The compression business is capital intensive, requiring significant investment to maintain, expand and upgrade existing operations. Our capital requirements have consisted primarily of, and we anticipate that our capital requirements will continue to consist primarily of, the following:

        We expect that our maintenance capital expenditure requirements will continue to increase as the overall size and age of our fleet increases. We estimate that our aggregate maintenance capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the year ending December 31, 2012 will be approximately $8.4 million and $10.6 million, respectively.

        Given our growth objective, we anticipate that we will continue to make significant expansion capital expenditures. For the year ending December 31, 2011 and the year ending December 31, 2012,

92


Table of Contents


we estimate that expansion capital expenditures will be approximately $76.8 million and $139.4 million, respectively, consisting of the acquisition of new compression units and related equipment.

        In addition to organic growth, we may also consider a variety of assets or businesses for potential acquisition. We expect to fund any future acquisitions primarily with capital from external financing sources and issuance of debt and equity securities, including our issuance of additional partnership units and future debt offerings given market conditions.

        We amended the revolving credit facility in December 2010 to increase the overall commitments under the facility to $400 million and extend the term until October 5, 2015. On November 16, 2011, we amended our revolving credit facility to increase the overall commitments under the facility from $400 million to $500 million and reduce our applicable margin for LIBOR loans from the previous range of 300 to 375 basis points above LIBOR to the new range of 200 to 275 basis points above LIBOR, depending on our leverage ratio. The terms of the revolving credit facility are discussed below. We have the option to increase the overall commitments under our revolving credit facility by $50 million, subject to receipt of lender commitments and satisfaction of other conditions.

        The revolving credit facility is available for our general partnership purposes, including working capital, capital expenditures, and distributions. We expect to have approximately $             million outstanding under the revolving credit facility after the closing of this offering. Please read "Use of Proceeds."

        Our obligations under the revolving credit facility are secured by substantially all of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries, and are guaranteed by us and our subsidiaries.

        Availability under our revolving credit facility is subject to a monthly borrowing base calculation (or weekly if availability under the revolving credit facility falls below a specified threshold), which is equal to the sum of: (i) 85% of certain eligible trade accounts receivable held by us, (ii) a percentage of the net book value of our eligible compressors and (iii) 80% of our eligible work in progress, which consists of component costs, such as compressor engines, coolers and frames and other related costs, as well as newly assembled compression units that are awaiting installation. The revolving credit facility provides that we may borrow only up to the lesser of the level of our then current borrowing base and the capacity of the facility.

        We may prepay all advances at any time without penalty, subject to the reimbursement of lender breakage costs in the case of prepayment of LIBOR borrowings. Indebtedness under the revolving credit facility will bear annual interest at our election at a rate of prime or 200 to 275 basis points above LIBOR.

        The revolving credit facility will prohibit us from making distributions of available cash if any event of default (as defined in the revolving credit facility) exists. The revolving credit facility will require us to comply with two primary financial covenants: (i) a compression unit horsepower based, six month look-back utilization covenant of 80% (i.e. idle equipment cannot exceed 20% of total available horsepower) and (ii) a fixed charge coverage ratio covenant, determined for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters, of 1.0 to 1.0.

        In addition, the revolving credit facility will contain various covenants that may limit, among other things, our ability to:

93


Table of Contents

        If an event of default exists under our revolving credit facility, the lenders will be able to accelerate the maturity of the debt outstanding under the revolving credit facility and exercise other rights and remedies. Each of the following will likely be an event of default under our revolving credit facility:

        We are in compliance with all of the covenants under the revolving credit facility and, so long as we remain in compliance with the revolving credit facility, we will be permitted to make distributions of available cash.

        Total Contractual Cash Obligations.    The following table summarizes our total contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2010:

 
  Payments Due by Period  
Contractual Obligations
  Total   Less than 1 year   2-3 years   4-5 years   More than 5 years  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Long-term debt(1)

  $ 255,528   $ 36   $ 43   $ 255,449   $  

Interest on long-term debt(2)

    45,622     9,605     19,208     16,809      

Operating lease obligations(3)

    31,513     3,834     7,060     6,781     13,838  

Equipment/capital purchases(4)

    8,442     8,442              
                       

Total contractual cash obligations

  $ 341,105   $ 21,917   $ 26,311   $ 279,039   $ 13,838  
                       

(1)
Represents future principal repayments under our revolving credit facility.

(2)
Represents future interest payments under our revolving credit facility based on the interest rate at December 31, 2010 of 3.76%.

(3)
Represents prior obligations under our operating lease facility with Caterpillar. On December 15, 2011, we purchased all the compression units we previously leased from Caterpillar for $43 million and terminated all the lease schedules and covenants under the facility.

(4)
Represents commitments for new compression units that are being fabricated.

        We expect to have approximately $             million outstanding under the revolving credit facility after the closing of the offering. We anticipate subsequent borrowings under this revolving credit facility to fund interest payments, capital expenditures, including the acquisition of additional new compression units, and distributions.

94


Table of Contents


Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We have not entered into any transactions, agreements or other contractual arrangements that would result in off-balance sheet liabilities.


Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our financial statements. These financial statements were prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP. As such, we are required to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the periods presented. We base our estimates on historical experience, available information and various other assumptions we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates; however, actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. The accounting policies that we believe require management's most difficult, subjective or complex judgments and are the most critical to its reporting of results of operations and financial position are as follows:

        Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation for financial reporting purposes is computed on the straight-line basis using estimated useful lives. If the actual useful life of our property and equipment is less than the estimate used for purposes of computing depreciation expense, we could experience an acceleration in depreciation expense. Major overhauls and improvements that extend the life of an asset are capitalized. As of September 30, 2011, we had 950 compression units that were subject to depreciation. Given the large number of compression units being depreciated, the impact of a particular unit incurring an actual useful life that is less than the estimated useful life would not have a material impact on our results of operations.

        Goodwill acquired in connection with business combinations represents the excess of consideration over the fair value of net assets acquired. Certain assumptions and estimates are employed in determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as in determining the allocation of goodwill to the appropriate reporting unit.

        We perform an impairment test for goodwill annually or earlier if indicators of potential impairment exist. Our goodwill impairment test involves a comparison of the fair value of its reporting unit with its carrying value. The fair value is determined using discounted cash flows and other market-related valuation models. Certain estimates and judgments are required in the application of the fair value models. As of December 31, 2010, we performed an impairment analysis and determined that no impairment had occurred. If for any reason the fair value of our goodwill declines below the carrying value in the future, we may incur charges for the impairment. There was no impairment recorded for goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2010 or during the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

        Long-lived assets, which include property and equipment, and intangible assets comprise a significant amount of our total assets. Long-lived assets to be held and used by us are reviewed to determine whether any events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. For long-lived assets to be held and used, we base our evaluation on impairment indicators such as the nature of the assets, the future economic benefit of the assets, any historical or future profitability measurements and other external market conditions or factors that may be present. If such impairment indicators are present or other factors exist that indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable, we determine whether an impairment has occurred

95


Table of Contents

through the use of an undiscounted cash flows analysis. If an impairment has occurred, we recognize a loss for the difference between the carrying amount and the estimated fair value of the asset. The fair value of the asset is measured using quoted market prices or, in the absence of quoted market prices, is based on an estimate of discounted cash flows. There was no impairment recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010 and an impairment of $1.7 million was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009.

        We maintain an allowance for bad debts based on specific customer collection issues and historical experience. On an ongoing basis, we conduct an evaluation of the financial strength of our customers based on payment history and specific identification and makes adjustments to the allowance as necessary. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $173,808 and $279,969 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

        Revenue is recognized by us using the following criteria: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement, (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the customer's price is fixed or determinable and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured.

        Revenues from compression services are recognized as earned under our fixed fee contracts. Compression services are billed monthly in advance of the service period and are recognized as deferred revenue on the balance sheet until earned.


Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued new guidance requiring an entity to perform an analysis to determine whether the entity's variable interest gives it a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity. This analysis identifies the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity as the entity that has both the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the variable interest entity's economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the variable interest entity. The new guidance also requires additional disclosures about a company's involvement in variable interest entities and any significant changes in risk exposure due to that involvement. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. Our adoption of this new guidance on January 1, 2010 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In October 2009, FASB issued an update to existing guidance on revenue recognition for arrangements with multiple deliverables. This update addresses accounting for multiple-deliverable arrangements to enable vendors to account for deliverables separately. The guidance establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable. This update requires expanded disclosures for multiple deliverable revenue arrangements. The update will be effective for us for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified on or after January 1, 2011. We do not believe the adoption of this update will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In January 2010, FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2010-06, Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements, or ASU 2010-06, which amends FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. ASU 2010-06 requires reporting entities to make new disclosures about recurring or nonrecurring fair-value measurements including significant transfers into and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair-value measurements and information about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis in the reconciliation of Level 3 fair-value measurements. ASU 2010-06 also clarifies existing fair-value measurement disclosure guidance about the level of disaggregation, inputs, and valuation techniques. We have evaluated ASU 2010-06 and determined that we are not currently impacted by the update.

96


Table of Contents


NATURAL GAS COMPRESSION INDUSTRY

Role of Natural Gas Compression

        Natural gas compression is a mechanical process whereby natural gas is compressed to a smaller volume resulting in a higher pressure. In the U.S., there exists a complex system of pipelines, known as the natural gas grid, designed to transport natural gas from producing areas to markets. Because the grid is generally designed to move gas at increasing pressures, natural gas compression is required throughout all stages of the natural gas chain, including production at the wellhead; gathering, treating and processing; and transportation and storage.

GRAPHIC

        Producing Regions (Wellhead).    In general, wellhead compression is used to allow natural gas to flow from the wellhead into local gathering systems. There are several variables that impact compression requirements for wellhead applications, including, but not limited to, the natural pressure of the producing reservoir, initial flow rates of producing wells and the production decline rate over the life of the producing well. The variability in production characteristics over time results in frequently changing compression requirements, causing a need for regular modification and adjustment of on-site compression equipment. As a result, wellhead compression typically employs lower-horsepower, portable equipment located at or very near the wellhead. Given the shorter-life of a given well (and the related compression requirement), operators often outsource these compression requirements.

        Central / Regional Gathering Systems.    Gathering systems consist of networks of smaller-diameter pipelines that gather raw natural gas at the wellhead and transport it to central locations for processing, treating and connection with long-haul pipelines for further transportation. Compression is used along gathering systems to facilitate the movement of natural gas from the smaller-scale gathering systems, through central delivery points, and into larger-scale, higher volume regional gathering systems. While gathering systems vary depending on the particular producing region, size of the coverage area and other factors, large-horsepower compression units are generally required. As the gathering systems serve as a centralized transportation system for multiple wells, they tend to be more permanent in nature. Operators of regional gathering systems will both own and outsource their compression requirements depending on their needs.

        Processing / Treating of Natural Gas.    Natural gas used by consumers is composed almost entirely of methane. Natural gas when produced out of the earth is a mixture of hydrocarbons (principally methane, ethane, propane, butanes and pentanes), water vapor, hydrogen sulfide, carbon dioxide,

97


Table of Contents


helium, nitrogen and other compounds. At various points from the wellhead to the major transportation pipelines, the gas stream is purified to remove the non-methane components from the raw natural gas stream. Compression is often utilized in the various processes used to purify the natural gas stream, which includes processing to remove the various hydrocarbons and fluids, treating to remove sulfur and carbon dioxide and dehydration to remove water vapor. Processors of natural gas will both own and outsource their compression requirements depending on their needs.

        Long-Haul Transportation and Storage.    Natural gas is transported from regional gathering facilities and processing plants to local end-user markets by long-haul transmission pipelines. These transmission lines consist of large-scale pipelines operating at very high pressures in order to move large quantities of gas efficiently. Additionally, transmission lines have highly stable compression conditions that are maintained for long periods of time. The compression for long haul transportation is provided using very large horsepower compression units. Further, these units tend to be installed as permanent components of the pipeline, and are generally owned by the pipeline operators themselves.

        Natural gas storage is primarily used to balance the relatively constant supply of natural gas with the more seasonal demand for natural gas. In natural gas storage operations, gas is injected into storage facilities, typically underground salt caverns or depleted hydrocarbon reservoirs, and stored until market demand dictates. Storage is also used to balance supply and demand between producing regions and consuming regions. Natural gas storage operations also require very large horsepower compression, resulting in the installation of permanent compression units typically owned by the storage operator.


Role of Compression Services in the Natural Gas Chain

        As described above, each portion of the natural gas chain has distinct compression requirements and timeframes under which compression requirements change. These components are important factors in understanding whether producers, processors, gatherers and transporters of natural gas own compression equipment or seek to contract for compression services through providers such as us.

Natural Gas Chain
Component
  Pressure
Requirement
  Typical
Unit
Horsepower
(HP)
  Typical
Facility
Horsepower
(HP)
  Compression
Conditions
  Outsource /
Own
  Typical
Contract
Tenor

Wellhead

  Low   <250   <250   Variable   Outsource / Own   Short-Term

Central Gathering

 

Low /

 

>250

 

>250

 

Moderately

 

Outsource /

 

Medium /

  Moderate   <1,800   <10,000   Stable   Own   Long-Term

Regional Gathering

 

Moderate /

 

>1,000

 

>3,000

 

Stable

 

Outsource /

 

Medium /

  High   <5,000   <50,000       Own   Long-Term

Processing / Treating

 

Moderate /

 

>1,000

 

>3,000

 

Stable

 

Outsource /

 

Medium /

  High   <5,000   <50,000       Own   Long-Term

Long-Haul Pipelines /

                       
 

Storage

  Very High   >2,500   >10,000   Very Stable /   Typically   N/A

      <30,000   <150,000   Constant   Own    

        As compression conditions increase in variability, it becomes economic for a customer to outsource compression services. Outsourced compression services permit customers to meet their changing compression needs more efficiently over time while limiting their capital investments in compression equipment. Moreover, customers benefit from the specialized personnel, including engineers and field service employees, and technical skills that compression services providers offer.

98


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

        We are a growth-oriented Delaware limited partnership and, based on management's significant experience in the industry, we believe that we are one of the largest independent providers of compression services in the U.S. in terms of available compression unit horsepower. We employ a customer-focused business philosophy in partnering with our diverse customer base, which is comprised of producers, processors, gatherers and transporters of natural gas. Natural gas compression, a mechanical process whereby natural gas is compressed to a smaller volume, resulting in higher pressure, is an essential part of the production and transportation of natural gas. As part of our services, we engineer, design, operate, service and repair our compression units and maintain related support inventory and equipment. The compression units in our modern fleet are designed to be easily adaptable to fit our customers' dynamic compression requirements. By focusing on the needs of our customers and by providing them with reliable and flexible compression services, we are able to develop long-term relationships, which lead to more stable cash flows for our unitholders. We have been providing compression services since 1998. As of September 30, 2011, we had over 711,000 of available horsepower and approximately 52,000 of new compression unit horsepower on order for delivery primarily between January 2012 and March 2012. We ordered an additional 4,400 horsepower in October 2011 for delivery during this same period. In November 2011, we ordered approximately 88,700 of additional new compression horsepower, of which 24,200 horsepower is expected to be delivered between January 2012 and March 2012 and 64,500 horsepower is expected to be delivered between April 2012 and June 2012. From 2003 through the third quarter of 2011, we had an average fleet utilization of over 90% based on horsepower.

        We focus primarily on large-horsepower infrastructure applications. As of September 30, 2011, we estimate that over 90% of our revenue generating horsepower was deployed in large-volume gathering systems, processing facilities and transportation applications. We operate a modern fleet, with an average age of our compression units of five years. Our standard new-build compression unit is generally configured for multiple compression stages allowing us to operate our units across a broad range of operating conditions. This flexibility allows us to enter into longer-term contracts and reduces the redeployment risk of our horsepower in the field. Our modern and standardized fleet, decentralized field-level operating structure and technical proficiency in predictive and preventive maintenance and overhaul operations have enabled us to achieve average service run times consistently above the levels required by our customers.

        We generally provide our compression services to our customers under long-term, fixed-fee contracts, with initial contract terms of up to five years. We typically continue to provide compression services to our customers beyond their initial contract terms, either through contract renewals or on a month-to-month basis. Our customers are typically required to pay our monthly fee even during periods of limited or disrupted natural gas flows, which enhances the stability and predictability of our cash flows. We are not directly exposed to natural gas price risk because we do not take title to the natural gas we compress and because the natural gas used as fuel by our compression units is supplied by our customers without cost to us.

        We provide compression services in a number of shale plays, including the Fayetteville, Marcellus, Woodford, Barnett, Eagle Ford and Haynesville shales. We believe compression services for shale production will increase in the future. According to the Annual Energy Outlook 2011 prepared by the EIA, natural gas production from shale formations will increase from 16% of total U.S. natural gas production in 2009 to 47% of total U.S. natural gas production in 2035. Not only are the production and transportation volumes in these and other shale plays increasing, but the geological and reservoir characteristics of these shales are also particularly attractive for compression services. The changes in production volume and pressure of shale plays over time result in a wider range of compression requirements than in conventional basins. We believe we are well-positioned to meet these changing

99


Table of Contents


operating conditions as a result of the flexibility our compression units. While our business focus is largely compression serving shale plays, we also provide compression services in more mature conventional basins. These conventional basins require increasing amounts of compression as they age and pressures decline, which we believe will provide an additional source of stable and growing cash flows for our unitholders.

        For the year ended December 31, 2010, our business generated revenues, net income and net income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or Adjusted EBITDA, of $92.0 million, $10.5 million and $52.0 million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, our business generated revenues, net income and Adjusted EBITDA of $70.3 million, $0.05 million and $36.9 million, respectively. Please read "—Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for an explanation of Adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-GAAP financial measure, and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to its most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.


Business Strategies

        Our principal business objective is to increase the quarterly cash distributions that we pay to our unitholders over time while ensuring the ongoing stability and growth of our business. We expect to achieve this objective by executing on the following strategies:

100


Table of Contents


Competitive Strengths

        We believe that we are well positioned to successfully execute our business strategies and achieve our principal business objective because of the following competitive strengths:

101


Table of Contents


Our Operations

        We provide compression services for a monthly service fee. As part of our services, we engineer, design, operate, service and repair our fleet of compression units and maintain related support inventory and equipment. We have consistently provided average service run times above the levels required by our customers. In general, our team of field service technicians service our compression fleet and do not service third-party owned equipment. We do not rent or lease our compressors to our customers and do not own any compression fabrication facilities.

        The fleet of compression units that we own and use to provide compression services consists of specially engineered compression units that utilize standardized components, principally engines manufactured by Caterpillar, Inc. and compressor frames and cylinders manufactured by Ariel Corporation. Our units can be rapidly and cost effectively modified for specific customer applications. Approximately 94% of our total available horsepower at September 30, 2011 was purchased new and the average age of our compression units is five years. Our modern, standardized compressor fleet mainly consists of the Caterpillar 3508, 3512 and 3516 engine classes, which range from 630 to 1,340 horsepower per unit, and we are expanding our fleet to include the Caterpillar 3606 and 3608 engine class, which range from 1,775 to 2,352 horsepower per unit. These larger units, defined as 500 horsepower per unit or greater, represented approximately 80% of our total fleet as of September 30, 2011. We believe the young age and overall composition of our compressor fleet results in fewer mechanical failures, lower fuel usage (a direct cost savings for our customers), and reduced environmental emissions.

        The following table provides a summary of our compression units by horsepower as of September 30, 2011 (including additional new compression unit horsepower on order for delivery primarily between January 2012 and March 2012):

Unit Horsepower
  Actual
Horsepower
  Horsepower
on Order(1)
  Adjusted
Horsepower(2)
  Adjusted
Percentage of
Horsepower
 

<500

    135,407         135,407     17.7 %

>500 <1,000

    102,664         102,664     13.5 %

>1,000

    473,392     51,520     524,912     68.8 %
                   

Total

    711,463     51,520     762,983     100.0 %
                   

(1)
In October 2011, we ordered approximately 4,400 of new compression horsepower for delivery between January 2012 and March 2012. In November 2011, we ordered approximately 88,700 of additional new compression horsepower, of which 24,200 horsepower is expected to be delivered between January 2012 and March 2012 and 64,500 horsepower is expected to be delivered between April 2012 and June 2012. This new horsepower compression is not included in the table above as of September 30, 2011.

(2)
Comprised of 1,036 compression units, including 36 additional new compression units on order.

102


Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth certain information regarding our compression fleet as of the dates and for the periods indicated:

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
 
 
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30, 2011
 
 
  2006   2007   2008   2009   2010  

Operating Data (at period end, except averages)—unaudited

                                     
 

Total available horsepower(1)

    411,068     476,698     568,359     582,530     612,410     711,463  
 

Revenue generating horsepower(2)

    343,171     405,807     496,606     502,177     533,692     591,290  
 

Average revenue generating horsepower(3)

    289,127     370,826     455,673     489,243     516,703     551,566  
 

Revenue generating compression units

    514     613     763     749     795     839  
 

Average horsepower per revenue generating compression unit(4)

    668     662     651     670     671     683  
 

Horsepower utilization(5)

                                     
   

At period end

    95.4 %   93.7 %   95.2 %   92.0 %   91.8 %   92.8 %
   

Average for the period(6)

    97.0 %   93.9 %   95.9 %   92.7 %   92.6 %   91.4 %

(1)
Total available horsepower includes revenue generating horsepower under contract for which we are billing a customer, horsepower in our fleet that is under contract but is not yet generating revenue, horsepower not yet in our fleet that is under contract not yet generating revenue that is subject to a purchase order and idle horsepower. Total available horsepower excludes new horsepower on order for which we do not have a compression services contract. As of September 30, 2011, we had 51,520 of additional new compression unit horsepower on order. Those units are scheduled for delivery to us primarily between January 2012 and March 2012. We ordered an additional 4,400 horsepower in October 2011 for delivery during this same period. In November 2011, we ordered approximately 88,700 of additional new compression horsepower, of which 24,200 horsepower is expected to be delivered between January 2012 and March 2012 and 64,500 horsepower is expected to be delivered between April 2012 and June 2012.

(2)
Revenue generating horsepower is horsepower under contract for which we are billing a customer.

(3)
Calculated as the average of the month-end revenue generating horsepower for each of the months in the period.

(4)
Calculated as the average of the month-end horsepower per revenue generating compression unit for each of the months in the period.

(5)
Horsepower utilization is calculated as (i)(a) revenue generating horsepower plus (b) horsepower in our fleet that is under contract, but is not yet generating revenue plus (c) horsepower not yet in our fleet that is under contract not yet generating revenue and will be fulfilled by horsepower subject to a purchase order divided by (ii) total available horsepower less idle horsepower that is under repair.

(6)
Calculated as the average utilization for the months in the period based on utilization at the end of each month in the period.

        A substantial majority of our compression units have electronic control systems that enable us, if specified by our customers, to monitor our units remotely by satellite or other means to supplement our technicians' on-site monitoring visits. Our compression units are designed to automatically shut down if operating conditions deviate from a pre-determined range. While we retain the care, custody, ongoing maintenance and control of our compression units, we allow our customers, subject to a

103


Table of Contents


defined protocol, to start, stop, accelerate and slow down compression units in response to field conditions.

        We adhere to routine, preventive and scheduled maintenance cycles. Each of our compression units is subjected to rigorous sizing and diagnostic analyses, including lubricating oil analysis and engine exhaust emission analysis. We have proprietary field service automation capabilities that allow our service technicians to electronically record and track operating, technical, environmental and commercial information at the discrete unit level. These capabilities allow our field technicians to identify potential problems and act on them before such problems result in downtime.

        Generally, we expect each of our compression units to undergo a major overhaul between service deployment cycles once every eight to ten years for our larger horsepower units (500 horsepower or more) and on average every five years for smaller horsepower units. A major overhaul involves the periodic rebuilding of the unit to materially extend its economic useful life or to enhance the unit's ability to fulfill broader or more diversified compression applications. Because our compression fleet is comprised of units of varying horsepower that have been placed into service with staggered initial on-line dates, we expect that we will be able to schedule overhauls in a way to avoid excessive maintenance capital expenditures and minimize the revenue impact of downtime.

        We believe that our customers, by outsourcing their compression requirements, can increase their revenue by transporting or producing a higher volume of natural gas through decreased compression downtime and reduce their operating, maintenance and equipment costs by allowing us to manage efficiently their changing compression needs. We generally guarantee our customers availability ranging from 95% to 98%, depending on field level requirements.

        The following discussion describes the material terms generally common to our compression service contracts. We generally enter into a new contract with respect to each distinct application for which we will provide compression services.

        Term and termination.    Our contracts typically have an initial term between one and five years, after which the contract continues on a month-to-month basis until terminated by us or our customers upon notice as provided for in the applicable contract.

        Availability.    Our contracts often provide a guarantee of specified availability. We define availability as the percentage of time in a given period that our compression services are being provided or are capable of being provided. Availability is reduced by instances of "down-time" that are attributable to anything other than events of force majeure or acts or failures to act by the customer. "Down-time" under our contracts usually begins when our services stop being provided and when we receive notice of the problem. Down-time due to scheduled maintenance is also excluded from our availability commitment. As a consequence of our availability guarantee, we are incentivized to practice predictive and preventive maintenance on our fleet as well as promptly respond to a problem to meet our contractual commitments and ensure our customers the compression availability on which their business and our service relationship is based.

        Fees and expenses.    Our customers pay a fixed monthly fee for our services. We bill our customers 30 days in advance, and they are required to pay upon receipt of the invoice. We are not responsible for acts of force majeure, and our customers generally are required to pay our monthly fee even during periods of limited or disrupted throughput. We are generally responsible for the costs and expenses associated with operation and maintenance of our compression equipment, such as providing necessary lubricants, although certain fees and expenses are the responsibility of our customers under the terms of their contracts. For example, all fuel gas is provided by our customers without cost to us, and in many cases customers are required to provide all water and electricity, while lubricants in certain cases may be provided by the customer. We are also reimbursed by our customers for certain ancillary

104


Table of Contents


expenses such as trucking, crane and installation labor costs, depending on the terms agreed to in a particular contract.

        Service standards and specifications.    We commit to provide compression services under service contracts that typically provide that we will supply all compression equipment, tools, parts, field service support and engineering. Our contracts do not govern the compression equipment we will use; instead, we determine what equipment is necessary to perform our contractual commitments.

        Title; Risk of loss.    We own or lease all compression equipment we use to provide compression services, and we normally bear the risk of loss or damage to our equipment and tools and injury or death to our personnel.

        Insurance.    Our contracts typically provide that both we and our customers are required to carry general liability, worker's compensation, employers' liability, automobile and excess liability insurance.

        Our marketing and client service functions are performed on a coordinated basis by our sales and field technicians. Salespeople and field technicians qualify, analyze and scope new compression applications as well as regularly visit our customers to ensure customer satisfaction, to determine a customer's current needs related to services currently being provided and to determine the customer's future compression services requirements. This ongoing communication allows us to quickly identify and respond to our customers' compression requirements. We currently focus on geographic areas where we can achieve economies of scale through high density operations.

        Our customers consist of more than 110 companies in the energy industry, including major integrated oil companies, public and private independent exploration and production companies and midstream companies. Our largest customer for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was Southwestern Energy Company and its subsidiaries, or Southwestern. Southwestern accounted for 18.7% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010, and 16.7% of our revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Our ten largest customers accounted for 53.4% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010, and the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

        The principal manufacturers of components for our natural gas compression equipment include Caterpillar (for engines), Air-X-Changers and Air Cooled Exchangers (for coolers), and Ariel Corporation (for compressor frames and cylinders). We also rely primarily on two vendors, A G Equipment Company and Standard Equipment Corp., to package and assemble our compression units. Although we rely primarily on these suppliers, we believe alternative sources for natural gas compression equipment are generally available if needed. However, relying on alternative sources may change the standardized nature of our fleet. We have not experienced any material supply problems to date, although lead-times for Caterpillar engines have in the past been in excess of one year due to increased demand and supply allocations imposed on equipment packagers and end-users by Caterpillar.

        The compression services business is highly competitive. Some of our competitors have a broader geographic scope, as well as greater financial and other resources than we do. On a regional basis, we experience competition from numerous smaller companies that may be able to more quickly adapt to changes within our industry and changes in economic conditions as a whole, more readily take

105


Table of Contents

advantage of available opportunities and adopt more aggressive pricing policies. Additionally, the current availability of attractive financing terms from financial institutions and equipment manufacturers makes the purchase of individual compression units increasingly affordable to our customers. We believe that we compete effectively on the basis of price, equipment availability, customer service, flexibility in meeting customer needs, quality and reliability of our compressors and related services.

        Our results of operations have not historically reflected any material seasonality, and we do not currently have reason to believe seasonal fluctuations will have a material impact in the foreseeable future.

        We believe that our insurance coverage is customary for the industry and adequate for our business. As is customary in the natural gas services industry, we review our safety equipment and procedures and carry insurance against most, but not all, risks of our business. Losses and liabilities not covered by insurance would increase our costs. The compression business can be hazardous, involving unforeseen circumstances such as uncontrollable flows of gas or well fluids, fires and explosions or environmental damage. To address the hazards inherent in our business, we maintain insurance coverage that includes physical damage coverage, third-party general liability insurance, employer's liability, environmental and pollution and other coverage, although coverage for environmental and pollution-related losses is subject to significant limitations. Under the terms of our standard compression services contract, we are responsible for the maintenance of insurance coverage on our compression equipment.

        We are subject to stringent and complex federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the discharge of materials into the environment or otherwise relating to protection of human health, safety and the environment. These regulations include compliance obligations for air emissions, water quality, wastewater discharges and solid and hazardous waste disposal, as well as regulations designed for the protection of human health and safety and threatened or endangered species. Compliance with these environmental laws and regulations may expose us to significant costs and liabilities and cause us to incur significant capital expenditures in our operations. We are often obligated to obtain permits or approvals in our operations from various federal, state and local authorities, which permits and approvals can be denied or delayed, which may cause us to lose potential and current customers, interrupt our operations and limit our growth and revenue. Moreover, failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in the assessment of administrative, civil and criminal penalties, imposition of remedial obligations, and the issuance of injunctions delaying or prohibiting operations. Private parties may also have the right to pursue legal actions to enforce compliance as well as to seek damages for non-compliance with environmental laws and regulations or for personal injury or property damage. While we believe that our operations are in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and that continued compliance with current requirements would not have a material adverse effect on us, there is no assurance that this trend of compliance will continue in the future. In addition, the clear trend in environmental regulation is to place more restrictions on activities that may affect the environment, and thus, any changes in, or more stringent enforcement of, these laws and regulations that result in more stringent and costly pollution control equipment, waste handling, storage, transport, disposal or remediation requirements could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial position.

        We do not believe that compliance with federal, state or local environmental laws and regulations will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position or results of operations or cash

106


Table of Contents


flows. We cannot assure you, however, that future events, such as changes in existing laws or enforcement policies, the promulgation of new laws or regulations or the development or discovery of new facts or conditions will not cause us to incur significant costs. The following is a discussion of material environmental and safety laws that relate to our operations. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with all of these environmental laws and regulations.

        Air emissions.    The CAA and comparable state laws regulate emissions of air pollutants from various industrial sources, including natural gas compressors, and also impose certain monitoring and reporting requirements. Such emissions are regulated by air emissions permits, which are applied for and obtained through the various state or federal regulatory agencies. Our standard natural gas compression contract typically provides that the customer is responsible for obtaining air emissions permits and assuming the environmental risks related to site operations. Increased obligations of operators to reduce air emissions of nitrogen oxides and other pollutants from internal combustion engines in transmission service have been enacted by governmental authorities. For example, on August 20, 2010, the EPA published new regulations under the CAA to control emissions of hazardous air pollutants from existing stationary reciprocal internal combustion engines, also known as Quad Z regulations. On January 5, 2011, the EPA approved a request by industry groups for reconsideration of the monitoring issues and on March 9, 2011, the EPA issued a new proposed rule and a direct final rule effective on May 9, 2011 to clarify compliance requirements related to operation and maintenance procedures for continuous parametric monitoring systems. The rule will require us to undertake certain expenditures and activities, likely including purchasing and installing emissions control equipment on compressor engines and generators. Compliance with the final rule is required by October 2013. We have budgeted approximately $2.0 million between now and October 2013 to meet these requirements.

        On June 28, 2011, the EPA issued a final rule, effective August 29, 2011 modifying existing regulations under the CAA that established new source performance standards for manufacturers, owners and operators of new, modified and reconstructed stationary internal combustion engines, also known as Quad J regulations. The final rule may require us to undertake significant expenditures, including expenditures for purchasing, installing, monitoring and maintaining emissions control equipment. Compliance with the final rule would not be required until at least 2013. We are currently evaluating the impact that this final rule will have on our operations.

        In March 2008, the EPA also promulgated a new, lower National Ambient Air Quality Standard, or NAAQS, for ground-level ozone, or NOx. While the EPA announced in September 2009 that it would reconsider the 2008 NAAQS for NOx, it withdrew the reconsideration on September 2, 2011. Under the CAA, the EPA will be required to review and potentially issue a new NAAQS for ground level NOx in 2013. Designation of new eight-hour ozone non-attainment areas may result in additional federal and state regulatory actions that could impact our customers' operations and increase the cost of additions to property, plant and equipment.

        On July 28, 2011, the EPA proposed rules that would establish new air emission controls for oil and natural gas production and natural gas processing operations. Specifically, the EPA's proposed rule package includes New Source Performance Standards to address emissions of sulfur dioxide and VOCs and a separate set of emission standards to address hazardous air pollutants frequently associated with oil and natural gas production and processing activities. The proposed rules also would establish specific new requirements regarding emissions from compressors, dehydrators, storage tanks and other production equipment. In addition, the rules would establish new leak detection requirements for natural gas processing plants. The EPA will receive public comment and hold hearings regarding the proposed rules and must take final action on the rules by April 3, 2012. If finalized, these rules could require a number of modifications to our operations including the installation of new equipment to control emissions from our compressors. Compliance with such rules could result in significant costs, including increased capital expenditures and operating costs, and could adversely impact our business.

107


Table of Contents

        In addition, the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, or TCEQ, has finalized revisions to certain air permit programs that significantly increase the air permitting requirements for new and certain existing oil and gas production and gathering sites for 23 counties in the Barnett Shale production area. The final rule establishes new emissions standards for engines, which could impact the operation of specific categories of engines by requiring the use of alternative engines, compressor packages or the installation of aftermarket emissions control equipment. The rule became effective for the Barnett Shale production area in April 2011, with the lower emissions standards becoming applicable between 2015 and 2030 depending on the type of engine and the permitting requirements. The cost to comply with the revised air permit programs is not expected to be material at this time. However, the TCEQ has stated it will consider expanding application of the new air permit program statewide. At this point, we cannot predict the cost to comply with such requirements if the geographic scope is expanded.

        There can be no assurance that future requirements compelling the installation of more sophisticated emission control equipment would not have a material adverse impact.

        Climate change.    Methane, a primary component of natural gas, and carbon dioxide, a byproduct of the burning of natural gas, are examples of greenhouse gases, or GHGs. In recent years, the U.S. Congress has considered legislation to reduce emissions of GHGs. It presently appears unlikely that comprehensive climate legislation will be passed by either house of Congress in the near future, although energy legislation and other initiatives are expected to be proposed that may be relevant to GHG emissions issues. In addition, almost half of the states have begun to address GHG emissions, primarily through the planned development of emission inventories or regional GHG cap and trade programs. Depending on the particular program, we could be required to control emissions or to purchase and surrender allowances for GHG emissions resulting from our operations.

        Independent of Congress, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or the EPA, is beginning to adopt regulations controlling GHG emissions under its existing Clean Air Act authority. For example, on December 15, 2009, the EPA officially published its findings that emissions of carbon dioxide, methane and other GHGs present an endangerment to human health and the environment because emissions of such gases are, according to the EPA, contributing to warming of the earth's atmosphere and other climatic changes. These findings by the EPA allow the agency to proceed with the adoption and implementation of regulations that would restrict emissions of GHGs under existing provisions of the federal Clean Air Act. In 2009, the EPA adopted rules regarding regulation of GHG emissions from motor vehicles. In addition, on September 22, 2009, the EPA issued a final rule requiring the reporting of GHG emissions in the United States beginning in 2011 for emissions occurring in 2010 from specified large GHG emission sources. On November 30, 2010, the EPA published a final rule expanding its existing GHG emissions reporting rule for petroleum and natural gas facilities, including natural gas transmission compression facilities that emit 25,000 metric tons or more of carbon dioxide equivalent per year. The rule, which went into effect on December 30, 2010, requires reporting of GHG emissions by regulated facilities to the EPA by March 2012 for emissions during 2011 and annually thereafter. In 2010, the EPA also issued a final rule, known as the "Tailoring Rule," that makes certain large stationary sources and modification projects subject to permitting requirements for GHG emissions under the Clean Air Act. Several of the EPA's GHG rules are being challenged in court and, depending on the outcome of these proceedings, such rules may be modified or rescinded or the EPA could develop new rules.

        Although it is not currently possible to predict how any such proposed or future greenhouse gas legislation or regulation by Congress, the states or multi-state regions will impact our business, any legislation or regulation of greenhouse gas emissions that may be imposed in areas in which we conduct business could result in increased compliance costs or additional operating restrictions or reduced demand for our services, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

108


Table of Contents

        Water discharge.    The Clean Water Act, or CWA, and analogous state laws impose restrictions and strict controls with respect to the discharge of pollutants, including spills and leaks of oil and other substances, into waters of the United States. The discharge of pollutants into regulated waters is prohibited, except in accordance with the terms of a permit issued by the EPA or an analogous state agency. The CWA and regulations implemented thereunder also prohibit the discharge of dredge and fill material into regulated waters, including jurisdictional wetlands, unless authorized by an appropriately issued permit. The CWA also requires the development and implementation of spill prevention, control, and countermeasures, including the construction and maintenance of containment berms and similar structures, if required, to help prevent the contamination of navigable waters in the event of a petroleum hydrocarbon tank spill, rupture, or leak at such facilities. In addition, the CWA and analogous state laws require individual permits or coverage under general permits for discharges of storm water runoff from certain types of facilities. Federal and state regulatory agencies can impose administrative, civil and criminal penalties as well as other enforcement mechanisms for non-compliance with discharge permits or other requirements of the CWA and analogous state laws and regulations. Our compression operations do not generate process wastewaters that are discharged to waters of the U.S. In any event, our customers assume responsibility under the natural gas compression contract for obtaining such discharge permits that may be required under the CWA.

        Safe drinking water act.    A portion of our customers' natural gas production is developed from unconventional sources that require hydraulic fracturing as part of the completion process. Hydraulic fracturing involves the injection of water, sand and chemicals under pressure into the formation to stimulate gas production. Legislation to amend the Safe Drinking Water Act to repeal the exemption for hydraulic fracturing from the definition of "underground injection" and require federal permitting and regulatory control of hydraulic fracturing, as well as legislative proposals to require disclosure of the chemical constituents of the fluids used in the fracturing process, were proposed in recent sessions of Congress. The U.S. Congress continues to consider legislation to amend the Safe Drinking Water Act. Scrutiny of hydraulic fracturing activities continues in other ways, with the EPA having commenced a multi-year study of the potential environmental impacts of hydraulic fracturing, the results of which are anticipated to be available by 2012. Several states have also proposed or adopted legislative or regulatory restrictions on hydraulic fracturing. We cannot predict whether any such legislation will ever be enacted and if so, what its provisions would be. If additional levels of regulation and permits were required through the adoption of new laws and regulations at the federal or state level, that could lead to delays, increased operating costs and process prohibitions that could reduce the volumes of natural gas that move through our gathering systems which would materially adversely affect our revenue and results of operations.

        Solid waste.    The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, or the RCRA, and comparable state laws control the management and disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous waste. These laws and regulations govern the generation, storage, treatment, transfer and disposal of wastes that we generate including, but not limited to, used oil, antifreeze, filters, sludges, paint, solvents, and sandblast materials. The EPA and various state agencies have limited the approved methods of disposal for these types of wastes.

        Site remediation.    The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, and comparable state laws impose strict, joint and several liability without regard to fault or the legality of the original conduct on certain classes of persons that contributed to the release of a hazardous substance into the environment. These persons include the owner and operator of a disposal site where a hazardous substance release occurred and any company that transported, disposed of, or arranged for the transport or disposal of hazardous substances released at the site. Under CERCLA, such persons may be liable for the costs of remediating the hazardous substances that have been released into the environment, for damages to natural resources, and for the costs of certain health studies. In addition, where contamination may be present, it is not uncommon for the neighboring

109


Table of Contents


landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury, property damage and recovery of response costs. While we generate materials in the course of our operations that may be regulated as hazardous substances, we have not received notification that we may be potentially responsible for cleanup costs under CERCLA.

        While we do not currently own or lease any material facilities or properties for storage or maintenance of our inactive compression units, we may use third-party properties for such storage and possible maintenance and repair activities. In addition, our active compression units typically are placed on properties owned or leased by third-party customers and operated by us pursuant to terms set forth in the natural gas compression services contracts executed by those customers. Under most of our natural gas compression services contracts, our customers must contractually indemnify us for certain damages we may suffer as a result of the release into the environment of hazardous and toxic substances. We are not currently responsible for any remedial activities at any properties used by us; however, there is always the possibility that our future use of those properties may result in spills or releases of petroleum hydrocarbons, wastes, or other regulated substances into the environment that may cause us to become subject to remediation costs and liabilities under CERCLA, RCRA or other environmental laws. We cannot provide any assurance that the costs and liabilities associated with the future imposition of such remedial obligations upon us would not have a material adverse effect on our operations or financial position.

        Safety and health.    The Occupational Safety and Health Act, or OSHA, and comparable state laws strictly govern the protection of the health and safety of employees. The OSHA hazard communication standard, the EPA community right-to-know regulations under the Title III of CERCLA and similar state statutes require that we organize and, as necessary, disclose information about hazardous materials used or produced in our operations to various federal, state and local agencies, as well as employees.

        We do not currently own or lease any material facilities or properties for storage or maintenance of our compression units. Our headquarters consists of 3,065 square feet of leased space located at 100 Congress Avenue, Suite 450, Austin, Texas 78701.

        We will be managed and operated by the officers and directors of USA Compression GP, our general partner. As of September 30, 2011, we employed 199 people either directly or through USAC Operating. None of our employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements. We consider our employee relations to be good.

        From time to time we may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of our operations in the normal course of business. We are not currently a party to any legal proceedings that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

110


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT OF USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP

        Our general partner, USA Compression GP, LLC, will manage our operations and activities. Our general partner is not elected by our unitholders and will not be subject to re-election on a regular basis in the future. As described in the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of USA Compression GP, LLC (the "GP Agreement"), USA Compression GP, LLC will be member-managed. The sole member has delegated to the board of directors all power and authority related to management of the partnership to the fullest extent permitted by law and the GP Agreement. The GP Agreement provides that there shall be at least two and no more than nine directors, who will oversee our operations. The board of directors will elect one or more officers who will serve at the pleasure of the board. Unitholders will not be entitled to elect the directors of USA Compression GP, LLC or directly or indirectly participate in our management or operation.

        Upon the closing of this offering, the board of directors of our general partner will initially be comprised of five members, all of whom will be designated by USA Compression Holdings and one of whom will be independent as defined under the independence standards established by the New York Stock Exchange. In compliance with the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, a second independent director will be appointed to the board of directors of USA Compression GP, LLC within 90 days of listing and a third independent director will be appointed within twelve months of listing. The New York Stock Exchange does not require a listed limited partnership like us to have a majority of independent directors on the board of directors of our general partner or to establish a compensation committee or a nominating committee.

        As set forth in the GP Agreement, USA Compression GP, LLC will have a conflicts committee to which the board of directors will appoint independent directors and which may be asked to review specific matters that the board believes may involve conflicts of interest between us, our limited partners and USA Compression Holdings. The conflicts committee will determine the resolution of the conflict of interest in any manner referred to it in good faith. The members of the conflicts committee may not be officers or employees of our general partner or directors, officers, or employees of its affiliates, including USA Compression Holdings, and must meet the independence and experience standards established by the New York Stock Exchange and the Exchange Act to serve on an audit committee of a board of directors, and certain other requirements. Any matters approved by the conflicts committee in good faith will be conclusively deemed to be fair and reasonable to us, approved by all of our partners and not a breach by our general partner of any duties it may owe us or our unitholders. For a detailed discussion of the potential conflicts of interest we face and how they will be resolved, see "Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties—Conflicts of Interest."

        In addition, USA Compression GP, LLC will have an audit committee of at least three directors who meet the independence and experience standards established by the New York Stock Exchange and the Exchange Act. The audit committee will assist the board of directors in its oversight of the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and corporate policies and controls. The audit committee will have the sole authority to retain and terminate our independent registered public accounting firm, approve all auditing services and related fees and the terms thereof, and pre-approve any non-audit services to be rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm. The audit committee will also be responsible for confirming the independence and objectivity of our independent registered public accounting firm. Our independent registered public accounting firm will be given unrestricted access to the audit committee.

        Any person who is or was a member, partner, director, officer, affiliate, fiduciary or trustee of USA Compression GP, LLC, any person who is or was serving at the request of USA Compression GP, LLC or any affiliate of USA Compression GP, LLC as an officer, director, member, manager, partner, fiduciary or trustee of another person is entitled to indemnification under the GP Agreement for actions associated with such roles to the fullest extent permitted by law and the GP Agreement. The GP Agreement may be amended or restated at any time by the sole member.

111


Table of Contents


Directors and Executive Officers

        The following table shows information regarding the current directors and executive officers of USA Compression GP, LLC.

Name
  Age   Position with USA Compression GP, LLC

Eric D. Long

  53   President and Chief Executive Officer and Director

Joseph C. Tusa, Jr. 

  53   Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

J. Gregory Holloway

  54   Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

David A. Smith

  49   Vice President and President, Northeast Region

Dennis J. Moody

  54   Vice President—Operations Services

Kevin M. Bourbonnais

  45   Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

William H. Shea, Jr. 

  56   Director

Andrew W. Ward

  44   Director

Olivia C. Wassenaar

  32   Director

        The directors of our general partner hold office until the earlier of their death, resignation, removal or disqualification or until their successors have been elected and qualified. Officers serve at the discretion of the board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of the directors or executive officers of our general partner.

        Eric D. Long has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since September 2002 and has served as a director of USA Compression GP, LLC since June 2011. Mr. Long co-founded USA Compression in 1998 and has over 30 years of experience in the oil and gas industry. From 1980 to 1987, Mr. Long served in a variety of technical and managerial roles for several major pipeline and oil and natural gas producing companies, including Bass Enterprises Production Co. and Texas Oil & Gas. Mr. Long then served in a variety of senior officer level operating positions with affiliates of Hanover Energy, Inc., a company primarily engaged in the business of gathering, compressing and transporting natural gas. In 1993, Mr. Long co-founded Global Compression Services, Inc., a compression services company. Mr. Long was formerly on the board of directors of the Wiser Oil Company, an NYSE listed company from May 2001 until it was sold to Forest Oil Corporation in May 2004. Mr. Long received his bachelor's degree, with honors, in Petroleum Engineering from Texas A&M University. He is a registered Professional Engineer in the state of Texas.

        As a result of his professional background, Mr. Long brings to us executive-level strategic, operational and financial skills. These skills, combined with his over 30 years of experience in the oil and natural gas industry, including in particular his experience in the compression services sector, make Mr. Long a valuable member of our board.

        Joseph C. Tusa, Jr. has served as our Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since joining us in January 2008. Mr. Tusa began his career with Arthur Andersen in Houston, Texas in its oil and gas exploration and production division. He then served as Chief Financial Officer of DSM Copolymer, Inc., a producer and global supplier of synthetic rubber. From 1997 to 2001, Mr. Tusa served as Senior Vice President of Business Operations for Metamor Worldwide, Inc., an IT services company that was listed on the NASDAQ exchange. From 2001 to December 2007, Mr. Tusa served as the Chief Financial Officer of Comsys IT Partners, Inc., an information technology staffing company and an affiliate of Metamor. Mr. Tusa received his BBA from Texas State University and his MBA from Louisiana State University. He is licensed as a Certified Public Accountant in the state of Texas.

        J. Gregory Holloway has served as our Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since joining us in June 2011. From September 2005 through June 2011, Mr. Holloway was a partner at Thompson & Knight LLP in its Austin office. His areas of practice at the firm included corporate, securities and merger and acquisition law. Mr. Holloway received his B.A. from Rice University and his J.D., with honors, from the University of Texas School of Law.

112


Table of Contents

        David A. Smith has served as our President, Northeast Region since joining us in November 1998. Mr. Smith has approximately 20 years of experience in the natural gas compression industry, primarily in operations and sales. From 1985 to 1989, Mr. Smith was a sales manager for McKenzie Corporation, a marketing company. From 1989 to 1996, Mr. Smith held positions of General Manager and Regional Manager of Northeast Division with Compressor Systems Inc., a fabricator and supplier of compression services. Mr. Smith was the Regional Manager in the northeast for Global Compression Services, Inc., a compression services company, and served in that capacity from 1996 to 1998. Mr. Smith received an associates degree in Automotive and Diesel Technology from Rosedale Technical Institute.

        Dennis J. Moody has served as our Vice President—Operations Services since December 2011, as our General Manager, Central Region since December 2007 and previously served as sales manager since February 2002. Prior to this time, Mr. Moody served in positions of increasing responsibility since joining us in July 1999. Mr. Moody has over 30 years of experience with the operation, repair, sizing and sales of motor and electric driven compression equipment. From 1976 to 1979, Mr. Moody worked as an operator and repair mechanic and served on the overhaul crew at Mustang Fuel Corporation, an oil and gas company engaged in production, gathering, processing and marketing of natural gas. From 1979 to 1984, Mr. Moody managed the service, repair and parts distribution facilities for the drilling and industrial air compression distributors of Ingersoll-Rand and Sullair brand compressors in Oklahoma. From 1984 to July 1999, Mr. Moody served in an industrial and gas compression sales and sales support role at Bush Compression Industries, a fabricator of compression equipment.

        Kevin M. Bourbonnais has served as our Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since June 2011. Mr. Bourbonnais has approximately 12 years of experience in the natural gas compression industry, in operations, marketing, manufacturing, engineering and sales. Mr. Bourbonnais served in various roles for the Royal Bank of Canada from 1990 to 1999. In 1999, he moved to Weatherford Global Compression, which was acquired by a predecessor to Exterran Holdings, Inc. in 2001. Mr. Bourbonnais was named Senior Vice President, Manufacturing in 2003, Senior Vice President, Operations in March 2007, Regional Vice President, Western Division in August 2007 and Vice President, Marketing & Product Strategy in January 2010, in which role he served until June 2011. Mr. Bourbonnais received a BA and an MBA from the University of Calgary in 1989 and 2000, respectively.

        William H. Shea, Jr. has served as a director of USA Compression GP, LLC since June 2011. Mr. Shea served as the President and Chief Operating Officer of Buckeye GP LLC and its predecessor entities, or Buckeye, from July 1998 to September 2000, as President and Chief Executive Officer of Buckeye from September 2000 to July 2007, and Chairman from May 2004 to July 2007. From August 2006 to July 2007, Mr. Shea served as Chairman of MainLine Management LLC, the general partner of Buckeye GP Holdings, L.P., and as President and Chief Executive Officer of MainLine Management LLC from May 2004 to July 2007. Mr. Shea served as a director of Penn Virginia Corp. from July 2007 to May 2010, and as President, Chief Executive Officer and director of the general partner of Penn Virginia GP Holdings, L.P. from March 2010 to March 2011. Mr. Shea has served as a director and the Chief Executive Officer of the general partner of Penn Virginia Resource Partners, L.P., or Penn Virginia, since March 2010. Mr. Shea has also served as a director of Kayne Anderson Energy Total Return Fund, Inc., and Kayne Anderson MLP Investment Company since March 2008 and Niska Gas Storage Partners LLC since May 2010. Mr. Shea has an agreement with Riverstone, pursuant to which he has agreed to serve on the boards of certain Riverstone portfolio companies. Mr. Shea received his B.A. from Boston College and his M.B.A. from the University of Virginia.

        Mr. Shea's experiences as an executive with both Penn Virginia and Buckeye, energy companies that operate across a broad spectrum of sectors, including coal, natural gas gathering and processing and refined petroleum products transportation, have given him substantial knowledge about our industry. In addition, Mr. Shea has substantial experience overseeing the strategy and operations of

113


Table of Contents


publicly-traded partnerships. As a result of this experience and resulting skills set, we believe Mr. Shea is a valuable member of our board.

        Andrew W. Ward has served as a director of USA Compression GP, LLC since June 2011. Mr. Ward has served as a Principal of Riverstone from 2002 until 2004, as a Managing Director since January 2005 and as a Partner and Managing Director since July 2009, where he focuses on the firm's investment in the midstream sector of the energy industry. Mr. Ward served on the boards of directors of Buckeye and MainLine Management LLC from May 2004 to June 2006. Mr. Ward has also served on the board of directors of Gibson Energy Inc. since 2008 and Niska Gas Storage Partners LLC since May 2006. Mr. Ward received his AB from Dartmouth College and received his M.B.A from the UCLA Anderson School of Management.

        Mr. Ward's experience in evaluating the financial performance and operations of companies in our industry make him a valuable member of our board. In addition, Mr. Ward's work with Gibson Energy, Inc., Buckeye and Niska Gas Storage Partners LLC has given him both an understanding of the midstream sector of the energy business and of the unique issues related to operating publicly-traded limited partnerships.

        Olivia C. Wassenaar has served as a director of USA Compression GP, LLC since June 2011. Ms. Wassenaar was an Associate with Goldman, Sachs & Co. in the Global Natural Resources investment banking group from July 2007 to August 2008, where she focused on mergers, equity and debt financings and leveraged buyouts for energy, power and renewable energy companies. Ms. Wassenaar joined Riverstone in September 2008 as Vice President, and has served as a Principal since May 2010. In this capacity, she invests in and monitors investments in the midstream, exploration & production, and solar sectors of the energy industry. Ms. Wassenaar has also served on the board of directors of Northern Blizzard Resources Inc. since June 2011. Ms. Wassenaar received her A.B., magna cum laude, from Harvard College and earned an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

        Ms. Wassenaar's experience in evaluating financial and strategic options and the operations of companies in our industry and as an investment banker make her a valuable member of our board.


Reimbursement of Expenses of Our General Partner

        Our general partner will not receive any management fee or other compensation for its management of us. Our general partner and its affiliates will be reimbursed for all expenses incurred on our behalf, including the compensation of employees of USA Compression GP, LLC or its affiliates that perform services on our behalf. These expenses include all expenses necessary or appropriate to the conduct of our business and that are allocable to us. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us. There is no cap on the amount that may be paid or reimbursed to our general partner or its affiliates for compensation or expenses incurred on our behalf.


Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Executive Summary

        This Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides an overview and analysis of the executive compensation program for our named executive officers identified below. Our general partner intends to provide our named executive officers with compensation that is significantly performance based. The executive compensation program is designed to align executive pay with performance on both short and long-term bases, link executive pay to specific, measurable results intended to create value for unitholders and utilize compensation as a tool to assist our general partner in attracting and retaining the high-caliber executives that our general partner believes are critical to its long-term success.

114


Table of Contents

        Compensation for our named executive officers consists primarily of the elements, and their corresponding objectives, identified in the following table.

Compensation Element
  Primary Objective

Base salary

  To recognize performance of job responsibilities and to attract and retain individuals with superior talent.

Annual performance-based compensation

  To promote near-term performance objectives and reward individual contributions to the achievement of those objectives.

Discretionary long-term equity incentive awards

  To emphasize long-term performance objectives, encourage the maximization of unitholder value and retain key executives by providing an opportunity to participate in the ownership of our partnership.

Severance benefits

 

To encourage the continued attention and dedication of key individuals and to focus the attention of key individuals when considering strategic alternatives.

Retirement savings (401(k)) plan

 

To provide an opportunity for tax-efficient savings.

Other elements of compensation and perquisites

 

To attract and retain talented executives in a cost-efficient manner by providing benefits with high perceived values at relatively low cost.

        To serve the foregoing objectives, our overall compensation program is generally designed to be adaptive rather than purely formulaic. Prior to USA Compression Holding acquiring us in us in December 2010, which we refer to in this compensation discussion and analysis as the Holdings Acquisition, compensation decisions were made by the board of managers of a predecessor entity, or our "predecessor board," which consisted of representatives of our former principal equityholders and our Chief Executive Officer. After the closing of the Holdings Acquisition and prior to the consummation of this offering, the non-employee members of the USA Compression Holdings Board of Managers had primary authority to determine and approve compensation decisions with respect to our named executive officers. In alignment with the objectives set forth above, the Board of Managers of USA Compression Holdings determined overall compensation, and its allocation among the elements described above, in reliance upon the judgment and general industry knowledge of its members obtained through years of service with comparably sized companies in our and similar industries. Going forward, our named executive officers will be employed and their compensation will be paid by our general partner, subject to reimbursement by us. Following the consummation of this offering, the compensation of our named executive officers will be determined by a compensation committee comprised of non-employee members of the board of directors of our general partner in a manner and based on considerations that we currently expect will be similar to the considerations set forth in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis.

        For the year ended December 31, 2010, our named executive officers, or our NEOs, were:

115


Table of Contents

Our compensation decisions for the NEOs in 2010 are discussed below in relation to each of the above-described elements of our compensation program. The below discussion is intended to be read in conjunction with the executive compensation tables and related disclosures that follow this Compensation Discussion and Analysis.


Compensation Overview

        The overall compensation program for our NEOs is structured to attract, motivate and retain highly qualified executive officers by paying them competitively, consistent with our success and their contribution to that success. Our general partner believes compensation should be structured to ensure that a significant portion of compensation opportunity will be related to factors that directly and indirectly influence unitholder value. Consistent with our performance-based philosophy, our NEOs receive a competitive base salary and significant incentive-based compensation, which includes variable awards under our annual incentive bonus programs based on financial and operational performance and each NEO's individual performance, as well as equity-based incentives, which are meant to align our NEOs' interests with our long-term performance.

        Total compensation for our NEOs has been allocated between cash and equity compensation, taking into consideration the balance between providing short-term incentives and long-term investment in our financial performance, to align the interests of management with the interests of unitholders. The variable annual incentive bonus awards and the equity-based awards are designed to ensure that total compensation reflects our overall success or failure and to motivate the NEOs and reward their performance, thereby maximizing total return to unitholders. In anticipation of our initial public offering, we intend to adopt a new long-term equity incentive plan, or the LTIP, and which is discussed in more detail under 2011 "Long-Term Incentive Plan" below.


Determination of Compensation Awards

        In determining compensation levels for our NEOs, the Board of Managers of USA Compression Holdings has considered each NEO's unique position and responsibility and has relied upon the judgment and industry experience of its members, including their knowledge of competitive compensation levels in our industry. The Board of Managers of USA Compression Holdings believes that executive officer base salaries should be competitive with salaries for executive officers in similar positions and with similar responsibilities in our industry. In this regard, each executive officer's current and prior compensation, including compensation paid by our predecessor or the NEO's prior employer, is considered as a reference point against which determinations are made as to whether increases are appropriate to retain the NEO in light of competition or in order to provide continuing performance incentives. With respect to NEOs other than our Chief Executive Officer, compensation determinations have typically followed our Chief Executive Officer's recommendations.

        In making compensation determinations, the Board of Managers of USA Compression Holdings has not made and our predecessor board did not make regular use of benchmarking or of compensation consultants. Rather, in alignment with the considerations described above, the Board of Managers of USA Compression Holdings and our predecessor board determined the total amount of compensation for our NEOs and the allocation of total compensation among each of our main components of compensation, generally in reliance upon the judgment and general industry knowledge of its members obtained through years of service with comparably sized companies in our industry and other similar industries, and, with respect to equity incentive awards granted to our NEOs in December 2010 in connection with the Holdings Acquisition, based on individual negotiations with our Chief Executive Officer on behalf of himself and our other NEOs. Going forward, compensation determinations will be made by the compensation committee of the board of directors of our general partner, and we expect that the compensation committee will rely on the same considerations historically used by the Board of Managers of USA Compression Holdings and our predecessor board.

116


Table of Contents

        Our general partner currently has no formal policy with respect to requiring officers and directors to own our equity interests. However, we historically have encouraged substantial equity ownership by our NEOs and each of our NEOs made a substantial equity investment in USA Compression Holdings in connection with the Holdings Acquisition in December 2010. USA Compression Holdings has further provided for additional equity participation by NEOs by granting to such NEOs Class B Units in USA Compression Holdings at the time of the Holdings Acquisition. We believe that equity ownership by NEOs encourages retention and provides our NEOs with a strong incentive to increase unitholder value.


Base Compensation For 2010

        Base salaries for our NEOs have generally been set at a level deemed necessary to attract and retain individuals with superior talent. Base salary increases are determined based upon the job responsibilities, demonstrated proficiency and performance of the executive officers and market conditions, each as assessed by the Board of the predecessor. No formulaic base salary increases are provided to the NEOs.

        In December 2010, in connection with the Holdings Acquisition, the Board of Managers determined to provide a base salary increase to our Chief Executive Officer, which was intended to reflect a change in our Chief Executive Officer's incentive compensation structure. At this time, our Chief Executive Officer's target annual bonus amount was reduced by $50,000 and our Chief Executive Officer gave up a right under his employment agreement to a guaranteed $50,000 annual bonus. As a result, a corresponding $50,000 increase to his annual base salary was provided. No other changes to base salaries for our NEOs were made for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.

        The base salaries for our NEOs, including for our Chief Executive Officer (after the Chief Executive Officer's salary increase which took effect on December 23, 2010), are set forth in the following table:

Name and Principal Position
  Base Salary
($)
 

Eric D. Long

    400,000  
 

President and Chief Executive Officer

       

Joseph C. Tusa, Jr. 

    275,000  
 

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary

       

David A. Smith

    250,000  
 

President, Northeast Region

       

Dennis J. Moody

    145,000  
 

Vice President—Operations Services

       


Annual Performance-Based Compensation For 2010

        The compensation programs for our NEOs are structured to reward executive officers based on our performance and the individual executive's relative contribution to that performance. This allows executive officers to be eligible to receive incentive bonus compensation based on our operational and financial success and their individual performance for each year. The annual incentive bonuses for the year ended December 31, 2010 were determined by the predecessor board and paid prior to the closing of the Holdings Acquisition.

        Messrs. Smith and Moody participate in a discretionary annual incentive bonus compensation program, under which incentive awards are determined annually, with reference to target bonus amounts that historically were communicated to these NEOs and are currently stated in their employment agreements. In making individual annual bonus decisions, the predecessor board, following the recommendations of our Chief Executive Officer, historically has not relied on pre-determined

117


Table of Contents


performance goals or targets. Instead, determinations regarding annual bonus compensation awards have been based on a subjective assessment of all reasonably available information, including the applicable NEO's performance, business impact, contributions and leadership. In 2010, the discretionary incentive bonus compensation awards for Messrs. Smith and Moody, which amounted to $120,000 for Mr. Smith and $125,000 for Mr. Moody, were 48% and 86% of their base salaries, respectively, and were determined based upon the predecessor board's consideration of the following material factors: our achievement of the EBITDAR (which is net income before interest expense or income, income tax expense or income, depreciation, amortization expenses and rent/restructuring costs) target for 2010, which was $51.3 million, the high level of compression unit run time experienced by our customers in 2010 and our high utilization rate during 2010. Mr. Smith also receives commissions in an amount up to $200,000 annually based on a percentage of qualifying sales. Based on sales performance in 2010, as in prior recent years, Mr. Smith earned the maximum potential amount of commissions available under this arrangement.

        For our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, annual incentive bonus compensation awards for 2010 were determined based on overall financial performance and the achievement of individual performance criteria established by the predecessor board. Under the terms of this program, the formulaic annual bonus awards for Messrs. Long and Tusa were targeted at 100% and 40% of base salary, respectively. Going forward, our general partner expects that all NEOs will participate in a similar, formulaic annual bonus award program and, to the extent that the NEO exceeds the performance targets established for a particular year, will be eligible for an additional discretionary performance bonus for that year.

        For the year ended December 31, 2010, the incentive bonus compensation awards for Messrs. Long and Tusa were based on the achievement of an overall EBITDAR target established by the predecessor and five additional individual performance criteria relating to key operational and financial achievements. The EBITDAR target for fiscal year 2010 was $51.3 million. The non-EBITDAR performance criteria for 2010 were: (i) maintenance of a revolver balance under our revolving credit facility of less than $245 million, (ii) compliance with financial covenants under our revolving credit facility and certain other agreements, (iii) maintenance of run-time performance for compressor unit fleet, such that down-time credit memorandum amounts issued do not exceed $25,000, (iv) reduction of turnover percentage of service technician positions by 10% and (v) maintenance of utilization ratios above 84% for each month. The following chart sets forth the weighting of each performance metric, the below threshold, threshold, underperformance and target performance goals, and the actual performance achieved under our incentive bonus compensation program for the year ended December 31, 2010:

 
   
  Below
(%Target
Bonus
Paid Out)
  Threshold
(%Target
Bonus
Paid Out)
  Underperform
(%Target
Bonus
Paid Out)
  Target
(%Target
Bonus
Paid Out)
  Achieved ($)  
 
  Weighting
(%)
 
Performance Metric
  Mr. Long   Mr. Tusa  

EBITDAR

    50     0     12.5     25     50     175,000     55,000  

Revolver balance < $245 million

    18.75     0     0     0     18.75     65,625     20,625  

Compliance with financial covenants

    6.25     0     0     0     6.25     21,875     6,875  

Credit memorandum amounts < $25,000

    12.50     0     0     0     12.50     43,750     13,750  

Reduction of service technician turnover

    6.25     0     0     0     6.25     21,875     6,875  

Utilization ratios > 84%

    6.25     0     0     0     6.25     21,875     6,875  

118


Table of Contents

        Based on the foregoing levels of company and individual achievement, the formulaic incentive bonus compensation award calculations for Messrs. Long and Tusa equaled 100% of their respective target awards.


Discretionary Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards

        Our NEOs have historically received various forms of equity compensation, in the form of both capital and profits interests in us and our predecessor entities, and at the time of the Holdings Acquisition, our NEOs held various equity interests that were liquidated in connection with that transaction. Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Long's prior employment agreement with our predecessor, Mr. Long was granted 200,000 Class C Units in a predecessor on August 31, 2010. The predecessor board also determined to reimburse Mr. Long for the income and employment taxes he incurred in 2010 in connection with such award, which resulted in an additional one-time cash payment to Mr. Long in 2010 in the amount of $137,271. In connection with the Holdings Acquisition, Mr. Long's unvested units and all other outstanding, unvested awards held by our NEOs at that time were accelerated, became fully vested and were liquidated in connection with the transaction. Each of our NEOs re-invested a substantial portion of the cash proceeds received in respect of their prior equity interests in the transaction in Class A Units in USA Compression Holdings.

        Our NEOs were also granted Class B Units of USA Compression Holdings at the time of the Holdings Acquisition. In connection with the Holdings Acquisition in December 2010, the Board of Managers also reserved additional Class B Units for future grants to NEOs and other key employees. However, to date, the Board of Managers has not made any additional equity grants to our NEOs.

        The Class B Units are profits interests that allow our NEOs to participate in the increase in value of USA Compression Holdings over and above an 8% annual and cumulative preferred return hurdle. The grants have time-based vesting requirements and are designed to not only compensate but also to motivate and retain the recipients by providing an opportunity for equity ownership by our NEOs. The grants to our NEOs also promote long-term compensation objectives and increase long-term unitholder value by providing our NEOs with meaningful incentives to increase unitholder value over time.

        Generally, the Class B Units have vesting schedules that are designed to encourage NEOs' continued employment or service with USA Compression Holdings or one of its affiliates, including us and our general partner. The Class B Units generally vest (i) twenty-five percent on December 31, 2011 and (ii) with respect to the remaining Class B Units, in thirty-six monthly installments thereafter, subject to the NEO's continued employment on each applicable vesting date. See "—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control" below for a description of the circumstances under which vesting of the Class B Units may be accelerated, including in connection with this offering. In determining the amount of the Class B Unit grants for each NEO, the Board of Managers considered a number of factors, such as its view of the relative scope of the NEO's duties and responsibilities, individual performance history and the ability to contribute to the increase in equity value. The specific amount of the Class B Unit awards to each of our NEOs is set forth in the "—Grants of Plan Based Awards" table below.


Employment and Severance Arrangements

        The Board of Managers of USA Compression Holdings considers the maintenance of a sound management team to be essential to protecting and enhancing our best interests. To that end, it has recognized that the uncertainty that may exist among management with respect to their "at-will" employment may result in the departure or distraction of management personnel to the detriment of our partnership. Accordingly, the Board of Managers of USA Compression Holdings has determined that severance arrangements are appropriate to encourage the continued attention and dedication of our NEOs and to allow them to focus on the value to unitholders of strategic alternatives without

119


Table of Contents


concern for the impact on their continued employment. Each NEO currently has an employment agreement with USAC Operating which provides for severance benefits upon termination of employment. In connection with the consummation of this offering, our general partner expects to enter into new employment agreements with each of our NEOs on terms that are substantially similar to these employment agreements. As described below, these agreements are substantially similar for each of the NEOs.

        Each NEO's employment agreement, dated as of December 23, 2010, has an initial four-year term and is extended automatically for successive twelve-month periods thereafter unless either party delivers written notice to the other within ninety days prior to the expiration of the then-current employment term. Upon termination of an NEO's employment either by us for convenience or due to the NEO's resignation for good reason, subject to the timely execution of a general release of claims, the NEO is entitled to receive (i) an amount equal to one times his annual base salary, payable in equal semi-monthly installments over one year following termination (or, if such termination occurs within two years following a change in control, in a lump sum within thirty days following the termination of employment) and (ii) continued coverage for twenty-four months (or, with respect to Mr. Long, thirty months) under our group medical plan in which the executive and any of his dependents were participating immediately prior to his termination. Continued coverage under our group medical plan is subsidized for the first twelve months following termination, and Mr. Long is entitled to reimbursement by us to the extent the cost of such coverage exceeds $1,200 per month for the remainder of the applicable period. Additionally, upon a termination of an NEO's employment by us for convenience, by the NEO for good reason, or due to the NEO's death or disability, the NEO is entitled to receive a pro-rata portion of any earned annual bonus for the year in which termination occurs (calculated with reference to the performance targets established by the Board of Managers of USA Compression Holdings for that year). During employment and for two years following termination, each NEO's employment agreement prohibits him from competing with certain of our businesses.

        As used in the NEOs' employment agreements, a termination for "convenience" means an involuntary termination for any reason, including a failure to renew the employment agreement at the end of an initial term or any renewal term, other than a termination for "cause." "Cause" is defined in the NEOs' employment agreements to mean (i) any material breach of the employment agreement or the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of USA Compression Holdings, or the Holdings Operating Agreement, by the executive, (ii) the executive's breach of any applicable duties of loyalty to us or any of our affiliates, gross negligence or misconduct, or a significant act or acts of personal dishonesty or deceit, taken by the executive, in the performance of the duties and services required of the executive that has a material adverse effect on us or any of our affiliates, (iii) conviction or indictment of the executive of, or a plea of nolo contendere by the executive to, a felony, (iv) the executive's willful and continued failure or refusal to perform substantially the executive's material obligations pursuant to the employment agreement or the Holdings Operating Agreement or follow any lawful and reasonable directive from the Board of Managers of USA Compression Holdings or, as applicable, the Chief Executive Officer, other than as a result of the executive's incapacity, or (v) a pattern of illegal conduct by the executive that is materially injurious to us or any of our affiliates or our or their reputation.

        "Good reason" is defined in the NEOs' employment agreements to mean (i) a material breach by us of the employment agreement, the Holdings Operating Agreement, or any other material agreement with the executive, (ii) any failure by us to pay to the executive the amounts or benefits to which he is entitled, other than an isolated and inadvertent failure not committed in bad faith, (iii) a material reduction in the executive's duties, reporting relationships or responsibilities, (iv) a material reduction by us in the facilities or perquisites available to the executive or in the executive's base salary, other than a reduction that is generally applicable to all similarly situated employees, or (v) the relocation of the geographic location of the executive's principal place of employment by more than fifty miles from

120


Table of Contents


the location of the executive's principal place of employment as of December 23, 2010. With respect to Mr. Long's employment agreement, "good reason" also means the failure to appoint and maintain Mr. Long in the office of President and Chief Executive Officer.


Benefit Plans and Perquisites

        We provide our executive officers, including our NEOs, with certain personal benefits and perquisites, which we do not consider to be a significant component of executive compensation but which we recognize are an important factor in attracting and retaining talented executives. Executive officers are eligible under the same plans as all other employees with respect to our medical, dental, vision, disability and life insurance plans and a defined contribution plan that is tax-qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code and that we refer to as the 401(k) Plan. We also provide certain executive officers with an annual automobile allowance. We provide these supplemental benefits to our executive officers due to the relatively low cost of such benefits and the value they provide in assisting us in attracting and retaining talented executives. The value of personal benefits and perquisites we provide to each of our NEOs is set forth below in our "—Summary Compensation Table."


Summary Compensation Table

        The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the compensation paid to our NEOs for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Name and Principal Position
  Salary ($)   Unit Awards
($)(1)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(3)
  All Other
Compensation ($)
  Total ($)  

Eric D. Long

    350,000     244,200 (2)   350,000     163,309 (4)   1,107,509  
 

President and Chief Executive Officer

                               

Joseph C. Tusa, Jr. 

    277,885         110,000     5,798 (5)   393,638  
 

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary

                               

David A. Smith

    250,000         120,000     17,060 (6)   387,060  
 

President, Northeast Region

                               

Dennis J. Moody

    145,000         125,000     11,967 (7)   281,967  
 

Vice President—Operations Services

                               

(1)
On December 23, 2010, each of our named executive officers received awards of Class B Units in USA Compression Holdings in the amounts set forth below in the table under the heading "—Grants of Plan Based Awards." The Class B Units are intended to allow recipients to receive a percentage of profits generated by USA Compression Holdings over and above certain return hurdles, as described in more detail in the discussion under the heading "—Discretionary Long Term Equity Incentive Awards" above. In accordance with ASC Topic 718, we recognized a grant date fair value of $0 with respect to these awards and will recognize no expense with respect to the Class B Units for financial reporting purposes unless and until the fair value of the Class B Units exceeds the grant date fair value of $0.

(2)
Amount shown reflects an estimate of the grant date fair value of the Class C Units in a predecessor entity granted to Mr. Long pursuant to the provisions of his prior employment agreement, as determined in accordance with ASC Topic 718.

121


Table of Contents

(3)
Represents the awards earned under annual incentive bonus programs and commission programs, as applicable, for the year ended December 31, 2010. For a discussion of the determination of these amounts, see "—Annual Performance-Based Compensation for 2010" above.

(4)
Includes $18,000 of automobile allowance, $8,038 of employer contributions under the 401(k) plan and a tax reimbursement payment of $137,271 provided to Mr. Long in connection with the income and employment taxes incurred by him as a result of the equity award granted to him by the predecessor board in 2010, as described in more detail above under the heading "—Discretionary Long Term Equity Incentive Awards."

(5)
Includes $5,798 of employer contributions under the 401(k) plan.

(6)
Includes $9,960 of automobile allowance and $7,100 of employer contributions under the 401(k) plan.

(7)
Includes $8,600 of automobile allowance and $3,367 of employer contributions under the 401(k) plan.


Grants of Plan-Based Awards

        The following table sets forth for each of our NEOs the target amount of non-equity incentive plan awards granted under our annual incentive bonus compensation program as well as the Class B Unit awards in USA Compression Holdings granted, in each case for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.

 
   
  Estimated Possible Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards
   
   
 
 
   
  All Other
Unit
Awards:
Number of
Units (#)
   
 
 
   
  Grant Date
Fair Value
of Units
Awards ($)(4)
 
Name
  Grant Date   Threshold
($)
  Target ($)(1)   Maximum
($)
 

Eric D. Long

            350,000                  

  6/29/10                       200,000 (2)   244,200  

  12/23/10                       462,500 (3)    

Joseph C. Tusa, Jr. 

       
   
110,000
   
             

  12/23/10                       125,000 (3)    

David A. Smith

       
   
120,000
   
             

  12/23/10                       125,000 (3)    

Dennis J. Moody

       
   
125,000
   
             

  12/23/10                       125,000 (3)    

(1)
Represents the target amount of annual performance bonuses for fiscal year 2010 for each NEO. No threshold or maximum amounts are provided under our annual incentive bonus program. For fiscal year 2010, each NEO received a payout under our annual incentive bonus program equal to his target amount. For additional information, refer to the discussion above under the heading "—Annual Performance-Based Compensation for 2010."

(2)
Represents Class C Units in a predecessor entity awarded to Mr. Long pursuant to the provisions of his prior employment agreement. These units were liquidated in connection with the Holdings Acquisition in December 2010.

(3)
Represents Class B Units in USA Compression Holdings granted to each NEO on December 23, 2010.

(4)
As described in footnote 1 to the "—Summary Compensation Table" and in the discussion above under the heading "—Discretionary Long Term Equity Incentive Awards," the Class B Units are intended to allow recipients to receive a percentage of profits generated by USA Compression Holdings over and above a specified return hurdle. In accordance with ASC Topic 718, the Class B Units have no recognizable value as of the grant date.

122


Table of Contents


Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2010

        The following table provides information regarding the Class B Units in USA Compression Holdings held by the NEOs as of December 31, 2010. None of our NEOs held any option awards that were outstanding as of December 31, 2010.

 
  Unit Awards  
Name
  Number of Class B
Units—Total (#)
  Number of Units That
Have Not Vested (#)
  Market Value of Class B
Units That Have Not
Vested ($)(2)
 

Eric D. Long

    462,500 (1)   462,500 (1)    

Joseph C. Tusa, Jr. 

    125,000 (1)   125,000 (1)    

David A. Smith

    125,000 (1)   125,000 (1)    

Dennis J. Moody

    125,000 (1)   125,000 (1)    

(1)
Represents the number of Class B Units in USA Compression Holdings that have not vested as of December 31, 2010. The Class B Units vest (i) with respect to twenty-five percent of the Class B Units, on December 31, 2011 and (ii) with respect to the remaining Class B Units, in thirty-six equal monthly installments thereafter.

(2)
As described in footnote 1 to the "—Summary Compensation Table" and in the discussion above under the heading "—Discretionary Long Term Equity Incentive Awards," the Class B Units are intended to allow recipients to receive a percentage of profits generated by USA Compression Holdings over and above certain return hurdles. The Class B Units had no recognizable value as of December 31, 2010.


Units Vested

        The following table provides information regarding the vesting of certain capital and profits interests in a predecessor entity held by our NEOs during the year ended December 31, 2010, all of which were liquidated on December 23, 2010 in connection with the Holdings Acquisition. None of our NEOs held or exercised options during the year ended December 31, 2010.

 
  Units Vested in 2010  
Name
  Number of Units Acquired
on Vesting (#)
  Value Realized on Vesting ($)  

Eric D. Long

    200,000 (1)   244,000  

    200,000 (2)   335,324  

Joseph C. Tusa, Jr. 

    501,600 (3)   110,001  

    1,504,800 (4)   1,018,175  

David A. Smith

    120,264 (3)   81,373  

    884,457 (4)   1,242,369  

Dennis J. Moody

    200,640 (3)   135,757  

    658,852 (4)   703,363  

(1)
Represents the number of units constituting capital interests in a predecessor entity that vested during 2010 prior to the Holdings Acquisition.

(2)
Represents the number of units constituting capital interests in a predecessor entity that vested on December 23, 2010 in connection with the Holdings Acquisition.

(3)
Represents the number of units constituting profits interests in a predecessor entity that vested during 2010 prior to the Holdings Acquisition.

123


Table of Contents

(4)
Represents the number of units constituting profits interests in a predecessor entity that vested on December 23, 2010 in connection with the Holdings Acquisition.


Pension Benefits for 2010

        Our NEOs do not participate in any pension plans and did not receive or accrue any pension benefits during the year ended December 31, 2010.


Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

        Our NEOs do not participate in any nonqualified deferred compensation plans and received no nonqualified deferred compensation during the year ended December 31, 2010.


Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control

        Our Chief Executive Officer and other NEOs each have an employment agreement that provides for severance benefits upon termination of employment. See "—Employment and Severance Arrangements" above for a description of the employment and severance agreements we have with each of our NEOs. Assuming a termination of employment effective as of December 31, 2010 (i) by us for convenience, (ii) due to the executive's resignation for good reason, or (iii) due to the executive's death or disability, each of our NEOs would have received the following severance payments and benefits:

Name
  Payment Type   Termination for
Convenience or Due to
Resignation for Good
Reason ($)
  Termination Due to
Death or Disability ($)
 

Eric D. Long

  Salary     400,000     0  

  Bonus     300,000     300,000  

  Benefit continuation(1)     8,376     0  
                 

  Total     708,376     300,000  

Joseph C. Tusa, Jr. 

 

Salary

   
275,000
   
0
 

  Benefit continuation(1)     13,356     0  
                 

  Total     288,356     0  

David A. Smith

 

Salary

   
250,000
   
0
 

  Benefit continuation(1)     13,356     0  
                 

  Total     263,356     0  

Dennis J. Moody

 

Salary

   
145,000
   
0
 

  Benefit continuation(1)     9,228     0  
                 

  Total     154,228     0  

(1)
Consists of continuation of group health benefits. The value of the health benefits was calculated using an estimate of the cost of such health coverage based upon past experience.

        Pursuant to the Holdings Operating Agreement, in the event of certain transactions, which could include a change in control, the vesting of certain Class B Units would be accelerated. The vesting of all unvested Class B Units would be accelerated either (i) upon a private liquidity event (generally defined as Riverstone's sale of 50.1% of its equity interests in USA Compression Holdings for cash, other than in connection with an initial public offering of securities) or (ii) upon a termination of an NEO's employment without cause or due to resignation by the executive for good reason, in each case,

124


Table of Contents


following a qualified public offering. In addition, upon a qualified public offering, 50% of each NEO's unvested Class B Units would vest.

        The Class B Units generally allow our NEOs to participate in the increase in value, following the December 23, 2010 grant date of such units, of the equity of USA Compression Holdings in excess of a specified hurdle, as described in more detail above under "—Discretionary Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards." Assuming the events described above occurred effective December 31, 2010, based on the estimated fair market value of USA Compression Holdings' equity on that date, the NEOs would not have realized any value as of such date with respect to the accelerated vesting of their unvested Class B Units.

        Upon the consummation of this offering, which constitutes a qualified public offering for purposes of the NEOs' Class B Units, 50% of each NEO's unvested Class B Units will vest and, if an NEO's employment is terminated by our general partner without cause or the NEO resigns for good reason following the consummation of this offering, the remaining unvested Class B Units will vest in full.

        As used in the Holdings Operating Agreement, "good reason" and "cause" have the meanings set forth in each NEO's employment agreement. These definitions are set forth above in the section entitled "—Employment and Severance Arrangements."


Director Compensation

        For the year ended December 31, 2010, our NEOs who also served as directors did not receive additional compensation for their service as directors. Additionally, directors who were not officers, employees or paid consultants or advisors of us or our general partner did not receive compensation for their services as directors.

        Following the consummation of this offering, officers, employees or paid consultants or advisors of us or our general partner or its affiliates who also serve as directors will not receive additional compensation for their service as directors. Following the consummation of this offering, our directors who are not officers, employees or paid consultants or advisors of us or our general partner or its affiliates will receive the following cash and equity-based compensation for their services as directors. Although the terms of our expected director compensation program have not yet been determined, we expect such compensation may consist of the following:

Directors will also receive reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses associated with attending such board or committee meetings and director and officer liability insurance coverage. Each director will be fully indemnified by us for actions associated with being a director to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.


2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan

        Prior to the consummation of this offering, our general partner intends to adopt a 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan, or LTIP, primarily for the benefit of our, our subsidiaries' and our general partner's eligible officers, employees and directors. The description of the LTIP set forth below is a summary of

125


Table of Contents


the anticipated material features of the LTIP. This summary, however, does not purport to be a complete description of all of the anticipated provisions of the LTIP.

        The LTIP will provide for the grant, from time to time at the discretion of the board of directors or compensation committee of our general partner, of unit awards, restricted units, phantom units, unit options, unit appreciation rights, distribution equivalent rights and other unit-based awards. Subject to adjustment in the event of certain transactions or changes in capitalization, an aggregate of            common units may be delivered pursuant to awards under the LTIP. Units that are cancelled or forfeited will be available for delivery pursuant to other awards. Units that are withheld to satisfy our general partner's tax withholding obligations or payment of an award's exercise price will not be available for future awards. We expect that the LTIP will be administered by our general partner's board of directors, though such administration function may be delegated to a committee (including the compensation committee) that may be appointed by the board to administer the LTIP. The LTIP will be designed to promote our interests, as well as the interests of our unitholders, by rewarding the officers, employees and directors of us, our subsidiaries and our general partner for delivering desired performance results, as well as by strengthening our and our general partner's ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified individuals to serve as directors, consultants and employees.

        The administrator of the LTIP may grant unit awards to eligible individuals under the LTIP. A unit award is an award of common units that are fully vested upon grant and are not subject to forfeiture. Unit awards may be paid in addition to, or in lieu of, cash that would otherwise be payable to a participant with respect to a bonus or an incentive compensation award. The unit award may be wholly discretionary in amount or it may be paid with respect to a bonus or an incentive compensation award the amount of which is determined based on the achievement of performance criteria or other factors.

        A restricted unit is a common unit that is subject to forfeiture. Upon vesting, the forfeiture restrictions lapse and the recipient holds a common unit that is not subject to forfeiture. A phantom unit is a notional unit that entitles the grantee to receive a common unit upon the vesting of the phantom unit or on a deferred basis upon specified future dates or events or, in the discretion of the administrator, cash equal to the fair market value of a common unit. The administrator of the LTIP may make grants of restricted and phantom units under the LTIP that contain such terms, consistent with the LTIP, as the administrator may determine are appropriate, including the period over which restricted or phantom units will vest. The administrator of the LTIP may, in its discretion, base vesting on the grantee's completion of a period of service or upon the achievement of specified financial objectives or other criteria or upon a change of control (as defined in the LTIP) or as otherwise described in an award agreement.

        Distributions made by us with respect to awards of restricted units may be subject to the same vesting requirements as the restricted units. The administrator of the LTIP, in its discretion, may also grant tandem distribution equivalent rights with respect to phantom units. Distribution equivalent rights are rights to receive an amount equal to all or a portion of the cash distributions made on units during the period a phantom unit remains outstanding.

        The LTIP may also permit the grant of options and unit appreciation rights covering common units. Unit options represent the right to purchase a number of common units at a specified exercise price. Unit appreciation rights represent the right to receive the appreciation in the value of a number of common units over a specified exercise price, either in cash or in common units. Unit options and

126


Table of Contents

unit appreciation rights may be granted to such eligible individuals and with such terms as the administrator of the LTIP may determine, consistent with the LTIP; however, a unit option or unit appreciation right must have an exercise price equal to at least the fair market value of a common unit on the date of grant.

        The LTIP may also permit the grant of "other unit-based awards," which are awards that, in whole or in part, are valued or based on or related to the value of a unit. The vesting of an other unit-based award may be based on a participant's continued service, the achievement of performance criteria or other measures. On vesting or on a deferred basis upon specified future dates or events, an other unit-based award may be paid in cash and/or in units (including restricted units), as the administrator of the LTIP may determine.

        Common units to be delivered with respect to awards may be newly-issued units, common units acquired by us or our general partner in the open market, common units already owned by our general partner or us, common units acquired by our general partner directly from us or any other person or any combination of the foregoing. With respect to awards made to employees of our general partner, our general partner will be entitled to reimbursement by us for the cost incurred in acquiring such common units or, with respect to unit options, for the difference between the cost it incurs in acquiring these common units and the proceeds it receives from an optionee at the time of exercise of an option. Thus, we will bear the cost of all awards under the LTIP. If we issue new common units with respect to these awards, the total number of common units outstanding will increase, and our general partner will remit the proceeds it receives from a participant, if any, upon exercise of an award to us. With respect to any awards settled in cash by our general partner, our general partner will be entitled to reimbursement by us for the amount of the cash settlement.

        The administrator of the LTIP, at its discretion, may terminate the LTIP at any time with respect to the common units for which a grant has not previously been made. The LTIP will automatically terminate on the 10th anniversary of the date it was initially adopted by our general partner. The administrator of the LTIP will also have the right to alter or amend the LTIP or any part of it from time to time or to amend any outstanding award made under the LTIP, provided that no change in any outstanding award may be made that would materially impair the vested rights of the participant without the consent of the affected participant or result in taxation to the participant under Section 409A of the Code.

127


Table of Contents


SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

        The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our units that will be issued upon the consummation of this offering and the related transactions and held by:

        Except as indicated by footnote, the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all units shown as beneficially owned by them and their address is 100 Congress Avenue, Suite 450, Austin, Texas 78701.

Name of Beneficial Owner
  Common
Units to be
Beneficially
Owned
  Percentage of
Common
Units to be
Beneficially
Owned
  Subordinated
Units to be
Beneficially
Owned
  Percentage of
Subordinated
Units to be
Beneficially
Owned
  Percentage of
Common and
Subordinated
Units to be
Beneficially
Owned
 

USA Compression Holdings(1)

            %         100 %     %

Eric D. Long

                     

Joseph C. Tusa, Jr. 

                     

J. Gregory Holloway

                     

David A. Smith

                     

Dennis J. Moody

                     

Kevin M. Bourbonnais

                     

William H. Shea, Jr. 

                     

Olivia C. Wassenaar

                     

Andrew W. Ward

                     

All directors and officers as a group (8 persons)

                     

(1)
The equity interests in USA Compression Holdings are owned by Eric D. Long, Joseph C. Tusa, Jr., David A. Smith and Dennis J. Moody, who are executive officers of our general partner, Thomas Hinsdale and Darr Equipment Co., unrelated third parties, Aladdin Partners, L.P., a limited partnership affiliated with Mr. Long, and R/C IV USACP Holdings, L.P., or R/C Holdings. USA Compression Holdings is managed by a three-person board of managers consisting of Mr. Long, Mr. Ward and Ms. Wassenaar. The board of managers exercises investment discretion and control over the units held by USA Compression Holdings.

128


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        After this offering, our general partner and its affiliates will own            common units and subordinated units representing an aggregate        % limited partner interest in us (or            common units and subordinated units representing an aggregate        % limited partner interest in us, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units in full). In addition, our general partner will own a 2.0% general partner interest in us and all of our incentive distribution rights.


Distributions and Payments to Our General Partner and its Affiliates

        The following table summarizes the distributions and payments to be made by us to our general partner and its affiliates in connection with the ongoing operation and any liquidation of USA Compression Partners, LP. These distributions and payments were determined by and among affiliated entities and, consequently, are not the result of arm's-length negotiations.


Pre-IPO Stage

The consideration received by our general partner and its affiliates prior to or in connection with this offering

              common units;

 

            subordinated units;

 

all of our incentive distribution rights; and

 

2.0% general partner interest.


Operational Stage

Distributions of available cash to our general partner and its affiliates

  We will generally make cash distributions 98.0% to our unitholders pro rata, including our general partner and its affiliates, as the holders of an aggregate of            common units and            subordinated units, and 2.0% to our general partner assuming to makes any capital contributions necessary to maintain its 2% interest in us. In addition, if distributions exceed the minimum quarterly distribution and other higher target distribution levels, our general partner will be entitled to increasing percentages of our distributions, up to 50.0% of all distributions we make above the highest target distribution level.

 

Assuming we have sufficient available cash to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding units for four quarters, our general partner would receive annual distributions of approximately $            million on its general partner units and USA Compression Holdings would receive annual distributions of approximately $            million on its common and subordinated units.

129


Table of Contents

 

If our general partner elects to reset the target distribution levels, it will be entitled to receive common units and to maintain its general partner interest. Please read "Provisions of our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—General Partner's Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels."

Reimbursements to our general partner and its affiliates

 

We will reimburse USA Compression Holdings and its affiliates for the following payments of direct and indirect expenses incurred on our behalf, subject to certain limitations:

 

•                               ; and

 

•                               .

Withdrawal or removal of our general partner

 

If our general partner withdraws or is removed, its general partner interest and its incentive distribution rights will either be sold to the new general partner for cash or converted into common units, in each case for an amount equal to the fair market value of those interests. Please read "The Partnership Agreement—Withdrawal or Removal of our General Partner."

Liquidation Stage

Liquidation

 

Upon our liquidation, the partners, including our general partner, will be entitled to receive liquidating distributions according to their respective capital account balances.


Agreements Governing the Transactions

        We and other parties have entered into or will enter into the various documents and agreements that will effect the transactions relating to our formation and this offering. These agreements will not be the result of arm's-length negotiations, and they, or any of the transactions that they provide for, may not be effected on terms as favorable to the parties to these agreements as could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties. All of the transaction expenses incurred in connection with these transactions will be paid from the proceeds of this offering.


Relationship with Penn Virginia Resource Partners

        Mr. Shea, a director of USA Compression GP, LLC, is currently a director and the chief executive officer of the general partner of Penn Virginia Resource Partners, L.P., or PVR. In 2008, PVR acquired the business of one of our compression services customers and, after such acquisition, has continued to purchase compression services from us. For the year ended December 31, 2010 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011, subsidiaries of PVR made compression services payments to us of approximately $1.0 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

130


Table of Contents


Procedures for Review, Approval and Ratification of Related-Person Transactions

        The board of directors of our general partner will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics in connection with the closing of this offering that will provide that the board of directors of our general partner or its authorized committee will periodically review all related person transactions that are required to be disclosed under SEC rules and, when appropriate, initially authorize or ratify all such transactions. In the event that the board of directors of our general partner or its authorized committee considers ratification of a related person transaction and determines not to so ratify, the code of business conduct and ethics will provide that our management will make all reasonable efforts to cancel or annul the transaction.

        The code of business conduct and ethics will provide that, in determining whether or not to recommend the initial approval or ratification of a related person transaction, the board of directors of our general partner or its authorized committee should consider all of the relevant facts and circumstances available, including (if applicable) but not limited to: (i) whether there is an appropriate business justification for the transaction; (ii) the benefits that accrue to us as a result of the transaction; (iii) the terms available to unrelated third parties entering into similar transactions; (iv) the impact of the transaction on a director's independence (in the event the related person is a director, an immediate family member of a director or an entity in which a director or an immediately family member of a director is a partner, shareholder, member or executive officer); (v) the availability of other sources for comparable products or services; (vi) whether it is a single transaction or a series of ongoing, related transactions; and (vii) whether entering into the transaction would be consistent with the code of business conduct and ethics.

        The code of business conduct and ethics described above will be adopted in connection with the closing of this offering, and as a result the transactions described above were not reviewed under such policy. The transactions described above were not approved by an independent committee of our board of directors and the terms were determined by negotiation among the parties.

131


Table of Contents


CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY DUTIES

Conflicts of Interest

        Conflicts of interest exist and may arise in the future as a result of the relationships between our general partner and its affiliates, including USA Compression Holdings, on the one hand, and our partnership and our limited partners, on the other hand. The directors and officers of our general partner have fiduciary duties to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial to its owners. At the same time, our general partner has a fiduciary duty to manage our partnership in a manner beneficial to us and our unitholders.

        Whenever a conflict arises between our general partner or its affiliates, on the one hand, and us and our limited partners, on the other hand, our general partner will resolve that conflict. Our partnership agreement contains provisions that modify and limit our general partner's fiduciary duties to our unitholders. Our partnership agreement also restricts the remedies available to our unitholders for actions taken by our general partner that, without those limitations, might constitute breaches of its fiduciary duty.

        Our general partner will not be in breach of its obligations under our partnership agreement or its fiduciary duties to us or our unitholders if the resolution of the conflict is:

        Our general partner may, but is not required to, seek the approval of such resolution from the conflicts committee of its board of directors. In connection with a situation involving a conflict of interest, any determination by our general partner involving the resolution of the conflict of interest must be made in good faith, provided that, if our general partner does not seek approval from the conflicts committee and its board of directors determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in the third and fourth bullet points above, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, the board of directors acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Unless the resolution of a conflict is specifically provided for in our partnership agreement, our general partner or the conflicts committee may consider any factors that it determines in good faith to be appropriate when resolving a conflict. When our partnership agreement provides that someone act in good faith, it requires that person to reasonably believe he is acting in the best interests of the partnership.

        Conflicts of interest could arise in the situations described below, among others.

Neither our partnership agreement nor any other agreement requires USA Compression Holdings to pursue a business strategy that favors us or utilizes our assets or dictates what markets to pursue or grow. Directors of USA Compression Holdings have a fiduciary duty to make these decisions in the best interests of the owners of USA Compression Holdings, which may be contrary to our interests.

        Because certain of the directors of our general partner are also directors and/or officers of USA Compression Holdings and its affiliates, such directors may have fiduciary duties to USA Compression Holdings that may cause them to pursue business strategies that disproportionately benefit USA Compression Holdings, or which otherwise are not in our best interests.

132


Table of Contents


Our general partner and its affiliates are allowed to take into account the interests of parties other than us in resolving conflicts of interest.

        Our partnership agreement contains provisions that reduce the fiduciary standards to which our general partner would otherwise be held by state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner. This entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and factors that it desires, and it has no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our affiliates or our limited partners. Examples include our general partner's limited call right, its voting rights with respect to the units it owns and its determination whether or not to consent to any merger or consolidation of the partnership.

Our partnership agreement limits the liability of and reduces the fiduciary duties owed by our general partner, and also restricts the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that, without these limitations, might constitute breaches of its fiduciary duty.

        In addition to the provisions described above, our partnership agreement contains provisions that restrict the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that might otherwise constitute breaches of our general partner's fiduciary duty. For example, our partnership agreement:

Except in limited circumstances, our general partner has the power and authority to conduct our business without unitholder approval.

        Under our partnership agreement, our general partner has full power and authority to do all things, other than those items that require unitholder approval or with respect to which our general partner has sought conflicts committee approval, on such terms as it determines to be necessary or appropriate to conduct our business including, but not limited to, the following:

133


Table of Contents

        Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner must act in "good faith" when making decisions on our behalf, and our partnership agreement further provides that in order for a determination to be made in "good faith," our general partner must believe that the determination is in our best interests. Please read "The Partnership Agreement—Voting Rights" for information regarding matters that require unitholder approval.

Our general partner determines the amount and timing of asset purchases and sales, capital expenditures, borrowings, issuances of additional partnership securities and the creation, reduction or increase of reserves, each of which can affect the amount of cash that is distributed to our unitholders.

        The amount of cash that is available for distribution to our unitholders is affected by the decisions of our general partner regarding such matters as:

        Our general partner determines the amount and timing of any capital expenditures and whether a capital expenditure is classified as a maintenance capital expenditure, which reduces operating surplus, or an expansion capital expenditure, which does not reduce operating surplus. This determination can affect the amount of cash that is distributed to our unitholders and to our general partner and the ability of the subordinated units to convert into common units.

        In addition, our general partner may use an amount, initially equal to $         million, which would not otherwise constitute available cash from operating surplus, in order to permit the payment of cash distributions on its subordinated units and incentive distribution rights. All of these actions may affect the amount of cash distributed to our unitholders and our general partner and may facilitate the conversion of subordinated units into common units. Please read "Provisions of our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions."

        In addition, borrowings by us and our affiliates do not constitute a breach of any duty owed by our general partner to our unitholders, including borrowings that have the purpose or effect of:

134


Table of Contents

        For example, in the event we have not generated sufficient cash from our operations to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common and subordinated units, our partnership agreement permits us to borrow funds, which would enable us to make this distribution on all of our outstanding units. Please read "Provisions of our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Subordination Period."

        Our partnership agreement provides that we and our subsidiaries may borrow funds from our general partner and its affiliates. Our general partner and its affiliates may borrow funds from us, or our operating company and its operating subsidiaries.

Our general partner determines which of the costs it incurs on our behalf are reimbursable by us.

        We will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for the costs incurred in managing and operating us. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us.

Our partnership agreement does not restrict our general partner from causing us to pay it or its affiliates for any services rendered to us or from entering into additional contractual arrangements with any of these entities on our behalf.

        Our partnership agreement allows our general partner to determine, in good faith, any amounts to pay itself or its affiliates for any services rendered to us. Our general partner may also enter into additional contractual arrangements with any of its affiliates on our behalf. Neither our partnership agreement nor any of the other agreements, contracts or arrangements between us, on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, on the other hand, that will be in effect as of the closing of this offering, will be the result of arm's-length negotiations. Similarly, agreements, contracts or arrangements between us and our general partner and its affiliates that are entered into following the closing of this offering may not be negotiated on an arm's-length basis, although, in some circumstances, our general partner may determine that the conflicts committee of our general partner may make a determination on our behalf with respect to such arrangements.

        Our general partner will determine, in good faith, the terms of any such transactions entered into after the closing of this offering.

        Our general partner and its affiliates will have no obligation to permit us to use any of its or its affiliates' facilities or assets, except as may be provided in contracts entered into specifically for such use. There is no obligation of our general partner or its affiliates to enter into any contracts of this kind.

Our general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our obligations.

        Our general partner intends to limit its liability under contractual arrangements so that counterparties to such agreements have recourse only against our assets, and not against our general partner or its assets. Our partnership agreement provides that any action taken by our general partner to limit its liability is not a breach of our general partner's fiduciary duties, even if we could have obtained more favorable terms without the limitation on liability.

Our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase all of the common units not owned by it and its affiliates if they own more than 80% of our common units.

        Our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase common units, as provided in our partnership agreement, or may assign this right to one of its affiliates or to us. Our general partner is not bound by fiduciary duty restrictions in determining whether to exercise this right. As a result, a common unitholder may be required to sell his common units at an undesirable time or price. Please read "The Partnership Agreement—Limited Call Right."

135


Table of Contents


Our general partner controls the enforcement of its and its affiliates' obligations to us.

        Any agreements between us, on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, on the other, will not grant to the unitholders, separate and apart from us, the right to enforce the obligations of our general partner and its affiliates in our favor.

Our general partner decides whether to retain separate counsel, accountants or others to perform services for us.

        The attorneys, independent accountants and others who have performed services for us regarding this offering have been retained by our general partner. Attorneys, independent accountants and others who perform services for us are selected by our general partner or the conflicts committee and may perform services for our general partner and its affiliates. We may retain separate counsel for ourselves or the holders of common units in the event of a conflict of interest between our general partner and its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or the holders of common units, on the other, depending on the nature of the conflict. We do not intend to do so in most cases.

Our general partner may elect to cause us to issue common units to it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution levels related to our general partner's incentive distribution rights without the approval of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner or our unitholders. This election may result in lower distributions to our common unitholders in certain situations.

        Our general partner has the right, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and it has received incentive distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled (48.0%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the initial target distribution levels at higher levels based on our cash distribution at the time of the exercise of the reset election. Following a reset election by our general partner, the minimum quarterly distribution will be reset to an amount equal to the average cash distribution per common unit for the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election (such amount is referred to as the "reset minimum quarterly distribution"), and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution.

        We anticipate that our general partner would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit without such conversion; however, it is possible that our general partner could exercise this reset election at a time when we are experiencing declines in our aggregate cash distributions or at a time when our general partner expects that we will experience declines in our aggregate cash distributions in the foreseeable future. In such situations, our general partner may be experiencing, or may expect to experience, declines in the cash distributions it receives related to its incentive distribution rights and may therefore desire to be issued our common units, which are entitled to specified priorities with respect to our distributions and which therefore may be more advantageous for the general partner to own in lieu of the right to receive incentive distribution payments based on target distribution levels that are less certain to be achieved in the then current business environment. As a result, a reset election may cause our common unitholders to experience dilution in the amount of cash distributions that they would have otherwise received had we not issued new common units to our general partner in connection with resetting the target distribution levels related to our general partner's incentive distribution rights. Please read "Provisions of our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights."

136


Table of Contents


Fiduciary Duties

        Our general partner is accountable to us and our unitholders as a fiduciary. Fiduciary duties owed to unitholders by our general partner are prescribed by law and our partnership agreement. The Delaware Act provides that Delaware limited partnerships may, in their partnership agreements, modify, restrict or expand the fiduciary duties otherwise owed by a general partner to limited partners and the partnership.

        Our partnership agreement contains various provisions modifying and restricting the fiduciary duties that might otherwise be owed by our general partner. We have adopted these restrictions to allow our general partner or its affiliates to engage in transactions with us that would otherwise be prohibited by state-law fiduciary duty standards and to take into account the interests of other parties in addition to our interests when resolving conflicts of interest. We believe this is appropriate and necessary because our general partner's board of directors will have fiduciary duties to manage our general partner in a manner that is beneficial to its owners, as well as to our unitholders. Without these modifications, our general partner's ability to make decisions involving conflicts of interest would be restricted. The modifications to the fiduciary standards enable our general partner to take into consideration all parties involved in the proposed action, so long as the resolution is fair and reasonable to us. These modifications also enable our general partner to attract and retain experienced and capable directors. These modifications are detrimental to our unitholders because they restrict the remedies available to unitholders for actions that, without those limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty, as described below, and permit our general partner to take into account the interests of third parties in addition to our interests when resolving conflicts of interest. The following is a summary of the material restrictions of the fiduciary duties owed by our general partner to the limited partners:

State-law fiduciary duty standards

  Fiduciary duties are generally considered to include an obligation to act in good faith and with due care and loyalty. The duty of care, in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement providing otherwise, would generally require a general partner to act for the partnership in the same manner as a prudent person would act on his own behalf. The duty of loyalty, in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement providing otherwise, would generally require that any action taken or transaction engaged in where a conflict of interest is present be entirely fair to the partnership.

   

137


Table of Contents

Partnership agreement modified standards

  Our partnership agreement contains provisions that waive or consent to conduct by our general partner and its affiliates that might otherwise raise issues about compliance with fiduciary duties or applicable law. For example, our partnership agreement provides that when our general partner is acting in its capacity as our general partner, as opposed to in its individual capacity, it must act in "good faith" and will not be subject to any other standard under applicable law. In addition, when our general partner is acting in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner, it may act without any fiduciary obligation to us or the unitholders whatsoever. These standards reduce the obligations to which our general partner would otherwise be held.

  Our partnership agreement generally provides that affiliated transactions and resolutions of conflicts of interest that are not approved by a vote of common unitholders and that are not approved by the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner must be:

 

•       on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to, or available from, unrelated third parties; or

 

•       "fair and reasonable" to us, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to us).

  If our general partner does not seek approval from the conflicts committee and the board of directors determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in the bullet points above, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, the board of directors, which may include board members affected by the conflict of interest, acted in good faith. In any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. These standards reduce the obligations to which our general partner would otherwise be held.

  In addition to the other more specific provisions limiting the obligations of our general partner, our partnership agreement further provides that our general partner and its officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our limited partners for errors of judgment or for any acts or omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner or its officers and directors acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct. Our partnership agreement and the Delaware Act also provide that our general partner may consult with legal counsel, accountants, investment bankers and other consultants and advisers selected by it, and in any action shall be fully protected from liability to us or our partners in relying in good faith upon the advice or opinion of such persons as to matters that the general partner reasonably believes to be within such person's professional or expert competence.

138


Table of Contents

Rights and remedies of unitholders

  The Delaware Act generally provides that a limited partner may institute legal action on behalf of the partnership to recover damages from a third party where a general partner has refused to institute the action or where an effort to cause a general partner to do so is not likely to succeed. In addition, the statutory or case law of some jurisdictions may permit a limited partner to institute legal action on behalf of himself and all other similarly situated limited partners to recover damages from a general partner for violations of its fiduciary duties to the limited partners. The Delaware Act provides that, unless otherwise provided in a partnership agreement, a partner or other person shall not be liable to a limited partnership or to another partner or to another person that is a party to or is otherwise bound by a partnership agreement for breach of fiduciary duty for the partner's or other person's good faith reliance on the provisions of the partnership agreement. Under our partnership agreement, to the extent that, at law or in equity, an indemnitee has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to us or to our partners, our general partner and any other indemnitee acting in connection with our business or affairs shall not be liable to us or to any partner for its good faith reliance on the provisions of our partnership agreement, and such reliance shall be a defense in any action relating to such duties or liabilities.

        By purchasing our common units, each common unitholder automatically agrees to be bound by the provisions in our partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. This is in accordance with the policy of the Delaware Act favoring the principle of freedom of contract and the enforceability of partnership agreements. The failure of a limited partner to sign a partnership agreement does not render the partnership agreement unenforceable against that person.

        Under our partnership agreement, we must indemnify our general partner and its officers, directors, managers and certain other specified persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, against liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by our general partner or these other persons. We must provide this indemnification unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that these persons acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct. We must also provide this indemnification for criminal proceedings unless our general partner or these other persons acted with knowledge that their conduct was unlawful. Thus, our general partner could be indemnified for its negligent acts if it meets the requirements set forth above. To the extent these provisions purport to include indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is contrary to public policy and, therefore, unenforceable. Please read "The Partnership Agreement—Indemnification."

139


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS

The Units

        The common units and the subordinated units are separate classes of limited partner interests in us. The holders of units are entitled to participate in partnership distributions and exercise the rights or privileges available to limited partners under our partnership agreement. For a description of the relative rights and preferences of holders of common and subordinated units in and to partnership distributions, please read this section and "Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions." For a description of the rights and privileges of limited partners under our partnership agreement, including voting rights, please read "The Partnership Agreement."


Transfer Agent and Registrar

        Duties.                        will serve as the registrar and transfer agent for the common units. We will pay all fees charged by the transfer agent for transfers of common units except the following that must be paid by unitholders:

        There will be no charge to unitholders for disbursements of our cash distributions. We will indemnify the transfer agent, its agents and each of their stockholders, directors, officers and employees against all claims and losses that may arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity, except for any liability due to any gross negligence or intentional misconduct of the indemnified person or entity.

        Resignation or Removal.    The transfer agent may resign, by notice to us, or be removed by us. The resignation or removal of the transfer agent will become effective upon our appointment of a successor transfer agent and registrar and its acceptance of the appointment. If no successor is appointed, our general partner may act as the transfer agent and registrar until a successor is appointed.


Transfer of Common Units

        By transfer of common units in accordance with our partnership agreement, each transferee of common units shall be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred when such transfer and admission are reflected in our books and records. Each transferee:

        Our general partner will cause any transfers to be recorded on our books and records no less frequently than quarterly.

        We may, at our discretion, treat the nominee holder of a common unit as the absolute owner. In that case, the beneficial holder's rights are limited solely to those that it has against the nominee holder as a result of any agreement between the beneficial owner and the nominee holder.

140


Table of Contents

        Common units are securities and any transfers are subject to the laws governing the transfer of securities. In addition to other rights acquired upon transfer, the transferor gives the transferee the right to become a substituted limited partner in our partnership for the transferred common units.

        Until a common unit has been transferred on our books, we and the transfer agent may treat the record holder of the unit as the absolute owner for all purposes, except as otherwise required by law or stock exchange regulations.

141


Table of Contents


THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

        The following is a summary of the material provisions of our partnership agreement. The form of our partnership agreement is included in this prospectus as Appendix A. We will provide prospective investors with a copy of our partnership agreement upon request at no charge.

        We summarize the following provisions of our partnership agreement elsewhere in this prospectus:


Organization and Duration

        We were formed in 2008 as a Texas limited partnership and converted to a Delaware limited partnership in 2011. Our partnership has perpetual existence.


Purpose

        Our purpose, as set forth in our partnership agreement, is limited to any business activity that is approved by our general partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized under Delaware law; provided, that our general partner shall not cause us to engage, directly or indirectly, in any business activity that the general partner determines would be reasonably likely to cause us to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes.

        Although our general partner has the ability to cause us and our subsidiaries to engage in activities other than the business of gathering, compressing and treating natural gas, our general partner has no current plans to do so and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners. Our general partner is generally authorized to perform all acts it determines to be necessary or appropriate to carry out our purposes and to conduct our business.


Cash Distributions

        Our partnership agreement specifies the manner in which we will make cash distributions to holders of our common units and other partnership securities as well as to our general partner in respect of its general partner interest and its incentive distribution rights. For a description of these cash distribution provisions, please read "Provisions of our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions."


Capital Contributions

        Unitholders are not obligated to make additional capital contributions, except as described below under "—Limited Liability."

        For a discussion of our general partner's right to contribute capital to maintain its 2% general partner interest if we issue additional units, please read "—Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests."

142


Table of Contents


Voting Rights

        The following is a summary of the unitholder vote required for approval of the matters specified below. Matters that require the approval of a "unit majority" require:

        In voting their common and subordinated units, our general partner and its affiliates will have no fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners.

Issuance of additional units

  No approval right.

Amendment of our partnership agreement

 

Certain amendments may be made by our general partner without the approval of the unitholders. Other amendments generally require the approval of a unit majority. Please read "—Amendment of the Partnership Agreement."

Merger of our partnership or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets

 

Unit majority in certain circumstances. Please read "—Merger, Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets."

Dissolution of our partnership

 

Unit majority. Please read "—Dissolution."

Continuation of our business upon dissolution

 

Unit majority. Please read "—Dissolution."

Withdrawal of our general partner

 

Under most circumstances, the approval of a majority of the common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, is required for the withdrawal of our general partner prior to December 31, 2021 in a manner that would cause a dissolution of our partnership. Please read "—Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner."

Removal of our general partner

 

Not less than 662/3% of the outstanding units, voting as a single class, including units held by our general partner and its affiliates. Please read "—Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner."

143


Table of Contents

Transfer of our general partner interest                                

 

Our general partner may transfer all, but not less than all, of its general partner interest in us without a vote of our unitholders to an affiliate or another person in connection with its merger or consolidation with or into, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets to, such person. The approval of a majority of the common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, is required in other circumstances for a transfer of the general partner interest to a third party prior to December 31, 2021. Please read "—Transfer of General Partner Interest."

Transfer of incentive distribution rights

 

Except for transfers to an affiliate or to another person as part of our general partner's merger or consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, the sale of all of the ownership interests in our general partner, the pledge, hypothecation, mortgage, encumbrance, grant of a lien, collateralization, or other grant of a security interest in the incentive distribution rights in favor a person providing bona-fide debt financing to such holder as security or collateral for such debt financing and the transfer of incentive distribution rights in connection with exercise of any remedy of such person in connection therewith, the approval of a majority of the common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, is required in most circumstances for a transfer of the incentive distribution rights to a third party prior to December 31, 2021. Please read "—Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights."

Transfer of ownership interests in our general partner

 

No approval required at any time. Please read "—Transfer of Ownership Interests in the General Partner."

        If any person or group other than our general partner and its affiliates acquires beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units, that person or group loses voting rights on all of its units. This loss of voting rights does not apply to any person or group that acquires the units from our general partner, its affiliates, their direct transferees and their indirect transferees approved by our general partner in its sole discretion or to any person or group who acquires the units with the specific prior approval of our general partner.


Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction

        Our partnership agreement is governed by Delaware law. Our partnership agreement requires that any claims, suits, actions or proceedings:

144


Table of Contents

shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, regardless of whether such claims, suits, actions or proceedings sound in contract, tort, fraud or otherwise, are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal or other grounds, or are derivative or direct claims. By purchasing a common unit, a limited partner is irrevocably consenting to these limitations and provisions regarding claims, suits, actions or proceedings and submitting to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in connection with any such claims, suits, actions or proceedings.


Limited Liability

        Assuming that a limited partner does not participate in the control of our business within the meaning of the Delaware Act and that he otherwise acts in conformity with the provisions of the partnership agreement, his liability under the Delaware Act will be limited, subject to possible exceptions, to the amount of capital he is obligated to contribute to us for his common units plus his share of any undistributed profits and assets. However, if it were determined that the right, or exercise of the right, by the limited partners as a group:

constituted "participation in the control" of our business for the purposes of the Delaware Act, then the limited partners could be held personally liable for our obligations under the laws of Delaware, to the same extent as our general partner. This liability would extend to persons who transact business with us under the reasonable belief that the limited partner is a general partner. Neither our partnership agreement nor the Delaware Act specifically provides for legal recourse against our general partner if a limited partner were to lose limited liability through any fault of our general partner. While this does not mean that a limited partner could not seek legal recourse, we know of no precedent for this type of a claim in Delaware case law.

        Under the Delaware Act, a limited partnership may not make a distribution to a partner if, after the distribution, all liabilities of the limited partnership, other than liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interests and liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specific property of the partnership, would exceed the fair value of the assets of the limited partnership. For the purpose of determining the fair value of the assets of a limited partnership, the Delaware Act provides that the fair value of property subject to liability for which recourse of creditors is limited shall be included in the assets of the limited partnership only to the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds the nonrecourse liability. The Delaware Act provides that a limited partner who receives a distribution and knew at the time of the distribution that the distribution was in violation of the Delaware Act shall be liable to the limited partnership for the amount of the distribution for three years. Under the Delaware Act, a substituted limited partner of a limited partnership is liable for the obligations of his assignor to make contributions to the partnership, except that such person is not obligated for liabilities unknown to him at the time he became a limited partner and that could not be ascertained from the partnership agreement.

        Our subsidiaries conduct business in five states and we may have subsidiaries that conduct business in other states in the future. Maintenance of our limited liability as a member of the operating

145


Table of Contents


company may require compliance with legal requirements in the jurisdictions in which the operating company conducts business, including qualifying our subsidiaries to do business there.

        Limitations on the liability of members or limited partners for the obligations of a limited liability company or limited partnership have not been clearly established in many jurisdictions. If, by virtue of our ownership interest in our operating company or otherwise, it were determined that we were conducting business in any state without compliance with the applicable limited partnership or limited liability company statute, or that the right or exercise of the right by the limited partners as a group to remove or replace our general partner, to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement, or to take other action under our partnership agreement constituted "participation in the control" of our business for purposes of the statutes of any relevant jurisdiction, then the limited partners could be held personally liable for our obligations under the law of that jurisdiction to the same extent as our general partner under the circumstances. We will operate in a manner that our general partner considers reasonable and necessary or appropriate to preserve the limited liability of the limited partners.


Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests

        Our partnership agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited number of additional partnership interests for the consideration and on the terms and conditions determined by our general partner without the approval of the unitholders.

        It is possible that we will fund acquisitions through the issuance of additional common units, subordinated units or other partnership interests. Holders of any additional common units we issue will be entitled to share equally with the then-existing holders of common units in our distributions of available cash. In addition, the issuance of additional common units or other partnership interests may dilute the value of the interests of the then-existing holders of common units in our net assets.

        In accordance with Delaware law and the provisions of our partnership agreement, we may also issue additional partnership interests that, as determined by our general partner, may have special voting rights to which the common units are not entitled. In addition, our partnership agreement does not prohibit our subsidiaries from issuing equity securities, which may effectively rank senior to the common units.

        Upon issuance of additional partnership interests (other than the issuance of common units upon exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional common units, the issuance of common units upon conversion of outstanding subordinated units or the issuance of common units upon a reset of the incentive distribution rights) our general partner will be entitled, but not required, to make additional capital contributions to the extent necessary to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest in us. Our general partner's 2.0% interest in us will be reduced if we issue additional units in the future (other than in those circumstances described above) and our general partner does not contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest. Moreover, our general partner will have the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates, to purchase common units, subordinated units or other partnership interests whenever, and on the same terms that, we issue those interests to persons other than our general partner and its affiliates and beneficial owners, to the extent necessary to maintain the percentage interest of the general partner and its affiliates, including such interest represented by common and subordinated units, that existed immediately prior to each issuance. The holders of common units will not have preemptive rights under our partnership agreement to acquire additional common units or other partnership interests.

146


Table of Contents


Amendment of the Partnership Agreement

        General.    Amendments to our partnership agreement may be proposed only by or with the consent of our general partner. However, our general partner will have no duty or obligation to propose any amendment and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners. In order to adopt a proposed amendment, other than the amendments discussed below, our general partner is required to seek written approval of the holders of the number of units required to approve the amendment or to call a meeting of the limited partners to consider and vote upon the proposed amendment. Except as described below, an amendment must be approved by a unit majority.

        Prohibited amendments.    No amendment may be made that would:

        The provision of our partnership agreement preventing the amendments having the effects described in the clauses above can be amended upon the approval of the holders of at least 90.0% of the outstanding units, voting as a single class (including units owned by our general partner and its affiliates). Upon completion of the offering, affiliates of our general partner will own approximately          % of our outstanding common and subordinated units.

        No unitholder approval.    Our general partner may generally make amendments to our partnership agreement without the approval of any limited partner to reflect:

147


Table of Contents

        In addition, our general partner may make amendments to our partnership agreement, without the approval of any limited partner, if our general partner determines that those amendments:

        Opinion of counsel and unitholder approval.    Any amendment that our general partner determines adversely affects in any material respect one or more particular classes of limited partners will require the approval of at least a majority of the class or classes so affected, but no vote will be required by any class or classes of limited partners that our general partner determines are not adversely affected in any material respect. Any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any type or class of outstanding units in relation to other classes of units will require the approval of at least a majority of the type or class of units so affected. Any amendment that reduces the voting percentage required to take any action, other than to remove the general partner or call a meeting, is required to be approved by the affirmative vote of limited partners whose aggregate outstanding units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced. Any amendment that increases the voting percentage required to remove the general partner or call a meeting of unitholders must be approved by the affirmative vote of limited partners whose aggregate outstanding units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be increased. For amendments of the type not requiring unitholder approval, our general partner will not be required to obtain an opinion of counsel that an amendment will neither result in a loss of limited liability to the limited partners nor result in our being treated as a taxable entity for federal income tax purposes in connection with any of the amendments. No other amendments to our partnership agreement will become effective without the approval of holders of at least 90% of the outstanding units, voting as a single class, unless we first obtain an opinion of counsel to the effect that the amendment will not affect the limited liability under applicable law of any of our limited partners.

148


Table of Contents


Merger, Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets

        A merger, consolidation or conversion of us requires the prior consent of our general partner. However, our general partner will have no duty or obligation to consent to any merger, consolidation or conversion and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interest of us or the limited partners.

        In addition, our partnership agreement generally prohibits our general partner, without the prior approval of the holders of a unit majority, from causing us to sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions. Our general partner may, however, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of our assets without such approval. Our general partner may also sell all or substantially all of our assets under a foreclosure or other realization upon those encumbrances without such approval. Finally, our general partner may consummate any merger without the prior approval of our unitholders if we are the surviving entity in the transaction, our general partner has received an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters, the transaction would not result in a material amendment to the partnership agreement (other than an amendment that the general partner could adopt without the consent of the limited partners), each of our units will be an identical unit of our partnership following the transaction and the partnership interests to be issued do not exceed 20% of our outstanding partnership interests (other than the incentive distribution rights) immediately prior to the transaction.

        If the conditions specified in our partnership agreement are satisfied, our general partner may convert us or any of our subsidiaries into a new limited liability entity or merge us or any of our subsidiaries into, or convey all of our assets to, a newly formed entity, if the sole purpose of that conversion, merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in our legal form into another limited liability entity, our general partner has received an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters and the governing instruments of the new entity provide the limited partners and our general partner with the same rights and obligations as contained in our partnership agreement. Our unitholders are not entitled to dissenters' rights of appraisal under our partnership agreement or applicable Delaware law in the event of a conversion, merger or consolidation, a sale of substantially all of our assets or any other similar transaction or event.


Dissolution

        We will continue as a limited partnership until dissolved under our partnership agreement. We will dissolve upon:

149


Table of Contents

        Upon a dissolution under the last clause above, the holders of a unit majority may also elect, within specific time limitations, to continue our business on the same terms and conditions described in our partnership agreement by appointing as a successor general partner an entity approved by the holders of units representing a unit majority, subject to our receipt of an opinion of counsel to the effect that:


Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds

        Upon our dissolution, unless our business is continued, the liquidator authorized to wind up our affairs will, acting with all of the powers of our general partner that are necessary or appropriate, liquidate our assets and apply the proceeds of the liquidation as described in "Provisions of our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation." The liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of our assets for a reasonable period of time or distribute assets to partners in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to our partners.


Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner

        Except as described below, our general partner has agreed not to withdraw voluntarily as our general partner prior to December 31, 2021 without obtaining the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and furnishing an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. On or after December 31, 2021, our general partner may withdraw as general partner without first obtaining approval of any unitholder by giving 90 days' written notice, and that withdrawal will not constitute a violation of our partnership agreement. Notwithstanding the information above, our general partner may withdraw without unitholder approval upon 90 days' notice to the limited partners if at least 50% of the outstanding common units are held or controlled by one person and its affiliates, other than our general partner and its affiliates. In addition, our partnership agreement permits our general partner, in some instances, to sell or otherwise transfer all of its general partner interest in us without the approval of the unitholders. Please read "—Transfer of General Partner Interest" and "—Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights."

        Upon withdrawal of our general partner under any circumstances, other than as a result of a transfer by our general partner of all or a part of its general partner interest in us, the holders of a unit majority may select a successor to that withdrawing general partner. If a successor is not elected, or is elected but an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters cannot be obtained, we will be dissolved, wound up and liquidated, unless within a specified period after that withdrawal, the holders of a unit majority agree in writing to continue our business and to appoint a successor general partner. Please read "—Dissolution."

        Our general partner may not be removed unless that removal is approved by the vote of the holders of not less than 662/3% of the outstanding units, voting together as a single class, including units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and we receive an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. Any removal of our general partner is also subject to the approval of a successor general partner by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units, voting as a class, and the outstanding subordinated units, voting as a class. The ownership of more than 331/3% of the outstanding units by our general partner and its affiliates gives them the ability to prevent

150


Table of Contents


our general partner's removal. At the closing of this offering, affiliates of our general partner will own      % of our outstanding common and subordinated units.

        Our partnership agreement also provides that if our general partner is removed as our general partner under circumstances where cause does not exist:

        In the event of the removal of our general partner under circumstances where cause exists or withdrawal of our general partner where that withdrawal violates our partnership agreement, a successor general partner will have the option to purchase the general partner interest and incentive distribution rights of the departing general partner for a cash payment equal to the fair market value of those interests. Under all other circumstances where our general partner withdraws or is removed by the limited partners, the departing general partner will have the option to require the successor general partner to purchase the general partner interest and the incentive distribution rights of the departing general partner or its affiliates for fair market value. In each case, this fair market value will be determined by agreement between the departing general partner and the successor general partner. If no agreement is reached, an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the departing general partner and the successor general partner will determine the fair market value. Or, if the departing general partner and the successor general partner cannot agree upon an expert, then an expert chosen by agreement of the experts selected by each of them will determine the fair market value.

        If the option described above is not exercised by either the departing general partner or the successor general partner, the departing general partner's general partner interest and all of its or its affiliates' incentive distribution rights will automatically convert into common units equal to the fair market value of those interests as determined by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected in the manner described in the preceding paragraph.

        In addition, we will be required to reimburse the departing general partner for all amounts due the departing general partner, including, without limitation, all employee-related liabilities, including severance liabilities incurred as a result of the termination of any employees employed for our benefit by the departing general partner or its affiliates.


Registration Rights

        Under our partnership agreement, we have agreed to register for resale under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws any common units, subordinated units, or other partnership securities proposed to be sold by our general partner or any of its affiliates or their assignees if an exemption from the registration requirements is not otherwise available. These registration rights continue for two years following any withdrawal or removal of USA Compression GP, LLC as our general partner. We are obligated to pay all expenses incidental to the registration, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions. Please read "Units Eligible for Future Sale."


Transfer of General Partner Interest

        Except for transfer by our general partner of all, but not less than all, of its general partner interest to:

151


Table of Contents

our general partner may not transfer all or any of its general partner interest to another person prior to December 31, 2021 without the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates. As a condition of this transfer, the transferee must, among other things, assume the rights and duties of our general partner, agree to be bound by the provisions of our partnership agreement and furnish an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters.

        Our general partner and its affiliates may, at any time, transfer common units or subordinated units to one or more persons, without unitholder approval, except that they may not transfer subordinated units to us.


Transfer of Ownership Interests in the General Partner

        At any time, the owners of our general partner may sell or transfer all or part their ownership interests in our general partner to an affiliate or a third party without the approval of our unitholders.


Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights

        Our general partner or its affiliates or a subsequent holder may (i) transfer its incentive distribution rights to an affiliate of the holder (other than an individual) or another entity as part of the merger or consolidation of such holder with or into another entity, the sale of all of the ownership interests in such holder or the sale of all or substantially all of such holder's assets to that entity or (ii) pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, encumber, grant a lien, collateralize, or grant a security interest in the incentive distribution rights in favor of a person providing bona-fide debt financing to such holder as security or collateral for such debt financing and the transfer of incentive distribution rights in connection with exercise of any remedy of such person in connection therewith, without the prior approval of the unitholders. Prior to December 31, 2021, any other transfer of incentive distribution rights will require the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates. On or after December 31, 2021, the incentive distribution rights will be freely transferable.


Change of Management Provisions

        Our partnership agreement contains specific provisions that are intended to discourage a person or group from attempting to remove USA Compression GP, LLC as our general partner or from otherwise changing our management. Please read "—Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner" for a discussion of certain consequences of the removal of our general partner. If any person or group, other than our general partner and its affiliates, acquires beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units, that person or group loses voting rights on all of its units. This loss of voting rights does not apply in certain circumstances. Please read "—Meetings; Voting."


Limited Call Right

        If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80% of the then-issued and outstanding limited partner interests of any class, our general partner will have the right, which it may assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates or beneficial owners thereof or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the limited partner interests of the class held by unaffiliated persons as of a record

152


Table of Contents


date to be selected by our general partner, on at least 10, but not more than 60, days notice. The purchase price in the event of this purchase is the greater of:

        As a result of our general partner's right to purchase outstanding limited partner interests, a holder of limited partner interests may have his limited partner interests purchased at an undesirable time or a price that may be lower than market prices at various times prior to such purchase or lower than a unitholder may anticipate the market price to be in the future. The tax consequences to a unitholder of the exercise of this call right are the same as a sale by that unitholder of his common units in the market. Please read "Material Federal Income Tax Consequences—Disposition of Common Units."


Non-Citizen Assignees; Redemption

        If our general partner, with the advice of counsel, determines we are subject to U.S. federal, state or local laws or regulations that, in the reasonable determination of our general partner, create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property that we have an interest in because of the nationality, citizenship or other related status of any limited partner, then our general partner may adopt such amendments to our partnership agreement as it determines necessary or advisable to:


Non-Taxpaying Assignees; Redemption

        In the event any rates that we charge our customers become regulated by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, to avoid any adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates chargeable to customers by us, or in order to reverse an adverse determination that has occurred regarding such maximum rate, our partnership agreement provides our general partner the power to amend the agreement. If our general partner, with the advice of counsel, determines that our not being treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, coupled with the tax status (or lack of proof thereof) of one or more of our limited partners, has, or is reasonably likely to have, a material adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates chargeable to customers by us, then our general partner may adopt such amendments to our partnership agreement as it determines necessary or advisable to:

153


Table of Contents


Meetings; Voting

        Except as described below regarding certain persons or groups owning 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, record holders of units on the record date will be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, meetings of our limited partners and to act upon matters for which approvals may be solicited.

        Our general partner does not anticipate that any meeting of our unitholders will be called in the foreseeable future. Any action that is required or permitted to be taken by the unitholders may be taken either at a meeting of the unitholders or without a meeting, if consents in writing describing the action so taken are signed by holders of the number of units necessary to authorize or take that action at a meeting. Meetings of the unitholders may be called by our general partner or by unitholders owning at least 20% of the outstanding units of the class for which a meeting is proposed. Unitholders may vote either in person or by proxy at meetings. The holders of a majority of the outstanding units of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called, represented in person or by proxy, will constitute a quorum, unless any action by the unitholders requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of the units, in which case the quorum will be the greater percentage.

        Each record holder of a unit has a vote according to his percentage interest in us, although additional limited partner interests having special voting rights could be issued. Please read "—Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests." However, if at any time any person or group, other than our general partner and its affiliates, or a direct or subsequently approved (at the time of transfer) transferee of our general partner or its affiliates and purchasers specifically approved by our general partner in its sole discretion, acquires, in the aggregate, beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, that person or group will lose voting rights on all of its units and the units may not be voted on any matter and will not be considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes. Common units held in nominee or street name account will be voted by the broker or other nominee in accordance with the instruction of the beneficial owner unless the arrangement between the beneficial owner and his nominee provides otherwise. Except as our partnership agreement otherwise provides, subordinated units will vote together with common units, as a single class.

        Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy material required or permitted to be given or made to record holders of common units under our partnership agreement will be delivered to the record holder by us or by the transfer agent.


Status as Limited Partner

        By transfer of common units in accordance with our partnership agreement, each transferee of common units shall be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred when such transfer and admission are reflected in our books and records. Except as described under "—Limited Liability," the common units will be fully paid, and unitholders will not be required to make additional contributions.


Indemnification

        Under our partnership agreement, in most circumstances, we will indemnify the following persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against all losses, claims, damages or similar events:

154


Table of Contents

We must provide this indemnification unless there has been a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that these persons acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct. We must also provide this indemnification for criminal proceedings unless our general partner or these other persons acted with knowledge that their conduct was unlawful.

        Any indemnification under these provisions will only be out of our assets. Unless our general partner otherwise agrees, it will not be personally liable for, or have any obligation to contribute or lend funds or assets to us to enable us to effectuate, indemnification. We may purchase insurance against liabilities asserted against and expenses incurred by persons for our activities, regardless of whether we would have the power to indemnify the person against liabilities under our partnership agreement.


Reimbursement of Expenses

        Our partnership agreement requires us to reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all expenses they incur or payments they make on our behalf. These expenses include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to persons who perform services for us or on our behalf and expenses allocated to our general partner by its affiliates. Our general partner is entitled to determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us.


Books and Reports

        Our general partner is required to keep appropriate books of our business at our principal offices. These books will be maintained for both tax and financial reporting purposes on an accrual basis. For tax and fiscal reporting purposes, our fiscal year is the calendar year.

        We will furnish or make available to record holders of our common units, within 90 days (or such shorter time as required by SEC rules) after the close of each fiscal year, an annual report containing audited consolidated financial statements and a report on those consolidated financial statements by our independent public accountants. Except for our fourth quarter, we will also furnish or make available summary financial information within 45 days (or such shorter time as required by SEC rules) after the close of each quarter. We will be deemed to have made any such report available if we file such report with the SEC on EDGAR or make the report available on a publicly available website which we maintain.

        We will furnish each record holder with information reasonably required for federal and state tax reporting purposes within 90 days after the close of each calendar year. This information is expected to be furnished in summary form so that some complex calculations normally required of partners can be avoided. Our ability to furnish this summary information to our unitholders will depend on their cooperation in supplying us with specific information. Every unitholder will receive information to assist him in determining his federal and state tax liability and in filing his federal and state income tax returns, regardless of whether he supplies us with the necessary information.

155


Table of Contents


Right to Inspect Our Books and Records

        Our partnership agreement provides that a limited partner can, for a purpose reasonably related to his interest as a limited partner, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand and at his own expense, have furnished to him:

        Our general partner may, and intends to, keep confidential from the limited partners trade secrets or other information the disclosure of which our general partner believes in good faith is not in our best interests or that we are required by law or by agreements with third parties to keep confidential.

156


Table of Contents


UNITS ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        After the sale of the common units offered hereby, USA Compression Holdings will hold an aggregate of            common units and                         subordinated units. All of the subordinated units will convert into common units at the end of the subordination period and some may convert earlier. The sale of these units could have an adverse impact on the price of the common units or on any trading market that may develop.

        The common units sold in the offering will generally be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any common units owned by an "affiliate" of ours may not be resold publicly except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or under an exemption under Rule 144 or otherwise. Rule 144 permits securities acquired by an affiliate of the issuer to be sold into the market in an amount that does not exceed, during any three-month period, the greater of:

        Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to specific manner of sale provisions, holding period requirements, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. A person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned his common units for at least six months (provided we are in compliance with the current public information requirement) or one year (regardless of whether we are in compliance with the current public information requirement), would be entitled to sell common units under Rule 144 without regard to the rule's public information requirements, volume limitations, manner of sale provisions and notice requirements.

        Our partnership agreement does not restrict our ability to issue additional partnership securities. Any issuance of additional common units or other equity securities would result in a corresponding decrease in the proportionate ownership interest in us represented by, and could adversely affect the cash distributions to and market price of, our common units then outstanding. Please read "The Partnership Agreement—Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests."

        In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with USA Compression Holdings pursuant to which we will grant USA Compression Holdings certain demand and "piggyback" registration rights. Under the registration rights agreement, USA Compression Holdings will generally have the right to require us to file a registration statement for the public sale of all of the partnership securities in the partnership owned by it. In addition, if we sell any partnership securities in a registered underwritten offering, USA Compression Holdings will have the right, subject to specified limitations, to include its partnership securities in that offering. We will pay all expenses relating to any demand or piggyback registration, except for underwriters or brokers' commission or discounts.

        USA Compression Holdings, our partnership, our general partner and its affiliates, including their respective executive officers and directors, have agreed not to sell any common units they beneficially own for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions.

157


Table of Contents


MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

        This section is a summary of the material tax considerations that may be relevant to prospective unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the U.S. and, unless otherwise noted in the following discussion, is the opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel to our general partner and us, insofar as it relates to legal conclusions with respect to matters of U.S. federal income tax law. This section is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Internal Revenue Code"), existing and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code (the "Treasury Regulations") and current administrative rulings and court decisions, all of which are subject to change. Later changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences to vary substantially from the consequences described below. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to "us", "we" or "USA Compression" are references to USA Compression Partners, LP and our operating subsidiaries.

        The following discussion does not comment on all federal income tax matters affecting us or our unitholders. Moreover, the discussion focuses on unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the U.S. and has only limited application to corporations, estates, trusts, nonresident aliens or other unitholders subject to specialized tax treatment, such as tax-exempt institutions, foreign persons, IRAs, real estate investment trusts (REITs) or mutual funds. In addition, the discussion only comments, to a limited extent, on state, local and foreign tax consequences. Accordingly, we encourage each prospective unitholder to consult his own tax advisor in analyzing the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences particular to him of the ownership or disposition of common units.

        No ruling has been or will be requested from the IRS regarding any matter affecting us or prospective unitholders. Instead, we will rely on opinions of Latham & Watkins LLP. Unlike a ruling, an opinion of counsel represents only that counsel's best legal judgment and does not bind the IRS or the courts. Accordingly, the opinions and statements made herein may not be sustained by a court if contested by the IRS. Any contest of this sort with the IRS may materially and adversely impact the market for the common units and the prices at which common units trade. In addition, the costs of any contest with the IRS, principally legal, accounting and related fees, will result in a reduction in cash available for distribution to our unitholders and our general partner and thus will be borne indirectly by our unitholders and our general partner. Furthermore, the tax treatment of us, or of an investment in us, may be significantly modified by future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions. Any modifications may or may not be retroactively applied.

        All statements as to matters of federal income tax law and legal conclusions with respect thereto, but not as to factual matters, contained in this section, unless otherwise noted, are the opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP and are based on the accuracy of the representations made by us.

        For the reasons described below, Latham & Watkins LLP has not rendered an opinion with respect to the following specific federal income tax issues: (i) the treatment of a unitholder whose common units are loaned to a short seller to cover a short sale of common units (please read "—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Treatment of Short Sales"); (ii) whether our monthly convention for allocating taxable income and losses is permitted by existing Treasury Regulations (please read "—Disposition of Common Units—Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees"); and (iii) whether our method for depreciating Section 743 adjustments is sustainable in certain cases (please read "—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election" and "—Uniformity of Units" beginning).


Partnership Status

        A partnership is not a taxable entity and incurs no federal income tax liability. Instead, each partner of a partnership is required to take into account his share of items of income, gain, loss and deduction of the partnership in computing his federal income tax liability, regardless of whether cash

158


Table of Contents


distributions are made to him by the partnership. Distributions by a partnership to a partner are generally not taxable to the partnership or the partner unless the amount of cash distributed to him is in excess of the partner's adjusted basis in his partnership interest. Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code provides that publicly traded partnerships will, as a general rule, be taxed as corporations. However, an exception, referred to as the "Qualifying Income Exception," exists with respect to publicly traded partnerships of which 90% or more of the gross income for every taxable year consists of "qualifying income." Qualifying income includes income and gains derived from the production, transportation, processing and storage of crude oil, natural gas and products thereof. Other types of qualifying income include interest (other than from a financial business), dividends, gains from the sale of real property and gains from the sale or other disposition of capital assets held for the production of income that otherwise constitutes qualifying income. We estimate that less than        % of our current gross income is not qualifying income; however, this estimate could change from time to time. Based upon and subject to this estimate, the factual representations made by us and our general partner and a review of the applicable legal authorities, Latham & Watkins LLP is of the opinion that at least 90% of our current gross income constitutes qualifying income. The portion of our income that is qualifying income may change from time to time.

        No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS and the IRS has made no determination as to our status or the status of our operating subsidiaries for federal income tax purposes or whether our operations generate "qualifying income" under Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code. Instead, we will rely on the opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP on such matters. It is the opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP that, based upon the Internal Revenue Code, its regulations, published revenue rulings and court decisions and the representations described below that:

        In rendering its opinion, Latham & Watkins LLP has relied on factual representations made by us and our general partner. The representations made by us and our general partner upon which Latham & Watkins LLP has relied include:

        If we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, other than a failure that is determined by the IRS to be inadvertent and that is cured within a reasonable time after discovery (in which case the IRS may also require us to make adjustments with respect to our unitholders or pay other amounts), we will be treated as if we had transferred all of our assets, subject to liabilities, to a newly formed corporation, on the first day of the year in which we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, in return for stock in that corporation, and then distributed that stock to the unitholders in liquidation of their interests in us. This deemed contribution and liquidation should be tax-free to unitholders and us so long as we, at that time, do not have liabilities in excess of the tax basis of our assets. Thereafter, we would be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.

        If we were taxed as a corporation in any taxable year, either as a result of a failure to meet the Qualifying Income Exception or otherwise, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction would be reflected only on our tax return rather than being passed through to our unitholders, and our net

159


Table of Contents


income would be taxed to us at corporate rates. In addition, any distribution made to a unitholder would be treated as taxable dividend income, to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, or, in the absence of earnings and profits, a nontaxable return of capital, to the extent of the unitholder's tax basis in his common units, or taxable capital gain, after the unitholder's tax basis in his common units is reduced to zero. Accordingly, taxation as a corporation would result in a material reduction in a unitholder's cash flow and after-tax return and thus would likely result in a substantial reduction of the value of the units.

        The discussion below is based on Latham & Watkins LLP's opinion that we will be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.


Limited Partner Status

        Unitholders of USA Compression will be treated as partners of USA Compression for federal income tax purposes. Also, unitholders whose common units are held in street name or by a nominee and who have the right to direct the nominee in the exercise of all substantive rights attendant to the ownership of their common units will be treated as partners of USA Compression for federal income tax purposes.

        A beneficial owner of common units whose units have been transferred to a short seller to complete a short sale would appear to lose his status as a partner with respect to those units for federal income tax purposes. Please read "—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Treatment of Short Sales."

        Income, gain, deductions or losses would not appear to be reportable by a unitholder who is not a partner for federal income tax purposes, and any cash distributions received by a unitholder who is not a partner for federal income tax purposes would therefore appear to be fully taxable as ordinary income. These holders are urged to consult their tax advisors with respect to their tax consequences of holding common units in USA Compression. The references to "unitholders" in the discussion that follows are to persons who are treated as partners in USA Compression for federal income tax purposes.


Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership

        Subject to the discussion below under "—Entity-Level Collections", we will not pay any federal income tax. Instead, each unitholder will be required to report on his income tax return his share of our income, gains, losses and deductions without regard to whether we make cash distributions to him. Consequently, we may allocate income to a unitholder even if he has not received a cash distribution. Each unitholder will be required to include in income his allocable share of our income, gains, losses and deductions for our taxable year ending with or within his taxable year. Our taxable year ends on December 31.

        Distributions by us to a unitholder generally will not be taxable to the unitholder for federal income tax purposes, except to the extent the amount of any such cash distribution exceeds his tax basis in his common units immediately before the distribution. Our cash distributions in excess of a unitholder's tax basis generally will be considered to be gain from the sale or exchange of the common units, taxable in accordance with the rules described under "—Disposition of Common Units." Any reduction in a unitholder's share of our liabilities for which no partner, including the general partner, bears the economic risk of loss, known as "nonrecourse liabilities," will be treated as a distribution by us of cash to that unitholder. To the extent our distributions cause a unitholder's "at-risk" amount to

160


Table of Contents

be less than zero at the end of any taxable year, he must recapture any losses deducted in previous years. Please read "—Limitations on Deductibility of Losses."

        A decrease in a unitholder's percentage interest in us because of our issuance of additional common units will decrease his share of our nonrecourse liabilities, and thus will result in a corresponding deemed distribution of cash. This deemed distribution may constitute a non-pro rata distribution. A non-pro rata distribution of money or property may result in ordinary income to a unitholder, regardless of his tax basis in his common units, if the distribution reduces the unitholder's share of our "unrealized receivables," including depreciation recapture and/or substantially appreciated "inventory items," each as defined in the Internal Revenue Code, and collectively, "Section 751 Assets." To that extent, the unitholder will be treated as having been distributed his proportionate share of the Section 751 Assets and then having exchanged those assets with us in return for the non-pro rata portion of the actual distribution made to him. This latter deemed exchange will generally result in the unitholder's realization of ordinary income, which will equal the excess of (i) the non-pro rata portion of that distribution over (ii) the unitholder's tax basis (generally zero) for the share of Section 751 Assets deemed relinquished in the exchange.

        We estimate that a purchaser of common units in this offering who owns those common units from the date of closing of this offering through the record date for distributions for the period ending December 31, 2014, will be allocated, on a cumulative basis, an amount of federal taxable income for that period that will be             % or less of the cash distributed with respect to that period. Thereafter, we anticipate that the ratio of allocable taxable income to cash distributions to the unitholders will increase. These estimates are based upon the assumption that gross income from operations will approximate the amount required to make the minimum quarterly distribution on all units and other assumptions with respect to capital expenditures, cash flow, net working capital and anticipated cash distributions. These estimates and assumptions are subject to, among other things, numerous business, economic, regulatory, legislative, competitive and political uncertainties beyond our control. Further, the estimates are based on current tax law and tax reporting positions that we will adopt and with which the IRS could disagree. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that these estimates will prove to be correct. The actual percentage of distributions that will constitute taxable income could be higher or lower than expected, and any differences could be material and could materially affect the value of the common units. For example, the ratio of allocable taxable income to cash distributions to a purchaser of common units in this offering will be greater, and perhaps substantially greater, than our estimate with respect to the period described above if:

        A unitholder's initial tax basis for his common units will be the amount he paid for the common units plus his share of our nonrecourse liabilities. That basis will be increased by his share of our income and by any increases in his share of our nonrecourse liabilities. That basis will be decreased, but not below zero, by distributions from us, by the unitholder's share of our losses, by any decreases in

161


Table of Contents

his share of our nonrecourse liabilities and by his share of our expenditures that are not deductible in computing taxable income and are not required to be capitalized. A unitholder will have no share of our debt that is recourse to our general partner to the extent of the general partner's "net value" as defined in regulations under Section 752 of the Internal Revenue Code, but will have a share, generally based on his share of profits, of our nonrecourse liabilities. Please read "—Disposition of Common Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss."

        The deduction by a unitholder of his share of our losses will be limited to the tax basis in his units and, in the case of an individual unitholder, estate, trust, or corporate unitholder (if more than 50% of the value of the corporate unitholder's stock is owned directly or indirectly by or for five or fewer individuals or some tax-exempt organizations) to the amount for which the unitholder is considered to be "at risk" with respect to our activities, if that is less than his tax basis. A unitholder subject to these limitations must recapture losses deducted in previous years to the extent that distributions cause his at-risk amount to be less than zero at the end of any taxable year. Losses disallowed to a unitholder or recaptured as a result of these limitations will carry forward and will be allowable as a deduction to the extent that his at-risk amount is subsequently increased, provided such losses do not exceed such common unitholder's tax basis in his common units. Upon the taxable disposition of a unit, any gain recognized by a unitholder can be offset by losses that were previously suspended by the at-risk limitation but may not be offset by losses suspended by the basis limitation. Any loss previously suspended by the at-risk limitation in excess of that gain would no longer be utilizable.

        In general, a unitholder will be at risk to the extent of the tax basis of his units, excluding any portion of that basis attributable to his share of our nonrecourse liabilities, reduced by (i) any portion of that basis representing amounts otherwise protected against loss because of a guarantee, stop loss agreement or other similar arrangement and (ii) any amount of money he borrows to acquire or hold his units, if the lender of those borrowed funds owns an interest in us, is related to the unitholder or can look only to the units for repayment. A unitholder's at-risk amount will increase or decrease as the tax basis of the unitholder's units increases or decreases, other than tax basis increases or decreases attributable to increases or decreases in his share of our nonrecourse liabilities.

        In addition to the basis and at-risk limitations on the deductibility of losses, the passive loss limitations generally provide that individuals, estates, trusts and some closely-held corporations and personal service corporations can deduct losses from passive activities, which are generally trade or business activities in which the taxpayer does not materially participate, only to the extent of the taxpayer's income from those passive activities. The passive loss limitations are applied separately with respect to each publicly traded partnership. Consequently, any passive losses we generate will only be available to offset our passive income generated in the future and will not be available to offset income from other passive activities or investments, including our investments or a unitholder's investments in other publicly traded partnerships, or salary or active business income. Passive losses that are not deductible because they exceed a unitholder's share of income we generate may be deducted in full when he disposes of his entire investment in us in a fully taxable transaction with an unrelated party. The passive loss limitations are applied after other applicable limitations on deductions, including the at-risk rules and the basis limitation.

        A unitholder's share of our net income may be offset by any of our suspended passive losses, but it may not be offset by any other current or carryover losses from other passive activities, including those attributable to other publicly traded partnerships.

162


Table of Contents

        The deductibility of a non-corporate taxpayer's "investment interest expense" is generally limited to the amount of that taxpayer's "net investment income." Investment interest expense includes:

        The computation of a unitholder's investment interest expense will take into account interest on any margin account borrowing or other loan incurred to purchase or carry a unit. Net investment income includes gross income from property held for investment and amounts treated as portfolio income under the passive loss rules, less deductible expenses, other than interest, directly connected with the production of investment income, but generally does not include gains attributable to the disposition of property held for investment or (if applicable) qualified dividend income. The IRS has indicated that the net passive income earned by a publicly traded partnership will be treated as investment income to its unitholders. In addition, the unitholder's share of our portfolio income will be treated as investment income.

        If we are required or elect under applicable law to pay any federal, state, local or foreign income tax on behalf of any unitholder or our general partner or any former unitholder, we are authorized to pay those taxes from our funds. That payment, if made, will be treated as a distribution of cash to the unitholder on whose behalf the payment was made. If the payment is made on behalf of a person whose identity cannot be determined, we are authorized to treat the payment as a distribution to all current unitholders. We are authorized to amend our partnership agreement in the manner necessary to maintain uniformity of intrinsic tax characteristics of units and to adjust later distributions, so that after giving effect to these distributions, the priority and characterization of distributions otherwise applicable under our partnership agreement is maintained as nearly as is practicable. Payments by us as described above could give rise to an overpayment of tax on behalf of an individual unitholder in which event the unitholder would be required to file a claim in order to obtain a credit or refund.

        In general, if we have a net profit, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated among our general partner and the unitholders in accordance with their percentage interests in us. At any time that distributions are made to the common units in excess of distributions to the subordinated units, or incentive distributions are made to our general partner, gross income will be allocated to the recipients to the extent of these distributions. If we have a net loss, that loss will be allocated first to our general partner and the unitholders in accordance with their percentage interests in us to the extent of their positive capital accounts and, second, to our general partner.

        Specified items of our income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated to account for (i) any difference between the tax basis and fair market value of our assets at the time of an offering and (ii) any difference between the tax basis and fair market value of any property contributed to us by the general partner and its affiliates that exists at the time of such contribution, together referred to in this discussion as the "Contributed Property." The effect of these allocations, referred to as Section 704(c) Allocations, to a unitholder purchasing common units from us in this offering will be essentially the same as if the tax bases of our assets were equal to their fair market values at the time of this offering. In the event we issue additional common units or engage in certain other transactions in the future, "reverse Section 704(c) Allocations," similar to the Section 704(c) Allocations described above, will be

163


Table of Contents


made to the general partner and all of our unitholders immediately prior to such issuance or other transactions to account for the difference between the "book" basis for purposes of maintaining capital accounts and the fair market value of all property held by us at the time of such issuance or future transaction. In addition, items of recapture income will be allocated to the extent possible to the unitholder who was allocated the deduction giving rise to the treatment of that gain as recapture income in order to minimize the recognition of ordinary income by some unitholders. Finally, although we do not expect that our operations will result in the creation of negative capital accounts, if negative capital accounts nevertheless result, items of our income and gain will be allocated in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate the negative balance as quickly as possible.

        An allocation of items of our income, gain, loss or deduction, other than an allocation required by the Internal Revenue Code to eliminate the difference between a partner's "book" capital account, credited with the fair market value of Contributed Property, and "tax" capital account, credited with the tax basis of Contributed Property, referred to in this discussion as the "Book-Tax Disparity," will generally be given effect for federal income tax purposes in determining a partner's share of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction only if the allocation has "substantial economic effect." In any other case, a partner's share of an item will be determined on the basis of his interest in us, which will be determined by taking into account all the facts and circumstances, including:

        Latham & Watkins LLP is of the opinion that, with the exception of the issues described in "—Section 754 Election" and "—Disposition of Common Units—Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees," allocations under our partnership agreement will be given effect for federal income tax purposes in determining a partner's share of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction.

        A unitholder whose units are loaned to a "short seller" to cover a short sale of units may be considered as having disposed of those units. If so, he would no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those units during the period of the loan and may recognize gain or loss from the disposition. As a result, during this period:

        Because there is no direct or indirect controlling authority on the issue relating to partnership interests, Latham & Watkins LLP has not rendered an opinion regarding the tax treatment of a unitholder whose common units are loaned to a short seller to cover a short sale of common units; therefore, unitholders desiring to assure their status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition from a loan to a short seller are urged to modify any applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from borrowing and loaning their units. The IRS has previously announced that it is studying issues relating to the tax treatment of short sales of partnership interests. Please also read "—Disposition of Common Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss."

164


Table of Contents

        Each unitholder will be required to take into account his distributive share of any items of our income, gain, loss or deduction for purposes of the alternative minimum tax. The current minimum tax rate for non-corporate taxpayers is 26% on the first $175,000 of alternative minimum taxable income in excess of the exemption amount and 28% on any additional alternative minimum taxable income. Prospective unitholders are urged to consult with their tax advisors as to the impact of an investment in units on their liability for the alternative minimum tax.

        Under current law, the highest marginal U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income of individuals is 35% and the highest marginal U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to long-term capital gains (generally, capital gains on certain assets held for more than twelve months) of individuals is 15%. However, absent new legislation extending the current rates, these rates are scheduled to sunset after December 31, 2012, at which time the highest marginal U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income and long-term capital gains of individuals will increase to 39.6% and 20%, respectively. Moreover, these rates are subject to change by new legislation at any time.

        The recently enacted Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 is scheduled to impose a 3.8% Medicare tax on certain net investment income earned by individuals, estates and trusts for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. For these purposes, net investment income generally includes a unitholder's allocable share of our income and gain realized by a unitholder from a sale of units. In the case of an individual, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of (i) the unitholder's net investment income or (ii) the amount by which the unitholder's modified adjusted gross income exceeds $250,000 (if the unitholder is married and filing jointly or a surviving spouse), $125,000 (if the unitholder is married and filing separately) or $200,000 (in any other case). In the case of an estate or trust, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of (i) undistributed net investment income, or (ii) the excess adjusted gross income over the dollar amount at which the highest income tax bracket applicable to an estate or trust begins.

        We will make the election permitted by Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code. That election is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS unless there is a constructive termination of the partnership. Please read "—Disposition of Common Units—Constructive Termination". The election will generally permit us to adjust a common unit purchaser's tax basis in our assets ("inside basis") under Section 743(b) of the Internal Revenue Code to reflect his purchase price. This election does not apply with respect to a person who purchases common units directly from us. The Section 743(b) adjustment belongs to the purchaser and not to other unitholders. For purposes of this discussion, the inside basis in our assets with respect to a unitholder will be considered to have two components: (i) his share of our tax basis in our assets ("common basis") and (ii) his Section 743(b) adjustment to that basis.

        We will adopt the remedial allocation method as to all our properties. Where the remedial allocation method is adopted, the Treasury Regulations under Section 743 of the Internal Revenue Code require a portion of the Section 743(b) adjustment that is attributable to recovery property that is subject to depreciation under Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code and whose book basis is in excess of its tax basis to be depreciated over the remaining cost recovery period for the property's unamortized Book-Tax Disparity. Under Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6), a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to property subject to depreciation under Section 167 of the Internal Revenue Code, rather than cost recovery deductions under Section 168, is generally required to be depreciated using either the straight-line method or the 150% declining balance method. Under our partnership agreement, our general partner is authorized to take a position to preserve the uniformity of units even

165


Table of Contents


if that position is not consistent with these and any other Treasury Regulations. Please read "—Uniformity of Units."

        We intend to depreciate the portion of a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to unrealized appreciation in the value of Contributed Property, to the extent of any unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, using a rate of depreciation or amortization derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the property's unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, or treat that portion as non-amortizable to the extent attributable to property which is not amortizable. This method is consistent with the methods employed by other publicly traded partnerships but is arguably inconsistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6), which is not expected to directly apply to a material portion of our assets. To the extent this Section 743(b) adjustment is attributable to appreciation in value in excess of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, we will apply the rules described in the Treasury Regulations and legislative history. If we determine that this position cannot reasonably be taken, we may take a depreciation or amortization position under which all purchasers acquiring units in the same month would receive depreciation or amortization, whether attributable to common basis or a Section 743(b) adjustment, based upon the same applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in our assets. This kind of aggregate approach may result in lower annual depreciation or amortization deductions than would otherwise be allowable to some unitholders. Please read "—Uniformity of Units." A unitholder's tax basis for his common units is reduced by his share of our deductions (whether or not such deductions were claimed on an individual's income tax return) so that any position we take that understates deductions will overstate the common unitholder's basis in his common units, which may cause the unitholder to understate gain or overstate loss on any sale of such units. Please read "—Disposition of Common Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss." Latham & Watkins LLP is unable to opine as to whether our method for depreciating Section 743 adjustments is sustainable for property subject to depreciation under Section 167 of the Internal Revenue Code or if we use an aggregate approach as described above, as there is no direct or indirect controlling authority addressing the validity of these positions. Moreover, the IRS may challenge our position with respect to depreciating or amortizing the Section 743(b) adjustment we take to preserve the uniformity of the units. If such a challenge were sustained, the gain from the sale of units might be increased without the benefit of additional deductions.

        A Section 754 election is advantageous if the transferee's tax basis in his units is higher than the units' share of the aggregate tax basis of our assets immediately prior to the transfer. In that case, as a result of the election, the transferee would have, among other items, a greater amount of depreciation deductions and his share of any gain or loss on a sale of our assets would be less. Conversely, a Section 754 election is disadvantageous if the transferee's tax basis in his units is lower than those units' share of the aggregate tax basis of our assets immediately prior to the transfer. Thus, the fair market value of the units may be affected either favorably or unfavorably by the election. A basis adjustment is required regardless of whether a Section 754 election is made in the case of a transfer of an interest in us if we have a substantial built-in loss immediately after the transfer, or if we distribute property and have a substantial basis reduction. Generally, a built-in loss or a basis reduction is substantial if it exceeds $250,000.

        The calculations involved in the Section 754 election are complex and will be made on the basis of assumptions as to the value of our assets and other matters. For example, the allocation of the Section 743(b) adjustment among our assets must be made in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code. The IRS could seek to reallocate some or all of any Section 743(b) adjustment allocated by us to our tangible assets to goodwill instead. Goodwill, as an intangible asset, is generally nonamortizable or amortizable over a longer period of time or under a less accelerated method than our tangible assets. We cannot assure you that the determinations we make will not be successfully challenged by the IRS and that the deductions resulting from them will not be reduced or disallowed altogether. Should the IRS require a different basis adjustment to be made, and should, in our opinion, the expense of compliance exceed the benefit of the election, we may seek permission from the IRS to revoke our Section 754 election. If permission is granted, a subsequent purchaser of units may be allocated more income than he would have been allocated had the election not been revoked.

166


Table of Contents


Tax Treatment of Operations

        We use the year ending December 31 as our taxable year and the accrual method of accounting for federal income tax purposes. Each unitholder will be required to include in income his share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our taxable year ending within or with his taxable year. In addition, a unitholder who has a taxable year ending on a date other than December 31 and who disposes of all of his units following the close of our taxable year but before the close of his taxable year must include his share of our income, gain, loss and deduction in income for his taxable year, with the result that he will be required to include in income for his taxable year his share of more than twelve months of our income, gain, loss and deduction. Please read "—Disposition of Common Units—Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees."

        The tax basis of our assets will be used for purposes of computing depreciation and cost recovery deductions and, ultimately, gain or loss on the disposition of these assets. The federal income tax burden associated with the difference between the fair market value of our assets and their tax basis immediately prior to (i) this offering will be borne by our general partner and its affiliates and (ii) any other offering will be borne by our general partner and all of our unitholders as of that time. Please read "—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction."

        To the extent allowable, we may elect to use the depreciation and cost recovery methods, including bonus depreciation to the extent available, that will result in the largest deductions being taken in the early years after assets subject to these allowances are placed in service. Please read "—Uniformity of Units." Property we subsequently acquire or construct may be depreciated using accelerated methods permitted by the Internal Revenue Code.

        If we dispose of depreciable property by sale, foreclosure or otherwise, all or a portion of any gain, determined by reference to the amount of depreciation previously deducted and the nature of the property, may be subject to the recapture rules and taxed as ordinary income rather than capital gain. Similarly, a unitholder who has taken cost recovery or depreciation deductions with respect to property we own will likely be required to recapture some or all of those deductions as ordinary income upon a sale of his interest in us. Please read "—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction" and "—Disposition of Common Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss."

        The costs we incur in selling our units (called "syndication expenses") must be capitalized and cannot be deducted currently, ratably or upon our termination. There are uncertainties regarding the classification of costs as organization expenses, which may be amortized by us, and as syndication expenses, which may not be amortized by us. The underwriting discounts and commissions we incur will be treated as syndication expenses.

        The federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of units will depend in part on our estimates of the relative fair market values, and the initial tax bases, of our assets. Although we may from time to time consult with professional appraisers regarding valuation matters, we will make many of the relative fair market value estimates ourselves. These estimates and determinations of basis are subject to challenge and will not be binding on the IRS or the courts. If the estimates of fair market value or basis are later found to be incorrect, the character and amount of items of income, gain, loss or deductions previously reported by unitholders might change, and unitholders might be required to adjust their tax liability for prior years and incur interest and penalties with respect to those adjustments.

167


Table of Contents


Disposition of Common Units

        Gain or loss will be recognized on a sale of units equal to the difference between the amount realized and the unitholder's tax basis for the units sold. A unitholder's amount realized will be measured by the sum of the cash or the fair market value of other property received by him plus his share of our nonrecourse liabilities. Because the amount realized includes a unitholder's share of our nonrecourse liabilities, the gain recognized on the sale of units could result in a tax liability in excess of any cash received from the sale.

        Prior distributions from us that in the aggregate were in excess of cumulative net taxable income for a common unit and, therefore, decreased a unitholder's tax basis in that common unit will, in effect, become taxable income if the common unit is sold at a price greater than the unitholder's tax basis in that common unit, even if the price received is less than his original cost.

        Except as noted below, gain or loss recognized by a unitholder, other than a "dealer" in units, on the sale or exchange of a unit will generally be taxable as capital gain or loss. Capital gain recognized by an individual on the sale of units held for more than twelve months will generally be taxed at a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 15% through December 31, 2012 and 20% thereafter (absent new legislation extending or adjusting the current rate). However, a portion of this gain or loss, which will likely be substantial, will be separately computed and taxed as ordinary income or loss under Section 751 of the Internal Revenue Code to the extent attributable to assets giving rise to depreciation recapture or other "unrealized receivables" or to "inventory items" we own. The term "unrealized receivables" includes potential recapture items, including depreciation recapture. Ordinary income attributable to unrealized receivables, inventory items and depreciation recapture may exceed net taxable gain realized upon the sale of a unit and may be recognized even if there is a net taxable loss realized on the sale of a unit. Thus, a unitholder may recognize both ordinary income and a capital loss upon a sale of units. Capital losses may offset capital gains and no more than $3,000 of ordinary income, in the case of individuals, and may only be used to offset capital gains in the case of corporations.

        The IRS has ruled that a partner who acquires interests in a partnership in separate transactions must combine those interests and maintain a single adjusted tax basis for all those interests. Upon a sale or other disposition of less than all of those interests, a portion of that tax basis must be allocated to the interests sold using an "equitable apportionment" method, which generally means that the tax basis allocated to the interest sold equals an amount that bears the same relation to the partner's tax basis in his entire interest in the partnership as the value of the interest sold bears to the value of the partner's entire interest in the partnership. Treasury Regulations under Section 1223 of the Internal Revenue Code allow a selling unitholder who can identify common units transferred with an ascertainable holding period to elect to use the actual holding period of the common units transferred. Thus, according to the ruling discussed above, a common unitholder will be unable to select high or low basis common units to sell as would be the case with corporate stock, but, according to the Treasury Regulations, he may designate specific common units sold for purposes of determining the holding period of units transferred. A unitholder electing to use the actual holding period of common units transferred must consistently use that identification method for all subsequent sales or exchanges of common units. A unitholder considering the purchase of additional units or a sale of common units purchased in separate transactions is urged to consult his tax advisor as to the possible consequences of this ruling and application of the Treasury Regulations.

        Specific provisions of the Internal Revenue Code affect the taxation of some financial products and securities, including partnership interests, by treating a taxpayer as having sold an "appreciated"

168


Table of Contents


partnership interest, one in which gain would be recognized if it were sold, assigned or terminated at its fair market value, if the taxpayer or related persons enter(s) into:

in each case, with respect to the partnership interest or substantially identical property.

        Moreover, if a taxpayer has previously entered into a short sale, an offsetting notional principal contract or a futures or forward contract with respect to the partnership interest, the taxpayer will be treated as having sold that position if the taxpayer or a related person then acquires the partnership interest or substantially identical property. The Secretary of the Treasury is also authorized to issue regulations that treat a taxpayer that enters into transactions or positions that have substantially the same effect as the preceding transactions as having constructively sold the financial position.

        In general, our taxable income and losses will be determined annually, will be prorated on a monthly basis and will be subsequently apportioned among the unitholders in proportion to the number of units owned by each of them as of the opening of the applicable exchange on the first business day of the month, which we refer to in this prospectus as the "Allocation Date." However, gain or loss realized on a sale or other disposition of our assets other than in the ordinary course of business will be allocated among the unitholders on the Allocation Date in the month in which that gain or loss is recognized. As a result, a unitholder transferring units may be allocated income, gain, loss and deduction realized after the date of transfer.

        Although simplifying conventions are contemplated by the Internal Revenue Code and most publicly traded partnerships use similar simplifying conventions, the use of this method may not be permitted under existing Treasury Regulations as there is no direct or indirect controlling authority on this issue. Recently, the Department of the Treasury and the IRS issued proposed Treasury Regulations that provide a safe harbor pursuant to which a publicly traded partnership may use a similar monthly simplifying convention to allocate tax items among transferor and transferee unitholders, although such tax items must be prorated on a daily basis. Nonetheless, the proposed regulations do not specifically authorize the use of the proration method we have adopted. Existing publicly traded partnerships are entitled to rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations; however, they are not binding on the IRS and are subject to change until final Treasury Regulations are issued. Accordingly, Latham & Watkins LLP is unable to opine on the validity of this method of allocating income and deductions between transferor and transferee unitholders because the issue has not been finally resolved by the IRS or the courts. If this method is not allowed under the Treasury Regulations, or only applies to transfers of less than all of the unitholder's interest, our taxable income or losses might be reallocated among the unitholders. We are authorized to revise our method of allocation between transferor and transferee unitholders, as well as unitholders whose interests vary during a taxable year, to conform to a method permitted under future Treasury Regulations. A unitholder who owns units at any time during a quarter and who disposes of them prior to the record date set for a cash distribution for that quarter will be allocated items of our income, gain, loss and deductions attributable to that quarter but will not be entitled to receive that cash distribution.

        A unitholder who sells any of his units is generally required to notify us in writing of that sale within 30 days after the sale (or, if earlier, January 15 of the year following the sale). A purchaser of units who purchases units from another unitholder is also generally required to notify us in writing of

169


Table of Contents

that purchase within 30 days after the purchase. Upon receiving such notifications, we are required to notify the IRS of that transaction and to furnish specified information to the transferor and transferee. Failure to notify us of a purchase may, in some cases, lead to the imposition of penalties. However, these reporting requirements do not apply to a sale by an individual who is a citizen of the U.S. and who effects the sale or exchange through a broker who will satisfy such requirements.

        We will be considered to have been terminated for tax purposes if there are sales or exchanges which, in the aggregate, constitute 50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a twelve-month period. For purposes of measuring whether the 50% threshold is reached, multiple sales of the same interest are counted only once. A constructive termination results in the closing of our taxable year for all unitholders. In the case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable year other than a fiscal year ending December 31, the closing of our taxable year may result in more than twelve months of our taxable income or loss being includable in his taxable income for the year of termination. A constructive termination occurring on a date other than December 31 will result in us filing two tax returns (and unitholders could receive two Schedules K-1 if the relief discussed below is not available) for one fiscal year and the cost of the preparation of these returns will be borne by all common unitholders. We would be required to make new tax elections after a termination, including a new election under Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code, and a termination would result in a deferral of our deductions for depreciation. A termination could also result in penalties if we were unable to determine that the termination had occurred. Moreover, a termination might either accelerate the application of, or subject us to, any tax legislation enacted before the termination. The IRS has recently announced a publicly traded partnership technical termination relief procedure whereby if a publicly traded partnership that has technically terminated requests publicly traded partnership technical termination relief and the IRS grants such relief, among other things, the partnership will only have to provide one Schedule K-1 to unitholders for the year notwithstanding two partnership tax years.


Uniformity of Units

        Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of units, we must maintain uniformity of the economic and tax characteristics of the units to a purchaser of these units. In the absence of uniformity, we may be unable to completely comply with a number of federal income tax requirements, both statutory and regulatory. A lack of uniformity can result from a literal application of Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6). Any non-uniformity could have a negative impact on the value of the units. Please read "—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election." We intend to depreciate the portion of a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to unrealized appreciation in the value of Contributed Property, to the extent of any unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, using a rate of depreciation or amortization derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the property's unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, or treat that portion as nonamortizable, to the extent attributable to property the common basis of which is not amortizable, consistent with the regulations under Section 743 of the Internal Revenue Code, even though that position may be inconsistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6), which is not expected to directly apply to a material portion of our assets. Please read "—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election." To the extent that the Section 743(b) adjustment is attributable to appreciation in value in excess of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, we will apply the rules described in the Treasury Regulations and legislative history. If we determine that this position cannot reasonably be taken, we may adopt a depreciation and amortization position under which all purchasers acquiring units in the same month would receive depreciation and amortization deductions, whether attributable to common basis or a Section 743(b) adjustment, based upon the same applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in our assets. If this position is adopted, it may result in lower annual depreciation and amortization deductions than would otherwise be allowable to some unitholders and risk the loss of

170


Table of Contents


depreciation and amortization deductions not taken in the year that these deductions are otherwise allowable. This position will not be adopted if we determine that the loss of depreciation and amortization deductions will have a material adverse effect on the unitholders. If we choose not to utilize this aggregate method, we may use any other reasonable depreciation and amortization method to preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax characteristics of any units that would not have a material adverse effect on the unitholders. In either case, and as stated above under "—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election," Latham & Watkins LLP has not rendered an opinion with respect to these methods. Moreover, the IRS may challenge any method of depreciating the Section 743(b) adjustment described in this paragraph. If this challenge were sustained, the uniformity of units might be affected, and the gain from the sale of units might be increased without the benefit of additional deductions. Please read "—Disposition of Common Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss."


Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other Investors

        Ownership of units by employee benefit plans, other tax-exempt organizations, non-resident aliens, foreign corporations and other foreign persons raises issues unique to those investors and, as described below to a limited extent, may have substantially adverse tax consequences to them. If you are a tax-exempt entity or a non-U.S. person, you should consult your tax advisor before investing in our common units. Employee benefit plans and most other organizations exempt from federal income tax, including individual retirement accounts and other retirement plans, are subject to federal income tax on unrelated business taxable income. Virtually all of our income allocated to a unitholder that is a tax-exempt organization will be unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to it.

        Non-resident aliens and foreign corporations, trusts or estates that own units will be considered to be engaged in business in the U.S. because of the ownership of units. As a consequence, they will be required to file federal tax returns to report their share of our income, gain, loss or deduction and pay federal income tax at regular rates on their share of our net income or gain. Moreover, under rules applicable to publicly traded partnerships, our quarterly distribution to foreign unitholders will be subject to withholding at the highest applicable effective tax rate. Each foreign unitholder must obtain a taxpayer identification number from the IRS and submit that number to our transfer agent on a Form W-8BEN or applicable substitute form in order to obtain credit for these withholding taxes. A change in applicable law may require us to change these procedures.

        In addition, because a foreign corporation that owns units will be treated as engaged in a U.S. trade or business, that corporation may be subject to the U.S. branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, in addition to regular federal income tax, on its share of our earnings and profits, as adjusted for changes in the foreign corporation's "U.S. net equity," that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business. That tax may be reduced or eliminated by an income tax treaty between the U.S. and the country in which the foreign corporate unitholder is a "qualified resident." In addition, this type of unitholder is subject to special information reporting requirements under Section 6038C of the Internal Revenue Code.

        A foreign unitholder who sells or otherwise disposes of a common unit will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain realized from the sale or disposition of that unit to the extent the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the foreign unitholder. Under a ruling published by the IRS, interpreting the scope of "effectively connected income," a foreign unitholder would be considered to be engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. by virtue of the U.S. activities of the partnership, and part or all of that unitholder's gain would be effectively connected with that unitholder's indirect U.S. trade or business. Therefore, foreign unitholders may be subject to U.S. federal income tax gain from the sale or disposition of their units.

171


Table of Contents


Administrative Matters

        We intend to furnish to each unitholder, within 90 days after the close of each calendar year, specific tax information, including a Schedule K-1, which describes his share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our preceding taxable year. In preparing this information, which will not be reviewed by counsel, we will take various accounting and reporting positions, some of which have been mentioned earlier, to determine each unitholder's share of income, gain, loss and deduction. We cannot assure you that those positions will yield a result that conforms to the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury Regulations or administrative interpretations of the IRS. Neither we nor Latham & Watkins LLP can assure prospective unitholders that the IRS will not successfully contend in court that those positions are impermissible. Any challenge by the IRS could negatively affect the value of the units.

        The IRS may audit our federal income tax information returns. Adjustments resulting from an IRS audit may require each unitholder to adjust a prior year's tax liability, and possibly may result in an audit of his return. Any audit of a unitholder's return could result in adjustments not related to our returns as well as those related to our returns.

        Partnerships generally are treated as separate entities for purposes of federal tax audits, judicial review of administrative adjustments by the IRS and tax settlement proceedings. The tax treatment of partnership items of income, gain, loss and deduction are determined in a partnership proceeding rather than in separate proceedings with the partners. The Internal Revenue Code requires that one partner be designated as the "Tax Matters Partner" for these purposes. Our partnership agreement names USA Compression GP, LLC as our Tax Matters Partner.

        The Tax Matters Partner has made and will make some elections on our behalf and on behalf of unitholders. In addition, the Tax Matters Partner can extend the statute of limitations for assessment of tax deficiencies against unitholders for items in our returns. The Tax Matters Partner may bind a unitholder with less than a 1% profits interest in us to a settlement with the IRS unless that unitholder elects, by filing a statement with the IRS, not to give that authority to the Tax Matters Partner. The Tax Matters Partner may seek judicial review, by which all the unitholders are bound, of a final partnership administrative adjustment and, if the Tax Matters Partner fails to seek judicial review, judicial review may be sought by any unitholder having at least a 1% interest in profits or by any group of unitholders having in the aggregate at least a 5% interest in profits. However, only one action for judicial review will go forward, and each unitholder with an interest in the outcome may participate.

        A unitholder must file a statement with the IRS identifying the treatment of any item on his federal income tax return that is not consistent with the treatment of the item on our return. Intentional or negligent disregard of this consistency requirement may subject a unitholder to substantial penalties.

        Persons who hold an interest in us as a nominee for another person are required to furnish to us:

172


Table of Contents

        Brokers and financial institutions are required to furnish additional information, including whether they are U.S. persons and specific information on units they acquire, hold or transfer for their own account. A penalty of $100 per failure, up to a maximum of $1,500,000 per calendar year, is imposed by the Internal Revenue Code for failure to report that information to us. The nominee is required to supply the beneficial owner of the units with the information furnished to us.

        An additional tax equal to 20% of the amount of any portion of an underpayment of tax that is attributable to one or more specified causes, including negligence or disregard of rules or regulations, substantial understatements of income tax and substantial valuation misstatements, is imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. No penalty will be imposed, however, for any portion of an underpayment if it is shown that there was a reasonable cause for that portion and that the taxpayer acted in good faith regarding that portion.

        For individuals, a substantial understatement of income tax in any taxable year exists if the amount of the understatement exceeds the greater of 10% of the tax required to be shown on the return for the taxable year or $5,000 ($10,000 for most corporations). The amount of any understatement subject to penalty generally is reduced if any portion is attributable to a position adopted on the return:

        If any item of income, gain, loss or deduction included in the distributive shares of unitholders might result in that kind of an "understatement" of income for which no "substantial authority" exists, we must disclose the pertinent facts on our return. In addition, we will make a reasonable effort to furnish sufficient information for unitholders to make adequate disclosure on their returns and to take other actions as may be appropriate to permit unitholders to avoid liability for this penalty. More stringent rules apply to "tax shelters," which we do not believe includes us, or any of our investments, plans or arrangements.

        A substantial valuation misstatement exists if (i) the value of any property, or the adjusted basis of any property, claimed on a tax return is 150% or more of the amount determined to be the correct amount of the valuation or adjusted basis, (ii) the price for any property or services (or for the use of property) claimed on any such return with respect to any transaction between persons described in Internal Revenue Code Section 482 is 200% or more (or 50% or less) of the amount determined under Section 482 to be the correct amount of such price, or (iii) the net Internal Revenue Code Section 482 transfer price adjustment for the taxable year exceeds the lesser of $5 million or 10% of the taxpayer's gross receipts. No penalty is imposed unless the portion of the underpayment attributable to a substantial valuation misstatement exceeds $5,000 ($10,000 for most corporations). If the valuation claimed on a return is 200% or more than the correct valuation or certain other thresholds are met, the penalty imposed increases to 40%. We do not anticipate making any valuation misstatements.

        In addition, the 20% accuracy-related penalty also applies to any portion of an underpayment of tax that is attributable to transactions lacking economic substance. To the extent that such transactions are not disclosed, the penalty imposed is increased to 40%. Additionally, there is no reasonable cause defense to the imposition of this penalty to such transactions.

173


Table of Contents

        If we were to engage in a "reportable transaction," we (and possibly you and others) would be required to make a detailed disclosure of the transaction to the IRS. A transaction may be a reportable transaction based upon any of several factors, including the fact that it is a type of tax avoidance transaction publicly identified by the IRS as a "listed transaction" or that it produces certain kinds of losses for partnerships, individuals, S corporations, and trusts in excess of $2 million in any single year, or $4 million in any combination of six successive tax years. Our participation in a reportable transaction could increase the likelihood that our federal income tax information return (and possibly your tax return) would be audited by the IRS. Please read "—Information Returns and Audit Procedures."

        Moreover, if we were to participate in a reportable transaction with a significant purpose to avoid or evade tax, or in any listed transaction, you may be subject to the following additional consequences:

        We do not expect to engage in any "reportable transactions."


Recent Legislative Developments

        The present federal income tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships, including us, or an investment in our common units may be modified by administrative, legislative or judicial interpretation at any time. For example, the U.S. House of Representatives has previously passed legislation that would provide for substantive changes to the definition of qualifying income and the treatment of certain types of income earned from profits interests in partnerships. It is possible that these legislative efforts could result in changes to the existing federal income tax laws that affect publicly traded partnerships. As previously proposed, we do not believe any such legislation would affect our tax treatment as a partnership. However, any proposed legislation could be modified in a way that could affect us. We are unable to predict whether any of these changes, or other proposals, will ultimately be enacted. Any such changes could negatively impact the value of an investment in our units.


State, Local, Foreign and Other Tax Considerations

        In addition to federal income taxes, you likely will be subject to other taxes, such as state, local and foreign income taxes, unincorporated business taxes, and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that may be imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we do business or own property or in which you are a resident. Although an analysis of those various taxes is not presented here, each prospective unitholder should consider their potential impact on his investment in us. We will initially own property or do business in 13 states. Many of these states impose a personal income tax on individuals; certain of these states also impose an income tax on corporations and other entities. We may also own property or do business in other jurisdictions in the future. Although you may not be required to file a return and pay taxes in some jurisdictions because your income from that jurisdiction falls below the filing and payment requirement, you will be required to file income tax returns and to pay income taxes in many of these jurisdictions in which we do business or own property and may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with those requirements. In some jurisdictions, tax losses may not produce a tax benefit in the year incurred and may not be available to offset income in subsequent taxable years. Some of the jurisdictions may require us, or we may elect, to withhold a percentage of income from amounts to be distributed to a unitholder who is not a resident of the jurisdiction. Withholding, the

174


Table of Contents


amount of which may be greater or less than a particular unitholder's income tax liability to the jurisdiction, generally does not relieve a nonresident unitholder from the obligation to file an income tax return. Amounts withheld will be treated as if distributed to unitholders for purposes of determining the amounts distributed by us. Please read "—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Entity-Level Collections." Based on current law and our estimate of our future operations, our general partner anticipates that any amounts required to be withheld will not be material.

        It is the responsibility of each unitholder to investigate the legal and tax consequences, under the laws of pertinent states, localities and foreign jurisdictions, of his investment in us. Accordingly, each prospective unitholder is urged to consult his own tax counsel or other advisor with regard to those matters. Further, it is the responsibility of each unitholder to file all state, local and foreign, as well as U.S. federal tax returns, that may be required of him. Latham & Watkins LLP has not rendered an opinion on the state, local or foreign tax consequences of an investment in us.

175


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT IN USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP
BY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

        An investment in us by an employee benefit plan is subject to additional considerations because the investments of these plans are subject to the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and the restrictions imposed by Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code and provisions under any federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of the Internal Revenue Code or ERISA (collectively, "Similar Laws"). For these purposes the term "employee benefit plan" includes, but is not limited to, qualified pension, profit-sharing and stock bonus plans, Keogh plans, simplified employee pension plans and tax deferred annuities or individual retirement accounts or annuities ("IRAs") established or maintained by an employer or employee organization, and entities whose underlying assets are considered to include "plan assets" of such plans, accounts and arrangements. Among other things, consideration should be given to:

        The person with investment discretion with respect to the assets of an employee benefit plan, often called a fiduciary, should determine whether an investment in us is authorized by the appropriate governing instrument and is a proper investment for the plan.

        Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code prohibit employee benefit plans and IRAs that are not considered part of an employee benefit plan, from engaging in specified transactions involving "plan assets" with parties that, with respect to the plan, are "parties in interest" under ERISA or "disqualified persons" under the Internal Revenue Code unless an exemption is available. A party in interest or disqualified person who engages in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code. In addition, the fiduciary of the ERISA plan that engaged in such a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code.

        In addition to considering whether the purchase of common units is a prohibited transaction, a fiduciary should consider whether the plan will, by investing in us, be deemed to own an undivided interest in our assets, with the result that our general partner would also be a fiduciary of such plan and our operations would be subject to the regulatory restrictions of ERISA, including its prohibited transaction rules, as well as the prohibited transaction rules of the Internal Revenue Code, ERISA and any other applicable Similar Laws.

        The Department of Labor regulations provide guidance with respect to whether, in certain circumstances, the assets of an entity in which employee benefit plans acquire equity interests would be deemed "plan assets." Under these regulations, an entity's assets would not be considered to be "plan assets" if, among other things:

176


Table of Contents

        Our assets should not be considered "plan assets" under these regulations because it is expected that the investment will satisfy the requirements in (i) and (ii) above.

        In light of the serious penalties imposed on persons who engage in prohibited transactions or other violations, plan fiduciaries contemplating a purchase of common units should consult with their own counsel regarding the consequences under ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code and other Similar Laws.

177


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

        Barclays Capital Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are acting as representatives of the underwriters named below. Under the terms of an underwriting agreement, a form of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement relating to this prospectus, each of the underwriters named below has severally agreed to purchase from us the respective number of common units shown opposite its name below.

Underwriters
  Number of
Common Units

Barclays Capital Inc. 

   

Goldman, Sachs & Co. 

   
     
 

Total

   
     

        The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters' obligation to purchase the common units depends on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement including:


Commissions and Expenses

        The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and commissions we will pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional common units. The underwriting fee is the difference between the initial price to the public and the amount the underwriters pay to us for the common units.

 
  No Exercise   Full Exercise  

Paid by us per unit

  $          $         

Total

  $          $         

        The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the common units directly to the public at the public offering price on the cover of this prospectus and to selected dealers, which may include the underwriters, at such offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $        per common unit. After the offering, the representatives may change the offering price and other selling terms. The offering of the common units by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters' right to reject any order in whole or in part.

        The expenses of the offering that are payable by us are estimated to be approximately $        (exclusive of underwriting discounts and commissions).


Option to Purchase Additional Common Units

        We have granted the underwriters an option exercisable for 30 days after the date of the underwriting agreement to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of        additional common units at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. This option may be exercised if the underwriters sell more than        common units in connection with this offering. To the extent that this option is exercised, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to

178


Table of Contents


certain conditions, to purchase its pro rata portion of these additional common units based on the underwriter's percentage underwriting commitment in the offering as indicated in the table at the beginning of this Underwriting section. The net proceeds from any exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional common units will be used to redeem from USA Compression Holdings a number of common units equal to the number of common units issued to the public upon the exercise of the underwriters' option.


Lock-Up Agreements

        We, our subsidiaries, our general partner and USA Compression Holdings and its affiliates, including our directors and executive officers, have agreed that without the prior written consent of Barclays Capital Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co., subject to certain exemptions, we and they will not, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise hedge or dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any of our common units, any options or warrants to purchase common units or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, common units.

        The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:

in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or the occurrence of the material event, unless such extension is waived in writing by Barclays Capital Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co.

        Barclays Capital Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co., in their sole discretion, may release the common units and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice. When determining whether or not to release common units and other securities from lock-up agreements, Barclays Capital Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. will consider, among other factors, the holder's reasons for requesting the release, the number of common units and other securities for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time.

        As described below under "Directed Unit Program," participants in the directed unit program will be subject to a lock up period with respect to any common units sold to them pursuant to that program. This lock up will have similar restrictions and an identical extension provision as the lock-up agreement described above. Any common units sold in the directed unit program to our executive officers or directors will be subject to the lock-up agreement described above.


Directed Unit Program

        At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to          common units offered hereby for officers, managers, employees and certain other persons associated with us. The number of common units available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved common units. Any reserved common units not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other common units offered hereby. Any of our officers or directors participating in this program shall be prohibited from selling, pledging or assigning any common units sold to them pursuant to this program for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Individuals (other than our officers and directors) who purchase common units in the directed unit program will be subject to a     -day

179


Table of Contents


lock-up period. These lock up periods will be extended with respect to our issuance of an earnings release or if a material news or a material event relating to us occurs, in the same manner as described above under "—Lock-Up Agreements."


Offering Price Determination

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common units. The initial public offering price was negotiated between the representatives and us. In determining the initial public offering price of our common units, the representatives considered:


Indemnification

        We and certain of our subsidiaries have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.


Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

        The representatives may engage in stabilizing transactions, short sales and purchases to cover positions created by short sales, and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the common units, in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

180


Table of Contents

        These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common units or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common units. As a result, the price of the common units may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

        Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the common units. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.


Electronic Distribution

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters and/or selling group members participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of common units for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the representatives on the same basis as other allocations.

        Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter's or selling group member's web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should not be relied upon by investors.


New York Stock Exchange

        We intend to apply to list our common units on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "USAC".


Discretionary Sales

        The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts that exceed 10% of the total number of common units offered by them.


Relationships

        The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various investment banking, commercial banking and financial advisory services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

        In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account

181


Table of Contents


and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.


FINRA Conduct Rules

        Because the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, views the common units offered hereby as interests in a direct participation program, the offering is being made in compliance with Rule 2310 of the F1NRA Conduct Rules. Investor suitability with respect to the common units should be judged similarly to the suitability with respect to other securities that are listed for trading on a national securities exchange.


European Economic Area

        In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a relevant member state), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member state (the relevant implementation date), an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that relevant member state other than:

Provided that no such offer of securities shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

        For purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of securities to the public" in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the expression may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in each relevant member state. The expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU.

        We have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of any securities through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the securities as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the securities, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the securities on behalf of us or the underwriters.


United Kingdom

        Our company may constitute a "collective investment scheme" as defined by section 235 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 ("FSMA') that is not a "recognised collective investment scheme" for the purposes of FSMA ("CIS") and that has not been authorised or otherwise approved.

182


Table of Contents


As an unregulated scheme, it cannot be marketed in the United Kingdom to the general public, except in accordance with FSMA. This prospectus is only being distributed in the United Kingdom to, and are only directed at:

An invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of FSMA) in connection with the issue or sale of the common units which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus will only be communicated or caused to be communicated in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of FSMA does not apply to our company.

183


Table of Contents


VALIDITY OF THE COMMON UNITS

        The validity of the common units will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, Houston, Texas. Certain legal matters in connection with the common units offered hereby will be passed upon for the underwriters by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., New York, New York.


EXPERTS

        The financial statements of USA Compression Partners, LP as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein and in the registration statement, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The audit report refers to the Partnership's change in controlling ownership on December 23, 2010, which resulted in a new cost basis for the Partnership.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, a registration statement on Form S-1 regarding the common units. This prospectus does not contain all of the information found in the registration statement. For further information regarding us and the common units offered by this prospectus, you may desire to review the full registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules, filed under the Securities Act. The registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, including its exhibits and schedules, may be inspected and copied at the public reference room maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of the materials may also be obtained from the SEC at prescribed rates by writing to the public reference room maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a web site on the Internet at http://www.sec.gov. Our registration statement, of which this prospectus constitutes a part, can be downloaded from the SEC's web site.

        We intend to furnish our unitholders annual reports containing our audited financial statements and furnish or make available quarterly reports containing our unaudited interim financial information for the first three fiscal quarters of each of our fiscal years.


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        Some of the information in this prospectus may contain forward-looking statements. These statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology including "may," "believe," "expect," "intend," "anticipate," "estimate," "continue," or other similar words. These statements discuss future expectations, contain projections of results of operations or of financial condition, or state other "forward-looking" information. These forward-looking statements can be affected by assumptions used or by known risks or uncertainties. Consequently, no forward-looking statements can be guaranteed. When considering these forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements in this prospectus. The risk factors and other factors noted throughout this prospectus could cause our actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. You should also understand that it is not possible to predict or identify all such factors and should not consider the following list to be a complete statement of all potential risks and uncertainties. Factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the results contemplated by such forward-looking statements include:

184


Table of Contents

        All forward-looking statements are expressly qualified in their entirety by the foregoing cautionary statements.

185


Table of Contents


INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

   

Introduction

 
F-2

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2011

  F-3

Unaudited Pro Forma Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2010

  F-4

Unaudited Pro Forma Statement of Operations for the nine month period ended September 30, 2011

  F-5

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements

  F-6

USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

   

Audited Financial Statements:

   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-9

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009

  F-10

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

  F-11

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Partners' Capital for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

  F-12

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

  F-13

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

  F-14

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-15

Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Statements:

   

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2011

  F-29

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

  F-30

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Partners' Capital for the nine months ended September 30, 2011

  F-31

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

  F-32

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

  F-33

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-34

F-1


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES

(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Introduction

        The unaudited pro forma financial statements of USA Compression Partners, LP (together with its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis the "Partnership") as of September 30, 2011, for the year ended December 31, 2010, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 are derived from the historical balance sheet and results of operations of the Partnership. The adjustments are based on currently available information and certain estimates and assumptions; therefore, actual adjustments will differ from pro forma adjustments. However, management believes that the assumptions provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects of the transaction as contemplated and the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied in the pro forma financial information. The pro forma financial statements have been prepared on the basis that the Partnership will be treated as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes but may be subject to applicable local and state taxes. The unaudited pro forma financial statements should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes and with the historical financial statements and related notes of the Partnership.

        The pro forma adjustments have been prepared as if the transactions described below had taken place on September 30, 2011, in the case of the pro forma balance sheet, or as of January 1, 2010, in the case of the pro forma statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 and nine months ended September 30, 2011.

        The pro forma financial statements reflect the following transactions:

        The unaudited pro forma financial statements are not necessarily indicative of the results that actually would have occurred if the transactions described above had occurred on the dates indicated.

F-2


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES

(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet

September 30, 2011

(in thousands)

 
  Historical   Pro Forma
Adjustments
Related to
the Offering
   
  Pro Forma  

Assets

                         

Current assets:

                         
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 3     200,000     2(a ) $ 3  

          (15,360 )   2(b )      

          (184,640 )   2(c )      

Accounts receivable:

                         
 

Trade

    8,013                 8,013  
 

Other

    76                 76  

Inventory

    4,084                 4,084  

Prepaid expenses

    690                 690  

Advances to employees

                     
                     
   

Total current assets

    12,866               12,866  

Property and equipment, net

    392,514                 392,514  

Identifiable intangible asset-customer contracts

   
70,200
               
70,200
 

Identifiable intangible asset-brand name

    15,132                 15,132  

Goodwill

    157,075                 157,075  

Other assets

    6,820     150     2(d )   6,970  
                     
   

Total assets

  $ 654,607   $ 150         $ 654,757  
                     

Liabilities and Partners' Capital

                         

Current liabilities:

                         
 

Accounts payable

  $ 5,846               $ 5,846  
 

Accrued liabilities

    7,184                 7,184  
 

Deferred revenue

    8,006                 8,006  
 

Short-term debt

    27                 27  
 

Current portion of long-term debt

    39                 39  
 

Liability from interest rate swaps

    2,884                 2,884  
                     
   

Total current liabilities

    23,986               23,986  

Long-term debt

   
291,544
   
(184,640

)
 
2(c

)
 
107,054
 

          150     2(d )      

Liability from interest rate swaps

    74                 74  

Partners' capital:

                         
 

Partners' capital

    339,003     200,000     2(a )   523,643  

          (15,360 )   2(b )      

                2(e )      
 

Common unitholders

               
2(e

)
     
 

Subordinated unitholder

                2(e )      
 

General partner

                2(e )      
                     
   

Total partners' capital

    339,003     184,640           523,643  
                     
   

Total liabilities and partners' capital

  $ 654,607   $ 150         $ 654,757  
                     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited pro forma financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES

(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Unaudited Pro Forma Statement of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2010

(in thousands, expect per unit data)

 
  Historical   Pro Forma
Adjustments
Related to
the Acquisition
of Predecessor
   
  Subtotal
Pro Forma
  Pro Forma
Adjustments
Related to
the Offering
   
  Pro Forma  

Revenues:

                                           
 

Contract operations

  $ 89,785               $ 89,785               $ 89,785  
 

Parts and service

    2,243                 2,243                 2,243  
                                       
   

Total revenues

    92,028                 92,028                 92,028  
                                       

Costs and expenses:

                                           
 

Cost of operations, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

    33,292                 33,292                 33,292  
 

Selling, general, and administrative

    11,370     (1,838 )   2 (g)   9,532                 9,532  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    24,569     4,830     2 (g)   29,399                 29,399  
 

Gain on sale of assets

   
(90

)
             
(90

)
             
(90

)
                                   
   

Total costs and expenses

    69,141     2,992           72,133               72,133  
                                   
   

Operating income

    22,887     (2,992 )         19,895               19,895  
                                   

Other income (expense):

                                           
 

Interest expense

    (12,279 )   (2,077 )   2 (f)   (14,356 )   6,571     2 (f)   (7,785 )
 

Other

    26                 26                 26  
                                   
   

Total other expense

    (12,253 )   (2,077 )         (14,330 )   6,571           (7,759 )
                                   
   

Net income before income tax expense

    10,634     (5,069 )         5,565     6,571           12,136  

Income tax expense

   
155
               
155
               
155
 
                                   
   

Net income

  $ 10,479     (5,069 )       $ 5,410     6,571         $ 11,981  
                                   

General partner interest in net income

                                           

Limited partner interest in net income

                                           

Net income per:

                                           
 

Common unit (basic and diluted)

                                           
 

Subordinated unit (basic and diluted)

                                           

Weighted average number of units outstanding

                                           
 

Common units (basic and diluted)

                                           
 

Subordinated units (basic and diluted)

                                           

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited pro forma financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES

(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Unaudited Pro Forma Statement of Operations

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

(in thousands, expect per unit data)

 
  Historical   Pro Forma
Adjustments
Related to
the Offering
   
  Pro Forma  

Revenues:

                         
 

Contract operations

  $ 68,762               $ 68,762  
 

Parts and service

    1,565                 1,565  
                       
   

Total revenues

    70,327                 70,327  
                       

Costs and expenses:

                         
 

Cost of operations, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

    28,057                 28,057  
 

Selling, general, and administrative

    8,500                 8,500  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    24,044                 24,044  
 

Gain on sale of assets

    159                 159  
                     
   

Total costs and expenses

    60,760               60,760  
                     
   

Operating income

    9,567               9,567  
                     

Other income (expense):

                         
 

Interest expense

    (9,424 )   5,190     2 (f)   (4,234 )
 

Other

    17                 17  
                     
   

Total other expense

    (9,407 )   5,190           (4,217 )
                     
   

Net income before income tax expense

    160     5,190           5,350  

Income tax expense

   
111
               
111
 
                     
   

Net income

  $ 49   $ 5,190         $ 5,239  
                     

General partner interest in net income

                         

Limited partner interest in net income

                         

Net income per:

                         
 

Common unit (basic and diluted)

                         
 

Subordinated unit (basic and diluted)

                         

Weighted average number of units outstanding

                         
 

Common unit (basic and diluted)

                         
 

Subordinated unit (basic and diluted)

                         

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited pro forma financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES

(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements

(1) Estimated Incremental General and Administrative Expense

        Upon completion of this offering, the Partnership anticipates incurring incremental general and administrative expenses of approximately $3.1 million per year, as a result of being a publicly traded partnership, including costs associated with annual and quarterly reports to unitholders, financial statement audit, tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution, investor relations activities, registrar and transfer agent fees, incremental director and officer liability insurance costs and director compensation. The unaudited pro forma financial statements do not reflect these anticipated incremental general and administrative expenses.

(2) Pro Forma Adjustments and Assumptions

        (a) Reflects the gross proceeds to the Partnership of $           million from the issuance and sale of  common units at an assumed initial public offering price of $          per unit.

        (b) Reflects the payment of the estimated underwriting discounts and commission and other expenses of the offering of $           million, which will be allocated to the public common units.

        (c) Reflects the repayment of debt of $           million using the net proceeds from the offering.

        (d) Reflects fees and expenses related to amending the credit facility in connection with this offering.

        (e) Reflects the conversion of the adjusted net partners' capital of $           million from partners' capital to common and subordinated limited partner equity of the Partnership and the general partner's interest in the Partnership. The conversion is allocated as follows:

F-6


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES

(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements (Continued)

(2) Pro Forma Adjustments and Assumptions (Continued)

        (f) Reflects the reduction of interest expense for the following adjustments for each period:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2010
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2011
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Predecessor/Historical interest expense

  $ 12,279   $ 9,424  

Add: additional debt issuance costs

    50     38  

Less: backstop fee related to eleventh amendment in December 2010 of the revolving credit facility (related to acquisition of predecessor)

    (2,998 )    

Add: incremental interest expense due to higher applicable margin for LIBOR loans under the revolving credit facility (related to acquisition of predecessor in December 2010)

    4,359      

Add: incremental amortization of capitalized debt costs related to the revolving credit facility (related to acquisition of predecessor in December 2010)

    716      

Less: reduced interest expense due to lower spread under the second amendment on November 16, 2011 to the revolving credit facility

    (3,736 )   (3,057 )

Less: reduced interest expense due to lower commitment fee under the second amendment on November 16, 2011 to the revolving credit facility

        (129 )

Add: incremental commitment fee due to the larger borrowing capacity under the second amendment on November 16, 2011 to the revolving credit facility

    375     281  

Less: interest reduction from lower revolver balance based upon the use of proceeds from the initial public offering

    (4,193 )   (3,083 )

Add: incremental commitment fee based upon the use of proceeds from the initial public offering

    692     519  

Add: other

    241     241  
           

Pro forma interest expense

  $ 7,785   $ 4,234  
           

        The partnership does not believe that the interest rate in the amended revolving credit facility will be materially different from the current revolving facility. As such, the partnership calculated pro forma interest expense using the interest rate under the second amendment dated November 16, 2011 to the revolving credit facility, 2.3% for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2.2% for the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

        (g) On November 29, 2010, USA Compression Holdings, LP and each of its partners entered into a unit purchase agreement with USA Compression Holdings in which USA Compression Holdings would acquire, subject to certain conditions, all of the limited partner interest of USA Compression

F-7


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES

(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements (Continued)

(2) Pro Forma Adjustments and Assumptions (Continued)


Holdings, LP and an affiliate of USA Compression Holdings would acquire the general partner interests of USA Compression Holdings, LP. This transaction was closed on December 23, 2010. In connection with this change in control, the Partnership's assets and liabilities were adjusted to fair value on the closing date by application of "push-down" accounting. The Partnership incurred approximately $1.8 million of acquisition related costs in conjunction with the transactions which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. As indicated in note 1 to the historical consolidated financial statements of the Partnership, $3.9 million of share based compensation expense and $4.9 million of broker fees have not been recognized in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010, and therefore have been excluded from the unaudited pro forma statement of operations for this period.

        The Partnership applied the guidance in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (ASC 820), in determining the fair value of partners' capital, which was based on the purchase of the limited partner and general partner interests in the amount of $339 million.

        The Partnership then developed the fair value of its assets and liabilities, with the assistance of third party valuation experts, using the guidance in ASC 820.

        Depreciation and amortization expense for the pro forma income statement for the year ended December 31, 2010 was increased by $4.8 million and interest expense was increased by $4.4 million (included in 2(f) above) to reflect the effect of this transaction as if it occurred on January 1, 2010.

(3) Pro Forma Net Income Per Limited Partner Unit

        Pro forma net income per limited partner unit is determined by dividing the pro forma net income that would have been allocated, in accordance with the provisions of the limited partnership agreement, to the common and subordinated unitholders, by the number of common and subordinated units expected to be outstanding at the closing of the offering. For purposes of this calculation, the Partnership assumed that (i) pro forma distributions to limited partners were equal to 98% of pro forma net income, (ii) the pro forma number of units outstanding was                         common and                        subordinated units, (iii) all units were assumed to have been outstanding since the beginning of the periods presented and (iv) quarterly distributions are first made to common unitholders until $          per common unit has been paid, then to subordinated units until $          per subordinated unit has been paid, and thereafter in accordance with the terms of the partnership agreement. Basic and diluted pro forma net income per unit are equivalent as there are no dilutive units at the date of closing of the initial public offering of the common units of the Partnership.

        Pursuant to the partnership agreement, to the extent that the quarterly distributions exceed certain targets, the general partner is entitled to receive certain incentive distributions that will result in more net income proportionately being allocated to the general partner than to the holders of common and subordinated units. The pro forma net income per unit calculations, which are based on an allocation of 2% of pro forma net income to the general partner, assume that no incentive distributions were made to the general partner because no such distribution would have been paid based upon the pro forma available cash from operating surplus for the periods.

F-8


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Partners
USA Compression Partners, LP:

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of USA Compression Partners, LP (a Delaware limited partnership) and subsidiaries (formerly USA Compression Holdings, LP, a Texas limited partnership) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in partners' capital, comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Partnership's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of USA Compression Partners, LP and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

        As discussed in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, effective December 23, 2010, USA Compression Partners, LP had a change in controlling ownership. As a result of this change in control, the consolidated financial information after December 23, 2010 is presented on a different cost basis than that for the period before the acquisition and, therefore, is not comparable.

Dallas, Texas
June 9, 2011

F-9


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 
   
   
 
 
  Successor
2010
   
  Predecessor
2009
 
 
   
   
   
 

Assets

                 

Current assets:

                 
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 3,000       $ 3,002  
 

Accounts receivable:

                 
   

Trade

    7,759,265         7,422,007  
   

Other

    6,780         16,234  
 

Inventory

    5,185,326         5,688,438  
 

Prepaid expenses

    1,427,983         1,409,855  
 

Advances to employees

    181,936         173,742  
               
     

Total current assets

    14,564,290         14,713,278  

Property and equipment, net

   
350,069,378
       
336,642,202
 

Identifiable intangible asset-customer relationships

    72,000,000          

Identifiable intangible asset-trade names

    15,600,000          

Goodwill

    157,075,195          

Other assets

    5,408,865         1,401,906  
               
     

Total assets

  $ 614,717,728       $ 352,757,386  
               
   

Liabilities and Partners' Capital

                 

Current liabilities:

                 
 

Accounts payable

  $ 4,061,524       $ 4,886,303  
 

Accrued liabilities

    3,469,990         3,184,237  
 

Deferred revenue

    7,609,333         7,439,751  
 

Short-term debt

    286,826         995,981  
 

Current portion of long-term debt

    36,467         40,246  
 

Liability from interest rate swaps

    3,084,399         2,844,079  
               
     

Total current liabilities

    18,548,539         19,390,597  

Long-term debt

   
255,491,310
       
260,469,981
 

Liability from interest rate swaps

    1,724,173         270,332  

Partners' capital:

                 
 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

            (3,114,411 )
 

Limited partners' capital

    336,603,370         76,062,403  
 

General partner's capital

    2,350,336         (321,516 )
               
     

Total partners' capital

    338,953,706         72,626,476  
               
     

Total liabilities and partners' capital

  $ 614,717,728       $ 352,757,386  
               

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-10


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 
  Predecessor  
 
  2010   2009   2008  

Revenues:

                   
 

Contract operations

  $ 89,785,052   $ 93,178,391   $ 87,905,147  
 

Parts and service

    2,243,119     2,049,281     2,917,540  
               
   

Total revenues

    92,028,171     95,227,672     90,822,687  
               

Costs and expenses:

                   
 

Cost of operations, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

    33,291,543     30,095,377     29,319,843  
 

Selling, general, and administrative

    11,369,996     9,136,298     8,708,840  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    24,569,323     22,957,029     18,015,802  
 

Gain on sale of assets

    (89,799 )   (74,450 )   (234,971 )
 

Impairment of compression equipment

        1,677,379      
               
   

Total costs and expenses

    69,141,063     63,791,633     55,809,514  
               
   

Operating income

    22,887,108     31,436,039     35,013,173  
               

Other income (expense):

                   
 

Interest expense

    (12,279,162 )   (10,042,680 )   (14,002,830 )
 

Other

    26,691     24,543     19,978  
               
   

Total other expense

    (12,252,471 )   (10,018,137 )   (13,982,852 )
               
   

Net income before income tax expense

    10,634,637     21,417,902     21,030,321  

Income tax expense

    155,179     190,164     119,245  
               
   

Net income

  $ 10,479,458   $ 21,227,738   $ 20,911,076  
               

Earnings allocated to general partner

  $ 104,795   $ 212,277   $ 209,111  
               

Earnings available for limited partners

  $ 10,374,663   $ 21,015,461   $ 20,701,965  
               

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-11


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Partners' Capital

Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 
  General
partner
  Limited
partners
  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
  Total
partners'
capital
 

Partners' capital (deficit), December 31, 2007, predecessor

  $ (742,904 ) $ 34,557,102   $ (1,019,078 ) $ 32,795,120  
 

Other comprehensive income

            (3,540,022 )   (3,540,022 )
 

Share based compensation expense

        224,865         224,865  
 

Repurchase and retirement of partner interest unit

        (705,858 )       (705,858 )
 

Net income

    209,111     20,701,965         20,911,076  
                   

Partners' capital (deficit), December 31, 2008, predecessor

    (533,793 )   54,778,074     (4,559,100 )   49,685,181  
 

Other comprehensive income

            1,444,689     1,444,689  
 

Share based compensation expense

        268,868         268,868  
 

Net income

    212,277     21,015,461         21,227,738  
                   

Partners' capital (deficit), December 31, 2009, predecessor

    (321,516 )   76,062,403     (3,114,411 )   72,626,476  
 

Other comprehensive income

            (1,694,161 )   (1,694,161 )
 

Share based compensation expense

        382,435         382,435  
 

Net income

    104,795     10,374,663         10,479,458  
                   

Partners' capital (deficit), December 31, 2010, predecessor

    (216,721 )   86,819,501     (4,808,572 )   81,794,208  
 

Impact of change in control

    2,567,057     249,783,869     4,808,572     257,159,498  
                   

Partners' capital opening balance, December 31, 2010, successor

  $ 2,350,336   $ 336,603,370   $   $ 338,953,706  
                   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-12


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 
  Predecessor  
 
  2010   2009   2008  

Net income

  $ 10,479,458   $ 21,227,738   $ 20,911,076  

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

    (1,694,161 )   1,444,689     (3,540,022 )
               
 

Comprehensive income

  $ 8,785,297   $ 22,672,427   $ 17,371,054  
               

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-13


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 
  Predecessor  
 
  2010   2009   2008  

Cash flows from operating activities:

                   
 

Net income

  $ 10,479,458   $ 21,227,738   $ 20,911,076  
 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                   
   

Depreciation and amortization

    24,569,323     22,957,029     18,015,802  
   

Amortization of debt issue costs, discount, other comprehensive loss and Loss on interest rate swap

    3,449,633     363,182     437,743  
   

Share-based compensation expense

    382,435     268,868     224,865  
   

Net gain on sale of assets

    (89,799 )   (74,450 )   (234,971 )
   

Impairment of compression equipment

        1,677,379      
   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

                   
     

Accounts receivable and advances to employees

    (335,997 )   1,865,372     (2,458,802 )
     

Inventory

    503,111     (3,680,280 )   (155,421 )
     

Prepaids

    (18,128 )   608,188     (1,164,836 )
     

Other noncurrent assets

    1,700     (4,513 )   (3,120 )
     

Accounts payable

    (824,779 )   (857,320 )   1,959,836  
     

Accrued liabilities and deferred revenue

    455,335     (1,406,271 )   3,166,600  
               
       

Net cash provided by operating activities

    38,572,292     42,944,922     40,698,772  
               

Cash flows from investing activities:

                   
 

Capital expenditures

    (18,885,762 )   (29,579,623 )   (92,708,150 )
 

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

    117,955     2,816,810     4,605,785  
               
       

Net cash used in investing activities

    (18,767,807 )   (26,762,813 )   (88,102,365 )
               

Cash flows from financing activities:

                   
 

Proceeds from short-term and long-term debt

    82,176,687     80,746,849     144,195,183  
 

Payments on short-term and long-term debt

    (93,883,701 )   (96,867,661 )   (97,101,898 )
 

Financing costs

    (8,097,473 )   (424,485 )   (23,096 )
 

Repurchase and retirement of partner interest units

            (705,858 )
               
       

Net cash used in financing activities

    (19,804,487 )   (16,545,297 )   46,364,331  
               
       

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents

    (2 )   (363,188 )   (1,039,262 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

    3,002     366,190     1,405,452  
               

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

  $ 3,000   $ 3,002   $ 366,190  
               

Supplemental cash flow information:

                   
 

Interest paid

  $ 8,720,584   $ 9,918,525   $ 14,064,088  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-14


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(1) The Partnership, Nature of Business, and Recent Transactions

        USA Compression Partners, L.P., a Texas limited partnership (the Former Partnership), was formed on July 10, 1998. In October 2008, the Former Partnership entered into several transactions through which the Former Partnership was reorganized into a holding company, USA Compression Holdings, LP (the Partnership). The owners of the Former Partnership caused the Partnership to be formed as a Texas limited partnership to conduct its affairs as the holding company of an operating and leasing structure of entities. The Former Partnership's owners then transferred their equity interests in the Former Partnership to the Partnership in exchange for identical interests in the Partnership. The Former Partnership became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Partnership, and was converted into USA Compression Partners, LLC, a Delaware, single-member, limited liability company (Operating Subsidiary) to continue providing compression services to customers of the Former Partnership. Concurrently, the Operating Subsidiary formed a wholly owned subsidiary, USAC Leasing, LLC, as a Delaware limited liability company (Leasing Subsidiary), and agreed to sell its then existing compressor fleet to the Leasing Subsidiary for assumption of debt relating to the then existing fleet. The Leasing Subsidiary agreed to lease the compressor fleet to the Operating Subsidiary for use in providing compression services to its customers. The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 include the accounts of the Partnership, the Operating Subsidiary and the Leasing Subsidiary and all intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Partnership joined the Operating Subsidiary's revolving credit facility as a guarantor and the Leasing Subsidiary joined the revolving credit facility as a co-borrower (see note 5). On June 7, 2011, the Partnership converted from a Texas limited partnership into a Delaware limited partnership and changed its name from USA Compression Holdings, LP to USA Compression Partners, LP.

        The Partnership, together with the Operating Subsidiary and the Leasing Subsidiary, primarily provides natural gas compression services under term contracts with customers in the oil and gas industry, using natural gas compressor packages that it designs, engineers, operates and maintains.

        In January 2008, the Partnership made an equity award of 2,508,000 Class C units representing profits interest in the Partnership.

        The Partnership issued an additional 200,000 Class C units in June 2008 to its chief executive officer pursuant to his employment agreement. The Class C units so issued were capital interest units entitling the holder to immediately share in any distributions made by the Partnership.

        In December 2008, the Partnership redeemed and discharged 705,857 Class C Units (Capital Interests) from two employees to discharge their obligation to reimburse the Partnership for payroll and withholding taxes paid by the Partnership on account of the original grant of Class C Units to those employees.

        In June 2009, the Partnership made an equity award of 100,000 Class C units representing profits interest in the Partnership.

        In September 2010 and 2009, the Partnership issued 200,000 and 200,000, respectively, Class C units representing capital interests in the Partnership to its chief executive officer pursuant to his employment agreement.

        Partnership net income (loss) is allocated to the partners in proportion to their respective interest in the Partnership.

F-15


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(1) The Partnership, Nature of Business, and Recent Transactions (Continued)

        On November 29, 2010, the Partnership and each of its partners entered into a unit purchase agreement with USA Compression Holdings, LLC in which USA Compression Holdings, LLC would acquire, subject to certain conditions, all of the limited partner interest of Holdings and an affiliate of USA Compression Holdings, LLC would acquire the general partner interests of Holdings. USA Compression Holdings, LLC was formed in November 2010 and its only operation is its investment in Holdings. This transaction was closed on December 23, 2010 and USA Compression Holdings, LLC completed the transaction for cash consideration of approximately $330 million and an exchange of partnership interest in Holdings with a value of approximately $9 million for Class A units in USA Compression Holdings, LLC. In connection with this change in control, the Partnership's assets and liabilities were adjusted to fair value on the closing date by application of "push-down" accounting. The Partnership incurred $1,838,121 of acquisition related costs in conjunction with the transactions which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.

        As a result of the application of "push down" accounting in connection with the acquisition, the financial statements prior to December 31, 2010 represent the operations of the Predecessor and are not comparable with the financial statements on or after December 31, 2010. References to the "Successor" refer to the Partnership on or after December 31, 2010, after giving effect to "push down" accounting. References to the "Predecessor" refer to the Partnership prior to but excluding December 31, 2010.

        The Partnership applied the guidance in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (ASC 820), in determining the fair value of partners' capital, which was based on the purchase of the limited partner and general partner interests in the amount of $338,953,706.

        The Partnership then developed the fair value of its assets and liabilities, with the assistance of third-party valuation experts, using the guidance in ASC 820.

        The consolidated financial statements of the Partnership have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and include the accounts of all controlled subsidiaries after the elimination of all intercompany accounts and transactions. The change of control transaction that occurred on December 23, 2010 has been reflected in the consolidated financial statements of the Partnership using, for accounting purposes, a date of convenience of December 31, 2010. The impact of recording the change in control as of December 23, 2010 would not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Current assets

  $ 14,564,290  

Plant, property and equipment

    350,069,378  

Identifiable intangible asset—customer relationships

    72,000,000  

Identifiable intangible asset—trade names

    15,600,000  

Goodwill

    157,075,195  
       

Assets acquired

    609,308,863  

Current liabilities

   
18,548,539
 

Long-term portion of interest rate swaps

    1,724,173  

Note payable—other

    42,527  

Note payable—senior debt

    250,039,918  
       
 

Net assets acquired

  $ 338,953,706  
       

F-16


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(1) The Partnership, Nature of Business, and Recent Transactions (Continued)

        The sale of the Partnership on December 23, 2010, triggered the payment of $4,906,870 of success fees to a broker and $3,906,716 of stock based compensation expense. The Partnership has determined that its accounting policy for any cost that will be triggered by the consummation of a business combination will be to recognize the cost when the business combination is consummated. Accordingly, the broker fees and stock based compensation have not been recorded in the Statement of Operations for the predecessor period since that statement depicts the results of operations just prior to consummation of the transaction. In addition, since the successor period reflects the effects of push-down accounting, these costs have also not been recorded as an expense in the successor period. However, the costs were reflected in the purchase accounting adjustments which were applied in arriving at the opening balances of the successor.

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

        Cash and cash equivalents consist of all cash balances. As of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 $3,000, $3,002 and $366,190 respectively, in cash was subject to certain provisions under credit agreements with a financial institution, as more fully described in note 5.

        Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts of $173,808 and $279,969 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, is the Partnership's best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the Partnership's existing accounts receivable. The Partnership determines the allowance based upon historical write-off experience and specific identification. The Partnership does not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to its customers.

        Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out method. Inventory consists of parts used in the assembly of compression units. Purchases of these assets are considered operating activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows.

        Property and equipment are carried at cost. Overhauls and major improvements that increase the value or extend the life of compressor units are capitalized and depreciated over 3 to 5 years.

        Ordinary maintenance and repairs are charged to income. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method of accounting over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

Compression equipment

  25 years

Furniture and fixtures

  7 years

Vehicles and computer equipment

  3 - 7 years

Leasehold improvements

  5 years

F-17


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Long-lived assets with recorded values that are not expected to be recovered through future cash flows are written-down to estimated fair value. An asset shall be tested for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that its carrying value may not be recoverable. The carrying value of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. If the carrying value exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss equal to the amount of the carrying value exceeding the fair value of the asset is recognized. Fair value is generally determined from estimated discounted future net cash flows. In 2009, the Partnership recorded $1,677,379 related to the impairment of a certain group of its compression equipment. There were no events or circumstances in 2010 or 2008 indicating that the carrying value of any of the Partnership's assets may not be recoverable.

        Revenue from compression service and equipment rental operations is recorded when earned over the period of service, rental and maintenance contracts, which generally range from one month to five years. Parts and service revenue is recorded as parts are delivered or services are performed for the customer.

        The Partnership elected to be treated under SubChapter K of the Internal Revenue Code. Under SubChapter K, a partnership return is filed annually reflecting each partner's share of the partnership's income or loss. Therefore, no provision has been made for federal income tax. Partnership net income (loss) is allocated to the partners in proportion to their respective interest in the partnership.

        As a partnership, all income, gains, losses, expenses, deductions and tax credits generated by the partnership generally flow through to its unitholders. However, Texas imposes an entity-level income tax on partnerships.

        The State of Texas' margin tax became effective for tax reports originally due on or after January 1, 2008. This margin tax requires partnerships and other forms of legal entities to pay a tax of 1.0% on its "margin," as defined in the law, based on 2010, 2009 and 2008 results. The margin tax base to which the tax rate will be applied is either the lesser of 70% of total revenues for federal income tax purposes or total revenue less cost of goods sold or compensation for federal income tax purposes. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 the Partnership recorded an expense related to the Texas margin tax of $155,179, $190,164 and $119,245, respectively.

        The Partnership adopted a new accounting and reporting standard for uncertain tax positions as of January 1, 2009. The new standard prescribes a threshold for recognizing the financial statement effects of a tax position when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the position will be sustained upon examination by a taxing authority. Recognized tax positions are initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more likely than not of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are included in income tax expense. Adoption of the new standard had no impact on the

F-18


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


Partnership's financial statements and the Partnership has no uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2010 and as of December 31, 2009.

        Accounting standards on fair-value measurement establish a framework for measuring fair value and stipulate disclosures about fair-value measurements. The standards apply to recurring and nonrecurring financial and non financial assets and liabilities that require or permit fair-value measurements. A new accounting standard became effective for the Partnership on January 1, 2008, for all financial assets and liabilities and recurring non financial assets and liabilities. On January 1, 2009, the standard became effective for non recurring non financial assets and liabilities. Among the required disclosures is the fair-value hierarchy of inputs the Partnership uses to value an asset or a liability. The three levels of the fair-value hierarchy are described as follows:

        At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the only financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value in the Partnership's consolidated balance sheet on a recurring basis are its interest rate swaps. The following table presents assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis (including items that are required to be measured at fair value and items for which the fair value option has been elected) at December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 
  December 31,   Quoted
prices in
active
markets for
identical
assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 

Liabilities:

                         
 

Interest rate derivatives—2010

  $ 4,808,572         4,808,572      
 

Interest rate derivatives—2009

    3,114,411         3,114,411      

        The following table presents fair value measurements of nonfinancial assets that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 
  December 31,   Quoted
prices in
active
markets for
identical
assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 

Compression equipment:

                         
 

2010

  $              
 

2009

    246,000             246,000  

F-19


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        At December 31, 2009, the carrying value of a certain group of compression equipment exceeded the future estimated cash flows from that equipment. Accordingly, the carrying value of that group of equipment was reduced to its estimated fair value (see note 2(e)). The fair value of a certain group of compression equipment was estimated using internal discounted cash flow calculations.

        The Partnership's financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable, notes payable and interest rate swap arrangements. The book values of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, and trade accounts payable are representative of fair value due to their short-term maturity. The carrying amounts of notes payable approximates fair value based on the interest rates charged on instruments with similar terms and risks. The carrying amounts of interest rate swap arrangements are based on valuation models prepared by the derivatives issuer which are intended to approximate current market values. The Partnership also assesses, both at inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting cash flows of the hedged item. Changes in the fair value of the highly effective portion of the derivative are recognized in other comprehensive income on the balance sheet. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative is reported in earnings.

        Taxes incurred on behalf of, and passed through to customers are accounted for on a net basis.

        The preparation of the consolidated financial statements of the Partnership in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires the management of the Partnership to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in these consolidated financial statements and the accompanying results. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

        In July, 2009, the Partnership decreased the assumed service lives of its vehicles to better reflect the projected useful lives of the vehicles. The change in estimate, effective as of July 1, 2009, was accounted for prospectively and resulted in an increase in depreciation expense and decrease in net income of approximately $1,000,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009.

        As of December 31, 2010, intangible assets consisted of trade names and customer relationships, and are amortized on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives, which is the period over which the assets are expected to contribute directly or indirectly to the Partnership's future cash flows.

F-20


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

The estimated useful lives range from 25 to 30 years. The expected amortization of the intangible assets for each of the five succeeding years is as follows:

Year ending December 31,
  Total  

2011

  $ 3,024,000  

2012

    3,024,000  

2013

    3,024,000  

2014

    3,024,000  

2015

    3,024,000  

        The Partnership assesses long-lived assets, including intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is assessed by comparing the carrying amount of an asset to undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assts are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured as the amount by which the carrying amounts exceed the fair value of the assets. The Partnership did not record any impairment of intangible assets in 2010.

        Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets upon the change in control on December 23, 2010. Goodwill is not amortized, but is tested for impairment annually based on the carrying values as of December 31, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise that suggest the carrying value of goodwill may not be recovered. Impairment occurs when the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. At the time it is determined that an impairment has occurred, the carrying value of the goodwill is written down to its fair value. To estimate the fair value of the reporting units, the Partnership makes estimates and judgments about future cash flows, as well as revenues, cost of sales, operating expenses, capital expenditures and net working capital based on assumptions that are consistent with the Partnership's most recent forecast. The Partnership did not record any impairment of goodwill in 2010.

(3) Advance to Employees

        The Partnership made cash and noncash advances to certain employees in 2010, 2009 and 2008 in the amount of $8,194, $7,824 and $93,213 respectively.

F-21


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(4) Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31:

 
  2010   2009  

Compression equipment

  $ 345,517,756     410,309,172  

Furniture and fixtures

    227,287     281,695  

Automobiles and vehicles

    3,375,362     7,652,190  

Computer equipment

    901,590     2,719,296  

Leasehold improvements

    47,383     62,336  
           
 

Total

    350,069,378     421,024,689  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

        (84,382,487 )
           
 

Total

  $ 350,069,378     336,642,202  
           

        The Partnership has leased, in 2010, compressor units with certain purchase options as more fully described in note 8. The Partnership has no compressor units with material customer lease/purchase options.

(5) Long-Term Debt

        The long-term debt of the Partnership consisted of the following at December 31:

 
  2010   2009  

Senior debt

  $ 255,448,783     260,387,813  

Various other notes

    78,994     122,414  
           
 

Total debt

    255,527,777     260,510,227  

Less current portion

    36,467     40,246  
           
 

Long-term debt

  $ 255,491,310     260,469,981  
           

        On October 10, 2008, in connection with the reorganization of the Partnership (see note 1), the Partnership made a tenth amendment to the credit agreement whereby the requisite senior lenders approved these transactions. Holdings and Leasing Subsidiary were joined as loan parties under the credit agreement and certain provisions were amended including definitions in the credit agreement.

        On December 23, 2010, the Partnership made an eleventh amendment to the credit agreement whereby certain of the senior lenders agreed to backstop the approval of the change of control provisions under the credit agreement related to the acquisition of the Partnership by USA Compression Holdings, LLC. The fees related to this amendment of $2,998,879 were recorded as capitalized loan costs and fully realized as interest expense upon the closing of the purchase of the Partnership by USA Compression Holdings, LLC on December 23, 2010. The eleventh amendment expired upon the execution of the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement as described below.

        On December 23, 2010, the Partnership entered into a Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Borrowing availability under this senior debt facility is limited to the lesser of the $400,000,000 committed facility amount and a borrowing base defined in the credit agreement. At

F-22


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(5) Long-Term Debt (Continued)


December 31, 2010, this borrowing availability was $65,959,558. The borrowing base consists of eligible accounts receivable, inventory and compression units. The largest component, representing 96% and 93% of the borrowing base at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, is eligible compression units—compressor packages that are leased, rented or under service contracts to customers and carried in the financial statements as fixed assets. The senior debt facility is evidenced by notes issued to each of several lenders named in the credit agreement, is secured by a first priority lien against the assets of the Partnership and matures on October 5, 2015. Interest on debt issued under the facility is due and payable in arrears and calculated, at the option of the Partnership, on either a floating rate basis, payable monthly or a LIBOR basis, payable at the end of the applicable LIBOR period (1, 2, 3, or 6 months), but no less frequently than quarterly. LIBOR borrowings bear interest at LIBOR for the applicable period plus a margin of 3.00% to 3.75% based on the leverage ratio of the Partnership's amount outstanding under this facility to consolidated EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) as defined in the credit agreement. Floating rate borrowings bear interest at a rate per annum that is the higher of bank prime rate or the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, without additional margin. Generally, the Partnership maintains several tranches of LIBOR and floating rate borrowings at any time. The Partnership's effective interest rate in effect for all borrowings under its senior debt facility at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, (as adjusted by the interest rate swap referred to in note 5(b) below), was 4.95% and 3.23%, respectively. In addition, the Partnership pays an annual administration fee and an unused commitment fee of 0.50%. The $400,000,000 facility includes a $20,000,000 sub-line for issuing letters of credit for a fee at a per annum rate equal to the margin for LIBOR borrowings on the average daily undrawn stated amount of each letter of credit issued under the facility. There were no letters of credit issued at December 31, 2010 and 2009. The Partnership paid various loan fees and incurred costs in respect of the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement in the amount of $5,059,781 in 2010.

        The senior debt facility expires in 2015 and the Partnership expects to maintain its facility for the term. The facility is a "revolving credit facility" that includes a "springing" lock box arrangement, whereby remittances from customers are forwarded to a bank account controlled by the Partnership, and the Partnership is not required to use such remittances to reduce borrowings under the facility, unless there is a default or excess availability under the facility is reduced below $20,000,000. As the remittances do not automatically reduce the debt outstanding absent the occurence of a default or a reduction in excess availability below $20,000,000, the debt has been classified as long-term at December 31, 2010 and 2009.

        The senior debt credit agreement contains various financial, negative and affirmative covenants, including covenants requiring the Partnership to maintain minimum ratios of consolidated cash flow to consolidated fixed charges and a minimum utilization of its compression fleet. In addition, this agreement limits or restricts the Partnership's ability to incur other debt, create liens and make investments and distributions to partners, enter transactions with affiliates and undertake certain fundamental changes, including merger and consolidation, sale of all or substantially all assets, dissolution and liquidation. The Partnership was in compliance with these covenants at December 31, 2010 and 2009.

F-23


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(5) Long-Term Debt (Continued)

        The Partnership has only limited involvement with derivative financial instruments and uses them principally to manage well-defined interest rate risk. Interest rate swap agreements are used to reduce the potential impact of fluctuations in interest rates on variable rate long-term debt. The swaps are not used for trading or speculative purposes.

        In November 2008, the Partnership entered into an interest rate swap agreement expiring October 5, 2012 for a notional amount of $75,000,000. The fair value of the interest rate swap was recorded on the balance sheet as a liability of $3,265,252 and $2,500,583 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

        In May 2009, the Partnership entered into an interest rate swap agreement expiring June 1, 2012 for a notional amount of $35,000,000. The fair value of this interest rate swap was recorded on the balance sheet as a liability of $765,065 and $299,747 at December 31, 2010 and 2009. In August 2009, the Partnership entered into an interest rate swap agreement expiring August 1, 2012 for a notional amount of $30,000,000. The fair value of this interest rate swap was recorded on the balance sheet as a liability of $778,255 and $314,081 at December 31, 2010 and 2009.

        These swap agreements qualified for hedge accounting and were assumed to be perfectly effective prior to the change in control on December 23, 2010, and thus, there was no ineffectiveness to be recorded in earnings. As of December 31, 2010, the Partnership does not designate these interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges.

        The swap agreements entitle the Partnership to pay or receive from the counter-party, monthly, the amount by which the counter-party's variable rate (reset monthly) is less than or exceeds the Partnership's fixed rate under the agreements. Under the swaps, the Partnership exchanged fixed rates of 3%, 1.9% and 2.055% on the notional amounts of $75,000,000, $35,000,000 and $30,000,000, respectively, for a floating rate tied to the BBA London Interbank Offering Rate (LIBOR). The swaps minimize interest rate exposure on the revolving senior debt facility, and in effect, convert variable interest payments on the aggregate notional amount to fixed interest payments. Amounts paid or received from the interest rate swap are charged or credited to interest expense and matched with the cash flow and interest expense of the senior debt being hedged, resulting in an adjustment to the effective interest rate. As of December 23, 2010 the interest rate swaps were recorded at fair value, and the amounts that were previously recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income related to the instruments, was eliminated.

        Maturities of long term debt:

Year ending December 31:

       
 

2011

  $ 36,467  
 

2012

    42,527  
 

2013

     
 

2014

     
 

2015

    255,448,783  
       

  $ 255,527,777  
       

F-24


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(6) Share-Based Compensation

        The awards issued in 2010, 2009 and 2008 under this incentive pool are as follows:

 
  Total units
reserved
under
incentive
pool
  Class C interest units  
 
  Grant date
fair value
per unit
  Vested   Unvested   Share based
compensation
expense
 

Balance of awards as of December 31, 2007

    8,421,505           2,100,000     3,308,840        

Issuance of capital interest units

    200,000   $ 1.22         200,000   $ 121,836  

Issuance of profit interest units

    2,508,000               2,508,000      

Vesting

              821,768     (821,768 )    

Forfeitures

                       
                           

Balance of awards as of December 31, 2008

    5,713,505           2,921,768     5,195,072        
                               

Expense recorded in 2008

                          $ 121,836  
                               

Issuance of capital interest units

    200,000   $ 0.66         200,000   $ 44,003  

Issuance of profit interest units

    100,000               100,000      

Vesting

              1,323,368     (1,323,368 )   121,836  

Forfeitures

                       
                           

Balance of awards as of December 31, 2009

    5,413,505           4,245,136     4,171,704        
                               

Expense recorded in 2009

                          $ 165,839  
                               

Issuance of capital interest units

    200,000   $ 1.22         200,000   $ 81,400  

Vesting

              4,371,704     (4,371,704 )   198,006  

Settlement of profits interests

    5,213,505           (8,616,840 )        

Forfeitures

                       
                           

Balance of awards as of December 31, 2010

                         
                         

Expense recorded in 2010

                          $ 279,406  
                               

        Generally, partnership interest unit awards that have vesting contingent on future service conditions are amortized over their applicable vesting period using the straight-line method. For nonvested share awards subject to service and performance conditions, the Partnership is required to assess the probability that such performance conditions will be met. If the likelihood of the performance condition being met is deemed probable, the Partnership will recognize the expense using the straight-line attribution method. The Partnership recognized $110,000 of share based compensation expense for the change in value of vested units granted to one of its officers. Upon their change in control, all of the profits interests vested and were settled for $3,868,118.

        The Partnership granted certain Class C common interests to two existing Special Limited Partners in 2006. The Partnership did not record any expense related to these awards in 2006 as it was determined that it was not probable that the performance conditions would be met. In June 2007, these Class C common interest awards were modified. The Special Limited Partners exchanged their 0.7% Class C common interest awards for 901,501 Class B units. These units were all unvested at

F-25


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(6) Share-Based Compensation (Continued)


December 31, 2009, and fully vest on March 31, 2016. Due to this modification and as the Partnership had determined that it is probable that the future service condition will be met, share-based compensation expense for the fair value on the date of the modification over the period July 2007 to December 2010 was recorded. The awards to these two Special Limited Partners fully vested upon the change of control that occurred on December 23, 2010. The amount of share-based compensation expense related to the modified awards was $103,029 in 2010, 2009 and 2008.

        Fair value of these awards was based on third party valuations of enterprise value of the Partnership. These awards were fully vested and terminated with the sale of Holdings as described in note 1.

        USA Compression Holdings, LLC has issued to certain employees and members of its management Class B nonvoting units. These Class B units are liability-classified profits interest awards which have a service condition.

        The Class B units are entitled to a cash payment of 10% of net proceeds primarily from a monetization event, as defined under the provisions related to these Class B unit awards, in excess of USA Compression Holdings, LLC's Class A unitholder's capital contributions and an 8% cumulative annual dividend (both of which are due upon a monetization event) to the extent of vested units over total units of the respective class. Each holder of Class B units is then allocated their pro-rata share of the respective class of unit's entitlement based on the number of units held over the total number of units in that class of units. The Class B units vest 25% on the first anniversary date of the grant date and then 25% on each successive anniversary for the next three years (pro-rated by month) subject to certain continued employment. Half of the annual vesting automatically is achieved when USA Compression Holdings, LLC, or one of its subsidiaries, achieves a defined performance target related to a public offering of securities. The units have no expiry date provided the employee remains employed with USA Compression Holdings, LLC or one of its subsidiaries.

        Fair value of the Class B units is based on enterprise value calculated by a predetermined formula. As of December 31, 2010, no compensation expense or liability has been recorded related to these Class B units.

(7) Transactions with Related Parties

        The Partnership purchased a used Caterpillar lift truck from Darr Equipment, LP, a sister company, in the amount of $11,115 during 2009. There were no related party transactions in 2010 or 2008.

        The Partnership made advances to certain employees as described in note 3.

F-26


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(8) Commitments and Contingencies

        Rent expense for office space, warehouse facilities and certain corporate equipment for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $678,428, $560,106 and $478,584 respectively. Commitments for future minimum lease payments for non-cancelable leases are as follows:

2011

  $ 504,738  

2012

    247,016  

2013

    153,086  

2014

    122,770  

2015

     

Thereafter

     
       

  $ 1,027,610  
       

        On August 4, 2009, the Partnership entered into an operating lease facility with Caterpillar Financial Services Corporation (CFSC), whereby the Partnership has the ability to lease compression equipment with an aggregate value of up to $45,000,000. The Partnership paid commitment and arrangement fees of $200,000. As part of the facility, the Partnership will pay 150bps, amended December 23, 2010 to 220bps, on the value of the equipment for each lease as funded. The facility is available for leases with inception dates up to and including June 30, 2011, subject to renewals at the discretion of CFSC, and mitigates the need to use available capacity under the existing senior debt facility. Each compressor leased under this facility shall have a lease term of one hundred twenty (120) months with a buyout option of 25% of cost which approximates fair value at the end of the lease term. At the end of the lease term, the Partnership shall also have an option to extend the lease term for an additional period of sixty (60) months at an adjusted rate equal to the fair market rate at the time. In the event the Partnership elects not to exercise the buyout or renewal option, the equipment must be returned in a manner fit for use at the end of the lease term. In addition to the fair value buyout option at the end of the lease term, early buyout option provisions exist at month sixty (60) and at month eighty four (84) of the one hundred twenty (120) month lease term. Covenants under the lease facility require the Partnership to maintain certain fleet utilization levels as of the end of each calendar quarter as well as certain total debt to EBITDAR (Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation, Amortization, and Rental expense) ratios. In addition, covenants restrict the concentration of revenues derived from the equipment acquired under the lease facility. The terms of the lease facility do not include contingent rentals or escalation clauses. Lease expense under the terms

F-27


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(8) Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

of the facility for 2010 and 2009 was $2,285,412 and $553,159, respectively. Commitments for future minimum lease payments for non-cancelable leases are as follows:

2011

  $ 3,329,423  

2012

    3,329,423  

2013

    3,329,423  

2014

    3,329,423  

2015

    3,329,423  

Thereafter

    13,838,240  
       

  $ 30,485,355  
       

        The Partnership had revenue from three customers representing 18.7%, 6.7% and 6.6% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010, revenue from two customers representing 19.4% and 8.9% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009 and revenue from two customers representing 18.5% and 7.9% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2008.

        The Partnership may be involved in various claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. In management's opinion, the resolution of such matters is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Partnership's consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

F-28


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010

(unaudited)

 
  Successor
September 30,
2011
  Successor
December 31,
2010
 

Assets

             

Current assets:

             
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 3,000   $ 3,000  
 

Accounts receivable:

             
   

Trade

    8,013,372     7,759,265  
   

Other

    76,174     6,780  
 

Inventory

    4,083,560     5,185,326  
 

Prepaid expenses

    690,289     1,427,983  
 

Advances to employees

        181,936  
           
     

Total current assets

    12,866,395     14,564,290  

Property and equipment, net

    392,513,985     350,069,378  

Identifiable intangible asset—customer relationships

    70,200,000     72,000,000  

Identifiable intangible asset—trade names

    15,132,000     15,600,000  

Goodwill

    157,075,195     157,075,195  

Other assets

    6,819,911     5,408,865  
           
     

Total assets

  $ 654,607,486   $ 614,717,728  
           
   

Liabilities and Partners' Capital

             

Current liabilities:

             
 

Accounts payable

  $ 5,846,144   $ 4,061,524  
 

Accrued liabilities

    7,184,156     3,469,990  
 

Deferred revenue

    8,006,279     7,609,333  
 

Short-term debt

    27,179     286,826  
 

Current portion of long-term debt

    38,914     36,467  
 

Liability from interest rate swaps

    2,884,053     3,084,399  
           
     

Total current liabilities

    23,986,725     18,548,539  

Long-term debt

    291,544,440     255,491,310  

Liability from interest rate swaps

    73,624     1,724,173  

Partners' capital:

             
 

Limited partners' capital

    336,651,871     336,603,370  
 

General partner's capital

    2,350,826     2,350,336  
           
     

Total partners' capital

    339,002,697     338,953,706  
           
     

Total liabilities and partners' capital

  $ 654,607,486   $ 614,717,728  
           

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-29


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

(unaudited)

 
   
   
   
 
 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  Successor
2011
   
  Predecessor
2010
 
 
   
   
   
 

Revenues:

                 
 

Contract operations

  $ 68,761,576       $ 67,019,969  
 

Parts and service

    1,565,019         1,539,042  
               
   

Total revenues

    70,326,595         68,559,011  
               

Costs and expenses:

                 
 

Cost of operations, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

    28,057,234         24,339,100  
 

Selling, general, and administrative

    8,500,658         7,106,965  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    24,043,607         18,195,653  
 

(Gain) loss on sale of assets

    158,520         (66,039 )
               
   

Total costs and expenses

    60,760,019         49,575,679  
               
   

Operating income

    9,566,576         18,983,332  
               

Other income (expense):

                 
 

Interest expense

    (9,423,615 )       (6,810,702 )
 

Other

    17,203         21,118  
               
   

Total other expense

    (9,406,412 )       (6,789,584 )
               
   

Net income before income tax expense

    160,164         12,193,748  

Income tax expense

    111,173         118,305  
               
   

Net income

  $ 48,991       $ 12,075,443  
               

Earnings allocated to general partner

  $ 490       $ 120,754  
               

Earnings available for limited partners

  $ 48,501       $ 11,954,689  
               

                 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-30


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Partners' Capital

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

(unaudited)

 
  General
partner
  Limited
partners
  Total
partners'
capital
 

Partners' capital, December 31, 2010

  $ 2,350,336     336,603,370   $ 338,953,706  
 

Net income

    490     48,501     48,991  
               

Partners' capital, September 30, 2011

  $ 2,350,826     336,651,871   $ 339,002,697  
               

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-31


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

(unaudited)

 
   
   
   
 
 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  Successor
2011
   
  Predecessor
2010
 
 
   
   
   
 

Net income

  $ 48,991       $ 12,075,443  

Other comprehensive loss

            (2,574,510 )
               
 

Comprehensive income

  $ 48,991       $ 9,500,933  
               

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-32


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

(unaudited)

 
   
   
 
 
  Successor
2011
   
  Predecessor
2010
 
 
   
   
   
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

                 
 

Net income

  $ 48,991       $ 12,075,443  
 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                 
   

Depreciation and amortization

    24,043,607         18,195,653  
   

Amortization of debt issue costs and other

    821,969         294,194  
   

Share-based compensation expense

            185,630  
   

Net (gain) loss on sale of assets

    158,520         (66,039 )
   

Net (gain) loss on change in fair value of interest rate swap

    (1,850,896 )        
   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

                 
     

Accounts receivable and advances to employees

    (141,565 )       495,901  
     

Inventory

    1,101,766         883,144  
     

Prepaids

    737,694         640,752  
     

Other noncurrent assets

    (2,143,206 )       1,400  
     

Accounts payable

    1,784,620         (859,912 )
     

Accrued liabilities and deferred revenue

    4,111,112         3,173,815  
               
       

Net cash provided by operating activities

    28,672,612         35,019,981  
               

Cash flows from investing activities:

                 
 

Capital expenditures

    (65,153,184 )       (16,450,827 )
 

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

    774,450         93,305  
               
       

Net cash used in investing activities

    (64,378,734 )       (16,357,522 )
               

Cash flows from financing activities:

                 
 

Proceeds from short-term and long-term debt

    108,654,968         52,466,717  
 

Payments on short-term and long-term debt

    (72,859,039 )       (70,783,701 )
 

Financing Costs

    (89,807 )        
               
       

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    35,706,122         (18,316,984 )
               
       

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

            345,475  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    3,000         3,002  
               

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 3,000       $ 348,477  
               

Supplemental cash flow information:

                 
 

Interest paid

  $ 10,192,910       $ 6,563,554  

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-33


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

September 30, 2011 and 2010

(unaudited)

(1) Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

        USA Compression Partners, L.P., a Texas limited partnership (the Former Partnership), was formed on July 10, 1998. In October 2008, the Partnership entered into several transactions through which the Partnership was reorganized into a holding company, USA Compression Holdings, LP (the Partnership). The owners of the Former Partnership caused the Partnership to be formed as a Texas limited partnership to conduct its affairs as the holding company of an operating and leasing structure of entities. The Former Partnership's owners then transferred their equity interests in the Former Partnership to the Partnership in exchange for identical interests in the Partnership. The Former Partnership became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Partnership, and was converted into USA Compression Partners, LLC, a Delaware, single-member, limited liability company (Operating Subsidiary) to continue providing contract compression services to customers of the Former Partnership. Concurrently, the Operating Subsidiary formed a wholly owned subsidiary, USAC Leasing, LLC, as a Delaware limited liability company (Leasing Subsidiary), and agreed to sell its then existing compressor fleet to the Leasing Subsidiary for assumption of debt relating to the then existing fleet. The Leasing Subsidiary agreed to lease the compressor fleet to the Operating Subsidiary for use in providing contract compression services to its customers. The consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2011 and 2010 include the accounts of the Partnership, the Operating Subsidiary and the Leasing Subsidiary and all intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Partnership joined the Operating Subsidiary's revolving credit facility as a guarantor and the Leasing Subsidiary joined the revolving credit facility as a co-borrower. On June 7, 2011, the Partnership converted from a Texas limited partnership into a Delaware limited partnership and changed its name from USA Compression Holdings, LP to USA Compression Partners, LP.

        The Partnership, together with the Operating Subsidiary and the Leasing Subsidiary, primarily provides natural gas compression services under term contracts with customers in the oil and gas industry, using natural gas compressor packages that it designs, engineers, operates and maintains.

        Partnership net income (loss) is allocated to the partners in proportion to their respective interest in the Partnership.

        On November 29, 2010, the Partnership and each of its partners entered into a unit purchase agreement with USA Compression Holdings, LLC in which USA Compression Holdings, LLC would acquire, subject to certain conditions, all of the limited partner interest of the Partnership and an affiliate of USA Compression Holdings, LLC would acquire the general partner interests of the Partnership. This transaction was closed on December 23, 2010. In connection with this change in control, the Partnership's assets and liabilities were adjusted to fair value on the closing date by application of "push-down" accounting (the "Push-down Adjustments"). Due to the Push-down Adjustments, the Partnership's unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and certain footnote disclosures are presented in two distinct periods to indicate the application of two different bases of accounting between the periods presented: (1) the period prior to the acquisition date for

F-34


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

September 30, 2011 and 2010

(unaudited)

(1) Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

accounting purposes using a date of convenience of December 31, 2010, identified as "Predecessor" and (2) the period from December 31, 2010 forward, identified as "Successor".

        The unaudited financial information has been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included in the Partnership's audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010. In the opinion of the Partnership's management, such financial information reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and the results of operations for such interim periods in accordance with GAAP. All inter-company items and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in annual consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been omitted pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. Therefore, these consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Partnership's audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010.

        The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP, which includes the use of estimates and assumptions by management that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities that exist at the date of the condensed consolidated financial statements. Although these estimates are based on management's available knowledge of current and expected future events, actual results could be different from those estimates.

        Intangible assets, net consisted of the following.

 
  Customer
Relationships
  Trade Names   Total  

Balance at December 31, 2010

  $ 72,000,000   $ 15,600,000   $ 87,600,000  

Amortization

    1,800,000     468,000     2,268,000  
               

Balance at September 30, 2011

  $ 70,200,000   $ 15,132,000   $ 85,332,000  
               

        As of September 30, 2011, the amortization periods of customer relationships and trade names vary between 25 and 30 years. The expected amortization of the intangible assets for each of the five succeeding years is as follows.

Year ending December 31,
  Total  

2011 (remaining)

  $ 756,000  

2012

    3,024,000  

2013

    3,024,000  

2014

    3,024,000  

2015

    3,024,000  

F-35


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

September 30, 2011 and 2010

(unaudited)

(1) Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Accounting standards on fair-value measurement establish a framework for measuring fair value and stipulate disclosures about fair-value measurements. The standards apply to recurring and nonrecurring financial and non financial assets and liabilities that require or permit fair-value measurements. A new accounting standard became effective for the Partnership on January 1, 2008, for all financial assets and liabilities and recurring non financial assets and liabilities. On January 1, 2009, the standard became effective for non recurring non financial assets and liabilities. Among the required disclosures is the fair-value hierarchy of inputs the Partnership uses to value an asset or a liability. The three levels of the fair-value hierarchy are described as follows:

        At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the only financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value in the Partnership's consolidated balance sheet on a recurring basis are its interest rate swaps. The following table presents assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis (including items that are required to be measured at fair value and items for which the fair value option has been elected) at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 
  Quoted
prices in
active
markets for
identical
assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 

Liabilities:

                   
 

Interest rate derivatives—September 30, 2011

      $ 2,957,677      
 

Interest rate derivatives—December 31, 2010

      $ 4,808,572      

        The Partnership's financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable, notes payable and interest rate swap arrangements. The book values of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, and trade accounts payable are representative of fair value due to their short-term maturity. The carrying amounts of notes payable approximates fair value based on the interest rates charged on instruments with similar terms and risks. The carrying amounts of interest rate swap arrangements are based on valuation models prepared by the derivatives issuer which are intended to approximate current market values. The swap agreements

F-36


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

September 30, 2011 and 2010

(unaudited)

(1) Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

qualified for hedge accounting and were assumed to be perfectly effective prior to the change in control on December 23, 2010. In applying cash flow hedge accounting, the Partnership assessed, both at inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the hedging transactions were highly effective in offsetting cash flows of the hedged item. Changes in the fair value of the highly effective portion of the derivative were recognized in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative was reported in earnings. As of December 31, 2010, the Partnership does not designate these interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges and the change in fair value of the derivative is reported in earnings.

(2) Trade Accounts Receivable

        Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts of $236,435 and $173,808 at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, is the Partnership's best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the Partnership's existing accounts receivable. The Partnership determines the allowance based upon historical write-off experience and specific identification. The Partnership does not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to its customers.

(3) Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment consisted of the following at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 
  September 30,
2011
  December 31,
2010
 

Compression equipment

  $ 407,890,942     345,517,756  

Furniture and fixtures

    239,885     227,287  

Automobiles and vehicles

    5,010,276     3,375,362  

Computer equipment

    1,010,631     901,590  

Leasehold improvements

    53,075     47,383  
           
 

Total

    414,204,809     350,069,378  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (21,690,824 )    
           
 

Total

  $ 392,513,985     350,069,378  
           

        The Partnership has leased compressor units with certain purchase options as more fully described in note 7. The Partnership has no compressor units with material customer lease/purchase options.

F-37


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

September 30, 2011 and 2010

(unaudited)

(4) Long-Term Debt

 
  September 30,
2011
  December 31,
2010
 

Senior debt

  $ 291,533,979     255,448,783  

Various other notes

    49,375     78,994  
           
 

Total debt

    291,583,354     255,527,777  

Less current portion

    38,914     36,467  
           
 

Long-term debt

  $ 291,544,440     255,491,310  
           

        On December 23, 2010, the Partnership entered into a Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Borrowing availability under this senior debt facility is limited to the lesser of the $400,000,000 committed facility amount and a borrowing base defined in the credit agreement. At September 30, 2011, this borrowing availability was $53,770,181. The borrowing base consists of eligible accounts receivable, inventory and compression units. The largest component, representing 96% of the borrowing base at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, is eligible compression units—compressor packages that are leased, rented or under service contracts to customers and carried in the financial statements as fixed assets. The senior debt facility is evidenced by notes issued to each of several lenders named in the credit agreement, is secured by a first priority lien against the assets of the Partnership and matures on October 5, 2015.

        The senior debt facility expires in 2015 and the Partnership expects to maintain its facility for the term. The facility is a "revolving credit facility" that includes a "springing" lock box arrangement, whereby remittances from customers are forwarded to a bank account controlled by the Partnership, and the Partnership is not required to use such remittances to reduce borrowings under the facility, unless there is a default or excess availability under the facility is reduced below $20,000,000. As the remittances do not automatically reduce the debt outstanding absent the occurrence of a default or a reduction in excess availability below $20,000,000, the debt has been classified as long-term at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

        The senior debt credit agreement contains various financial, negative and affirmative covenants, including covenants requiring the Partnership to maintain minimum ratios of consolidated cash flow to consolidated fixed charges and a minimum utilization of its compression fleet. In addition, this agreement limits or restricts the Partnership's ability to incur other debt, create liens and make investments and distributions to partners, enter transactions with affiliates and undertake certain fundamental changes, including merger and consolidation, sale of all or substantially all assets, dissolution and liquidation. The Partnership was in compliance with these covenants at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

F-38


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

September 30, 2011 and 2010

(unaudited)

(4) Long-Term Debt (Continued)

        Maturities of long term debt:

Year ending September 30:

       
 

2012

    38,914  
 

2013

    10,461  
 

2014

     
 

2015

     
 

2016

    291,533,979  
       
 

  $ 291,583,354  
       

        The Partnership has only limited involvement with derivative financial instruments and uses them principally to manage well-defined interest rate risk. Interest rate swap agreements are used to reduce the potential impact of fluctuations in interest rates on variable rate long-term debt. The swaps are not used for trading or speculative purposes.

        In November 2008, the Partnership entered into an interest rate swap agreement expiring October 5, 2012 for a notional amount of $75,000,000. The fair value of the interest rate swap was recorded on the balance sheet as a liability of $2,068,144 and $3,265,252 at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

        In May 2009, the Partnership entered into an interest rate swap agreement expiring June 1, 2012 for a notional amount of $35,000,000. The fair value of this interest rate swap was recorded on the balance sheet as a liability of $416,083 and $765,065 at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. In August, 2009, the Partnership entered into an interest rate swap agreement expiring August 1, 2012 for a notional amount of $30,000,000. The fair value of this interest rate swap was recorded on the balance sheet as a liability of $473,450 and $778,255 at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

        These swap agreements qualified for hedge accounting and were assumed to be perfectly effective prior the change in control on December 23, 2010, and thus, there was no ineffectiveness to be recorded in earnings. As of December 31, 2010, the Partnership does not designate these interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges. The amount of the change in fair value of these swap agreements for the nine months ended as of September 30, 2011 was $1,850,896 and has been reflected as a reduction of interest expense for this period.

        The swap agreements entitle the Partnership to pay or receive from the counter-party, monthly, the amount by which the counter-party's variable rate (reset monthly) is less than or exceeds the Partnership's fixed rate under the agreements. Under the swaps, the Partnership exchanged fixed rates of 3%, 1.9% and 2.055% on the notional amounts of $75,000,000, $35,000,000 and $30,000,000, respectively for a floating rate tied to the BBA London Interbank Offering Rate (LIBOR). The swaps minimize interest rate exposure on the revolving senior debt facility, and in effect, convert variable

F-39


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

September 30, 2011 and 2010

(unaudited)

(4) Long-Term Debt (Continued)


interest payments on the aggregate notional amount to fixed interest payments. Amounts paid or received from the interest rate swap are charged or credited to interest expense and matched with the cash flow and interest expense of the senior debt being hedged, resulting in an adjustment to the effective interest rate. As of December 23, 2010 the interest rate swaps were recorded at fair value, and the amount that was previously recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income related to the instruments, was eliminated.

(5) Share-Based Compensation

        USA Compression Holdings, LLC has issued to certain employees and members of its management Class B nonvoting units in conjunction with the change in control on December 23, 2010. These Class B units are liability-classified profits interest awards which have a service condition.

        The Class B units are entitled to a cash payment of 10% of net proceeds primarily from a monetization event, as defined under the provisions related to these Class B unit awards, in excess of USA Compression Holdings, LLC's Class A unitholder's capital contributions and an 8% cumulative annual dividend (both of which are due upon a monetization event) to the extent of vested units over total units of the respective class. Each holder of Class B units is then allocated their pro-rata share of the respective class of unit's entitlement based on the number of units held over the total number of units in that class of units. The Class B units vest 25% on the first anniversary date of the grant date and then 25% on each successive anniversary for the next three years (pro-rated by month) subject to certain continued employment. For certain holders of the Class B units, half of the annual vesting automatically is achieved when USA Compression Holdings, LLC, or one of its subsidiaries, achieves a defined performance target related to a public offering of securities. The units have no expiry date provided the employee remains employed with USA Compression Holdings, LLC or one of its subsidiaries.

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2010 the Partnership issued 200,000 capital interest units to its chief executive officer pursuant to his employment agreement, resulting in $20,350 share based compensation expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. As of September 30, 2011, no compensation expense or liability has been recorded related to Class B units.

(6) Transactions with Related Parties

        For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, the Partnership incurred $250,000 of expenses related to a management fee under an agreement between USA Compression Holdings, LLC and certain of its affiliates. On June 8, 2011, the Partnership received repayment for a loan made to an officer of $185,631.

        William Shea, who has served as a director of USA Compression GP, LLC since June 2011, is currently a director and the chief executive officer of the general partner of Penn Virginia Resource Partners, L.P., or PVR. In 2008, PVR acquired the business of one of the Partnership's compression services customers and, after such acquisition, has continued to purchase compression services from the Partnership. For the year ended December 31, 2010 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011,

F-40


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

September 30, 2011 and 2010

(unaudited)

(6) Transactions with Related Parties (Continued)


subsidiaries of PVR made compression services payments to us of approximately $1.0 million and $0.9 million, respectively. There were no other related party transactions in 2010 or the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

(7) Commitments and Contingencies

        Rent expense for office space, warehouse facilities and certain corporate equipment for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, was $575,133 and $502,588, respectively. Commitments for future minimum lease payments for noncancelable leases as of September 30 are as follows:

2012

  $ 349,947  

2013

    160,600  

2014

    146,932  

2015

    12,277  

2016

     

Thereafter

     
       

  $ 669,756  
       

        On August 4, 2009, the Partnership entered into an operating lease facility with Caterpillar Financial Services Corporation (CFSC), whereby the Partnership has the ability to lease compression equipment with an aggregate value of up to $45,000,000. The Partnership paid commitment and arrangement fees of $200,000. As part of the facility, the Partnership will pay 150bps, amended December 23, 2010 to 220bps, on the value of the equipment for each lease as funded. The facility is available for leases with inception dates up to and including June 30, 2011, subject to renewals at the discretion of CFSC, and mitigates the need to use available capacity under the existing senior debt facility. Each compressor leased under this facility shall have a lease term of one hundred twenty (120) months with a buyout option of 25% of cost which approximates fair value at the end of the lease term. At the end of the lease term, the Partnership shall also have an option to extend the lease term for an additional period of sixty (60) months at an adjusted rate equal to the fair market rate at the time. In the event the Partnership elects not to exercise the buyout or renewal option, the equipment must be returned in a manner fit for use at the end of the lease term. In addition to the fair value buyout option at the end of the lease term, early buyout option provisions exist at month sixty (60) and at month eighty four (84) of the one hundred twenty (120) month lease term. Covenants under the lease facility require the Partnership to maintain certain fleet utilization levels as of the end of each calendar quarter as well as certain total debt to EBITDAR (Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation, Amortization, and Rental expense) ratios. In addition, covenants restrict the concentration of revenues derived from the equipment acquired under the lease facility. The terms of the lease facility do not include contingent rentals or escalation clauses. Lease expense under the terms

F-41


Table of Contents


USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

September 30, 2011 and 2010

(unaudited)

(7) Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

of the facility for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 was $3,283,918 and $1,472,056, respectively. Commitments for future minimum lease payments for non-cancelable leases as of September 30 are as follows:

2012

  $ 4,615,797  

2013

    4,615,797  

2014

    4,615,797  

2015

    4,615,797  

2016

    4,615,797  

Thereafter

    17,001,633  
       

  $ 40,080,618  
       

        The Partnership had revenue from two customers representing 16.7% and 9.0% of total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and revenue from three customers representing 19.1%, 7.1% and 6.6% of total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

        The Partnership may be involved in various claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. In management's opinion, the resolution of such matters is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Partnership's consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

(8) Subsequent Events

        On November 16, 2011, the Partnership amended its revolving credit facility to, among other things, increase the overall commitments under the facility from $400 million to $500 million. The Partnership's amended credit facility provides for an applicable margin for LIBOR loans of 200 to 275 basis point above LIBOR, depending on our leverage ratio, a reduction from 300 to 375 basis points above LIBOR prior to the amendment.

        On December 15, 2011, the Partnership purchased all the compression units previously leased under the Caterpillar equipment operating lease for $43 million. The Partnership incurred additional indebtedness of $43 million under its revolving credit facility in order to fund the purchase of the compression units.

F-42


Table of Contents


APPENDIX B

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

        Adjusted operating surplus:    Adjusted operating surplus for any period consists of:

        Available cash:    For any quarter ending prior to liquidation:

provided, however, that our general partner may not establish cash reserves pursuant to clause (b)(3) immediately above unless our general partner has determined that the establishment of reserves will not prevent us from distributing the minimum quarterly distribution on all common units and any cumulative common unit arrearages thereon for that quarter; and provided, further, that disbursements made by us or any of our subsidiaries or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of that quarter but on or before the date of determination of available cash for that quarter shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining available cash, within that quarter if our general partner so determines.

        Basin:    A geological province on land or offshore where hydrocarbons are generated and trapped.

B-1


Table of Contents

        Capital account:    The capital account maintained for a partner under the partnership agreement. The capital account of a partner for a common unit, a subordinated unit, an incentive distribution right or any other partnership interest will be the amount which that capital account would be if that common unit, subordinated unit, incentive distribution right or other partnership interest were the only interest in USA Compression Partners, LP, held by a partner.

        Capital surplus:    All available cash distributed by us on any date from any source will be treated as distributed from operating surplus until the sum of all available cash distributed since the closing of the initial public offering equals the operating surplus from the closing of the initial public offering through the end of the quarter immediately preceding that distribution. Any excess available cash distributed by us on that date will be deemed to be capital surplus.

        Closing price:    The last sale price on a day, regular way, or in case no sale takes place on that day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on that day, regular way, in either case, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system for securities listed or admitted to trading on the principal national securities exchange on which the units of that class are listed or admitted to trading. If the units of that class are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price on that day. If no quoted price exists, the average of the high bid and low asked prices on that day in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange or any other system then in use. If on any day the units of that class are not quoted by any organization of that type, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on that day as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the units of the class selected by our board of directors. If on that day no market maker is making a market in the units of that class, the fair value of the units on that day as determined reasonably and in good faith by our board of directors.

        Coal bed formations:    Geological formations in which natural gas is generated and stored within coal seams.

        Conventional basin:    A geological province in which the reservoir and fluid characteristics permit the oil and natural gas to readily flow to the wellbore.

        Cumulative common unit arrearage:    The amount by which the minimum quarterly distribution for a quarter during the subordination period exceeds the distribution of available cash from operating surplus actually made for that quarter on a common unit, cumulative for that quarter and all prior quarters during the subordination period.

        Current market price:    For any class of units listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange as of any date, the average of the daily closing prices for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately prior to that date.

        Energy Information Administration (EIA):    The statistical and analytical agency within the U.S. Department of Energy.

        GAAP:    Generally accepted accounting principles.

        Horsepower Utilization.    Horsepower utilization is calculated as (i)(a) revenue generating horsepower plus (b) horsepower in our fleet that is under contract, but is not yet generating revenue plus (c) horsepower not yet in our fleet that is under contract not yet generating revenue and that is subject to a purchase order, divided (ii) by total available horsepower less idle horsepower that is under repair.

B-2


Table of Contents

        Interim capital transactions:    The following transactions if they occur prior to liquidation:

        Multi-stage compression:    A form of natural gas compression which involves sequentially compressing natural gas to achieve incrementally smaller volumes and higher pressures within each stage.

        Natural gas:    A mixture of hydrocarbons (principally methane, ethane, propane, butanes and pentanes), water vapor, hydrogen sulfide, carbon dioxide, helium, nitrogen and other chemicals that occur naturally underground in a gaseous state.

        Natural gas compression:    A mechanical process whereby natural gas is compressed to a smaller volume resulting in a higher pressure.

        Operating expenditures:    All of our cash expenditures, including, but not limited to, taxes, reimbursement of expenses to our general partner and its affiliates, payments made under interest rate hedge agreements or commodity hedge contracts (provided that (i) with respect to amounts paid in connection with the initial purchase of an interest rate hedge contract or a commodity hedge contract, such amounts will be amortized over the life of the applicable interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract and (ii) payments made in connection with the termination of any interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract prior to the expiration of its stipulated settlement or termination date will be included in operating expenditures in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract), officer compensation, repayment of working capital borrowings, debt service payments and maintenance capital expenditures, provided that operating expenditures will not include:

        Operating surplus.    Operating surplus for any period consists of:

B-3


Table of Contents

        Play:    A geological formation that contains petroleum and/or natural gas.

        Revenue Generating Horsepower.    Revenue generating horsepower is horsepower under contract for which we are billing a customer.

        Riverstone:    Riverstone/Carlyle Global Energy and Power Fund IV, L.P., and affiliated entities, including Riverstone Holdings LLC.

        Shale play:    A geological formation that contains petroleum and/or natural gas in nonporous rock that requires special drilling and completion techniques.

        Subordination period:    Except as described below, the subordination period will begin on the closing date of this offering and expire on the first business day after the distribution to unitholders in respect of any quarter, beginning with the quarter ending September 30, 2014, if each of the following has occurred:

B-4


Table of Contents

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, the subordination period will automatically terminate on the first business day after the distribution to unitholders in respect of any quarter, if each of the following has occurred:

        Tight gas:    Natural gas found in reservoirs with impermeable, hard rock, or in a sandstone or limestone formation that is unusually impermeable and non-porous.

        Throughput:    The volume of natural gas transported or passing through a pipeline, plant, terminal or other facility in an economically meaningful period of time.

        Total available horsepower:    Includes revenue generating horsepower under contract for which we are billing a customer, horsepower in our fleet that is under contract but is not yet generating revenue, horsepower not yet in our fleet that is under contract not yet generating revenue that is subject to a purchase order and idle horsepower, but excludes new horsepower on order that is not yet delivered and for which we do not have a compression services contract.

        Wellhead:    The equipment at the surface of a well used to control the well's pressure; the point at which the hydrocarbons and water exit the ground.

        Working capital borrowings:    Borrowings that are made under a credit facility, commercial paper facility or similar financing arrangement, that in all cases are used solely for working capital purposes or to pay distributions to partners and with the intent of the borrower to repay such borrowings within twelve months from sources other than additional working capital borrowings.

B-5


Table of Contents

LOGO

USA Compression Partners, LP

Common Units
Representing Limited Partner Interests



PROSPECTUS

        , 2011



Barclays Capital   Goldman, Sachs & Co.


Table of Contents


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        Set forth below are the expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities registered hereby. With the exception of the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the New York Stock Exchange listing fee, the amounts set forth below are estimates.

SEC registration fee

  $ 23,220  

FINRA filing fee

    20,500  

New York Stock Exchange listing fee

      *

Printing and engraving expenses

      *

Accounting fees and expenses

      *

Legal fees and expenses

      *

Transfer agent and registrar fees

      *

Miscellaneous

      *
       

Total

  $   *
       

*
To be provided by amendment.

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        The section of the prospectus entitled "The Partnership Agreement—Indemnification" discloses that we will generally indemnify officers, directors and affiliates of our general partner to the fullest extent permitted by the law against all losses, claims, damages or similar events and is incorporated herein by this reference. Reference is also made to the underwriting agreement to be filed as an exhibit to this registration statement, which provides for the indemnification of USA Compression Partners, LP and our general partner, their officers and directors, and any person who controls USA Compression Partners, LP and our general partner, including indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act. Subject to any terms, conditions or restrictions set forth in the partnership agreement, Section 17-108 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act empowers a Delaware limited partnership to indemnify and hold harmless any partner or other person from and against all claims and demands whatsoever. As of the consummation of this offering, the general partner of the registrant will maintain directors and officers liability insurance for the benefit of its directors and officers.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        None.

II-1


Table of Contents

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

        (a)   The following documents are filed as exhibits to this registration statement:

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement

 

3.1

 

Certificate of Limited Partnership of USA Compression Partners, LP

 

3.2

*

Form of Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of USA Compression Partners, LP (to be included as Appendix A to the Prospectus)

 

3.3

 

Certificate of Formation of USA Compression GP, LLC

 

3.4

*

Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of USA Compression GP, LLC

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP as to the legality of the securities being registered

 

8.1

*

Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP relating to tax matters

 

10.1

#

Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 

10.2

 

First Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 

10.3

 

Second Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 

10.4

*

Form of Long Term Incentive Plan of USA Compression Partners, LP

 

21.1

 

List of subsidiaries of USA Compression Partners, LP

 

23.1

 

Consent of KPMG LLP

 

23.2

*

Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)

 

23.3

*

Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (contained in Exhibit 8.1)

 

24.1


Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page)

*
To be filed by amendment.
Previously filed.
#
Certain portions have been omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request. Omitted information has been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

        (b)   Financial Statement Schedules.

        Financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not required or the required information is shown in our financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling

II-2


Table of Contents


person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

II-3


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Austin, State of Texas, on December 21, 2011.

    USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP

 

 

By:

 

USA Compression GP, LLC,
its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ ERIC D. LONG

Eric D. Long
President and Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on December 21, 2011.

 
 
Signature
 
Title

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ ERIC D. LONG

Eric D. Long
  President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director

/s/ JOSEPH C. TUSA, JR.

Joseph C. Tusa, Jr.

 

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

*

William H. Shea, Jr.

 

Director

*

Olivia C. Wassenaar

 

Director

*

Andrew W. Ward

 

Director

*By:

 

/s/ J. GREGORY HOLLOWAY

J. Gregory Holloway
Attorney-in-fact

 

 

II-4


INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement

 

3.1

 

Certificate of Limited Partnership of USA Compression Partners, LP

 

3.2

*

Form of Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of USA Compression Partners, LP (to be included as Appendix A to the Prospectus)

 

3.3

 

Certificate of Formation of USA Compression GP, LLC

 

3.4

*

Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of USA Compression GP, LLC

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP as to the legality of the securities being registered

 

8.1

*

Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP relating to tax matters

 

10.1

#

Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 

10.2

 

First Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 

10.3

 

Second Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 

10.4

*

Form of Long Term Incentive Plan of USA Compression Partners, LP

 

21.1

 

List of subsidiaries of USA Compression Partners, LP

 

23.1

 

Consent of KPMG LLP

 

23.2

*

Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)

 

23.3

*

Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (contained in Exhibit 8.1)

 

24.1


Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page)

*
To be filed by amendment.
Previously filed.
#
Certain portions have been omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request. Omitted information has been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.



Exhibit 3.1

 

CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

OF

 

USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP

 

This Certificate of Limited Partnership of USA Compression Partners, LP (the “Partnership”) is being executed by the undersigned for the purpose of forming a limited partnership pursuant to the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act.

 

1.  The name of the limited partnership is:

 

USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP

 

2.  The address of the registered office of the limited partnership in Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.  The name of the Partnership’s registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

3.  The name and business address of the general partner of the Partnership is:

 

USA Compression GP, LLC

100 Congress Avenue, Suite 450

Austin, Texas  78701

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the sole general partner of the Partnership, has caused this Certificate of Limited Partnership to be duly executed as of the 7th day of June, 2011.

 

 

 

USA COMPRESSION GP, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric D. Long

 

 

Eric D. Long

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 




Exhibit 3.3

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

R/C IV USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS GP, LLC

 

Pursuant to Section 18-202 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as amended, it is hereby certified that:

 

1.             The name of the limited liability company (the “Company”) is R/C IV USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS GP, LLC.

 

2.             The Certificate of Formation of the Company is hereby amended by deleting paragraph 1 and inserting in lieu thereof a new paragraph 1 to read as follows:

 

1.  The name of the limited liability company is:

 

USA Compression GP, LLC

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Formation on this 6th day of June, 2011.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric D. Long

 

 

Eric D. Long

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

 

OF

 

R/C IV USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS GP, LLC

 

This Certificate of Formation of R/C IV USA Compression Partners GP, LLC  (the “Company”) is being executed by the undersigned for the purpose of forming a limited liability company pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. §18-101 et seq.) (the “LLC Act”).

 

1.  The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is:

 

R/C IV USA Compression Partners GP, LLC

 

2.  The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.  The name of the Company’s registered agent for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware, at such address, is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, as an authorized person of the Company, has caused this Certificate of Formation to be duly executed as of the 26th day of November, 2010.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Andrews

 

 

Name:

John Andrews

 

 

Title:

Authorized Person

 




Exhibit 10.1

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

DATED AS OF DECEMBER 23, 2010

 

AMONG

 

 

USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP,
AS GUARANTOR,

 

USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LLC

AND

USAC LEASING, LLC,
COLLECTIVELY, AS BORROWER,

 

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME,

 

AND

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
AS AGENT AND LC ISSUER

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.,
AS LEAD ARRANGER AND SOLE BOOK RUNNER

 

WELLS FARGO, N.A.,

AS DOCUMENTATION AGENT

 

REGIONS BANK,

AS SYNDICATION AGENT

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

2

 

 

 

ARTICLE II THE FACILITY

25

 

 

 

2.1.

The Facility

25

 

2.1.1.

Revolving Loans

25

 

2.1.2.

Facility LCs

27

 

2.1.3.

Swingline Loans

31

 

2.1.4.

Non-Ratable Loans

34

 

2.1.5.

Protective Advances

34

 

2.1.6.

Reallocation of Loans and Commitments

34

2.2.

Ratable Loans; Risk Participation

35

2.3.

Payment of the Obligations

35

2.4.

Minimum Amount of Each Advance

35

2.5.

Funding Account

35

2.6.

Reliance Upon Authority; No Liability

35

2.7.

Conversion and Continuation of Outstanding Advances

35

2.8.

Telephonic Notices

36

2.9.

Notification of Advances, Interest Rates and Repayments

36

2.10.

Fees

36

2.11.

Interest Rates

37

2.12.

Eurodollar Advances Post Default; Default Rates

37

2.13.

Interest Payment Dates; Interest and Fee Basis

37

2.14.

Voluntary Prepayments

38

2.15.

Mandatory Prepayments

38

2.16.

Borrower’s Reduction of Commitment

39

2.17.

Termination of the Facility

39

2.18.

Method of Payment

39

2.19.

Apportionment, Application, and Reversal of Payments

40

2.20.

Settlement

41

2.21.

Indemnity for Returned Payments

41

2.22.

Noteless Agreement; Evidence of Indebtedness

41

2.23.

Lending Installations

42

2.24.

Non-Receipt of Funds by the Agent; Defaulting Lenders

42

2.25.

Limitation of Interest

45

 

 

 

ARTICLE III YIELD PROTECTION; TAXES

45

 

 

 

3.1.

Yield Protection

45

3.2.

Changes in Capital Adequacy Regulations

46

3.3.

Availability of Types of Advances

46

3.4.

Funding Indemnification

47

3.5.

Taxes

47

3.6.

Lender Statements; Survival of Indemnity

48

3.7.

Replacement of Lender

49

 

i



 

ARTICLE IV CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

49

 

 

 

4.1.

Effectiveness

49

4.2.

Each Credit Extension

52

 

 

 

ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

52

 

 

 

5.1.

Existence and Standing

52

5.2.

Authorization and Validity

52

5.3.

No Conflict; Government Consent

53

5.4.

Security Interest in Collateral

53

5.5.

Financial Statements

53

5.6.

Material Adverse Change

54

5.7.

Taxes

54

5.8.

Litigation and Contingent Obligations

54

5.9.

Capitalization and Subsidiaries

54

5.10.

ERISA

54

5.11.

Accuracy of Information

54

5.12.

Names; Prior Transactions

54

5.13.

Regulation U

55

5.14.

Material Agreements

55

5.15.

Compliance With Laws

55

5.16.

Ownership of Properties

55

5.17.

[Reserved]

55

5.18.

Environmental Matters

55

5.19.

Investment Company Act

55

5.20.

[Reserved]

55

5.21.

Bank Accounts

55

5.22.

Indebtedness

56

5.23.

Affiliate Transactions

56

5.24.

Real Property; Leases

56

5.25.

Intellectual Property Rights

56

5.26.

Insurance

56

5.27.

Solvency

56

5.28.

[Reserved]

57

5.29.

Post-Retirement Benefits

57

5.30.

Common Enterprise

57

5.31.

Reportable Transaction

57

5.32.

Labor Disputes

57

5.33.

Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Acquisition Documents

57

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI COVENANTS

57

 

 

 

6.1.

Financial and Collateral Reporting

58

6.2.

Use of Proceeds

61

6.3.

Notices

61

6.4.

Conduct of Business

62

6.5.

Taxes

63

6.6.

Payment of Indebtedness and Other Liabilities

63

6.7.

Insurance

63

6.8.

Compliance with Laws

64

 

ii



 

6.9.

Maintenance of Properties and Intellectual Property Rights

65

6.10.

Inspection

65

6.11.

Appraisals

65

6.12.

Communications with Accountants

65

6.13.

Collateral Access Agreements and Real Estate Purchases

65

6.14.

Deposit Account Control Agreements

66

6.15.

Additional Collateral; Further Assurances

66

 

6.15.1.

66

 

6.15.2.

66

 

6.15.3.

67

6.16.

Dividends

67

6.17.

Indebtedness

68

6.18.

Line of Business

69

6.19.

Merger

69

6.20.

Sale of Assets

69

6.21.

Investments and Acquisitions

71

6.22.

Liens

71

6.23.

Change of Name or Location; Change of Fiscal Year

73

6.24.

Affiliate Transactions

73

6.25.

Amendments to Agreements

73

6.26.

Prepayment of Indebtedness; Subordinated Indebtedness

73

6.27.

Financial Contracts

74

6.28.

Purchase of Compressors

74

6.29.

Financial Covenants

74

 

6.29.1.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

74

 

6.29.2.

Minimum Utilization

74

 

6.29.3.

Equity Cure

74

6.30.

Depository Banks

74

6.31.

Real Property Purchases

74

6.32.

Sale of Accounts

75

6.33.

Master Service Agreement and Related Contracts

75

6.34.

Delivery of Service Agreements and Related Contracts to Agent

75

6.35.

Certain Public Offerings of Equity Securities

75

6.36.

Post-Closing Obligations

75

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII DEFAULTS

76

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII REMEDIES; WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS

78

 

 

 

8.1.

Remedies

78

8.2.

Waivers by Loan Parties

79

8.3.

Amendments

80

8.4.

Preservation of Rights

81

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX GENERAL PROVISIONS

82

 

 

 

9.1.

Survival of Representations

82

9.2.

Governmental Regulation

82

9.3.

Headings

82

9.4.

Entire Agreement

82

9.5.

Several Obligations; Benefits of this Agreement

82

 

iii



 

9.6.

Expenses; Indemnification

82

9.7.

Numbers of Documents

84

9.8.

Accounting

84

9.9.

Severability of Provisions

84

9.10.

Nonliability of Lenders

84

9.11.

Confidentiality

85

9.12.

Nonreliance

85

9.13.

Disclosure

85

9.14.

Patriot Act Notice

85

 

 

 

ARTICLE X THE AGENT

86

 

 

 

10.1.

Appointment; Nature of Relationship

86

10.2.

Powers

86

10.3.

General Immunity

86

10.4.

No Responsibility for Credit Extensions, Recitals, etc.

86

10.5.

Action on Instructions of the Lenders

86

10.6.

Employment of Agents and Counsel

87

10.7.

Reliance on Documents; Counsel

87

10.8.

Agent’s Reimbursement and Indemnification

87

10.9.

Notice of Default

87

10.10.

Rights as a Lender

88

10.11.

Lender Credit Decision

88

10.12.

Successor Agent

88

10.13.

Delegation to Affiliates

89

10.14.

Execution of Loan Documents

89

10.15.

Collateral Matters

89

10.16.

Co-Agents, Documentation Agent, Syndication Agent, etc.

91

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI SETOFF; RATABLE PAYMENTS

91

 

 

 

11.1.

Setoff

91

11.2.

Ratable Payments

91

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT; ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS

91

 

 

 

12.1.

Successors and Assigns

91

12.2.

Participations

92

12.3.

Assignments

92

12.4.

Dissemination of Information

94

12.5.

Tax Treatment

94

12.6.

Assignment by LC Issuer

94

12.7.

Assignment by Swingline Lender

94

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIII NOTICES

94

 

 

 

13.1.

Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication

94

13.2.

Change of Address, Etc.

95

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIV COUNTERPARTS

96

 

 

 

ARTICLE XV GUARANTY

96

 

 

 

15.1.

Guaranty

96

 

iv



 

15.2.

Guaranty of Payment

96

15.3.

No Discharge or Diminishment of Guaranty

96

15.4.

Defenses Waived

97

15.5.

Rights of Subrogation

98

15.6.

Reinstatement; Stay of Acceleration

98

15.7.

Information

98

15.8.

Termination

98

15.9.

Taxes

98

15.10.

Severability

98

15.11.

Contribution

99

15.12.

Lending Installations

99

15.13.

Liability Cumulative

99

 

 

 

ARTICLE XVI CHOICE OF LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

99

 

 

 

16.1.

CHOICE OF LAW

99

16.2.

CONSENT TO JURISDICTION

100

16.3.

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

100

 

 

 

ARTICLE XVII MISCELLANEOUS

100

 

 

 

17.1.

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

100

17.2.

GENERAL AMENDMENTS

100

17.3.

RELEASE

101

 

 

 

ARTICLE XVIII

101

 

 

 

JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY

101

18.1.

Cross-Guaranty

101

18.2.

Waivers By Borrower

102

18.3.

Benefit of Guaranty

103

18.4.

Waiver of Subrogation, Etc.

103

18.5.

Election of Remedies

103

18.6.

Limitation

103

18.7.

Contribution With Respect To Guaranty Obligations

104

18.8.

Liability Cumulative

104

18.9.

Structure of Credit Facility

105

 

v



 

ATTACHMENTS

 

COMMITMENT SCHEDULE

PRICING GRID

 

EXHIBITS

 

EXHIBIT A.

FORM OF EURODOLLAR BORROWING NOTICE

EXHIBIT B.

FORM OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION NOTICE

EXHIBIT C.

REVOLVING NOTE

EXHIBIT D.

FORM OF OPINION

EXHIBIT E.

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

EXHIBIT F.

JOINDER AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT G.

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT H.

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

EXHIBIT I.

FORM OF TOTAL COMMITMENT INCREASE CERTIFICATE

EXHIBIT J.

FORM OF ADDITIONAL LENDER CERTIFICATE

 

SCHEDULES

 

SCHEDULE 4.1

CERTAIN COLLATERAL LOCATIONS

SCHEDULE 5.8

LITIGATION AND CONTINGENT OBLIGATIONS

SCHEDULE 5.9

CAPITALIZATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

SCHEDULE 5.12

NAMES; PRIOR TRANSACTIONS

SCHEDULE 5.14

MATERIAL AGREEMENTS

SCHEDULE 5.16

OWNERSHIP OF PROPERTIES

SCHEDULE 5.22

INDEBTEDNESS

SCHEDULE 5.23

AFFILIATE TRANSACTIONS

SCHEDULE 5.24

REAL PROPERTY; LEASES

SCHEDULE 5.25

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

SCHEDULE 5.26

INSURANCE

SCHEDULE 5.32

LABOR MATTERS

SCHEDULE 6.21

OTHER INVESTMENTS

SCHEDULE 6.22

LIENS

SCHEDULE 6.24

AFFILIATED TRANSACTIONS

SCHEDULE 6.33

MASTER SERVICE AGREEMENT

 

vi



 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2010, is among USA Compression Holdings, LP, a Texas limited partnership (“Holdings”), as Guarantor, USA Compression Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“USA Compression Partners”) and USAC Leasing, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“USAC Leasing”), USAC Leasing together with USA Compression Partners, jointly and severally, as Borrower, the Lenders, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., a national banking association, as an LC Issuer and as Agent, Wells Fargo, N.A., as Documentation Agent, and Regions Bank, as Syndication Agent.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, previous hereto, Borrower and Caterpillar Financial Services Corporation entered into a certain Loan Agreement, which Loan Agreement has since been amended, restated, modified, extended, renewed and restructured from time to time, including by that certain Amended and Restated Loan Agreement between Borrower and Caterpillar Financial Services Corporation dated as of March 19, 2003, and by that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan Agreement between Borrower and the Lenders, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated March 30, 2005, that certain Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated March 31, 2005, that certain Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated September 12, 2005, that certain Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated March 8, 2006, that certain Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated July 31, 2006, that certain Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated December 6, 2006, that certain Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated May 22, 2007, that certain Eighth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated June 29, 2007, that certain Ninth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated October 5, 2007, and that certain Tenth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated October 10, 2008  (such Loan Agreement, as so amended and otherwise modified through the Closing Date, the “Original Loan Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Unit Purchase Agreement dated November 29, 2010 among Holdings, all of the partners thereof (the “Sellers”), Darr Holdings, Inc., and USA Compression Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Riverstone Holdings”) (the “Riverstone Acquisition Agreement”), Riverstone Holdings will purchase from the Sellers all of the outstanding partnership interests in Holdings (the “Riverstone Acquisition”);

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower has now requested that the Lenders further amend, restate, modify, extend, renew and restructure the loans made pursuant to the Original Loan Agreement and make available to the Borrower loans and other extensions of credit in an aggregate amount not to exceed $400,000,000 as of the Closing Date, which extensions of credit will be used by the Borrower for the purposes set forth in Section 6.2;

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower has agreed to secure all of their obligations under the Loan Documents by granting to the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, a security interest in and lien upon the Collateral as set forth in the Collateral Documents; and

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby amend and completely restate the Original Loan Agreement, effective as of the Closing Date as defined below, and do hereby agree as follows:

 

1


 

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

As used in this Agreement:

 

“ABR”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

 

“Account” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Security Agreement.

 

“Account Debtor” means any Person obligated on an Account.

 

“Acquisition” means any transaction, or any series of related transactions, consummated on or after the Closing Date, by which any Loan Party (a) acquires any going business or all or substantially all of the assets of any Person, whether through purchase of assets, merger or otherwise or (b) directly or indirectly acquires (in one transaction or as the most recent transaction in a series of transactions) at least a majority (in number of votes) of the Capital Stock of a Person which has ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other similar management personnel of a Person (other than Capital Stock having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) or a majority of the outstanding Capital Stock of a Person.

 

“Act” is defined in Section 9.14.

 

“Activation Event” means such time as (i) Availability is less than $20,000,000, or (ii) a Default or Unmatured Default shall have occurred.

 

“Adjusted LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period or for any ABR Borrowing, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate.

 

“Advance” means a borrowing hereunder, (a) made by some or all of the Lenders on the same Borrowing Date, or (b) converted or continued by the Lenders on the same date of conversion or continuation, consisting, in either case, of the aggregate amount of the several Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, for the same Interest Period.  The term Advance shall include Swingline Loans, Non-Ratable Loans and Protective Advances unless otherwise expressly provided.

 

“Affected Lender” is defined in Section 3.7.

 

“Affiliate” of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person.  A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if the controlling Person owns 10% or more of any class of the voting Capital Stock of the controlled Person or possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the controlled Person, whether through ownership of Capital Stock, by contract or otherwise.

 

“Agent” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in its capacity as contractual representative of the Lenders pursuant to Article X, and not in its individual capacity as a Lender, and any successor Agent appointed pursuant to Article X.

 

“Aggregate Commitment” means the aggregate of the Commitments of all the Lenders, as reduced from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof, which Aggregate Commitment shall on the Closing Date be in the amount of $400,000,000, which may be subsequently increased pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth herein, by an amount up to $50,000,000 as a result of the occurrence of a Commitment Adjustment Event.

 

2



 

“Aggregate Credit Exposure” means, at any time, the aggregate of the Credit Exposure of all the Lenders.

 

“Agreement” means this Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, as it may be amended or modified and in effect from time to time.

 

“Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus ½ of 1% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a one month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Adjusted LIBO Rate for any day shall be based on the rate appearing on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or on any successor or substitute page) at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on such day (without any rounding).  Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively.

 

“Applicable Fee Rate” shall mean one-half of one percent (0.50%) per annum with respect to the Available Commitment.

 

“Applicable Margin” means, with respect to Advances of any Type at any time, the percentage rate per annum which is applicable at such time with respect to Advances of such Type as set forth in the Pricing Schedule.

 

“Appraised Value Report” is defined in Section 6.1(e)(i).

 

“Appraised Value Report Desk Review” is defined in Section 6.1(e)(ii).

 

“Approved Appraiser” means Great American Group or such other reputable firm of independent professional appraisers as may be selected from time to time by the Borrower and approved and engaged by the Agent or the Required Lenders, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

“Approved Fund” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

 

“Arranger” means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., and its successors, in its capacity as Lead Arranger and Sole Book Runner.

 

“Article” means an article of this Agreement unless another document is specifically referenced.

 

“Assignment Agreement” is defined in Section 12.3(a).

 

“Authorized Individual” means any Authorized Officer, the controller of the Borrower, or any other employee of Borrower designated in writing delivered to Agent and signed by at least two (2) Authorized Officers, acting singly.

 

“Authorized Officer” means the Chairman or the President and Chief Executive Officer, or Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower, or any other officer designated in writing delivered to the Agent and signed by the board of managers of the Managing General Partner of the Borrower, acting singly.

 

“Availability” means, at any time, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the Commitment and (b) the Borrowing Base, in each case, minus the Aggregate Credit Exposure.

 

“Availability Period” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the Facility Termination Date.

 

3



 

“Available Commitment” means, at any time, the Commitment then in effect minus the Aggregate Credit Exposure at such time.

 

“Average Utilization” is measured over two consecutive Fiscal Quarters, and means, for any such period, the average of Utilization for the six (6) consecutive Fiscal Months ending on the last day of a Fiscal Quarter.

 

“Banking Services” means each and any of the following bank services provided to any Loan Party by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. or any of its Affiliates or any Lender: (a) credit cards for commercial customers (including, without limitation, “commercial credit cards” and purchasing cards), (b) stored value cards and (c) treasury management services (including, without limitation, controlled disbursement, automated clearinghouse transactions, return items, overdrafts and interstate depository network services).

 

“Banking Services Obligations” of the Loan Parties means any and all obligations of the Loan Parties, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor) in connection with Banking Services.

 

“Banking Services Reserves” means all Reserves which the Agent from time to time establishes in its Permitted Discretion for Banking Services then provided or outstanding.

 

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the U.S. Code (11 U.S.C. § 101 et seq.) as amended, reformed, or otherwise modified from time to time, and any rule or regulation issued thereunder.

 

“Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

 

“Borrower” means individually and collectively, jointly and severally, USA Compression Partners, USAC Leasing, and their successors and assigns.

 

“Borrowing” means (a) Revolving Loans of the same Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, (b) a Swingline Loan, (c) a Protective Advance and (d) a Non-Ratable Loan.

 

“Borrowing Base” means, at any time, the sum of (a) up to 85% of Borrower’s Eligible Accounts at such time, plus (b) up to 50% of Borrower’s Eligible Inventory (excluding Eligible Compression Units, Eligible Finished Goods Inventory and Eligible Heavy Component Inventory), valued at the lower of cost or market value, determined on a first-in-first-out basis, at such time, plus (c) up to the Compression Units Advance Rate Percentage of the book value of Borrower’s Eligible Compression Units, plus (d) up to 80% of Borrower’s Eligible Finished Goods Inventory and Eligible Heavy Component Inventory valued at cost (excluding tooling and set-up costs, sales taxes and other soft costs), determined on a first-in-first-out basis, at such time, minus (e) Reserves.  The Agent may, in its Permitted Discretion, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Unmatured Default or Default, reduce the advance rates set forth above or reduce one or more of the other elements used in computing the Borrowing Base.

 

“Borrowing Base Certificate” means a certificate, signed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower, in the form of Exhibit H or another form which is acceptable to the Agent in its sole discretion.

 

“Borrowing Date” means a date on which an Advance or a Loan is made hereunder.

 

“Borrowing Notice” is defined in Section 2.1.1(b).

 

4



 

“Budget” means an annual budget of the Borrower setting forth in reasonable detail, the projected plan and forecast (including projected consolidated balance sheet, income statement and funds flow statement) of the Borrower for each quarter of the following Fiscal Year.

 

“Business Day” means (a) with respect to any borrowing, payment or rate selection of Eurodollar Advances, a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks generally are open in New York City for the conduct of substantially all of their commercial lending activities, interbank wire transfers can be made on the Fedwire system and dealings in U.S. dollars are carried on in the London interbank market and (b) for all other purposes, a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks generally are open in New York City for the conduct of substantially all of their commercial lending activities and interbank wire transfers can be made on the Fedwire system.

 

“Capital Expenditures” means, for any period, all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as a liability, including the portion of Capital Lease Obligations originally incurred during such period that are capitalized on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower) by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are included in “capital expenditures,” “additions to property, plant or equipment” or comparable items in the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower, but excluding (a) expenditures for the restoration, repair or replacement of any fixed or capital asset that was destroyed or damaged, in whole or in part, in an amount equal to any insurance proceeds received in connection with such damage or destruction, and (b) any expenditures made or incurred with proceeds of the Designated Contribution Amount.

 

“Capital Stock” means any and all corporate stock, units, shares, partnership interests, membership interests, equity interests, rights, securities, or other equivalent evidences of ownership (howsoever designated) issued by any Person.

 

“Capitalized Lease” of a Person means any lease of Property by such Person as lessee which would be capitalized on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Capitalized Lease Obligations” of a Person means the aggregate amount of the obligations of such Person under Capitalized Leases which would be shown as a liability on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Cash Equivalent Investments” means (a) short-term obligations of, or fully guaranteed by, the U.S., (b) commercial paper rated A-1 or better by S&P or P-1 or better by Moody’s, (c) demand deposit accounts maintained in the ordinary course of business with any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the U.S. or any State thereof that has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000, and (d) certificates of deposit issued by and time deposits with any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the U.S. or any State thereof that has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000; provided that, in each case, the same provides for payment of both principal and interest (and not principal alone or interest alone) and is not subject to any contingency regarding the payment of principal or interest.

 

“Change in Control” means (a) Riverstone Holdings and/or one or more of its Affiliates shall cease to own, free and clear of all Liens or other encumbrances (other than Permitted Liens which are inchoate liens arising by operation of law for which amounts are not yet due and owing), control, and manage at least 50.10% of the outstanding voting Capital Stock of Holdings on a fully diluted basis; (b) a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Borrower; (c) Managing General Partner ceases to be the Managing General Partner (as such term is defined in the Partnership Agreement) of Holdings; (d) the failure of Holdings (or, subject to the proviso below, another Person controlled directly or indirectly by Riverstone Holdings, so long as the Borrower has given Agent ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice of such substitution (a “Substitute Control Person”)) to own, control and manage, one hundred percent of the membership interests or other equity interests of USA Compression Partners; or (e) the failure

 

5



 

of USA Compression Partners (or, subject to the proviso below, another Person controlled directly or indirectly by Riverstone Holdings, so long as the Borrower has given Agent ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice of such substitution) to own, control and manage, one hundred percent of the membership interests or other equity interests of USAC Leasing; provided that as applicable, clauses (d) and (e) above shall not be violated and shall thereafter apply to such Substitute Control Person(s), so long as Holdings and/or such other Substitute Control Person has, immediately upon the occurrence of such substitution, has taken all necessary or appropriate steps requested by Agent to ensure that at all times Agent has the same credit support and security package (i.e. a pledge agreement, security agreement and guaranty) from Holdings and such Substitute Control Person.

 

“Chase” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., a national banking association, in its individual capacity, and its successors.

 

“Closing Date” means the date of this Agreement.

 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, reformed or otherwise modified from time to time, and any rule or regulation issued thereunder.

 

“Collateral” means any and all Property covered by the Collateral Documents and any and all other Property of any Loan Party, now existing or hereafter acquired, that may at any time be or become subject to a security interest or Lien in favor of Agent, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, to secure the Secured Obligations.

 

“Collateral Access Agreement” means any landlord waiver or other agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, between the Agent and any third party (including any bailee, consignee, customs broker, or other similar Person) in possession of any Collateral or any landlord of any Loan Party for any real Property where any Collateral is located, as such landlord waiver or other agreement may be amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

“Collateral Assignment of Contracts” is defined in Section 4.1(w).

 

“Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, and any other documents granting a Lien upon the Collateral as security for payment of the Secured Obligations.

 

“Collateral Shortfall Amount” is defined in Section 2.1.2(l).

 

“Commitment” means, for each Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make Loans to, and participate in Facility LCs issued upon the application of, the Borrower in an aggregate amount not exceeding the amount set forth in the Commitment Schedule or as set forth in any Assignment Agreement that has become effective pursuant to Section 12.3(c), as such amount may be increased, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, as a result of a Commitment Adjustment Event or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

“Commitment Adjustment Event” is defined in Section 2.1.1(a)(ii).

 

“Commitment Schedule” means the Schedule attached hereto identified as such.

 

“Compliance Certificate” is defined in Section 6.1(d).

 

Compression Units” means Inventory of a Borrower consisting of completed Compressor Packages held by such Borrower, either (i) for rental to USA Compression Partner’s customers in the ordinary course of business, as evidenced by such Compressor Packages either then being or previously having been rented or leased by a customer or under an executory contract to rent or lease by a customer, or (ii) for use by USA Compression Partners in providing compression services to its customers in the ordinary course of business,

 

6



 

as evidenced by such Compressor Packages either then being or previously having been used by USA Compression Partners in providing compression services under a service contract with a customer or designated by USA Compression Partners for use under an executory contract for services with a customer.  For avoidance of doubt, the term ‘Compression Units’ does not include any Inventory of a Borrower held by such Borrower for lease or rent to its Affiliate unless after giving effect to such lease or rent to such Affiliate such Inventory meets the requirement set forth in either subsection (i) or (ii) above.

 

“Compression Units Advance Rate Percentage” means, as of any date of determination, the lesser of (i) a fraction (stated as a percentage), the numerator of which is equal to eighty percent (80%) of the aggregate Net Orderly Liquidation Value of Borrower’s Compression Units (determined by reference to the Current Valuation Report), and the denominator of which is equal to the aggregate net book value of Borrower’s Compression Units as reflected in Borrower’s monthly financial statements as of the Valuation Date of the Current Valuation Report or (ii) one hundred percent (100%).  The Compression Units Advance Rate Percentage shall be calculated by Agent within five (5) Business Days after Agent has received both a Current Valuation Report and the Borrower’s monthly financial statements as of the Valuation Date of such Current Valuation Report in accordance with this Agreement.  In the event that either such Current Valuation Report or such financial statements are not delivered when due, the Compression Units Advance Rate Percentage shall be determined by Agent in its Permitted Discretion.  For the period from the Closing Date through the date of the calculation pursuant to this definition after delivery of the next Current Valuation Report, the Compression Units Advance Rate Percentage shall be based on the Approved Appraiser’s report referred to in Section 6.1(s) hereof and the Borrower’s financial statements for the month ended September 30, 2010.

 

“Compressor Packages” means natural gas compression equipment generally consisting of an engineered package of major serial numbered components including an engine, compressor, compressor cylinders, natural gas and engine jacket cooler, control devices and ancillary piping mounted on a metal skid.

 

“Contingent Obligation” of a Person means any agreement, undertaking or arrangement by which such Person assumes, guarantees, endorses, contingently agrees to purchase or provide funds for the payment of, or otherwise becomes or is contingently liable upon, the obligation or liability of any other Person, or agrees to maintain the net worth or working capital or other financial condition of any other Person, or otherwise assures any creditor of such other Person against loss, including, without limitation, any comfort letter, operating agreement, take-or-pay contract or the obligations of any such Person as general partner of a partnership with respect to the liabilities of the partnership.

 

“Conversion/Continuation Notice” is defined in Section 2.7.

 

“Copyrights” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Security Agreement.

 

“Credit Exposure” means, as to any Lender at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of its Revolving Loans outstanding at such time, plus (b) an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the LC Obligations at such time, plus (c) an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans, Non-Ratable Loans and Protective Advances outstanding at such time.

 

“Credit Extension” means the making of an Advance or the issuance of a Facility LC hereunder.

 

“Credit Extension Date” means the Borrowing Date for an Advance or the issuance date for a Facility LC.

 

“Current Valuation Report” means, as of any date, the most recent Appraised Value Report or Appraised Value Report Desk Review delivered to Agent in accordance with this Agreement.

 

“Customer List” means a list of the Borrower’s customers, specifying each customer’s name, mailing address and phone number.

 

7



 

“Default” means an event described in Article VII.

 

“Defaulting Lender” means any Lender, as determined by the Agent, that has (a) failed to fund any portion of its Loans or participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans within three Business Days of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, (b) notified the Borrower, the Agent, the LC Issuer, the Swingline Lender or any Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement or has made a public statement to the effect that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations under this Agreement or under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) failed, within three Business Days after request by the Agent, to confirm that it will comply with the terms of this Agreement relating to its obligations to fund prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans, (d) otherwise failed to pay over to the Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within three Business Days of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute, or (e) (i) become or is insolvent or has a parent company that has become or is insolvent or (ii) become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee or custodian appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment or has a parent company that has become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee or custodian appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment.

 

“Deposit Account Control Agreement” means an agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, among any Loan Party, a banking institution holding such Loan Party’s funds, and the Agent with respect to collection and control of all deposits and balances held in a deposit account maintained by any Loan Party with such banking institution.

 

“Designated Contribution Amount” means the aggregate amount of net cash proceeds from capital contributions made by a holder of Capital Stock of Holdings or any parent company of Holdings, and contributed by Holdings to the Borrower as common equity or in form reasonably acceptable to Agent and substantially concurrently utilized (without duplication) for Capital Expenditures.

 

“Document” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Security Agreement.

 

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary which is organized under the laws of the U.S. or any state of the U.S.

 

“EBITDA” means, for any period, Net Income plus, to the extent deducted from revenues in determining Net Income, (a) Interest Expense, (b) expense for taxes paid or accrued, (c) depreciation, (d) amortization, (e) extraordinary losses (as determined in accordance with GAAP) incurred other than in the ordinary course of business, (f) Management Fees made during the applicable period, and (g) fees and expenses in connection with the Riverstone Acquisition and the transactions relating thereto, including the amendment and/or amendment and restatements of the existing indebtedness of the Borrower minus, to the extent included in Net Income, extraordinary gains (as determined in accordance with GAAP) realized other than in the ordinary course of business, all calculated for Holdings and its Subsidiaries consolidated in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Effective Date” means the date that the conditions precedent set forth in Article IV are satisfied.

 

“Eligible Accounts” means, at any time, the Accounts of the Borrower which the Agent determines in its Permitted Discretion are eligible as the basis for Credit Extensions hereunder.  Without limiting the Agent’s discretion provided herein, Eligible Accounts shall not include any Account:

 

(a)           which is not subject to a first priority perfected security interest in favor of the Agent;

 

8



 

(b)           which is subject to any Lien other than (i) a Lien in favor of the Agent and (ii) a Permitted Lien which does not have priority over the Lien in favor of the Agent;

 

(c)           with respect to which more than 90 days have elapsed since the date of the original invoice therefor or which is more than 60 days past the due date for payment;

 

(d)           which is owing by an Account Debtor for which more than 50% of the Accounts owing from such Account Debtor and its Affiliates are ineligible hereunder;

 

(e)           which is owing by an Account Debtor to the extent the aggregate amount of Accounts owing from such Account Debtor and its Affiliates to the Borrower exceeds 25% of the aggregate Eligible Accounts;

 

(f)            with respect to which any covenant, representation, or warranty contained in this Agreement or in the Security Agreement has been breached or is not true in all material respects;

 

(g)           which (i) does not arise from the sale, lease or rental of goods or performance of services in the ordinary course of business, (ii) is not evidenced by an invoice or other documentation satisfactory to the Agent which has been sent to the Account Debtor, (iii) represents a progress billing, (iv) is contingent upon the Borrower’s completion of any further performance, or (v) represents a sale on a bill-and-hold, guaranteed sale, sale-and-return, sale on approval, consignment, cash-on-delivery or any other repurchase or return basis, provided that, this subsection (g) shall not apply to any Accounts comprising, in the aggregate from time to time, not more than $2,000,000 of the Borrowing Base (or such other amount as determined by the Agent in its Permitted Discretion), which would otherwise constitute Eligible Accounts but for the fact that such Accounts were billed in advance in the ordinary course of business;

 

(h)           for which the goods giving rise to such Account have not been shipped to the Account Debtor or for which the services giving rise to such Account have not been performed by the Borrower;

 

(i)            with respect to which any check or other instrument of payment has been returned uncollected for any reason;

 

(j)            which is owed by an Account Debtor which has (i) applied for, suffered, or consented to the appointment of any receiver, custodian, trustee, or liquidator of its assets, (ii) has had possession of all or a material part of its property taken by any receiver, custodian, trustee or liquidator, (iii) filed, or had filed against it, any request or petition for liquidation, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debts, adjudication as bankrupt, winding-up, or voluntary or involuntary case under any state or federal bankruptcy laws, (iv) has admitted in writing its inability, or is generally unable to, pay its debts as they become due, (v) become insolvent, or (vi) ceased operation of its business;

 

(k)           which is owed by any Account Debtor which has sold all or a substantially all of its assets;

 

(l)            which is owed by an Account Debtor which (i) does not maintain its chief executive office in the U.S. or Canada (other than the Province of Newfoundland) or (ii) is not organized under applicable law of the U.S., any state of the U.S., Canada, or any province of Canada (other than the Province of Newfoundland) unless, in either case, such Account is backed either by a Letter of Credit acceptable to the Agent which is in the possession of the Agent or the payment of which is insured by an insurer organized under

 

9



 

the laws of the U.S. and acceptable to Agent pursuant to an insurance policy acceptable to Agent that is assigned to Agent in a manner satisfactory to Agent;

 

(m)          which is owed in any currency other than U.S. dollars;

 

(n)           which is owed by (i) the government (or any department, agency, public corporation, or instrumentality thereof) of any country other than the U.S. unless such Account is backed by a Letter of Credit acceptable to the Agent which is in the possession of the Agent, or (ii) the government of the U.S., or any department, agency, public corporation, or instrumentality thereof, unless the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended (31 U.S.C. § 3727 et seq. and 41 U.S.C. § 15 et seq.), and any other steps necessary to perfect the Lien of the Agent in such Account have been complied with to the Agent’s satisfaction;

 

(o)           which is owed by any Affiliate, employee, or director of any Loan Party;

 

(p)           which, for any Account Debtor, exceeds a credit limit determined by the Agent, to the extent of such excess;

 

(q)           which is owed by an Account Debtor or any Affiliate of such Account Debtor to which Borrower is indebted, but only to the extent of such indebtedness;

 

(r)            which is subject to any counterclaim, deduction, defense, setoff or dispute;

 

(s)           which is evidenced by any promissory note, chattel paper, or instrument (unless determined acceptable to Agent in its sole discretion);

 

(t)            which is owed by an Account Debtor located in any jurisdiction which requires filing of a “Notice of Business Activities Report” or other similar report in order to permit the Borrower to seek judicial enforcement in such jurisdiction of payment of such Account, unless the Borrower has filed such report or qualified to do business in such jurisdiction;

 

(u)           with respect to which the Borrower has made any agreement with the Account Debtor for any reduction thereof, other than discounts and adjustments given in the ordinary course of business; or

 

(v)           which the Agent determines may not be paid by reason of the Account Debtor’s inability to pay or which the Agent otherwise determines is unacceptable for any reason whatsoever.

 

In the event that an Account which was previously an Eligible Account ceases to be an Eligible Account hereunder, the Borrower shall notify the Agent thereof on and at the time of submission to the Agent of the next Borrowing Base Certificate.

 

“Eligible Compression Units” means, Eligible Inventory of Borrower consisting of Compression Units.

 

“Eligible Finished Goods Inventory” means, Eligible Inventory of Borrower consisting of Finished Goods Inventory.

 

“Eligible Heavy Component Inventory” means, Eligible Inventory of Borrower consisting of Heavy Component Inventory.

 

10



 

“Eligible Inventory” means, at any time, the Inventory of the Borrower which the Agent determines in its Permitted Discretion is eligible as the basis for Credit Extensions hereunder.  Without limiting the Agent’s discretion provided herein, Eligible Inventory shall not include any Inventory:

 

(a)           which is not subject to a first priority perfected Lien in favor of the Agent;

 

(b)           which is subject to any Lien other than (i) a Lien in favor of the Agent and (ii) a Permitted Lien which does not have priority over the Lien in favor of the Agent;

 

(c)           which is, in the Agent’s opinion, slow moving, obsolete, unmerchantable, defective, unfit for sale, lease, rental or its intended use, not salable at prices approximating at least the cost of such Inventory in the ordinary course of business or unacceptable due to age, type, category and/or quantity;

 

(d)           with respect to which any covenant, representation, or warranty contained in this Agreement or the Security Agreement has been breached or is not true in all material respects;

 

(e)           which does not conform to all standards imposed by any governmental authority;

 

(f)            which is not finished goods or which constitutes raw materials, spare or replacement parts (other than Eligible Heavy Component Inventory), subassemblies, packaging and shipping material, manufacturing supplies, display items, bill-and-hold goods, returned or repossessed goods, defective goods, goods held on consignment, or goods which are not of a type (i) held for sale, lease or rental or (ii) to be used to provide compression services, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(g)           which is not located in the U.S. or Canada or is in transit with a common carrier from vendors and suppliers;

 

(h)           which is located in any location leased by the Borrower unless (i) the lessor has delivered to the Agent a Collateral Access Agreement or (ii) a Reserve for rent, charges, and other amounts due or to become due with respect to such facility has been established by the Agent in its Permitted Discretion;

 

(i)            which is located in any third party warehouse or is in the possession of a bailee and is not evidenced by a Document, unless (i) such warehouseman or bailee has delivered to the Agent a Collateral Access Agreement and such other documentation as the Agent may require or (ii) an appropriate Reserve has been established by the Agent in its Permitted Discretion;

 

(j)            which is the subject of a consignment by the Borrower as consignor;

 

(k)           which is perishable;

 

(l)            which contains or bears any Intellectual Property Rights licensed to the Borrower unless the Agent is satisfied that it may sell or otherwise dispose of such Inventory without (i) infringing the rights of such licensor, (ii) violating any contract with such licensor, or (iii) incurring any liability with respect to payment of royalties other than royalties incurred pursuant to sale of such Inventory under the current licensing agreement;

 

(m)          which is not reflected in a current perpetual report of property of the Borrower;

 

11


 

 

(n)           which is covered by a negotiable document of title, unless such document and evidence of acceptable insurance covering such Inventory have been delivered to Agent with all necessary endorsements, free and clear of all Liens, except those in favor of Agent;

 

(o)           which is not covered by casualty insurance reasonably acceptable to Agent; or

 

(p)           which the Agent otherwise determines is unacceptable for any reason whatsoever.

 

In the event that Inventory which was previously Eligible Inventory ceases to be Eligible Inventory hereunder, the Borrower shall notify the Agent thereof on and at the time of submission to the Agent of the next Borrowing Base Certificate.

 

“Environmental Laws” means any and all federal, state, local and foreign statutes, laws, judicial decisions, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, plans, injunctions, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements and other governmental restrictions relating to (a) the protection of the environment, (b) the effect of the environment on human health, (c) emissions, discharges or releases of pollutants, contaminants, hazardous substances or wastes into surface water, ground water or land, (d) the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of pollutants, contaminants, hazardous substances or wastes or the clean-up or other remediation thereof or (e) occupational health and safety.

 

“Equipment” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

 

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and any rule or regulation issued thereunder.

 

“ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with a Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

 

“ERISA Event” means (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30 day notice period is waived); (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of an “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by any Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (e) the receipt by any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the incurrence by any Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the receipt by any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.

 

“Eurodollar”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing (except as otherwise provided in Section 2.12), refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

 

“Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to the Agent, any Lender, the LC Issuer or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) income or franchise taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income by the United States of America, or by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or,

 

12



 

in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located or any other jurisdiction as a result of such recipient engaging in a trade or business in such jurisdiction for tax purposes, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by a Borrower under Section 3.7), any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office) or is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure to comply with Section 3.5(f), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 3.5(a) and (d) any United States withholding tax that is imposed as a result of such recipient’s failure to comply with the requirements of FATCA to establish an exemption from such withholding tax pursuant to FATCA.

 

“Exhibit” refers to an exhibit to this Agreement, unless another document is specifically referenced.

 

“Facility” means the credit facility described in Section 2.1 hereof to be provided to the Borrower on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

“Facility LC” is defined in Section 2.1.2(a).

 

“Facility LC Application” is defined in Section 2.1.2(c).

 

“Facility LC Collateral Account” is defined in Section 2.1.2(j).

 

“Facility Termination Date” means October 5, 2015 or any earlier date on which the Aggregate Commitment is reduced to zero or otherwise terminated pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

“FATCA”:  Section 1471 through 1474 of the Code as enacted and any regulations thereunder or official interpretations thereof.

 

“Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

 

“Fee Letter” is defined in Section 2.10(c).

 

“Financial Contract” of a Person means (a) any exchange-traded or over-the-counter futures, forward, swap or option contract or other financial instrument with similar characteristics, or (b) any Rate Management Transaction.

 

“Finished Goods Inventory” means Inventory of Borrower consisting of completed Compressor Packages that are not Compression Units.

 

“Fiscal Month” means any of the monthly accounting periods of the Borrower.

 

“Fiscal Quarter” means any of the quarterly accounting periods of the Borrower, ending on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year.

 

“Fiscal Year” means any of the annual accounting periods of the Borrower ending on December 31 of each year.

 

13



 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means the ratio, determined as of the end of each of Fiscal Quarter of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the twelve month period then ending, of (a) EBITDA minus the Unfinanced Portion of Capital Expenditures to (b) Fixed Charges, all calculated for Holdings and its Subsidiaries consolidated in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Fixed Charges” means, with reference to any period, without duplication, cash Interest Expense, plus scheduled principal payments on Indebtedness made during such period (which shall exclude principal payments hereunder), plus expense for taxes paid in cash (including tax distributions made in accordance with Section 6.9(a)(i)), plus dividends or distributions paid in cash to the partners of Holdings, plus Management Fees.

 

“Fixtures” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

 

“Floating Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to (a) the Alternate Base Rate for such day plus (b) the Applicable Margin, in each case changing when and as the Alternate Base Rate changes.

 

“Floating Rate Advance” means an Advance which, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.12, bears interest at the Floating Rate.

 

“Floating Rate Loan” means a Loan which, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.12, bears interest at the Floating Rate.

 

“Foreign Lender” means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is located.  For purposes of this definition, the United States of America, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

 

“Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

 

“Funded Debt” shall mean, with respect to any Person, without duplication, all Indebtedness for borrowed money evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures, or similar evidences of Indebtedness, and specifically including Capitalized Lease Obligations, current maturities of long-term debt, revolving credit and short-term debt extendible beyond one year at the option of the debtor, and also including, in the case of any Borrower, the funded Obligations.

 

“Funding Account” is defined in Section 2.5.

 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the financial statements referred to in Section 5.5.

 

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

 

“Guaranteed Obligations” is defined in Section 15.1.

 

“Guarantor” each Loan Party (other than the Borrower) and any other Person who becomes a Loan Party pursuant to a Joinder Agreement and their successors and assigns.

 

14



 

“Guaranty” means Article XV of this Agreement which may be executed by any Guarantor from time to time hereunder.

 

“Heavy Component Inventory” means, Inventory of Borrower consisting of engines, compressors, frames, cylinders, coolers and other serial numbered components, including such items which are finished components comprising work-in-process which when completed will constitute Finished Goods Inventory or a Compression Unit but excluding spare or replacement parts, Compression Units and Finished Goods Inventory.

 

“Highest Lawful Rate” shall mean, on any day, the maximum nonusurious rate of interest permitted for that day by applicable federal or Texas law stated as a rate per annum.  On each day, if any, that Chapter 303 of the Texas Finance Code, as amended (formerly TEX. REV. CIV. STAT. ANN. ART. 5069-1D.003) establishes the Highest Lawful Rate, such rate shall be the “indicated (weekly) rate ceiling” (as defined in Chapter 303 of the Texas Finance Code, as amended) for that day.”

 

“Holdings” means USA Compression Holdings, LP, a Texas limited partnership.

 

“Indebtedness” of a Person means such Person’s (a) obligations for borrowed money, (b) obligations representing the deferred purchase price of Property or services (other than accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of such Person’s business payable on terms customary in the trade), (c) obligations, whether or not assumed, secured by Liens or payable out of the proceeds or production from Property now or hereafter owned or acquired by such Person, (d) obligations which are evidenced by notes, acceptances, or other instruments, (e) obligations of such Person to purchase securities or other Property arising out of or in connection with the sale of the same or substantially similar securities or Property or any other Off-Balance Sheet Obligations, (f) Capitalized Lease Obligations, (g) Contingent Obligations for which the underlying transaction constitutes Indebtedness under this definition, (h) the maximum available stated amount of all letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances created for the account of such Person and, without duplication, all reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit, (i) Rate Management Obligations, (j) obligations of such Person under any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, (k) obligations under any liquidated earn-out and (l) any other obligation for borrowed money or other financial accommodation which in accordance with GAAP would be shown as a liability on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person.  The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person holds a partnership interest) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

 

“Indemnified Taxes” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

 

“Intellectual Property Rights” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks, and Licenses, all other rights under any of the foregoing, all extensions, renewals, reissues, divisions, continuations and continuations-in-part of any of the foregoing, and all rights to sue for past, present, and future infringement of any of the foregoing.

 

“Interest Expense” means, with reference to any period, the interest expense of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (consolidated in accordance with GAAP) for such period.

 

“Interest Period” means with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect; provided, that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing only, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Borrowing that commences on the last Business

 

15



 

Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period.  For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and, in the case of a Revolving Borrowing, thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

 

“Inventory” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

 

“Investment” of a Person means any (a) loan, advance, extension of credit (other than accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business on terms customary in the trade) or contribution of capital by such Person, (b) stocks, bonds, mutual funds, partnership interests, notes, debentures, securities or other Capital Stock owned by such Person, (c) any deposit accounts and certificate of deposit owned by such Person, and (d) structured notes, derivative financial instruments and other similar instruments or contracts owned by such Person.

 

“Joinder Agreement” means a Joinder Agreement in substantially in the form of Exhibit F attached hereto.

 

“JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A, a national banking association, in its individual capacity, and its successors.

 

“LC Fee” is defined in Section 2.10(b).

 

“LC Issuer” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (or any subsidiary or Affiliate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. designated by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.) in its capacity as an issuer of Facility LCs hereunder.

 

“LC Obligations” means, at any time, the sum, without duplication, of (a) the aggregate undrawn stated amount under all Facility LCs outstanding at such time plus (b) the aggregate unpaid amount at such time of all Reimbursement Obligations.

 

“LC Payment Date” is defined in Section 2.1.2(d).

 

“Lenders” means the lending institutions listed on the signature pages of this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns.  Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” includes the Swingline Lender.

 

“Lending Installation” means, with respect to a Lender, the LC Issuer, or the Agent, the office, branch, subsidiary or Affiliate of such Lender, LC Issuer or the Agent listed on the signature pages hereof or on a Schedule or otherwise selected by such Lender, the LC Issuer or the Agent pursuant to Section 2.23.

 

“Letter of Credit” of a Person means a letter of credit or similar instrument which is issued upon the application of such Person or upon which such Person is an account party or for which such Person is in any way liable.

 

“Leverage Ratio” means, on any date, the ratio of (a) Funded Debt on such date to (b) EBITDA for the period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters ended on such date.

 

“Licenses” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Security Agreement.

 

“LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate appearing on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or on any successor or substitute page of such Service, or any successor to or substitute for such Service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such Service, as determined by the Agent from time to time for purposes of providing

 

16



 

quotations of interest rates applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period.  In the event that such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “LIBO Rate” with respect to such Eurodollar Borrowing for such Interest Period shall be the rate at which dollar deposits of $5,000,000 and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the principal London office of the Agent in immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

 

“Lien” means any lien (statutory or other), mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance or preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale, Capitalized Lease or other title retention agreement).

 

“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, any Notes, the Facility LC Applications, the Collateral Documents, any Guaranty, the Collateral Assignment of Contracts, the Management Fee Subordination Agreement, and all other agreements, instruments, documents and certificates identified in Section 4.1 executed and delivered to, or in favor of, the Agent or any Lenders and including all other pledges, powers of attorney, consents, assignments, contracts, notices, letter of credit agreements and all other written matter whether heretofore, now or hereafter executed by or on behalf of any Loan Party, or any employee of any Loan Party, and delivered to the Agent or any Lender in connection with the Agreement.  Any reference in the Agreement or any other Loan Document to a Loan Document shall include all appendices, exhibits or schedules thereto, and all amendments, restatements, supplements or other modifications thereto, and shall refer to the Agreement or such Loan Document as the same may be in effect at any and all times such reference becomes operative.

 

“Loan Parties” means Holdings, the Borrower, the Borrower’s Subsidiaries and any other Person who becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to a Joinder Agreement and their successors and assigns.

 

“Loans” means, with respect to a Lender, such Lender’s loans made pursuant to Article II (or any conversion or continuation thereof), including Swingline Loans, Non-Ratable Loans and Protective Advances.

 

“Managing General Partner” means R/C IV USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

“Managing General Partner Limited Liability Company Agreement” means that certain limited liability company agreement of Managing General Partner, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

“Management Agreement” shall mean that certain Management Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2010 by and between Riverstone/Carlyle Management LP, a Delaware limited partnership and Riverstone Holdings.

 

“Management Fees” shall mean the Annual Management Fee and the Transaction Fee (but excluding any Transaction Fees that are either (i) netted against the Management Equity Proceeds prior to such Management Equity Proceeds being contributed to Holdings or Borrower or (ii) paid with Management Equity Proceeds within two (2) Business Days after such Management Equity Proceeds were contributed to Borrower) to the extent paid in cash to Riverstone, to the extent such management fees are paid in accordance with the terms and conditions of each of Section 6.16 hereof, the Management Fee Subordination Agreement, and the Management Agreement, as applicable.

 

17



 

“Management Fee Subordination Agreement” shall mean the Management Fee Subordination Agreement of even date herewith by and among Riverstone Acquisition, the Borrower, and Agent, for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

“Master Lease Agreement” means that certain Gas Compressor Equipment Master Lease Agreement between USA Compression Partners and USAC Leasing, dated as of October 10, 2008, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, Property, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of Holdings and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of any Loan Party to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) the Collateral, or the Agent’s Liens (on behalf of itself and the Lenders) on the Collateral or the priority of such Liens, (d) the validity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents or the rights or remedies of the Agent, the LC Issuer or the Lenders thereunder or (e) the rights of, or benefits available to, the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

“Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness in an outstanding principal amount of $5,000,000 or more in the aggregate (or the equivalent thereof in any currency other than U.S. dollars).

 

“Material Indebtedness Agreement” means any agreement under which any Material Indebtedness was created or is governed or which provides for the incurrence of Indebtedness in an amount which would constitute Material Indebtedness (whether or not an amount of Indebtedness constituting Material Indebtedness is outstanding thereunder).

 

“Modify” and “Modification” are defined in Section 2.1.2(a).

 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

“Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

 

“Net Cash Proceeds” means, if in connection with (a) an asset disposition, cash proceeds net of (i) commissions and other reasonable and customary transaction costs, fees and expenses properly attributable to such transaction and payable by such Loan Party in connection therewith (in each case, paid to non-Affiliates), (ii) transfer taxes, (iii) amounts payable to holders of senior Liens on such asset (to the extent such Liens constitute Permitted Liens hereunder), if any, and (iv) an appropriate reserve for income taxes in accordance with GAAP established in connection therewith, (b) the issuance or incurrence of Indebtedness, cash proceeds net of attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees, accountants’ fees, underwriting discounts and commissions and other customary fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith or, (c) an equity issuance, cash proceeds net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other reasonable costs paid to non-Affiliates in connection therewith.

 

“Net Income” means, for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) for such period of Holdings and its Subsidiaries consolidated in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded, to the extent otherwise included in the determination of net income, (a) the income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) the income (or loss) of any Person (other than a Subsidiary) in which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries has an ownership interest, except to the extent that any such income is actually received by Holdings or Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions and (c) additions to undistributed earnings of any Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary in respect of such additions is at the time of the determination of net income, and to the extent thereof, prohibited by the terms of any contractual obligation (other than under any Loan Document) or Requirement of Law applicable to such Subsidiary.

 

18



 

“Net Orderly Liquidation Value” means the estimated amount expressed in U.S. dollars which the Compression Units that are the subject of the Approved Appraiser’s report would typically realize, net of the occupancy and liquidation costs through one sale process, which may consist of one or more privately negotiated sales, properly advertised and professionally managed, by a seller obligated to sell the subject equipment over a period of between six and nine months from the effective date of such Approved Appraiser’s report.  For the purposes of determining such Net Orderly Liquidation Value, the Approved Appraiser will include in the determination thereof the rental or lease income stream and/or the service fees related to such Compression Units for a six (6) month liquidation period.

 

“Non-Ratable Loan” and “Non-Ratable Loans” are defined in Section 2.1.4.

 

“Note” is defined in Section 2.22(d).

 

“Obligations” means all unpaid principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans, all LC Obligations, all accrued and unpaid fees and all expenses, reimbursements, indemnities and other obligations of the Loan Parties to the Lenders or to any Lender, the Agent, the LC Issuer or any indemnified party arising under the Loan Documents.

 

“Off-Balance Sheet Liability” of a Person means (a) any repurchase obligation or liability of such Person with respect to accounts or notes receivable sold by such Person, (b) any indebtedness, liability or obligation under any Sale and Leaseback Transaction which is not a Capitalized Lease, (c) any indebtedness, liability or obligation under any so-called “synthetic lease” transaction entered into by such Person, or (d) any indebtedness, liability or obligation arising with respect to any other transaction which is the functional equivalent of or takes the place of borrowing but which does not constitute a liability on the balance sheets of such Person, but excluding from this clause (d) Operating Leases.

 

“Opco LLC Agreement” means that certain Limited Liability Company Agreement of USA Compression Partners, dated as of October 10, 2008, as the same may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

“Operating Lease” of a Person means any lease of Property (other than a Capitalized Lease) by such Person as lessee which has an original term (including any required renewals and any renewals effective at the option of the lessor) of one year or more.

 

“Operating Lease Obligations” means, as at any date of determination, the amount obtained by aggregating the present values, determined in the case of each particular Operating Lease by applying a discount rate (which discount rate shall equal the discount rate which would be applied under GAAP if such Operating Lease were a Capitalized Lease) from the date on which each fixed lease payment is due under such Operating Lease to such date of determination, of all fixed lease payments due under all Operating Leases of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

 

“Original Loan Agreement” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

“Other Taxes” means any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement.

 

“Participants” is defined in Section 12.2(a).

 

“Partnership Agreement” means that certain Limited Partnership Agreement of Holdings dated as of December 23, 2010, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

“Patents” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Security Agreement.

 

19



 

“Payment Date” means (a) with respect to interest payments due on any Floating Rate Loan (other than a Swingline Loan), the first day of each calendar month and the Facility Termination Date, (b) with respect to interest payments due on any Eurodollar Loan, (i) the last day of the applicable Interest Period and (ii) in the case of any Interest Period in excess of three months, the day which is three months after the first day of such Interest Period, and (iii) the Facility Termination Date, (c) with respect to any payment of LC Fees or Unused Commitment Fees, the first day of each calendar month and the Facility Termination Date, and (d) with respect to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Loan is required to be repaid and the Facility Termination Date.

 

“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

 

“Permitted Discretion” means a determination made in good faith and in the exercise of reasonable (from the perspective of a secured asset-based lender) business judgment.

 

“Permitted Liens” is defined in Section 6.22.

 

“Person” means any natural person, corporation, firm, joint venture, partnership, limited liability company, association, enterprise, trust or other entity or organization, or any government or political subdivision or any agency, department or instrumentality thereof.

 

“Plan” means an employee pension benefit plan which is covered by Title IV of ERISA or subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code as to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate may have any liability.

 

“Pledge Agreement” means that certain Pledge Agreement among USA Compression Partners, Holdings and the Agent dated as of October 10, 2008.

 

“Pricing Schedule” means the Schedule attached hereto identified as such.

 

“Prime Rate” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by Chase as its prime rate at its offices at 270 Park Avenue in New York City; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective.

 

“Property” of a Person means any and all property, whether real, personal, tangible, intangible, or mixed, of such Person, or other assets owned, leased or operated by such Person.

 

“Pro Rata Share” means, with respect to any Lender, (a) with respect to Revolving Loans, LC Obligations, Swingline Loans, Non-Ratable Loans or Protective Advances or with respect to all Credit Extensions in the aggregate prior to the Facility Termination Date, a portion equal to a fraction the numerator of which is such Lender’s Commitment and the denominator of which is the Aggregate Commitment of all Lenders; provided that in the case of Section 2.24 when a Defaulting Lender shall exist, any such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment shall be disregarded in the calculation, and (b) with respect to Protective Advances or with respect to all Credit Extensions in the aggregate after the Facility Termination Date, a portion equal to a fraction the numerator of which is such Lender’s Credit Exposure and the denominator of which is the Aggregate Credit Exposure of all Lenders; provided that in the case of Section 2.24 when a Defaulting Lender shall exist, any such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment shall be disregarded in the calculation.

 

“Protective Advances” is defined in Section 2.1.5.

 

“Purchasers” is defined in Section 12.3(a).

 

“Rate Management Obligations” of a Person means any and all obligations of such Person, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all

 

20



 

renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor), under (a) any and all Rate Management Transactions, and (b) any and all cancellations, buy backs, reversals, terminations or assignments of any Rate Management Transactions.

 

“Rate Management Transaction” means any transaction (including an agreement with respect thereto) now existing or hereafter entered by any Loan Party which is a rate swap, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, forward transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option or any other similar transaction (including any option with respect to any of these transactions) or any combination thereof, whether linked to one or more interest rates, foreign currencies, commodity prices, equity prices or other financial measures.

 

“Register” is defined in Section 12.3(d).

 

“Regulation D” means Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor thereto or other regulation or official interpretation of said Board of Governors relating to reserve requirements applicable to member banks of the Federal Reserve System.

 

“Regulation U” means Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor or other regulation or official interpretation of said Board of Governors relating to the extension of credit by banks for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stocks applicable to member banks of the Federal Reserve System.

 

“Reimbursement Obligations” means, at any time, the aggregate of all obligations of the Borrower then outstanding under Section 2.1.2 to reimburse the LC Issuer for amounts paid by the LC Issuer in respect of any one or more drawings under Facility LCs.

 

“Reportable Event” means a reportable event as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations issued under such section, with respect to a Plan, excluding, however, such events as to which the PBGC has by regulation waived the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within thirty days of the occurrence of such event, provided however, that a failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code and of Section 302 of ERISA shall be a Reportable Event regardless of the issuance of any such waiver of the notice requirement in accordance with either Section 4043(a) of ERISA or Section 412(d) of the Code.

 

“Reports” means reports prepared by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. or another Person showing the results of appraisals, field examinations or audits pertaining to the Borrower’s assets from information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower, after JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. has exercised its rights of inspection pursuant to this Agreement, which Reports may be distributed to the Lenders by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and such appraisals (but not the field examinations or audits) shall be delivered to the Borrower

 

“Required Lenders” means Lenders in the aggregate having at least 50.1% of the Aggregate Commitment or, if the Aggregate Commitment has been terminated, Lenders in the aggregate holding at least 50.1% of the Aggregate Credit Exposure.

 

“Reserve Requirement” means, with respect to an Interest Period, the maximum aggregate reserve requirement (including all basic, supplemental, marginal and other reserves) which is imposed under Regulation D on Eurocurrency liabilities.

 

“Reserves” means any and all reserves which the Agent deems necessary, in its Permitted Discretion, to maintain (including, without limitation, reserves for accrued and unpaid interest on the Secured Obligations, Banking Services Reserves, reserves for rent at locations leased by any Loan Party and for

 

21


 

 

consignee’s, warehousemen’s and bailee’s charges, reserves for dilution of Accounts, reserves for Inventory shrinkage, reserves for customs charges and shipping charges related to any Inventory in transit, reserves for Rate Management Transactions, reserves for contingent liabilities of any Loan Party, reserves for uninsured losses of any Loan Party and reserves for taxes, fees, assessments, and other governmental charges) with respect to the Collateral or any Loan Party.

 

“Revolving Loans” means the revolving loans extended by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1.1 hereof.

 

“Riverstone” means Riverstone Holdings LLC and/or one or more of its Affiliates.

 

“Riverstone Acquisition” is defined in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

“Riverstone Acquisition Agreement” is defined in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

“Riverstone Acquisition Documents” means the Riverstone Acquisition Agreement, the escrow agreement executed in connection therewith (the “Escrow Agreement”), and all other instruments, documents and agreements executed in connection with the Riverstone Acquisition, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms hereof; but excluding all Loan Documents.

 

“Riverstone Holdings” is defined in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

“S&P” means Standard and Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc.

 

“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any sale or other transfer of Property by any Person with the intent to lease such Property as lessee.

 

“Schedule” refers to a specific schedule to this Agreement, unless another document is specifically referenced.

 

“Section” means a numbered section of this Agreement, unless another document is specifically referenced.

 

“Secured Obligations” means, collectively, (i) the Obligations; (ii) all Banking Services Obligations; and (iii) all Rate Management Obligations owing to one or more Lenders or their respective Affiliates, provided that at or prior to the time that any Rate Management Transaction relating to such Rate Management Obligation is executed, the Lender party thereto (other than JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.) shall have delivered written notice to the Agent that such a Rate Management Transaction has been entered into and that it constitutes a Secured Obligation entitled to the benefits of the Collateral Documents.

 

“Security Agreement” means that certain Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated July 20, 2004, between the Loan Parties and the Agent, for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders, and any other pledge or security agreement entered into, after the Closing Date by any other Loan Party (as required by this Agreement or any other Loan Document), or any other Person, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

“Sellers” is defined in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

“Settlement” is defined in Section 2.20.

 

“Settlement Date” is defined in Section 2.21.

 

22



 

“Single Employer Plan” means a Plan maintained by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate for employees of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

 

“Specified Equity Contribution” is defined in Section 6.29.3.

 

“Stated Rate” is defined in Section 2.25.

 

“Statutory Reserve Rate” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Agent is subject with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board).  Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D.  Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation.  The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

 

“Subordinated Indebtedness” of a Person means any Indebtedness of such Person the payment of which is subordinated to payment of the Secured Obligations to the written satisfaction of the Agent.

 

“Subsidiary” of a Person means, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture or similar business organization more than 50% of the outstanding Capital Stock having ordinary voting power of which shall at the time be owned or controlled by such Person.  Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” shall mean a Subsidiary of Holdings.

 

“Substantial Portion” means Property which represents more than 10% of the consolidated assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or property which is responsible for more than 10% of the consolidated net sales or of the consolidated net income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in each case, as would be shown in the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the beginning of the twelve-month period ending with the month in which such determination is made (or if financial statements have not been delivered hereunder for that month which begins the twelve-month period, then the financial statements delivered hereunder for the quarter ending immediately prior to that month).

 

“Supporting Letter of Credit” is defined in Section 2.1.2(l).

 

“Swingline Exposure” means, at any time, the sum of the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Swingline Loans at such time.  The Swingline Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Pro Rata Share of the total Swingline Exposure at such time.

 

“Swingline Lender” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.

 

“Swingline Loan” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.1.3.

 

“Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority, and any and all liabilities with respect to the foregoing.

 

“Tax Distributions” means, for any calendar year or portion thereof of Holdings during which Holdings is a pass-through entity for United States federal income tax purposes (including, for the avoidance of doubt, a disregarded entity not treated as separate from its owner), payments and distributions that are distributed from Holdings or its Subsidiaries to USA Compression Holdings LLC (or any successor) to enable the owners of USA Compression Holdings LLC and/or their beneficial owners, as applicable, to make

 

23



 

payments of U.S. federal, state, foreign and local income taxes (including estimates therefore) as a result of Holdings and its Subsidiaries’ operations during such calendar year or portion thereof based on an assumed tax rate that is the same for each member of USA Compression Holdings LLC (and/or its beneficial owners, as applicable) and that is the greater of the highest stated marginal income tax rate that is applicable to individuals or U.S. corporations (based on the income and operations generated by Holdings and its Subsidiaries) and which takes into account the greater of the highest marginal income tax rate applicable to individuals or U.S. corporations for ordinary income or capital gain depending on the character of Holdings and its Subsidiaries’ income and gain and takes into account the deductibility of state and local income taxes when computing federal taxable income if such taxes continue to be deductible.

 

“Trademarks” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Security Agreement.

 

“Transferee” is defined in Section 12.4.

 

“Type”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.

 

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of Texas or any other state the laws of which are required to be applied in connection with the issue of perfection of security interests.

 

“Unfinanced Portion of Capital Expenditures” means, for any period, the sum of:

 

(i)            (A)          the total of all Inventory purchases during such period (other than those described in subparagraph (ii) below) multiplied by the difference between 100%, and the applicable advance rate on the Borrowing Base for that category of Inventory (provided that Finished Goods Inventory shall be treated as if the Compression Units Advance Rate Percentage would be applicable),

 

(B)           minus the dollar amount of Inventory transferred to Finished Goods Inventory and/or Compression Units during such period multiplied by the difference between the Compression Units Advance Rate Percentage and the applicable advance rate on the Borrowing Base for that category of Inventory;

 

(ii)           plus twenty percent (20%) of Capital Expenditures during such period for the overhaul, refurbishment or other maintenance of Eligible Compression Units in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices,

 

(iii)          plus the unfinanced portion of any other Capital Expenditures during such period.

 

“Unfunded Liabilities” means the amount (if any) by which the present value of all vested and unvested accrued benefits under all Single Employer Plans exceeds the fair market value of all such Plan assets allocable to such benefits, all determined as of the then most recent valuation date for such Plans using PBGC actuarial assumptions for single employer plan terminations.

 

“Unmatured Default” means an event which but for the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a Default.

 

“Unused Commitment Fee” is defined in Section 2.10(a).

 

“U.S.” means the United States of America.

 

24



 

“USAC Leasing” means USAC Leasing, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

“USA Compression Partners” means USA Compression Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

“Utilization” means, for any Fiscal Month, the ratio, determined as of the last day of such Fiscal Month, of (x) the total horsepower of Borrower’s Compression Units that are either:  (i) leased or rented to customers or under contract to lease or rent duly executed by a customer or (ii) used by Borrower to provide compression services to customers under service contracts or designated by Borrower for use under a contract to furnish service duly executed by a customer to (y) the total horsepower of Borrower’s Compression Units and Finished Goods Inventory, excluding therefrom any Compression Units that are being repaired or refurbished.

 

“Valuation Date” means, with respect to an Appraised Value Report, September 30, and with respect to an Appraised Value Report Desk Review, March 31.

 

“Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” of a Person means, any Subsidiary all of the outstanding Capital Stock of which shall at the time be owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

The foregoing definitions shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

 

ARTICLE II

 

THE FACILITY

 

2.1.          The Facility.  As of December 21, 2010, the aggregate unpaid principal balance of all Advances made to the Borrower pursuant to the Original Loan Agreement was $247,522,205.55, and such amount is unconditionally owed by the Borrower to Lenders, without offset, defense or counterclaim of any kind, nature or description whatsoever.  Each Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, to (a) make Loans to the Borrower as set forth below and (b) participate in Facility LCs issued upon the request of the Borrower, provided that, after giving effect to the making of each such Loan and the issuance of each such Facility LC, such Lender’s Credit Exposure shall not exceed its Commitment; provided further, that the Aggregate Credit Exposure shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitment. The LC Issuer will issue Facility LCs hereunder on the terms and conditions set forth in Section 2.1.2. The Facility shall be composed of Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans, Non-Ratable Loans, Protective Advances, and Facility LCs as set forth below:

 

2.1.1.       Revolving Loans.

 

(a)           Amount.  (i) From and including the Effective Date and prior to the Facility Termination Date, each Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, to make revolving loans (the “Revolving Loans”) and participate in Facility LCs issued as set forth in Section 2.1.2 below, to the Borrower, in amounts not to exceed such Lender’s Pro Rata Share.  If any advance of a Revolving Loan or participation in a Facility LC would exceed Availability, the Lenders will refuse to make or may otherwise restrict the making of Revolving Loans or the issuance of Facility LCs as the Required Lenders determine until such excess has been eliminated, subject to the Agent’s authority, in its sole discretion, to make Protective Advances pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1.5.  The Revolving Loans may consist of Floating Rate Advances or Eurodollar Advances, or a combination thereof, selected by the Borrower in accordance with Sections 2.1.1(b) and 2.7.

 

25



 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow Revolving Loans at any time prior to the Facility Termination Date.  The Commitments to extend credit under this Section 2.1.1(a) shall expire on the Facility Termination Date.

 

(ii)           Increase in Aggregate Commitment.  In the event that a Lender desires to increase its Commitment, or a bank or other entity that is not a Lender desires to become a Lender and provide an additional Commitment hereunder, and so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and with the prior written consent of Agent, the Borrower shall have the right from time to time prior to the Facility Termination Date upon not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Agent to increase the Aggregate Commitment by an aggregate amount of up to $50,000,000 (subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, “Commitment Adjustment Event”); provided, that in no event shall the Aggregate Commitment be increased to an amount greater than $400,000,000; provided, further, that:

 

(1)           if the Borrower and a Lender elect to increase such Lender’s Commitment, the Borrower and such Lender shall execute and deliver to the Agent a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit I attached hereto (a “Commitment Increase Certificate”, and the Borrower shall deliver a new Note payable to the order of such Lender in the principal amount equal to its Commitment after giving effect to such increase, and otherwise duly completed;

 

(2)           if the Borrower elects to increase the Aggregate Commitment by causing a bank or financial institution that at such time is not a Lender to become a Lender (an “Additional Lender”), the Borrower and such Additional Lender shall execute and deliver to the Agent, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit J hereto) (an “Additional Lender Certificate”), together with an Administrative Questionnaire as referred to in Exhibit G, and the Borrower shall deliver a Note payable to the order of such Additional Lender in a principal amount equal to its Commitment, and otherwise duly completed; provided that, any such Additional Lender shall be approved by the Agent (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) prior to such bank or financial institution becoming an Additional Lender hereunder.

 

(3)           subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to this subsection (ii) hereof, from and after the effective date specified in the Commitment Increase Certificate or the Additional Lender Certificate, as applicable (or if any Eurodollar Advance is outstanding, then on the last day of the Interest Period in respect of such Eurodollar Advance, unless the Borrower has paid compensation required with respect to such Eurodollar Advance):  (a) the amount of the Aggregate Commitment, and the Commitment, shall be increased by the amount set forth therein, and (b) in the case of an Additional Lender Certificate, any Additional Lender party thereto shall be a party to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  In addition, the Lender party to the Commitment Increase Certificate or Additional Lender, as applicable, shall purchase a pro rata portion of the outstanding Loans (and participation interests in Letters of Credit) of each of the other lenders (and such Lenders hereby agree to sell and to take all such further action to effectuate such

 

26



 

sale) such that each Lender (including any Additional Lender, if applicable) shall hold its respective percentage of the outstanding Loans (and participation interests) after giving effect to the increase in the Aggregate Commitment; and

 

(4)           upon its receipt of a duly completed Commitment Increase Certificate or an Additional Lender Certificate, as applicable, executed by the Borrower and the Lender or the Additional Lender party thereto, as applicable, and, with respect to an Additional Lender, the Administrative Questionnaire referred to in Exhibit G, the Agent shall accept such Commitment Increase Certificate or Additional Lender Certificate and record the information contained therein in the Register maintained by the Agent pursuant to Section 12.3(d).  No increase in the Aggregate Commitment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this Section 12.3(d).

 

(b)           Borrowing Procedures.  The Borrower shall select the Type of Advance and, in the case of each Eurodollar Advance, the Interest Period applicable thereto, from time to time. The Borrower shall give the Agent irrevocable notice (a “Borrowing Notice”) not later than 10:00 a.m. (Chicago time) one Business Day prior to the Borrowing Date of each Floating Rate Advance (except that if the Borrowing Date is a Settlement Date, the Borrower may give such Borrowing Notice on such date) and three Business Days before the Borrowing Date for each Eurodollar Advance, specifying (in the form of Exhibit A for Eurodollar Advances): (1) the Borrowing Date, which shall be a Business Day, of such Advance, (2) the aggregate amount of such Advance, (3) the Type of Advance selected; provided that, if such Borrower fails to specify the Type of Advance requested, such request shall be deemed a request for a Floating Rate Advance; and (4) the duration of the Interest Period if the Type of Advance requested is a Eurodollar Advance; provided that, if such Borrower fails to select the duration of the Interest Period for the requested Eurodollar Advance, such Borrower shall be deemed to have requested that such Eurodollar Advance be made with an Interest Period of one month.

 

(c)           The Agent’s Election.  Promptly after receipt of a Borrowing Notice (or telephonic notice in lieu thereof) of a requested Floating Rate Advance, the Agent shall elect in its discretion to have the terms of Section 2.1.1(d) (pro rata advance by all Lenders) or Section 2.1.4 (advance by the Agent, in the form of a Non-Ratable Loan, on behalf of the Lenders) apply to such requested Advance.

 

(d)           Pro Rata Advance.  Unless the Agent elects to have the terms of Section 2.1.4 apply to a requested Floating Rate Advance or if a requested Advance is for a Eurodollar Advance, then promptly after receipt of a Borrowing Notice or telephonic notice in lieu thereof as permitted by Section 2.8, the Agent shall notify the Lenders by telecopy, telephone, or e-mail of the requested Advance.  Not later than noon (Chicago time) on each Borrowing Date, each Lender shall make available its Revolving Loan in funds immediately available in Chicago to the Agent and the Agent will make the funds so received from the Lenders available to the Borrower at the Borrower’s Funding Account as set forth in Section 2.5.

 

2.1.2.       Facility LCs.

 

(a)           Issuance.  The LC Issuer hereby agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, to issue standby and commercial Letters of Credit (each, a “Facility LC”) and to renew, extend, increase, decrease or otherwise modify each Facility LC

 

27



 

(“Modify,” and each such action a “Modification”), from time to time from and including the Effective Date and prior to the Facility Termination Date upon the request and for the account of the Borrower; provided that, the maximum face amount of the Facility LC to be issued or Modified, does not exceed the lesser of (i) an amount equal to $20,000,000 minus the sum of (1) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Facility LCs at such time plus, without duplication, (2) the aggregate unpaid Reimbursement Obligations with respect to all Facility LCs outstanding at such time and (ii) Availability.  No Facility LC shall have an expiry date later than the earlier of (x) the thirtieth (30th) Business Day prior to the Facility Termination Date and (y) one year after its issuance; provided that any Letter of Credit with a one-year tenor may provide for the renewal thereof for additional one-year periods (which shall in no event extend beyond the date referred to in clause (x) above).

 

(b)           Participations.  Upon the issuance or Modification by the LC Issuer of a Facility LC in accordance with this Section 2.1.2, the LC Issuer shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, to have unconditionally and irrevocably sold to each Lender, and each Lender shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, to have unconditionally and irrevocably purchased from the LC Issuer, a participation in such Facility LC (and each Modification thereof) and the related LC Obligations in proportion to its Pro Rata Share.

 

(c)           Notice.  Subject to Section 2.1.2(a), the Borrower shall give the LC Issuer notice prior to 10:00 a.m. (Chicago time) at least three Business Days prior to the proposed date of issuance or Modification of each Facility LC, specifying the beneficiary, the proposed date of issuance (or Modification) and the expiry date of such Facility LC, and describing the proposed terms of such Facility LC and the nature of the transactions proposed to be supported thereby.  Upon receipt of such notice, the LC Issuer shall promptly notify the Agent, and the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender, of the contents thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s participation in such proposed Facility LC.  The issuance or Modification by the LC Issuer of any Facility LC shall, in addition to the conditions precedent set forth in Article IV (the satisfaction of which the LC Issuer shall have no duty to ascertain), be subject to the conditions precedent that such Facility LC shall be satisfactory to the LC Issuer and that the Borrower shall have executed and delivered such application agreement and/or such other instruments and agreements relating to such Facility LC as the LC Issuer shall have reasonably requested (each, a “Facility LC Application”).  In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any Facility LC Application, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

 

(d)           Administration; Reimbursement by Lenders.  Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Facility LC of any demand for payment under such Facility LC, the LC Issuer shall notify the Agent and the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and each other Lender as to the amount to be paid by the LC Issuer as a result of such demand and the proposed payment date (the “LC Payment Date”).  The responsibility of the LC Issuer to the Borrower and each Lender shall be only to determine that the documents (including each demand for payment) delivered under each Facility LC in connection with such presentment shall be in conformity in all material respects with such Facility LC.  The LC Issuer shall endeavor to exercise the same care in the issuance and administration of the Facility LCs as it does with respect to letters of credit in which no participations are granted, it being understood that in the absence of any gross negligence or willful misconduct by the LC Issuer, each Lender shall be unconditionally and irrevocably liable without regard to the occurrence of any Default or any condition precedent whatsoever, to reimburse the LC Issuer on demand for (i) such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount of each payment made by the LC Issuer under each Facility LC to the extent such amount is not reimbursed by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1.2(e) below, plus (ii) interest on the foregoing amount to be

 

28



 

reimbursed by such Lender, for each day from the date of the LC Issuer’s demand for such reimbursement (or, if such demand is made after 11:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on such date, from the next succeeding Business Day) to the date on which such Lender pays the amount to be reimbursed by it, at a rate of interest per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate for the first three days and, thereafter, at a rate of interest equal to the rate applicable to Floating Rate Advances.

 

(e)           Reimbursement by Borrower.  The Borrower shall be irrevocably and unconditionally obligated to reimburse the LC Issuer on or before the applicable LC Payment Date for any amounts to be paid by the LC Issuer (i) immediately upon any drawing under any Facility LC by Borrower automatically (and without any notice required to Agent) requesting a Revolving Loan so long as the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 are satisfied or (ii) within one Business Day of any drawing under any Facility LC, in each case, without presentment, demand, protest or other formalities of any kind; provided that, neither the Borrower nor any Lender shall hereby be precluded from asserting any claim for direct (but not consequential) damages suffered by the Borrower or such Lender to the extent, but only to the extent, caused by (i) the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the LC Issuer in determining whether a request presented under any Facility LC issued by it complied with the terms of such Facility LC or (ii) the LC Issuer’s failure to pay under any Facility LC issued by it after the presentation to it of a request strictly complying with the terms and conditions of such Facility LC.  All such amounts paid by the LC Issuer and remaining unpaid by the Borrower shall bear interest, payable on demand, for each day until paid at a rate per annum equal to (x) the rate applicable to Floating Rate Advances for such day if such day falls on or before the applicable LC Payment Date and (y) the sum of 2% plus the rate applicable to Floating Rate Advances for such day if such day falls after such LC Payment Date.  The LC Issuer will pay to each Lender ratably in accordance with its Pro Rata Share all amounts received by it from the Borrower for application in payment, in whole or in part, of the Reimbursement Obligation in respect of any Facility LC issued by the LC Issuer, but only to the extent such Lender has made payment to the LC Issuer in respect of such Facility LC pursuant to Section 2.1.2(d).  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including without limitation the submission of a Borrowing Notice in compliance with Section 2.1.1(b) and the satisfaction of the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Article IV), the Borrower may request an Advance hereunder for the purpose of satisfying any Reimbursement Obligation.

 

(f)            Obligations Absolute.  The Borrower’s obligations under this Section 2.1.2 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment which the Borrower may have or have had against the LC Issuer, any Lender or any beneficiary of a Facility LC.  The Borrower further agrees with the LC Issuer and the Lenders that the LC Issuer and the Lenders shall not be responsible for, and the Borrower’s Reimbursement Obligation in respect of any Facility LC shall not be affected by, among other things, the validity or genuineness of documents or of any endorsements thereon, even if such documents should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, fraudulent or forged, or any dispute between or among the Borrower, any of its Affiliates, the beneficiary of any Facility LC or any financing institution or other party to whom any Facility LC may be transferred or any claims or defenses whatsoever of the Borrower or of any of its Affiliates against the beneficiary of any Facility LC or any such transferee.  The LC Issuer shall not be liable for any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Facility LC.  The Borrower agrees that any action taken or omitted by the LC Issuer or any Lender under or in connection with each Facility LC and the related drafts and documents, if done without gross negligence or willful misconduct, shall be binding upon the Borrower and shall not put the LC Issuer or any Lender under any liability

 

29



 

to the Borrower.  Nothing in this Section 2.1.2(f) is intended to limit the right of the Borrower to make a claim against the LC Issuer for damages as contemplated by the proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.1.2(e).

 

(g)           Actions of LC Issuer.  The LC Issuer shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any Facility LC, draft, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, cablegram, telegram, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel, independent accountants and other experts selected by the LC Issuer.  The LC Issuer shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement unless it shall first have received such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it reasonably deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its reasonable satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.1.2, the LC Issuer shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon the Lenders and any future holders of a participation in any Facility LC.

 

(h)           Indemnification.  The Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Lender, the LC Issuer and the Agent, and their respective directors, officers, agents and employees from and against any and all claims and damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses which such Lender, the LC Issuer or the Agent may incur (or which may be claimed against such Lender, the LC Issuer or the Agent by any Person whatsoever) by reason of or in connection with the issuance, execution and delivery or transfer of or payment or failure to pay under any Facility LC or any actual or proposed use of any Facility LC, including, without limitation, any claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses which the LC Issuer may incur by reason of or in connection with (i) the failure of any other Lender to fulfill or comply with its obligations to the LC Issuer hereunder (but nothing herein contained shall affect any rights the Borrower may have against any Defaulting Lender) or (ii) or on account of the LC Issuer issuing any Facility LC which specifies that the term “Beneficiary” included therein includes any successor by operation of law of the named Beneficiary, but which Facility LC does not require that any drawing by any such successor Beneficiary be accompanied by a copy of a legal document, satisfactory to the LC Issuer, evidencing the appointment of such successor Beneficiary; provided that, the Borrower shall not be required to indemnify any Lender, the LC Issuer or the Agent for any claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses to the extent, but only to the extent, caused by (x) the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the LC Issuer in determining whether a request presented under any Facility LC complied with the terms of such Facility LC or (y) the LC Issuer’s failure to pay under any Facility LC after the presentation to it of a request strictly complying with the terms and conditions of such Facility LC. Nothing in this Section 2.1.2(h) is intended to limit the obligations of the Borrower under any other provision of this Agreement.

 

(i)            Lenders’ Indemnification.  Each Lender shall, ratably in accordance with its Pro Rata Share, indemnify the LC Issuer, its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, agents and employees (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower) against any cost, expense (including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements), claim, demand, action, loss or liability (except such as result from such indemnitees’ gross negligence or willful misconduct or the LC Issuer’s failure to pay under any Facility LC after the presentation to it of a request strictly complying with the terms and conditions of the Facility LC) that such

 

30



 

indemnitees may suffer or incur in connection with this Section 2.1.2 or any action taken or omitted by such indemnitees hereunder.

 

(j)            Facility LC Collateral Account.  The Borrower agrees that it will, upon the request of the Agent or the Required Lenders (which request shall be made with respect to a Facility LC constituting a standby letter of credit only during the continuance of a Default or an Unmatured Default) and until the final expiration date of any Facility LC and thereafter as long as any amount is payable to the LC Issuer or the Lenders in respect of any Facility LC, maintain a special collateral account pursuant to arrangements satisfactory to the Agent (the “Facility LC Collateral Account”) at the Agent’s office at the address specified pursuant to Article XIII, in the name of the Borrower but under the sole dominion and control of the Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders and in which the Borrower shall have no interest other than as set forth in Section 8.1.  Nothing in this Section 2.1.2(j) shall either obligate the Agent to require the Borrower to deposit any funds in the Facility LC Collateral Account or limit the right of the Agent to release any funds held in the Facility LC Collateral Account in each case other than as required by Section 8.1.  The Borrower hereby grants to the Agent, on behalf of and for the ratable benefit of the Lenders and the LC Issuer, a security interest in all of the Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to all funds which may from time to time be on deposit in the Facility LC Collateral Account to secure the prompt and complete payment and performance of the Secured Obligations.  The Agent will invest any funds on deposit from time to time in the Facility LC Collateral Account in certificates of deposit of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. having a maturity not exceeding thirty days.

 

(k)           Rights as a Lender.  In its capacity as a Lender, the LC Issuer shall have the same rights and obligations as any other Lender.

 

(l)            Termination of the Facility.  If, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2.1.2, any Facility LC is outstanding upon the earlier of (x) the termination of this Agreement and (y) the Facility Termination Date, then upon such termination the Borrower shall deposit with the Agent, for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders, with respect to all LC Obligations, as the Agent in its discretion shall specify, either (i) a standby letter of credit (a “Supporting Letter of Credit”), in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, issued by an issuer satisfactory to the Agent, in a stated amount, equal to 105% of the difference of (x) the amount of LC Obligations at such time, less (y) the amount on deposit in the Facility LC Collateral Account at such time which is free and clear of all rights and claims of third parties and has not been applied against the Obligations (such difference, the “Collateral Shortfall Amount”), under which Supporting Letter of Credit the Agent is entitled to draw amounts necessary to reimburse the Agent, the LC Issuer and the Lenders for payments to be made by the Agent, the LC Issuer and the Lenders under any such Facility LC and any fees and expenses associated with such Facility LC, or (ii) cash, in immediately available funds, in an amount equal to 105% of the Collateral Shortfall Amount to be held in the Facility LC Collateral Account.  Such Supporting Letter of Credit or deposit of cash shall be held by the Agent, for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders, as security for, and to provide for the payment of, the aggregate undrawn amount of such Facility LC remaining outstanding.

 

2.1.3.       Swingline Loans.

 

(a)           Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans to the Borrower, from time to time during the Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans exceeding $20,000,000 or (ii) the sum of the total Credit Exposures exceeding the lesser of the total Commitments and

 

31


 

 

Availability; provided that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan and provided further, however, that each Swingline Loan shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $1,000,000.  Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans.  To request a Swingline Loan, the Borrower shall notify the Agent of such request by telephone (confirmed by facsimile), not later than noon, Chicago time, on the day of a proposed Swingline Loan.  Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day) and amount of the requested Swingline Loan.  The Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of any such notice received from the Borrower.  The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan available to the Borrower by means of a credit to the Funding Account(s) (or, in the case of a Swingline Loan made to finance the reimbursement of amounts paid by the LC Issuer upon any drawing under any Facility LC as provided in Section 2.1.1(e), by remittance to the LC Issuer, and in the case of repayment of another Loan or fees or expenses as provided by Sections 2.1.4, 2.1.5 or 2.18(b), by remittance to the Agent to be distributed to the Lenders) by 2:00 p.m., Chicago time, on the requested date of such Swingline Loan. In addition, the Borrower hereby authorizes the Swingline Lender to, and the Swingline Lender shall, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein (but without any further written notice required), not later than 1:00 p.m., Chicago time, on each Business Day, make available to the Borrower by means of a credit to the Funding Account(s), the proceeds of a Swingline Loan to the extent necessary to pay items to be drawn on any Collateral Deposit Account (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement) that day (as determined based on notice from the Agent).

 

(b)           The Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Agent not later than 11:00 a.m., Chicago time, on any Business Day require the Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans outstanding.  Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which the Lenders will participate.  Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Agent will give notice thereof to each Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such Swingline Loan or Loans.  Each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such Swingline Loan or Loans.  Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of an Unmatured Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.  Each Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.1.1(d) with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.1.1(d) shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Lenders.  The Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph, and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Agent and not to the Swingline Lender.  Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from the Borrower (or other party on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Agent; any such amounts received by the Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Agent to the Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear; provided that any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to the Swingline Lender or to the Agent, as applicable, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason.  The purchase of participations in a

 

32



 

Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof.

 

(c)           The Agent, the Swingline Lender and the Lenders agree that in order to facilitate the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, promptly after the Borrower requests a Floating Rate Advance, the Swingline Lender may elect to have the terms of this Section 2.1.3(c) apply to such Borrowing Notice by advancing, on behalf of the Lenders and in the amount requested, same day funds to the Borrower, on the applicable Borrowing Date to the Funding Account(s) (each such Loan made solely by the Swingline Lender pursuant to this Section 2.1.3(c) is referred to in this Agreement as a “Swingline Loan”), with settlement among them as to the Swingline Loans to take place on a periodic basis as set forth in Section 2.1.3(e).  Each Swingline Loan shall be subject to all the terms and conditions applicable to other Floating Rate Advances funded by the Lenders, except that all payments thereon shall be payable to the Swingline Lender solely for its own account. In addition, the Borrower hereby authorizes the Swingline Lender to, and the Swingline Lender shall, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein (but without any further written notice required), not later than 1:00 p.m., Chicago time, on each Business Day, make available to the Borrower by means of a credit to the Funding Account(s), the proceeds of a Swingline Loan to the extent necessary to pay items to be drawn on any Collateral Deposit Account (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement) that day (as determined based on notice from the Agent). The aggregate amount of Swingline Loans outstanding at any time shall not exceed $20,000,000.  The Swingline Lender shall not make any Swingline Loan if the requested Swingline Loan exceeds Availability (before giving effect to such Swingline Loan).  All Swingline Loans shall be Floating Rate Advances.

 

(d)           Upon the making of a Swingline Loan (whether before or after the occurrence of an Unmatured Default and regardless of whether a Settlement has been requested with respect to such Swingline Loan), each Lender shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, to have unconditionally and irrevocably purchased from the Swingline Lender without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in such Swingline Loan in proportion to its Pro Rata Share of the Commitment.  The Swingline Lender may, at any time, require the Lenders to fund their participations.  From and after the date, if any, on which any Lender is required to fund its participation in any Swingline Loan purchased hereunder, the Agent shall promptly distribute to such Lender, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of all payments of principal and interest and all proceeds of Collateral received by the Agent in respect of such Loan.

 

(e)           The Agent, on behalf of the Swingline Lender, shall request settlement (a “Settlement”) with the Lenders on at least a weekly basis or on any date that the Agent elects, by notifying the Lenders of such requested Settlement by facsimile, telephone, or e-mail no later than 12:00 noon Chicago time on the date of such requested Settlement (the “Settlement Date”).  Each Lender (other than the Swingline Lender, in the case of the Swingline Loans) shall transfer the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the outstanding principal amount of the applicable Loan with respect to which Settlement is requested to the Agent, to such account of the Agent as the Agent may designate, not later than 2:00 p.m., Chicago time, on such Settlement Date.  Settlements may occur during the existence of an Unmatured Default and whether or not the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.02 have then been satisfied.  Such amounts transferred to the Agent shall be applied against the amounts of the Swingline Lender’s Swingline Loans and, together with Swingline Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such Swingline Loan, shall constitute Revolving Loans of such Lenders, respectively.  If any such amount is not transferred to the Agent by any Lender on such Settlement Date, the Swingline Lender shall be entitled to

 

33



 

recover such amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon as specified in Section 2.24.

 

2.1.4.       Non-Ratable Loans.  Subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 2.1.1(a), the Agent may elect to have the terms of this Section 2.1.4 apply to any requested Floating Rate Advance and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. shall thereafter make an Advance, on behalf of the Lenders and in the amount requested, available to the Borrower on the applicable Borrowing Date by transferring same day funds to the Funding Account.  Each Advance made solely by the Agent pursuant to this Section 2.1.4 is referred to in this Agreement as a “Non-Ratable Loan,” and such Advances are referred to as the “Non-Ratable Loans.”  Each Non-Ratable Loan shall be subject to all the terms and conditions applicable to other Advances funded by the Lenders, except that all payments thereon shall be payable to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. solely for its own account.  The Agent shall not make any Non-Ratable Loan if the requested Non-Ratable Loan exceeds Availability (before giving effect to such Non-Ratable Loan). Non-Ratable Loans may be made even if a Default or Unmatured Default exists, but may not be made if the other conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.2 have not been satisfied.  The Non-Ratable Loans shall be secured by the Liens granted to the Agent in and to the Collateral and shall constitute Obligations hereunder.  All Non-Ratable Loans shall be Floating Rate Advances and are subject to the settlement provisions set forth in Section 2.20.

 

2.1.5.       Protective Advances.  Subject to the limitations set forth below, the Agent is authorized by the Borrower and the Lenders, from time to time in the Agent’s sole discretion (but shall have absolutely no obligation to) during the continuation of a Unmatured Default or Default, to make Advances to the Borrower, on behalf of all Lenders, in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed 10% of the Borrowing Base, which the Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, deems necessary or desirable (i) to preserve or protect the Collateral, or any portion thereof, (ii) to enhance the likelihood of, or maximize the amount of, repayment of the Loans and other Obligations, or (iii) to pay any other amount chargeable to or required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including costs, fees, and expenses as described in Section 9.6 (any of such Advances are herein referred to as “Protective Advances”); provided that, no Protective Advance shall cause the Aggregate Credit Exposure to exceed the Aggregate Commitment.  Protective Advances may be made even if the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.2 have not been satisfied.  The Protective Advances shall be secured by the Liens in favor of the Agent in and to the Collateral and shall constitute Obligations hereunder.  All Protective Advances shall be Floating Rate Advances, shall bear interest at the default rate set forth in Section 2.12 and shall be payable on the earlier of demand or the Facility Termination Date.  The Required Lenders may at any time revoke the Agent’s authorization to make Protective Advances.  Any such revocation must be in writing and shall become effective prospectively upon the Agent’s receipt thereof.  At any time that there is sufficient Availability and the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.2 have been satisfied, the Agent may request the Lenders to make a Revolving Loan to repay a Protective Advance.  At any other time the Agent may require the Lenders to fund their risk participations described in Section 2.2.  Agent shall notify the Lenders of the making of any Protective Advance within two Business Days thereafter and will endeavor to give the Lenders notice in advance of making any Protective Advance when practical.

 

2.1.6.       Reallocation of Loans and Commitments.  On the Closing Date, (i) each Lender, if any, whose relative proportion of its Commitment hereunder is increasing over the proportion of the Commitment held by it prior to the Closing Date under the Original Agreement shall, by assignments among them (which assignments shall be deemed to occur hereunder automatically, and without any requirement for additional documentation, on the Closing Date) acquire a portion of the Loans and Commitments held by them from and among each other and (ii) each Lender who is becoming a party hereto on the Closing Date shall acquire a portion of the Loans and Commitments which increased from the Original Agreement.  Pursuant to the foregoing sentence, the Lenders, shall, through the Agent, make such other adjustments among themselves as shall be necessary so that after giving effect to assignments and adjustments, the Lenders shall hold all Loans outstanding under this Agreement ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments as reflected on the Commitment Schedule, as modified from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

34



 

2.2.          Ratable Loans; Risk Participation.  Except as otherwise provided below, each Advance made in connection with a Revolving Loan shall consist of Loans made by each Lender in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share.  Each Advance made in connection with a Swingline Loan shall consist of Loans made by the Lenders as provided in Section 2.1.3.  Upon the making of an Advance by the Agent in connection with a Non-Ratable Loan (whether before or after the occurrence of a Default or an Unmatured Default and regardless of whether the Agent has requested a Settlement with respect to such Non-Ratable Loan), the Agent shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, to have unconditionally and irrevocably sold to each Lender and each Lender shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, to have unconditionally and irrevocably purchased from the Agent, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in such Non-Ratable Loan in proportion to its Pro Rata Share of the Commitment.  Upon the making of an Advance by the Agent in connection with a Protective Advance (whether before or after the occurrence of a Default or an Unmatured Default and regardless of whether the Agent has requested a Settlement with respect to such Protective Advance), the Agent shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, to have unconditionally and irrevocably sold to each Lender and each Lender shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, to have unconditionally and irrevocably purchased from the Agent, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in such Protective Advance in proportion to its Pro Rata Share of the Aggregate Commitment.  From and after the date, if any, on which any Lender is required to fund its participation in any Swingline Loan, Non-Ratable Loan, or Protective Advance purchased hereunder, the Agent shall promptly distribute to such Lender, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of all payments of principal and interest and all proceeds of Collateral received by the Agent in respect of such Loan.

 

2.3.          Payment of the Obligations.  The Borrower shall repay the outstanding principal balance of the Loans, together with all other Obligations, including all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, on the Facility Termination Date; provided, however, that the Borrower shall repay the unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan to the Swingline Lender (or Agent, as provided in Section 2.1.3(b)) on the earlier of the Facility Termination Date and the first date after such Swingline Loan is made that is the 15th or last day of a calendar month and is at least two Business Days after such Swingline Loan is made; provided further, however, that on each date that a Revolving Loan is made, the Borrower shall repay all Swingline Loans then outstanding.

 

2.4.          Minimum Amount of Each Advance.  Each Eurodollar Advance shall be in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 and in multiples of $100,000 if in excess thereof.  Floating Rate Advances may be in any amount.

 

2.5.          Funding Account.  The Borrower shall deliver to the Agent, on the Effective Date, a notice setting forth the deposit account of the Borrower (the “Funding Account”) to which the Agent is authorized by the Borrower to transfer the proceeds of any Advances requested pursuant to this Agreement.  The Borrower may designate a replacement Funding Account from time to time by written notice executed by an Authorized Officer delivered to the Agent.  Any designation by the Borrower of the Funding Account must be reasonably acceptable to the Agent.

 

2.6.          Reliance Upon Authority; No Liability.  The Agent is entitled to rely conclusively on any Authorized Individual’s request for Advances hereunder, so long as the proceeds thereof are to be transferred to the Funding Account.  The Agent shall have no duty to verify the identity of any individual representing himself or herself as an Authorized Individual authorized by the Borrower to make such requests on its behalf.  The Agent shall not incur any liability to the Borrower as a result of acting upon any notice referred to in Section 2.1 which the Agent reasonably believes to have been given by an Authorized Individual.  The crediting of Advances to the Funding Account shall conclusively establish the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Advances as provided herein.

 

2.7.          Conversion and Continuation of Outstanding Advances.  Floating Rate Advances shall continue as Floating Rate Advances unless and until such Floating Rate Advances are converted into

 

35



 

Eurodollar Advances pursuant to this Section 2.7 or are repaid in accordance with this Agreement.  Each Eurodollar Advance shall continue as a Eurodollar Advance until the end of the applicable Interest Period therefor, at which time such Eurodollar Advance shall be automatically converted into a Floating Rate Advance unless (x) such Eurodollar Advance is or was repaid in accordance with this Agreement or (y) the Borrower shall have given the Agent a Conversion/Continuation Notice (as defined below) requesting that, at the end of such Interest Period, such Eurodollar Advance continue as a Eurodollar Advance for the same or another Interest Period.  Subject to the terms of Section 2.4, the Borrower may elect from time to time to convert all or any part of a Floating Rate Advance into a Eurodollar Advance.  The Borrower shall give the Agent irrevocable notice in the form of Exhibit B (a “Conversion/Continuation Notice”) of each conversion of a Floating Rate Advance into a Eurodollar Advance or continuation of a Eurodollar Advance not later than 10:00 a.m. (Chicago time) at least three Business Days prior to the date of the requested conversion or continuation, specifying (i) the requested date, which shall be a Business Day, of such conversion or continuation, (ii) the aggregate amount and Type of the Advance which is to be converted or continued, and (iii) the amount of such Advance which is to be converted into or continued as a Eurodollar Advance and the duration of the Interest Period applicable thereto.  This Section 2.7 shall not apply to Swingline Loans, which may not be converted or continued.

 

2.8.          Telephonic Notices.  The Borrower hereby authorizes the Lenders and the Agent to extend, convert or continue Advances, effect selections of Types of Advances and to transfer funds based on telephonic notices made by any person or persons the Agent or any Lender in good faith believes to be acting on behalf of the Borrower, it being understood that the foregoing authorization is specifically intended to allow Borrowing Notices and Conversion/Continuation Notices to be given telephonically.  The Borrower agrees to deliver promptly to the Agent a written confirmation, if such confirmation is requested by the Agent or any Lender, of each telephonic notice signed by an Authorized Individual. If the written confirmation differs in any material respect from the action taken by the Agent and the Lenders, the records of the Agent and the Lenders shall govern absent manifest error.

 

2.9.          Notification of Advances, Interest Rates and Repayments.  Promptly after receipt thereof, the Agent will notify each Lender of the contents of each Borrowing Notice, Conversion/Continuation Notice, and repayment notice received by it hereunder.  Promptly after notice from the LC Issuer, the Agent will notify each Lender of the contents of each request for issuance of a Facility LC hereunder or any Modification.  The Agent will notify each Lender of the interest rate applicable to each Eurodollar Advance promptly upon determination of such interest rate and will give each Lender prompt notice of each change in the Alternate Base Rate.

 

2.10.        Fees.

 

(a)           Unused Commitment Fee.  The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent, for the account of each Lender in accordance with such Lender’s Pro Rata Share, an unused commitment fee at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Fee Rate on the average daily Available Commitment, payable on each Payment Date hereafter and on the Facility Termination Date (the “Unused Commitment Fee”); provided, however, that the Unused Commitment Fee shall not accrue on a portion of the Available Commitment equal to 5% of the Aggregate Credit Exposure during any period that the Loan Parties are prohibited from making purchases of Compression Units or Heavy Component Inventory pursuant to Section 6.28.

 

(b)           LC Fees.  The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, for the account of the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares, a letter of credit fee at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Loans in effect from time to time on the average daily undrawn stated amount under each Facility LC, such fee to be payable in arrears on each Payment Date (the “LC Fee”).  The Borrower shall also pay to the LC Issuer for its own account documentary and processing charges in connection with the

 

36



 

issuance or Modification of and draws under Facility LCs in accordance with the LC Issuer’s standard schedule for such charges as in effect from time to time.

 

(c)           Agent and Arranger Fees.  The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent and the Arranger, such additional fees as are specified in the Amended and Restated Commitment Fee Letter dated as of the Closing Date between Riverstone Holdings and the Agent (the “Commitment Fee Letter”) and the Ticking Fee Letter dated as of the Closing Date between Riverstone Holdings and the Agent (the “Ticking Fee Letter”, together with the Commitment Fee Letter, the “Fee Letter”).  The closing fee payable pursuant to the Fee Letter shall be paid to Agent as set forth herein, for the account of each Lender in accordance with such Lender’s Pro Rata Share.  All other fees payable pursuant to the Fee Letter shall be payable to the Agent or Arranger, as applicable, for their own account.

 

2.11.        Interest Rates.  Each Floating Rate Advance shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof, for each day from and including the date such Advance is made or is automatically converted from a Eurodollar Advance into a Floating Rate Advance pursuant to Section 2.7, to but excluding the date it is paid or is converted into a Eurodollar Advance pursuant to Section 2.7 hereof, at a rate per annum equal to the Floating Rate for such day.  Changes in the rate of interest on that portion of any Advance maintained as a Floating Rate Advance will take effect simultaneously with each change in the Alternate Base Rate.  Each Eurodollar Advance shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from and including the first day of the Interest Period applicable thereto to (but not including) the last day of such Interest Period at the interest rate determined by the Agent as applicable to such Eurodollar Advance based upon the Borrower’s selections under Sections 2.1.1 and 2.7 and otherwise in accordance with the terms hereof.  No Interest Period may end after the Facility Termination Date.  If at any time Loans are outstanding with respect to which the Borrower has not delivered a notice to the Agent specifying the basis for determining the interest rate applicable thereto, those Loans shall bear interest at the Floating Rate.

 

2.12.        Eurodollar Advances Post Default; Default Rates.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained hereunder, during the continuance of a Default or Unmatured Default the Agent or the Required Lenders may, at their option, by notice to the Borrower (which notice may be revoked at the option of the Required Lenders notwithstanding any provision of Section 8.3 requiring unanimous consent of the Lenders to reductions in interest rates), declare that no Advance may be made as, converted into or continued as a Eurodollar Advance.  During the continuance of a Default the Agent or the Required Lenders may, at their option, by notice to the Borrower (which notice may be revoked at the option of the Required Lenders notwithstanding any provision of Section 8.3 requiring unanimous consent of the Lenders to reductions in interest rates), declare that (i) each Eurodollar Advance shall bear interest for the remainder of the applicable Interest Period at the rate otherwise applicable to such Interest Period plus 2% per annum, (ii) each Floating Rate Advance shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Floating Rate in effect from time to time plus 2% per annum and (iii) the LC Fee shall be increased by 2% per annum, provided that, during the continuance of a Default under subsection (f) or (g) of Article VII, the interest rates set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above and the increase in the LC Fee set forth in clause (iii) above shall be applicable to all Credit Extensions without any election or action on the part of the Agent or any Lender.

 

2.13.        Interest Payment Dates; Interest and Fee Basis.  Interest accrued on each Floating Rate Advance shall be payable on each Payment Date, commencing with the first such date to occur after the date hereof and at maturity.  Interest accrued on each Eurodollar Advance shall be payable on the last day of its applicable Interest Period, on any date on which the Eurodollar Advance is prepaid, whether by acceleration or otherwise, and at maturity.  Interest accrued on each Eurodollar Advance having an Interest Period longer than three months shall also be payable on the last day of each three-month interval during such Interest Period.  Interest on all Advances, unused commitment fees and LC Fees shall be calculated for actual days elapsed on the basis of a 360-day year.  Interest on all Floating Rate Advances shall be calculated for actual days elapsed on the basis of 365 or 366 day year, as appropriate.  Interest shall be payable for the day an Advance is made but not for the day of any payment on the amount paid if payment is received prior to noon

 

37



 

(local time) at the place of payment.  If any payment of principal of or interest on an Advance shall become due on a day which is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and, in the case of a principal payment, such extension of time shall be included in computing interest in connection with such payment. After giving effect to any Loan, Advance, continuation, or conversion of any Eurodollar Borrowing, there may not be more than six (6) different Interest Periods in effect at the same time hereunder.

 

2.14.        Voluntary Prepayments.  The Borrower may from time to time prepay, without penalty or premium, all or any portion of the outstanding Floating Rate Advances.  The Borrower may also from time to time prepay, subject to the payment of any funding indemnification amounts required by Section 3.4 but without penalty or premium, all outstanding Eurodollar Advances, or, in a minimum aggregate amount of $1,000,000 or any integral multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof, any portion of the outstanding Eurodollar Advances upon five Business Days’ prior notice to the Agent.

 

2.15.        Mandatory Prepayments.

 

(a)           Borrowing Base Compliance.  The Borrower shall immediately repay the Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans, Reimbursement Obligations and/or Non-Ratable Loans if at any time the Aggregate Credit Exposure exceeds the lesser of (i) the Commitment and (B) the Borrowing Base, to the extent required to eliminate such excess.  If any such excess remains after repayment in full of all outstanding Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans, Reimbursement Obligations and Non-Ratable Loans, the Borrower shall provide cash collateral or a Supporting Letter of Credit for the LC Obligations in the manner set forth in Section 2.1.2(l) to the extent required to eliminate such excess.

 

(b)           Sale of Assets.  Immediately upon receipt by any Loan Party of the Net Cash Proceeds of any asset disposition (other than sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business), the Borrower shall prepay the Obligations in an amount equal to all such Net Cash Proceeds.  Any such prepayment shall be applied first, to pay the principal of the Protective Advances, second, to pay the principal of the Non-Ratable Loans, third, to pay the principal of the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans without a concomitant reduction in the Commitment, and fourth, to cash collateralize outstanding Facility LCs.

 

(c)           Issuance of Debt or Equity.  If Borrower issues Capital Stock (other than issuance from the Incentive Pool to a Special Limited Partner, as each such term is defined in the Borrower’s Partnership Agreement) or any Loan Party issues Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness permitted by Sections 6.17 or if any Loan Party receives any dividend or distribution from a Person other than a Loan Party, no later than the Business Day following the date of receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds of such issuance or receipt of such dividend, distribution, loan or advance, the Borrower shall prepay the Obligations in an amount equal to all such Net Cash Proceeds, dividends, distributions, loans or advances. Any such prepayment shall be applied first, to pay the principal of the Protective Advances, second, to pay the principal of the Non-Ratable Loans, third, to pay the principal of the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans without a concomitant reduction in the Commitment, and fourth, to cash collateralize outstanding Facility LCs.

 

(d)           Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds.  Any insurance or condemnation proceeds to be applied to the Obligations in accordance with Section 6.7(c) shall be applied as follows: (i) insurance proceeds from casualties or losses to cash or Inventory shall be applied, first, to the Protective Advances, second, to the Non-Ratable Loans, third, to the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans, and fourth, to cash collateralize outstanding Facility LCs; and (ii) insurance or condemnation proceeds from casualties or losses to Equipment, Fixtures and real Property shall be applied first, to pay the principal of the Protective

 

38



 

Advances, second, to pay the principal of the Non-Ratable Loans, third, to pay the principal of the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans, and fourth, to cash collateralize outstanding Facility LCs. The Commitment shall not be permanently reduced by the amount of any such prepayments.  If the precise amount of insurance or condemnation proceeds allocable to Inventory as compared to Equipment, Fixtures and real Property is not otherwise determined, the allocation and application of those proceeds shall be determined by the Agent, in its Permitted Discretion.

 

(e)           General.  Without in any way limiting the foregoing, promptly upon receipt by any Loan Party of proceeds of any sale of any Collateral, the Borrower shall cause such Loan Party to deliver such proceeds to the Agent, or deposit such proceeds in a deposit account subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement.  All of such proceeds shall be applied as set forth above or otherwise as provided in Section 2.19.  Nothing in this Section 2.15 shall be construed to constitute Agent’s or any Lender’s consent to any transaction that is not permitted by other provisions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.  Nothing in this Section 2.15 shall be construed to constitute a permanent reduction in the Aggregate Commitment or to prejudice the Borrower’s rights under Section 2.1.1(a)(i), subject to the terms of this Agreement, to borrower, repay and reborrow Revolving Loans at any time prior to the Facility Termination Date.

 

2.16.        Borrower’s Reduction of Commitment.  Prior to the Facility Termination Date, Borrower may, upon five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to Agent, permanently reduce (but not terminate) the Aggregate Commitment to a lesser amount, provided that such reduction must be $5,000,000 or a higher integral multiple of $1,000,000 and the aggregate amount of such reductions may not exceed $15,000,000.

 

2.17.        Termination of the Facility.

 

(a)           Without limiting Section 2.3 or Section 8.1, (a) the Aggregate Commitments shall expire on the Facility Termination Date and (b) the Aggregate Credit Exposure and all other unpaid Obligations shall be paid in full by the Borrower on the Facility Termination Date.

 

(b)           The Borrower may terminate this Agreement upon at least 10 Business Days’ prior written notice thereof to the Agent and the Lenders, upon (i) the payment in full of all outstanding Loans, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, (ii) the cancellation and return of all outstanding Facility LCs (or alternatively, with respect to each such Facility LC, the furnishing to the Agent of a cash deposit or Supporting Letter of Credit as required by Section 2.1.2(l)), (iii) the payment in full of all reimbursable expenses and other Obligations together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, and (v) the payment in full of any amount due under Section 3.4.

 

2.18.        Method of Payment.

 

(a)           All payments of the Obligations hereunder shall be made, without setoff, deduction, or counterclaim, in immediately available funds to the Agent at the Agent’s address specified pursuant to Article XIII, or at any other Lending Installation of the Agent specified in writing by the Agent to the Borrower, by 11 a.m. (Chicago time) with respect to all Swingline Loans and by noon (Chicago time) on the date when due and shall be applied ratably by the Agent among the Lenders except payments made on Swingline Loans, which shall be applied among the Lenders as provided in Section 2.1.3.  Any payment received by the Agent or Swingline Lender after such time shall be deemed to have been received on the following Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.  Solely for purposes of determining the amount of Loans available for borrowing purposes, checks

 

39



 

and cash or other immediately available funds from collections of items of payment and proceeds of any Collateral shall be applied in whole or in part against the Obligations, on the day of receipt, subject to actual collection.  Each payment delivered to the Agent or Swingline Lender for the account of any Lender shall be delivered promptly by the Agent or Swingline Lender to such Lender in the same type of funds that the Agent or Swingline Lender received at its address specified pursuant to Article XIII or at any Lending Installation specified in a notice received by the Agent or Swingline Lender from such Lender.

 

(b)           At the election of the Agent, all payments of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations in connection with Facility LCs, fees, premiums, reimbursable expenses (including, without limitation, all reimbursement for fees and expenses pursuant to Section 9.6), and other sums payable under the Loan Documents, may be paid from the proceeds of Advances made hereunder whether made following a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1 or a deemed request as provided in this Section 2.18 or may be deducted from the Funding Account or any other deposit account of the Borrower maintained with the Agent.  The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes (i) the Agent to make an Advance for the purpose of paying each payment of principal, interest and fees as it becomes due hereunder or any other amount due under the Loan Documents and agrees that all such amounts charged shall constitute Loans (including Swingline Loans, Non-Ratable Loans and Protective Advances) and that all such Advances shall be deemed to have been requested pursuant to Section 2.1 and (ii) the Agent to charge the Funding Account or any other deposit account of the Borrower maintained with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. for each payment of principal, interest and fees as it becomes due hereunder or any other amount due under the Loan Documents.

 

2.19.        Apportionment, Application, and Reversal of Payments.  Except as otherwise required pursuant to Section 2.1.3 or 2.20, principal and interest payments shall be apportioned ratably among the Lenders as set forth in this Article II and payments of the fees shall, as applicable, be apportioned ratably among the Lenders, except for fees payable solely to the Agent or the LC Issuer and except as provided in Section 2.10(c).  All payments shall be remitted to the Agent and all such payments not relating to principal or interest of specific Loans or not constituting payment of specific fees as specified by the Borrower, and all proceeds of any Collateral received by the Agent, shall be applied, ratably, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, first, to pay any fees, indemnities, or expense reimbursements including amounts then due to the Agent from the Borrower (other than in connection with Banking Services or Rate Management Obligations), second, to pay any fees or expense reimbursements then due to the Lenders from the Borrower (other than in connection with Banking Services or Rate Management Obligations), third, to pay interest due in respect of the Protective Advances, fourth, to pay the principal of the Protective Advances, fifth, to pay interest due in respect of the Non-Ratable Loans, sixth, to pay interest due in respect of the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans (other than Non-Ratable Loans and Protective Advances), seventh, to pay or prepay principal of the Non-Ratable Loans, eighth, to pay or prepay principal of the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans (other than Non-Ratable Loans and Protective Advances) and unpaid reimbursement obligations in respect of Facility LCs, ninth, to pay an amount to the Agent equal to one hundred five percent (105%) of the aggregate undrawn face amount of all outstanding Facility LCs and the aggregate amount of any unpaid reimbursement obligations in respect of Facility LCs, to be held as cash collateral for such Obligations, tenth, to payment of any amounts owing with respect to Banking Services and Rate Management Obligations, and eleventh, to the payment of any other Secured Obligation due to the Agent or any Lender by the Borrower.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, unless so directed by the Borrower, or unless a Default is in existence, neither the Agent nor any Lender shall apply any payment which it receives to any Eurodollar Loan, except (a) on the expiration date of the Interest Period applicable to any such Eurodollar Loan or (b) in the event, and only to the extent, that there are no outstanding Floating Rate Loans and, in any event, the Borrower shall pay the Eurodollar breakage losses in accordance with Section 3.4.  The Agent and the Lenders shall have the continuing and exclusive right to apply and reverse and reapply any

 

40



 

and all such proceeds and payments to any portion of the Secured Obligations, so long as due in the same order provided herein.

 

2.20.        Settlement.  Except with respect to Swingline Loans, each Lender’s funded portion of the Loans is intended by the Lenders to be equal at all times to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the outstanding Loans.  Notwithstanding such agreement, the Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and the Lenders agree (which agreement shall not be for the benefit of or enforceable by the Loan Parties) that in order to facilitate the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, settlement among them as to the Loans, including the Non-Ratable Loans shall take place on a periodic basis as follows, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.1.3.  The Agent shall request settlement (a “Settlement”) with the Lenders on at least a weekly basis, or on a more frequent basis at the Agent’s election, by notifying the Lenders of such requested Settlement by telecopy, telephone, or e-mail no later than 12:00 noon (Chicago, Illinois time) on the date of such requested Settlement (the “Settlement Date”).  Each Lender (other than the Agent, in the case of the Non-Ratable Loans) shall transfer the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the outstanding principal amount of the applicable Loan with respect to which Settlement is requested to the Agent, to such account of the Agent as the Agent may designate, not later than 2:00 p.m. (Chicago, Illinois time), on the Settlement Date applicable thereto.  Settlements may occur during the existence of a Default or an Unmatured Default and whether or not the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.2 have then been satisfied.  Such amounts transferred to the Agent shall be applied against the amounts of the applicable Loan and, together with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.’s Pro Rata Share of such Non-Ratable Loan, shall constitute Revolving Loans of such Lenders, respectively.  If any such amount is not transferred to the Agent by any Lender on the Settlement Date applicable thereto, the Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon as specified in Section 2.24.

 

2.21.        Indemnity for Returned Payments.  If after receipt of any payment which is applied to the payment of all or any part of the Obligations, the Agent or any Lender is for any reason compelled to surrender such payment or proceeds to any Person because such payment or application of proceeds is invalidated, declared fraudulent, set aside, determined to be void or voidable as a preference, impermissible setoff, or a diversion of trust funds, or for any other reason, then the Obligations or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued and this Agreement shall continue in full force as if such payment or proceeds had not been received by the Agent or such Lender and the Borrower shall be liable to pay to the Agent and the Lenders, and the Borrower hereby indemnifies the Agent and the Lenders and holds the Agent and the Lenders harmless for the amount of such payment or proceeds surrendered except to the extent that they are determined in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Lenders.  The provisions of this Section 2.21 shall be and remain effective notwithstanding any contrary action which may have been taken by the Agent or any Lender in reliance upon such payment or application of proceeds, and any such contrary action so taken shall be without prejudice to the Agent’s and the Lenders’ rights under this Agreement and shall be deemed to have been conditioned upon such payment or application of proceeds having become final and irrevocable.  The provisions of this Section 2.21 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

2.22.        Noteless Agreement; Evidence of Indebtedness.

 

(a)           Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

 

(b)           The Agent shall also maintain accounts in which it will record (i) the amount of each Loan extended hereunder, the Type thereof and the Interest Period with respect thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder, (iii) the original stated amount of each Facility LC and the amount of LC Obligations outstanding at any time, and (iv) the

 

41


 

 

amount of any sum received by the Agent hereunder from the Borrower and each Lender’s share thereof.

 

(c)           The entries maintained in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs (i) and (ii) above shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the Obligations therein recorded; provided however, that the failure of the Agent or any Lender to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Obligations in accordance with their terms.

 

(d)           Any Lender may request that its Revolving Loans be evidenced by a promissory note in substantially the form of Exhibit C (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, a “Note”).  In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender such Note payable to the order of such Lender.  Thereafter, the Revolving Loans evidenced by such Note and interest thereon shall at all times (prior to any assignment pursuant to Section 12.3) be represented by one or more Notes payable to the order of the payee named therein, except to the extent that any such Lender subsequently returns any such Note for cancellation and requests that such Revolving Loans once again be evidenced as described in paragraphs (a) and (b) above.

 

2.23.        Lending Installations.  Each Lender may book its Loans and its participation in any LC Obligations and the LC Issuer may book the Facility LCs at any Lending Installation selected by such Lender or the LC Issuer, as the case may be, and may change its Lending Installation from time to time.  All terms of this Agreement shall apply to any such Lending Installation and the Loans, Facility LCs, participations in LC Obligations and any Notes issued hereunder shall be deemed held by each Lender or the LC Issuer, as the case may be, for the benefit of any such Lending Installation.  Each Lender and the LC Issuer may, by written notice to the Agent and the Borrower in accordance with Article XIII, designate replacement or additional Lending Installations through which Loans will be made by it or Facility LCs will be issued by it and for whose account Loan payments or payments with respect to Facility LCs are to be made.

 

2.24.        Non-Receipt of Funds by the Agent; Defaulting Lenders.

 

(a)           Unless the Borrower or a Lender, as the case may be, notifies the Agent prior to the date on which it is scheduled to make payment to the Agent of (i) in the case of a Lender, the proceeds of a Loan or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, a payment of principal, interest or fees to the Agent for the account of the Lenders, that it does not intend to make such payment, the Agent may assume that such payment has been made.  The Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make the amount of such payment available to the intended recipient in reliance upon such assumption.  If such Lender or the Borrower, as the case may be, has not in fact made such payment to the Agent, the recipient of such payment shall, on demand by the Agent, repay to the Agent the amount so made available together with interest thereon in respect of each day during the period commencing on the date such amount was so made available by the Agent until the date the Agent recovers such amount at a rate per annum equal to (x) in the case of payment by a Lender, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day for the first three days and, thereafter, the interest rate applicable to the relevant Loan or (y) in the case of payment by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to the relevant Loan.

 

(b)           If a payment has not been made by a Lender, the Agent will notify the Borrower of such failure to fund and, upon demand by the Agent, the Borrower shall pay such amount to the Agent for the Agent’s account, together with interest thereon for each day elapsed since the Borrowing Date at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable to the relevant Loan.

 

42



 

(c)           The Agent shall not be obligated to transfer to a Defaulting Lender any payments made by the Borrower to the Agent for the Defaulting Lender’s benefit, and, in the absence of such transfer to the Defaulting Lender, the Agent shall transfer any such payments to each other non-Defaulting Lender ratably in accordance with their Pro Rata Share of the Commitments (but only to the extent that such Defaulting Lender’s Advance was funded by the other Lenders) or, if so directed by the Borrower and if no Unmatured Default or Default has occurred and is continuing (and to the extent such Defaulting Lender’s Advance was not funded by the other Lenders), retain the same to be re-advanced to the Borrower as if such Defaulting Lender had made Advances to the Borrower.  Subject to the foregoing, the Agent may hold and, in its Permitted Discretion, setoff such Defaulting Lender’s funding shortfall against that Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of all payments received from the Borrower or re-lend to the Borrower for the account of such Defaulting Lender the amount of all such payments received and retained by the Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender.

 

(d)           Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

 

(i)            solely for the purposes of voting or consenting to matters with respect to the Loan Documents, such Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a “Lender” and such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment shall be deemed to be zero ; provided that any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender which affects such Defaulting Lender differently than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender;

 

(ii)           such Defaulting Lender shall not be entitled to any portion of the Unused Commitment Fee;

 

(iii)          the Unused Commitment Fee shall accrue in favor of the Lenders which have funded their respective Pro Rata Shares of such requested Advance and shall be allocated among such non-Defaulting Lenders ratably based on their Pro Rata Share of the Commitments. This Section shall remain effective with respect to such Defaulting Lender until (x) the Obligations under this Agreement shall have been declared or shall have become immediately due and payable, (y) the non-Defaulting Lenders, the Agent, and the Borrower shall have waived such Defaulting Lender’s default in writing, or (z) the Defaulting Lender makes its Pro Rata Share of the applicable Advance and pays to Agent all amounts owing by the Defaulting Lender in respect thereof;

 

(iv)          if any Swingline Exposure or LC Obligations exist at the time a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:

 

(1)           all or any part of such Swingline Exposure and LC Obligations shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares but only to the extent (x) the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Credit Exposures with respect to the Revolving Loans plus such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure and LC Obligations does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Commitments and (y) the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 are satisfied at such time; and

 

43



 

(2)           if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall within one Business Day following notice by the Agent (x) first, prepay such Swingline Exposure and (y) second, cash collateralize such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.1.2 for so long as such LC Exposure is outstanding;

 

(3)           if the Borrower cash collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Obligations pursuant to Section 2.24(d)(iv), the Borrower shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.10(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure during the period such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is cash collateralized;

 

(4)           if the LC Exposure of the non-Defaulting Lenders is reallocated pursuant to Section 2.24(d)(iv), then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.10(a) and Section 2.10(b) shall be adjusted in accordance with such non-Defaulting Lenders’ Pro Rata Shares; or

 

(5)           if any Defaulting Lender’s LC Obligations are neither cash collateralized nor reallocated pursuant to Section 2.24(d)(iv), then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the LC Issuer or any Lender hereunder, all facility fees that otherwise would have been payable to such Defaulting Lender (solely with respect to the portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment that was utilized by such LC Exposure) and letter of credit fees payable under Section 2.10(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Obligations shall be payable to the LC Issuer until such LC Obligations are cash collateralized and/or reallocated;

 

(v)           the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and the LC Issuer shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless it is satisfied that the related exposure will be 100% covered by the Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateral will be provided by the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.24(d)(iv), and participating interests in any such newly issued or increased Letter of Credit or newly made Swingline Loan shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.24(d)(iv)(1) (and Defaulting Lenders shall not participate therein); and

 

(vi)          in the event and on the date that each of the Agent, the Borrower, the LC Issuer and the Swingline Lender agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the Swingline Exposure and LC Obligations of the other Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans of the other Lenders (other than Swingline Loans) as the Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Pro Rata Share.

 

(e)           The operation of this Section shall not be construed to increase or otherwise affect the Commitment of any Lender, to relieve or excuse the performance by such Defaulting Lender or any other Lender of its duties and obligations hereunder, or to relieve or excuse the performance by the Borrower of its duties and obligations hereunder.

 

44



 

2.25.        Limitation of Interest.  The Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders intend to strictly comply with all applicable laws, including applicable usury laws.  Accordingly, the provisions of this Section 2.25 shall govern and control over every other provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document which conflicts or is inconsistent with this Section 2.25, even if such provision declares that it controls.  As used in this Section 2.25, the term “interest” includes the aggregate of all charges, fees, benefits or other compensation which constitute interest under applicable law, provided that, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, (a) any non-principal payment shall be characterized as an expense or as compensation for something other than the use, forbearance or detention of money and not as interest, and (b) all interest at any time contracted for, reserved, charged or received shall be amortized, prorated, allocated and spread, in equal parts during the full term of the Obligations.  In no event shall the Borrower or any other Person be obligated to pay, or any Lender have any right or privilege to reserve, receive or retain, (a) any interest in excess of the maximum amount of nonusurious interest permitted under the laws of the State of Texas or the applicable laws (if any) of the U.S. or of any other applicable state, or (b) total interest in excess of the amount which such Lender could lawfully have contracted for, reserved, received, retained or charged had the interest been calculated for the full term of the Obligations at the Highest Lawful Rate.  On each day, if any, that the interest rate (the “Stated Rate”) called for under this Agreement or any other Loan Document exceeds the Highest Lawful Rate, the rate at which interest shall accrue shall automatically be fixed by operation of this sentence at the Highest Lawful Rate for that day, and shall remain fixed at the Highest Lawful Rate for each day thereafter until the total amount of interest accrued equals the total amount of interest which would have accrued if there were no such ceiling rate as is imposed by this sentence.  Thereafter, interest shall accrue at the Stated Rate unless and until the Stated Rate again exceeds the Highest Lawful Rate when the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall again automatically operate to limit the interest accrual rate.  The daily interest rates to be used in calculating interest at the Highest Lawful Rate shall be determined by dividing the applicable Highest Lawful Rate per annum by the number of days in the calendar year for which such calculation is being made.  None of the terms and provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document which directly or indirectly relate to interest shall ever be construed without reference to this Section 2.25, or be construed to create a contract to pay for the use, forbearance or detention of money at an interest rate in excess of the Highest Lawful Rate.  If the term of any Obligation is shortened by reason of acceleration of maturity as a result of any Default or by any other cause, or by reason of any required or permitted prepayment, and if for that (or any other) reason any Lender at any time, including but not limited to, the stated maturity, is owed or receives (and/or has received) interest in excess of interest calculated at the Highest Lawful Rate, then and in any such event all of any such excess interest shall be canceled automatically as of the date of such acceleration, prepayment or other event which produces the excess, and, if such excess interest has been paid to such Lender, it shall be credited pro tanto against the outstanding principal balance of the Borrower’s obligations to such Lender, effective as of the date or dates when the event occurs which causes it to be excess interest, until such excess is exhausted or all of such principal has been fully paid and satisfied, whichever occurs first, and any remaining balance of such excess shall be promptly refunded to its payor.  Chapter 346 of the Texas Finance Code (which regulates certain revolving credit accounts (formerly TEX. REV. CIV. STAT. ANN. ART. 5069, Ch. 15)) shall not apply to this Agreement or to any Loan, nor shall this Agreement or any Loan be governed by or be subject to the provisions of such Chapter 346 in any manner whatsoever.

 

ARTICLE III

 

YIELD PROTECTION; TAXES

 

3.1.          Yield Protection.  If, on or after the Closing Date, the adoption of any law or any governmental or quasi-governmental rule, regulation, policy, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law), or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental or quasi-governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Lender or applicable Lending Installation or the LC Issuer with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency:

 

45



 

(a)           subjects any Lender or any applicable Lending Installation or the LC Issuer to any Taxes, or changes the basis of taxation of payments (other than with respect to Excluded Taxes) to any Lender or the LC Issuer in respect of its Eurodollar Loans, Facility LCs or participations therein, or

 

(b)           imposes or increases or deems applicable any reserve, assessment, insurance charge, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender or any applicable Lending Installation or the LC Issuer (other than reserves and assessments taken into account in determining the interest rate applicable to Eurodollar Advances), or

 

(c)           imposes any other condition the result of which is to increase the cost to any Lender or any applicable Lending Installation or the LC Issuer of making, funding or maintaining its Eurodollar Loans, or of issuing or participating in Facility LCs, or reduces any amount receivable by any Lender or any applicable Lending Installation or the LC Issuer in connection with its Eurodollar Loans, Facility LCs or participations therein, or requires any Lender or any applicable Lending Installation or the LC Issuer to make any payment calculated by reference to the amount of Eurodollar Loans, Facility LCs or participations therein held or interest or LC Fees received by it, by an amount deemed material by such Lender or the LC Issuer as the case may be,

 

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender or applicable Lending Installation or the LC Issuer, as the case may be, of making or maintaining its Eurodollar Loans or Commitment or of issuing or participating in Facility LCs or to reduce the return received by such Lender or applicable Lending Installation or the LC Issuer, as the case may be, in connection with such Eurodollar Loans, Commitment, Facility LCs or participations therein, then, within fifteen days of demand by such Lender or the LC Issuer, as the case may be, the Borrower shall pay such Lender or the LC Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the LC Issuer, as the case may be, for such increased cost or reduction in amount received.

 

3.2.          Changes in Capital Adequacy Regulations.  If a Lender or the LC Issuer determines the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by such Lender or the LC Issuer, any Lending Installation of such Lender or the LC Issuer, or any corporation controlling such Lender or the LC Issuer is increased as a result of a Change, then, within fifteen days of demand by such Lender or the LC Issuer, the Borrower shall pay such Lender or the LC Issuer the amount necessary to compensate for any shortfall in the rate of return on the portion of such increased capital which such Lender or the LC Issuer determines is attributable to this Agreement, its Credit Exposure or its Commitment to make Loans and issue or participate in Facility LCs, as the case may be, hereunder (after taking into account such Lender’s or the LC Issuer’s policies as to capital adequacy).  “Change” means (i) any change after the date of this Agreement in the Risk-Based Capital Guidelines (as defined below) or (ii) any adoption of or change in any other law, governmental or quasi-governmental rule, regulation, policy, guideline, interpretation, or directive (whether or not having the force of law) after the date of this Agreement which affects the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by any Lender or the LC Issuer or any Lending Installation or any corporation controlling any Lender or the LC Issuer.  “Risk-Based Capital Guidelines” means (i) the risk-based capital guidelines in effect in the U.S. on the date of this Agreement, including transition rules, and (ii) the corresponding capital regulations promulgated by regulatory authorities outside the U.S. implementing the July 1988 report of the Basle Committee on Banking Regulation and Supervisory Practices Entitled “International Convergence of Capital Measurements and Capital Standards,” including transition rules, and any amendments to such regulations adopted prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

3.3.          Availability of Types of Advances.  If any Lender determines that maintenance of its Eurodollar Loans at a suitable Lending Installation would violate any applicable law, rule, regulation, or directive, whether or not having the force of law, or if the Required Lenders determine that (i) deposits of a

 

46



 

type and maturity appropriate to match fund Eurodollar Advances are not available or (ii) the interest rate applicable to Eurodollar Advances does not accurately reflect the cost of making or maintaining Eurodollar Advances, then the Agent shall suspend the availability of Eurodollar Advances and require any affected Eurodollar Advances to be repaid or converted to Floating Rate Advances, subject to the payment of any funding indemnification amounts required by Section 3.4.

 

3.4.          Funding Indemnification.  If any payment of a Eurodollar Advance occurs on a date which is not the last day of the applicable Interest Period, whether because of acceleration, prepayment or otherwise, or a Eurodollar Advance is not made on the date specified by the Borrower for any reason other than default by the Lenders, the Borrower will indemnify each Lender for any loss or cost incurred by it resulting therefrom, including, without limitation, any loss or cost in liquidating or employing deposits acquired to fund or maintain such Eurodollar Advance except to the extent that any such loss or cost is determined in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Lenders.

 

3.5.          Taxes.

 

(a)           The Borrowers shall be jointly and severally liable for paying to the Agent any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided that if the Borrower shall be required by applicable law to deduct any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Agent, Lender or LC Issuer (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

 

(b)           In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

 

(c)           The Borrowers shall jointly and severally indemnify the Agent, each Lender and the LC Issuer, within 10 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Agent, such Lender or the LC Issuer, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by the Borrower hereunder (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or the LC Issuer, or by the Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or the LC Issuer, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(d)           Each Lender and the LC Issuer shall indemnify the Borrower and the Agent, within 10 days after written demand therefor, against any and all Taxes and any and all related losses, claims, liabilities, penalties, interest and reasonable expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Borrower or the Agent) incurred by or asserted against the Borrower or the Agent by any Governmental Authority as a result of the failure by such Lender or the LC Issuer, as the case may be, to deliver, or as a result of the inaccuracy, inadequacy or deficiency of, any documentation required to be delivered to the Borrower or the Agent pursuant to Section 3.5(f).  Each Lender and the LC Issuer hereby authorizes the Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender or the LC Issuer, as the case may be, under this Agreement or any other Loan

 

47



 

Document against any amount due to the Agent under this Section 3.5(d).  The obligations of the Lenders under this Section 3.5(d) shall survive the payment of the Obligations and termination of this Agreement.

 

(e)           As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

(f)            Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate.  In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Agent, shall deliver such other documentation as will enable the Borrower or the Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document would be subject to United States federal withholding tax imposed pursuant to FATCA if the recipient of such payment fails to comply with applicable reporting and other requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such recipient shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to the Borrower and the Agent, at the time or times prescribed by applicable law or as reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Agent, (A) two accurate, complete and signed certifications prescribed by applicable law and/or reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Agent that establish that such payment is exempt from United States federal withholding tax imposed pursuant to FATCA and (B) any other documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Agent sufficient for the Borrower and the Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such recipient has complied with such applicable reporting and other requirements of FATCA.

 

(g)           If the Agent or a Lender determines that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 3.5, it shall pay over an amount equal to such refund to the Borrower (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section 3.5 with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Agent or such Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided, that the Borrower, upon the request of the Agent or such Lender, agree to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Agent or such Lender in the event the Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This paragraph shall not be construed to require the Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes which it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

 

3.6.          Lender Statements; Survival of Indemnity.  To the extent reasonably possible, each Lender shall designate an alternate Lending Installation with respect to its Eurodollar Loans to reduce any liability of the Borrower to such Lender under Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.5 or to avoid the unavailability of Eurodollar

 

48



 

Advances under Section 3.3, so long as such designation is not, in the judgment of such Lender, disadvantageous to such Lender.  Each Lender shall deliver a written statement of such Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Agent) as to the amount due, if any, under Section 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 or 3.5.  Such written statement shall set forth in reasonable detail the calculations upon which such Lender determined such amount and shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Borrower in the absence of manifest error.  Determination of amounts payable under such Sections in connection with a Eurodollar Loan shall be calculated as though each Lender funded its Eurodollar Loan through the purchase of a deposit of the type and maturity corresponding to the deposit used as a reference in determining the Adjusted LIBO Rate applicable to such Loan, whether in fact that is the case or not.  Unless otherwise provided herein, the amount specified in the written statement of any Lender shall be payable on demand after receipt by the Borrower of such written statement.  The obligations of the Borrower under Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 and 3.5 shall survive payment of the Obligations and termination of this Agreement.

 

3.7.          Replacement of Lender.  If the Borrower is required pursuant to Section 3.1, 3.2 or 3.5 to make any additional payment to any Lender or if any Lender’s obligation to make or continue, or to convert Floating Rate Advances into, Eurodollar Advances shall be suspended pursuant to Section 3.3 or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender (any such Lender, an “Affected Lender”), the Borrower, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Agent, may elect, if such amounts continue to be charged or such suspension is still effective, to replace such Affected Lender as a Lender party to this Agreement (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Article XII), provided that, no Default or Unmatured Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such replacement, and provided further that, concurrently with such replacement, (i) another bank or other entity which is reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower, the Agent and LC Issuer shall agree, as of such date, to purchase for cash the Advances and other Obligations due to the Affected Lender pursuant to an Assignment Agreement (and a Defaulting Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such an Assignment Agreement if it fails to do so) and to become a Lender for all purposes under this Agreement and to assume all obligations of the Affected Lender to be terminated as of such date and to comply with the requirements of Section 12.3 applicable to assignments, and (ii) the Borrower shall pay to such Affected Lender in same day funds on the day of such replacement (A) all interest, fees and other amounts then accrued but unpaid to such Affected Lender by the Borrower hereunder to and including the date of termination, including without limitation payments due to such Affected Lender under Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.5, and (B) an amount, if any, equal to the payment which would have been due to such Lender on the day of such replacement under Section 3.4 had the Loans of such Affected Lender been prepaid on such date rather than sold to the replacement Lender.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

4.1.          Effectiveness.  This Agreement will not become effective unless the Borrower has satisfied each of the following conditions in a manner satisfactory to the Agent and the Lenders, and with respect to any condition requiring delivery of any agreement, certificate, document, or instrument to the Lenders, the Borrower has agreed that any such agreement, certificate, document, or instrument delivered to Agent may be distributed by Agent to the Lenders.

 

(a)           This Agreement or counterparts hereof shall have been duly executed by Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders; and the Agent shall have received duly executed copies of the Loan Documents and such other documents, instruments and agreements as the Agent shall reasonably request in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent including, without limitation, amended and restated Notes and a ratification of other Loan Documents executed in connection with the Original Loan Agreement.

 

49



 

(b)           Each of Holdings, Managing General Partner and Borrower shall have delivered copies of its articles or certificate of limited partnership, formation or incorporation, as applicable, together with all amendments, and a certificate of good standing, each certified by the appropriate governmental officer in its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization.

 

(c)           Holdings and Borrower shall have delivered copies (in the case of Holdings, certified by its Managing General Partner), of its bylaws, limited liability company agreement, or partnership agreement, as applicable, and of its resolutions or actions of by the Managing General Partner, its members or any other body authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party.

 

(d)           Borrower and Managing General Partner shall have delivered an incumbency certificate, executed by its Secretary or Assistant Secretary, which shall identify by name and title and bear the signatures of the Authorized Officers and any other officers of Borrower, Holdings or Managing General Partner authorized to sign the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party, upon which certificate the Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely until informed of any change in writing by such Loan Party.

 

(e)           The Borrower shall have delivered a certificate, signed by the chief financial officer of the Borrower, on the initial Credit Extension Date (i) stating that no Default or Unmatured Default has occurred and is continuing as of such Credit Extension Date and the Closing Date, (ii) stating that the representations and warranties contained in Article V are true and correct as of such Credit Extension Date and the Closing Date, and (iii) specifying the deposit account at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. which shall be used as the Funding Account.

 

(f)            Borrower shall have delivered a written opinion of the Loan Parties’ counsel, addressed to the Agent, the LC Issuer and the Lenders in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

(g)           The Borrower shall have delivered any Notes requested by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.25 payable to the order of each such requesting Lender.

 

(h)           The Borrower shall have delivered money transfer authorizations as the Agent may have reasonably requested.

 

(i)            The Borrower shall have delivered the Management Agreement and Riverstone, Borrower, and Agent, for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders, shall have entered into the Management Fee Subordination Agreement, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

 

(j)            The Borrower shall have delivered and the Agent shall have approved for itself and the Lenders the Appraised Value Report dated as of September 30, 2010.

 

(k)           The Borrower shall have delivered a Borrowing Base Certificate which calculates the Borrowing Base as of the end of the Business Day immediately preceding the Effective Date.

 

(l)            The Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent and the Lenders the unaudited interim financial statements of the Borrower for the period ending on October 31, 2010.

 

50



 

(m)          The Agent and Lenders shall have completed their business due diligence and the Loan Parties’ corporate structure, capital structure, rental and lease agreements, material accounts and governing documents shall be acceptable to the Agent.  In addition, the terms and conditions of all Indebtedness of Borrower shall be acceptable to Agent.

 

(n)           All legal (including tax implications) and regulatory matters, including, but not limited to compliance with applicable requirements of Regulations U, T and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, shall be satisfactory to the Agent and the Lenders.

 

(o)           The Borrower shall have delivered to Agent a ratification of the other Loan Documents in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

 

(p)           The Borrower shall have delivered evidence of insurance coverage in form, scope, and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and otherwise in compliance with the terms of Section 6.7.

 

(q)           The Borrower shall have delivered each Collateral Access Agreement required to be provided pursuant to Section 6.13 except (i) to the extent previously provided in connection with the Original Loan Agreement, (ii) the Collateral Access Agreement for the 100 Congress Ave, Suite 450, Austin, Texas location, which the Loan Parties will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and (iii) for those locations listed on the attached Schedule 4.1.

 

(r)            The Borrower shall have delivered each Deposit Account Control Agreement required to be provided pursuant to Section 6.14 except to the extent previously provided in connection with the Original Loan Agreement.

 

(s)           After giving effect to all Credit Extensions to be made on the Effective Date and payment of all fees and expenses due hereunder, payment of the purchase price as set forth in the Riverstone Acquisition Agreement, and with all of the Loan Parties’ indebtedness, liabilities, and obligations (including trade payables) current, the Borrower’s Availability shall not be less than $50,000,000.

 

(t)            The Borrower shall have paid all of the fees and expenses owing to the Agent, the Arranger, the LC Issuer and the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.10, and Section 9.6(a).

 

(u)           The Agent shall have completed a field examination, the results of which shall be satisfactory to Agent.

 

(v)           The Borrower shall have delivered to Agent certified copies of the final Riverstone Acquisition Documents and any amendments, modifications or waivers thereto, the material obligations or covenants of which all parties to the Riverstone Acquisition Agreement shall have been performed or complied with on or before the Closing Date.

 

(w)          The Loan Parties shall have delivered an assignment of representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and rights, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, in respect of the Loan Parties’ rights under the Escrow Agreement executed in connection with the Riverstone Acquisition, which assignment shall be expressly permitted by such Escrow Agreement or shall have been consented to by the parties to the Escrow Agreement in writing (the “Collateral Assignment of Contracts”).

 

51


 

(x)            The Borrower shall have delivered to Agent the financial projections for the period of December 2010 through December 2014, including monthly projections reflecting the consummation of the Riverstone Acquisition, the related financings and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement to occur on or prior to the Closing Date, which Budget shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent (it being understood and agreed that the foregoing financial projections shall satisfy the requirement to deliver a Budget for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011).

 

(y)           No Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred since December 31, 2009.

 

(z)            Borrower shall have delivered such other documents as the Agent, the LC Issuer, any Lender or their respective counsel may have reasonably requested.

 

4.2.          Each Credit Extension.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Lenders shall not be required to make any Credit Extension if on the applicable Credit Extension Date:

 

(a)           There exists any Default or Unmatured Default or any Default or Unmatured Default shall result from any such Credit Extension and the Agent or the Required Lenders shall have determined not to make any Credit Extension as a result of such Default or Unmatured Default.

 

(b)           Any representation or warranty contained in Article V is untrue or incorrect as of such Credit Extension Date except to the extent any such representation or warranty is stated to relate solely to an earlier date.

 

(c)           After giving effect to such Credit Extension, Availability would be less than zero.

 

Each Borrowing Notice or request for issuance of Facility LC with respect to each such Credit Extension shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that the conditions contained in Section 4.1 have been satisfied and that none of the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 exist as of the applicable Credit Extension Date.  Any Lender may require a duly completed Compliance Certificate as a condition to making a Credit Extension.

 

ARTICLE V

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Each Loan Party jointly and severally represents and warrants to Lenders as follows:

 

5.1.          Existence and Standing.  Each Loan Party is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company duly and properly incorporated or organized, as the case may be, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization and, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, has all requisite authority to conduct its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted.

 

5.2.          Authorization and Validity.  Each Loan Party has the power and authority and legal right to execute and deliver the Loan Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations thereunder.  The execution and delivery by each Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the performance of its obligations thereunder have been duly authorized by proper proceedings, and the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of such Loan Party enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

 

52



 

5.3.          No Conflict; Government Consent.  Neither the execution and delivery by any Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, nor the consummation of the transactions therein contemplated, nor compliance with the provisions thereof will violate (i) any law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree or award binding on such Loan Party or (ii) any Loan Party’s articles or certificate of incorporation, partnership agreement, certificate of partnership, articles or certificate of organization, by-laws, or operating or other management agreement, as the case may be, or (iii) the provisions of any material indenture, instrument or agreement to which any Loan Party is a party or is subject, or by which it, or its Property, is bound, or conflict with or constitute a default thereunder, or result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien in, of or on the Property of such Loan Party pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, instrument or agreement.  No order, consent, adjudication, approval, license, authorization, or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by, or other action in respect of any governmental or public body or authority, or any subdivision thereof, which has not been obtained by a Loan Party, is required to be obtained by any Loan Party in connection with the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, the borrowings under this Agreement, the payment and performance by the Loan Parties of the Obligations or the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents.

 

5.4.          Security Interest in Collateral.  The provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents create legal and valid Liens on all the Collateral in favor of the Agent, for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders, and upon the recording of financing statements covering the Collateral in the state of organization of the applicable Loan Party, such Liens constitute perfected and continuing Liens on the Collateral, securing the Obligations, enforceable against the applicable Loan Party and all third parties, and having priority over all other Liens on the Collateral except in the case of (a) Permitted Liens, to the extent any such Permitted Liens would have priority over the Liens in favor of the Agent pursuant to any applicable law and (b) Liens perfected only by possession (including possession of any certificate of title) to the extent the Agent has not obtained or does not maintain possession of such Collateral.

 

5.5.          Financial Statements.

 

(a)           The audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period ending on December 31, 2009 heretofore delivered to the Lenders were prepared in accordance with GAAP (as in effect on the date such statements were prepared) and fairly present the consolidated financial condition and operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such date and the consolidated results of their operations for the period then ended.  The unaudited interim financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period ended October 31, 2010 heretofore delivered by the Borrower to the Lenders were prepared in accordance with GAAP (as in effect on the date such statements were prepared except for the presentation of footnotes and for applicable normal year-end audit adjustments) and fairly present the consolidated financial condition and operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such date and the consolidated results of their operations for the period then ended.

 

(b)           The most recent Budget delivered to the Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.1(c), represent the Borrower’s good faith estimate of anticipated financial performance of the Borrower for the period set forth therein based upon assumptions believed by Borrower to be reasonable at the time of such delivery, but shall not constitute or be deemed to constitute a representation or warranty that such anticipated performance will in fact be achieved.  Whether or not any such results are in fact achieved will depend upon future events, some of which are not within the control of the Borrower.  Accordingly (but without limiting the first sentence of this Section 5.5(b)), actual results may vary from the projected results.

 

53



 

5.6.          Material Adverse Change.  Since December 31, 2009 there has been no change in the business, Collateral Property, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Loan Parties or other event which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.7.          Taxes.  The Loan Parties have filed all U.S. federal tax returns and all other tax returns which are required to be filed and have paid all taxes due pursuant to said returns or pursuant to any assessment received by any Loan Party, except such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP and as to which no Lien exists.  No tax liens have been filed and, to Borrower’s knowledge, no claims are being asserted with respect to any such taxes.  The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Loan Parties in respect of any taxes or other governmental charges are adequate.

 

5.8.          Litigation and Contingent Obligations.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.8, there is no litigation, arbitration, governmental investigation, proceeding or inquiry pending or, to the knowledge of any of their officers, threatened against or affecting any Loan Party which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or which seeks to prevent, enjoin or delay the making of any Credit Extensions.  Other than any liability incident to any litigation, arbitration or proceeding which (i) could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) is set forth on Schedule 5.8, no Loan Party has any material contingent obligations not provided for or disclosed in the financial statements referred to in Section 5.5.

 

5.9.          Capitalization and Subsidiaries.  Schedule 5.9 sets forth (a) a correct and complete list of the name and relationship to Holdings of each and all of Holdings’ Subsidiaries, (b) the location of the chief executive office of Holdings and each of its Subsidiaries and each other location where any of them have maintained their chief executive office in the past five years, (c) a true and complete listing of each class of each of Holdings and the Borrower’s authorized Capital Stock, of which all of such issued shares are validly issued, outstanding, fully paid and non-assessable, and owned beneficially and of record by the Persons identified on Schedule 5.9, and (d) the type of entity of Holdings and each of its Subsidiaries.  With respect to each Loan Party, Schedule 5.9 also sets forth the employer or taxpayer identification number of each Loan Party and the organizational identification number issued by each Loan Party’s jurisdiction of organization or a statement that no such number has been issued.  All of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock owned by any Loan Party has been (to the extent such concepts are relevant with respect to such ownership interests) duly authorized and issued and is fully paid and non-assessable.

 

5.10.        ERISA.  No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the present value of all accumulated benefit obligations under each Plan (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair market value of the assets of such Plan, and the present value of all accumulated benefit obligations of all underfunded Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair market value of the assets of all such underfunded Plans.

 

5.11.        Accuracy of Information.  No information, exhibit or report furnished by any Loan Party to the Agent or to any Lender in connection with the Loan Documents on the Closing Date or during the term of the Loan Documents contained any material misstatement of fact or omitted to state a material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading.

 

5.12.        Names; Prior Transactions.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.12, the Loan Parties have not, during the past five years, been known by or used any other corporate or fictitious name, or been a party to any merger or consolidation, or been a party to any Acquisition.

 

54



 

5.13.        Regulation U.  No Loan Party is engaged, nor will it engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of “purchasing” or “carrying” any “margin stock” as such terms are defined in Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board as now and from time to time hereafter in effect (such securities being referred to herein as “Margin Stock”).  No Loan Party owns any Margin Stock, and none of the proceeds of the Loans or other extensions of credit under this Agreement will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any Indebtedness that was originally incurred to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or for any other purpose that might cause any of the Loans or other extensions of credit under this Agreement to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulations T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board.  No Loan Party will take or permit to be taken any action that might cause any Loan Document to violate any regulation of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

5.14.        Material Agreements.  Schedule 5.14 hereto sets forth as of the Closing Date all material agreements and contracts to which any Loan Party is a party or is bound as of the date hereof.  No Loan Party is subject to any charter or other corporate restriction which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No Loan Party is in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any material agreement (other than a Material Indebtedness Agreement) to which it is a party that has resulted in any of its top 5 customers terminating substantially all of their contracts with such Loan Party.  No default, event of default or other similar event exists under any Material Indebtedness Agreement that permits the lender(s) thereunder to accelerate such Indebtedness.

 

5.15.        Compliance With Laws.  The Loan Parties have complied in all material respects with all applicable statutes, rules, regulations, orders and restrictions of any domestic or foreign government or any instrumentality or agency thereof having jurisdiction over the conduct of their respective businesses or the ownership of their respective Property.

 

5.16.        Ownership of Properties.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.16, on the date of this Agreement, the Loan Parties will have good title, free of all Liens other than those permitted by Section 6.22, to all of the Collateral of Borrower and all of the Property and assets reflected in the Loan Parties’ most recent consolidated financial statements provided to the Agent as owned by the Loan Parties.

 

5.17.        [Reserved].

 

5.18.        Environmental Matters.  In the ordinary course of its business, the officers of each Loan Party consider the effect of Environmental Laws on the business of such Loan Party, in the course of which they identify and evaluate potential risks and liabilities accruing to such Loan Party due to Environmental Laws.  On the basis of this consideration, the Loan Parties have concluded that Environmental Laws cannot reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No Loan Party has received any notice to the effect that its operations are not in material compliance with any of the requirements of applicable Environmental Laws or are the subject of any federal or state investigation evaluating whether any remedial action is needed to respond to a release of any toxic or hazardous waste or substance into the environment.

 

5.19.        Investment Company Act.  No Loan Party is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

5.20.        [Reserved].

 

5.21.        Bank Accounts.  As of the Closing Date, Exhibit B to the Security Agreement contains a complete and accurate list of all bank accounts maintained by each Loan Party with any bank or other financial institution.

 

55



 

5.22.        Indebtedness.  As of the Closing Date and after giving effect to the Credit Extensions to be made on the Closing Date (if any), the Loan Parties have no Indebtedness, except for (a) the Obligations, and (b) any Indebtedness described on Schedule 5.22 and (c) Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.17.

 

5.23.        Affiliate Transactions.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.23 or otherwise permitted hereunder (including, without limitation the payment of Management Fees subject to the requirements set forth in Section 6.16(a)), as of the Closing Date, there are no existing or proposed agreements, arrangements, understandings, or transactions between any Loan Party and any of the officers, members, managers, directors, stockholders, parents, other interest holders, employees, or Affiliates (other than Subsidiaries) of any Loan Party or any members of their respective immediate families, and none of the foregoing Persons are directly or indirectly indebted to or have any direct or indirect ownership, partnership, or voting interest in any Affiliate of any Loan Party or any Person with which any Loan Party has a business relationship or which competes with any Loan Party.

 

5.24.        Real Property; Leases.  As of the Closing Date, Schedule 5.24 sets forth a correct and complete list of all real Property owned by each Loan Party, all leases and subleases of real Property by each Loan Party as lessee or sublessee, and all leases and subleases of real Property by each Loan Party as lessor or sublessor.  Each of such leases and subleases is valid and enforceable in accordance with its terms and is in full force and effect, and no default by any party to any such lease or sublease exists.  Each Loan Party has good and indefeasible title in fee simple to the real Property identified on Schedule 5.24 as owned by such Loan Party, or valid leasehold interests in all real Property designated therein as “leased” by such Loan Party.

 

5.25.        Intellectual Property Rights.  As of the Closing Date: (a) Schedule 5.25 sets forth a correct and complete list of all Intellectual Property Rights of each Loan Party; (b) none of the Intellectual Property Rights listed in Schedule 5.25 is subject to any licensing agreement or similar arrangement except as set forth in Schedule 5.25; (c) the Intellectual Property Rights described in Schedule 5.25 constitute all of the property of such type necessary to the current and anticipated future conduct of the Loan Parties’ business; (d) to the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge, no slogan or other advertising device, product, process, method, substance, part, or other material now employed, or now contemplated to be employed, by any Loan Party infringes in any material respect upon any rights held by any other Person; and (e) no claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or threatened, and no patent, invention, device, application, principle or any statute, law, rule, regulation, standard, or code is pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, proposed.

 

5.26.        Insurance.  Schedule 5.26 lists all insurance policies of any nature maintained, as of the Closing Date, by each Loan Party, as well as a summary of the terms of each such policy.

 

5.27.        Solvency.

 

(a)           Immediately after the consummation of the Riverstone Acquisition and the transactions to occur on the Closing Date and immediately following the making of each Credit Extension, and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of such Credit Extensions, (a) the fair value of the assets of each Loan Party, at a fair valuation, will exceed the debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, of each Loan Party; (b) the present fair saleable value of the Property of each Loan Party will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of each Loan Party on its debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (c) each Loan Party will be able to pay its debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and (d) each Loan Party will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the businesses in which it is engaged as such businesses are now conducted and are proposed to be conducted after the date hereof.

 

56



 

(b)           Neither Holdings nor the Borrower intends to (nor does Borrower intend to permit any of its Subsidiaries to) and neither Holdings nor the Borrower believes that it or any of their Subsidiaries will, incur debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature, taking into account the timing of and amounts of cash to be received by Holdings, the Borrower, or any such Subsidiary and the timing of the amounts of cash to be payable on or in respect of Holdings’ or the Borrower’s Indebtedness or the Indebtedness of any such Subsidiary.

 

5.28.        [Reserved]..

 

5.29.        Post-Retirement Benefits.  The present value of the expected cost of post-retirement medical and insurance benefits payable by each Loan Party to its employees and former employees, as estimated by such Loan Party in accordance with procedures and assumptions deemed reasonable by the Required Lenders, does not exceed $1,000,000.

 

5.30.        Common Enterprise.  The successful operation and condition of each of the Loan Parties is dependent on the continued successful performance of the functions of the group of the Loan Parties as a whole and the successful operation of each of the Loan Parties is dependent on the successful performance and operation of each other Loan Party.  Each Loan Party expects to derive benefit (and its board of directors or other governing body has determined that it may reasonably be expected to derive benefit), directly and indirectly, from (i) successful operations of each of the other Loan Parties and (ii) the credit extended by the Lenders to the Borrower hereunder, both in their separate capacities and as members of the group of companies.  Each Loan Party has determined that execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and any other Loan Documents to be executed by such Loan Party is within its purpose, will be of direct and indirect benefit to such Loan Party, and is in its best interest.

 

5.31.        Reportable Transaction.  The Borrower does not intend to treat the Advances and related transactions as being a “reportable transaction” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4).  In the event the Borrower determines to take any action inconsistent with such intention, it will promptly notify the Agent thereof.

 

5.32.        Labor Disputes.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.32, as of the Closing Date (a) there is no collective bargaining agreement or other labor contract covering employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) no such collective bargaining agreement or other labor contract is scheduled to expire during the term of this Agreement, (c) to Borrower’s knowledge, no union or other labor organization is seeking to organize, or to be recognized as, a collective bargaining unit of employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or for any similar purpose, and (d) there is no pending or (to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge) threatened, strike, work stoppage, material unfair labor practice claim, or other material labor dispute against or affecting the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or their employees.

 

5.33.        Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Acquisition Documents.  As of the Closing Date, each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in the Riverstone Acquisition Documents as of such date is true and correct in all material respects, except with respect to any representations and warranties which refer to an earlier date, in which case, such representations and warranties are true and correct in all material respects as of such date.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

COVENANTS

 

Each Loan Party executing this Agreement jointly and severally agrees as to all Loan Parties that from and after the date hereof and until the Facility Termination Date:

 

57



 

6.1.          Financial and Collateral Reporting.  Each Loan Party will maintain, for itself and each Subsidiary, a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP, and will furnish to the Lenders:

 

(a)           as soon as available, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of each Fiscal Year of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, an unqualified audit report certified by independent certified public accountants acceptable to the Required Lenders, prepared in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated and consolidating basis (consolidating statements need not be certified by such accountants), including balance sheets as of the end of such Fiscal Year, related profit and loss and reconciliation of surplus statements, and a statement of cash flows, accompanied by a certificate of said accountants that, in the course of their examination necessary for their certification of the foregoing, they have obtained no knowledge of any Default or Unmatured Default, or if, in the opinion of such accountants, any Default or Unmatured Default shall exist, stating the nature and status thereof, unless (i) obtaining such a certificate is not reasonably economically feasible in the good faith judgment of the Borrower and (ii) Agent has consented in its sole discretion to the Loan Parties not delivering such certificate;

 

(b)           as soon as available, and in any event within thirty (30) days after the close of each Fiscal Month of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, consolidated unaudited balance sheets as at the close of each such Fiscal Month and consolidated profit and loss and reconciliation of surplus statements and a statement of cash flows for the period from the beginning of the applicable Fiscal Year to the end of such Fiscal Month, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for exclusion of footnotes and subject to normal year-end audit adjustments) and certified by its chief financial officer or controller;

 

(c)           as soon as available, but in any event not more than sixty (60) days prior to the end of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower, but not less than thirty (30) days prior to the end of such Fiscal Year, a copy of the Budget in form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent;

 

(d)           together with each of the financial statements required under Sections 6.1(a) and (b) (solely for the third, sixth, ninth and twelfth Fiscal Months of each Fiscal Year), a compliance certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit E (a “Compliance Certificate”) signed by the chief financial officer or controller of Borrower showing the calculations necessary to determine compliance with this Agreement and stating that no Default or Unmatured Default exists, or if any Default or Unmatured Default exists, stating the nature and status thereof.

 

(e)           as soon as available:

 

(i)            and in any event by November 15 of each year thereafter, a report on the Net Orderly Liquidation Value (the “Appraised Value Report”) of the Borrower’s Compression Units prepared by the Approved Appraiser, which report shall update the prior Appraised Value Report (or desk review delivered pursuant to clause (ii) below) with data collected and verified no more than 30 days prior to September 30 of such year and having an effective date of September 30 of such year; and

 

(ii)           and in any event by May 15 of each year, a desk review of the most recently prepared Appraised Value Report (the “Appraised Value Report Desk Review”) prepared by the Approved Appraiser with adjustments for the unit value of any additions and/or deletions since the date of the most recent Appraised Value Report with data collected and verified no more than 30 days prior to March 31 of

 

58



 

such year and having an effective date of March 31 of such year, based on average dollar value per unit of horsepower of such additions or deletions as set forth or implied in such Appraised Value Report.

 

(f)            as soon as available but in any event within (i) twenty (20) days of the end of each calendar month if Availability for each day is equal to or greater than $20,000,000 or (ii) three (3) days of the end of each calendar week if Availability for any day is less than $20,000,000, and at such other times as may be requested by the Agent, as of the period then ended, a Borrowing Base Certificate and supporting information in connection therewith;

 

(g)           as soon as available but in any event within twenty (20) days of the end of each calendar month and at such other times as may be requested by the Agent, as of the period then ended:

 

(i)            a detailed aging of the Borrower’s Accounts (1) including all invoices aged by invoice date and (2) reconciled to the Borrowing Base Certificate delivered as of such date prepared in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Agent, together with a summary specifying the name, address, and balance due for each Account Debtor;

 

(ii)           a schedule detailing the Borrower’s Inventory, in form satisfactory to the Agent, (1) by location (showing Inventory in transit, any Inventory located with a third party under any consignment, bailee arrangement, or warehouse agreement), by class (raw material, work-in-process and finished goods), by product type, and by volume on hand, which Inventory shall be valued at the lower of cost (determined on a first-in, first-out basis) or market and adjusted for Reserves as the Agent has previously indicated to the Borrower are deemed by the Agent to be appropriate, (2) including a report of any variances or other results of Inventory counts performed by the Borrower since the last Inventory schedule (including information regarding sales or other reductions, additions, returns, credits issued by Borrower and complaints and claims made against the Borrower), and (3) reconciled to the Borrowing Base Certificate delivered as of such date;

 

(iii)          a worksheet of calculations prepared by the Borrower to determine Eligible Accounts and Eligible Inventory, such worksheets detailing the Accounts and Inventory excluded from Eligible Accounts and Eligible Inventory and the reason for such exclusion;

 

(iv)          a reconciliation of the Borrower’s Accounts and Inventory between the amounts shown in the Borrower’s general ledger and financial statements and the reports delivered pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above; and

 

(v)           a reconciliation of the loan balance per the Borrower’s general ledger to the loan balance under this Agreement;

 

(h)           as soon as available but in any event within thirty (30) days of the end of each calendar month and at such other times as may be requested by the Agent, as of the month then ended, a schedule and aging of the Borrower’s accounts payable;

 

(i)            promptly upon the Agent’s request:

 

(i)            copies of invoices in connection with the invoices issued by the Borrower in connection with any Accounts, credit memos, shipping and delivery documents, and other information related thereto;

 

59



 

(ii)           copies of purchase orders, invoices, and shipping and delivery documents in connection with any Inventory or Equipment purchased by any Loan Party; and

 

(iii)          a schedule detailing the balance of all intercompany accounts of the Loan Parties;

 

(j)            as soon as possible and in any event within thirty (30) days of filing thereof, copies of all tax returns filed by any Loan Party or the Managing General Partner with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service;

 

(k)           as soon as possible and in any event within two-hundred and seventy days after the close of the Fiscal Year of the Borrower, a statement of the Unfunded Liabilities of each Single Employer Plan that is sponsored or maintained by Borrower or a Subsidiary, certified as correct by an actuary enrolled under ERISA, if applicable;

 

(l)            as soon as possible and in any event within ten days after the Borrower knows that any Reportable Event has occurred with respect to any Plan that is sponsored or maintained by Borrower or a Subsidiary, a statement, signed by an Authorized Officer of Borrower, describing said Reportable Event and the action which the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto;

 

(m)          as soon as possible and in any event within thirty (30) days of filing therewith with the PBGC, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or any other governmental entity, a copy of each annual report or other filing with respect to any Plan that is sponsored or maintained by Borrower or a Subsidiary;

 

(n)           as soon as possible and in any event within ten days after receipt by any Loan Party, a copy of (i) any notice or claim to the effect that any Loan Party is or may be liable to any Person as a result of the release by any Loan Party, or any other Person of any toxic or hazardous waste or substance into the environment, and (ii) any notice alleging any violation of any federal, state or local environmental, health or safety law or regulation by the any Loan Party;

 

(o)           within thirty (30) days of each March 31 and September 30, an updated Customer List, certified as true and correct by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower;

 

(p)           Reserved;

 

(q)           promptly upon the filing thereof, copies of all registration statements and annual, quarterly, monthly or other regular reports which any Loan Party files with the Securities and Exchange Commission;

 

(r)            on the first Business Day of the month of March and September, a certificate of good standing for each Loan Party from the appropriate governmental officer in its jurisdiction of incorporation, formation, or organization and upon Agent’s request, a certificate of authority to do business from the appropriate governmental officer in each foreign jurisdiction where the Borrower is qualified to do business; and

 

(s)           such other information (including non-financial information) as the Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

 

60



 

6.2.          Use of Proceeds.

 

 

(a)           The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions (i) to repay the outstanding indebtedness, liabilities and obligations under the Prior JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Agreement, (ii) for working capital requirements, (iii) for general corporate purposes (not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement), and (iv) to fund a portion of the purchase price of the Riverstone Acquisition Agreement, so long as immediately prior to and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Riverstone Acquisition Agreement and funding of the purchase price by Holdings pursuant to the Riverstone Acquisition Agreement, Availability shall be no less than $50,000,000.

 

(b)           The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Loan Party to, use any of the proceeds of the Credit Extensions to (i) purchase or carry any Margin Stock in violation of Regulation U, (ii) repay or refinance any Indebtedness of any Person incurred to buy or carry any Margin Stock, (iii) acquire any security in any transaction that is subject to Section 13 or Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and the regulations promulgated thereunder), or (iv) make any Acquisition (except as permitted by Section 6.2(a)(iv) above).

 

6.3.          Notices.  Each Loan Party will give prompt notice in writing to the Agent and the Lenders of:

 

(a)           the occurrence of any Default or Unmatured Default;

 

(b)           any other development, financial or otherwise, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(c)           the assertion by the holder of any Capital Stock of any Loan Party or the holder of any Indebtedness of any Loan Party in excess of $500,000 that any default exists with respect thereto;

 

(d)           receipt of any written notice that any Loan Party is subject to any investigation by any governmental entity with respect to any potential or alleged violation of any applicable Environmental Law with respect to a claim of $500,000 or more, or of imposition of any Lien against any Property of any Loan Party for any liability with respect to damages arising from, or costs resulting from, any violation of any Environmental Laws;

 

(e)           receipt of any notice of litigation commenced or threatened against any Loan Party that (i) seeks damages in excess of $500,000, (ii) seeks injunctive relief, (iii) is asserted or instituted against any Plan, its fiduciaries or its assets, (iv) alleges criminal misconduct by any Loan Party, (v) alleges the violation of any law regarding, or seeks remedies in connection with, any Environmental Laws with respect to a claims in excess of $500,000, in the aggregate; or (vi) involves any product recall that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(f)            any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) or claim made or asserted against any of the Collateral;

 

(g)           its decision to change, (i) such Loan Party’s name or type of entity, (ii) such Loan Party’s articles or certificate of incorporation, partnership agreement, certificate of partnership, articles or certificate of organization, by-laws, or operating or other management agreement, and (iii) the location where any Collateral is held or maintained; provided that, in no event shall the Agent receive notice of such change less than thirty days prior thereto;

 

(h)           commencement of any proceedings contesting any tax, fee, assessment, or other governmental charge in excess of $500,000;

 

61


 

(i)            the opening of any new deposit account by any Loan Party with any bank or other financial institution (and Borrower shall comply with Section 6.14 hereof with respect thereto);

 

(j)            any loss, damage, or destruction to the Collateral in the amount of $1,000,000 or more, whether or not covered by insurance;

 

(k)           any and all default notices received under or with respect to any leased location or public warehouse where Collateral is located (which shall be delivered within two Business Days after receipt thereof);

 

(l)            all material amendments to real estate leases, together with a copy of each such amendment;

 

(m)          immediately after becoming aware of any pending or threatened strike, work stoppage, unfair labor practice claim, or other labor dispute affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in a manner;

 

(n)           evidence of payment of monthly lease or rental payments as to each leased or rented location for which a landlord or bailee waiver has not been obtained (which shall be delivered within three Business Days after payment thereof);

 

(o)           the fact that such Loan Party has entered into a Rate Management Transaction or an amendment to a Rate Management Transaction, together with copies of all agreements evidencing such Rate Management Transactions or amendments thereto (which shall be delivered within two Business Days);

 

(p)           the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, would reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding $750,000; and

 

(q)           any other matter as Agent may reasonably request.

 

6.4.          Conduct of Business.  Each Loan Party will:

 

(a)           carry on and conduct its business in substantially the same manner and in substantially the same fields of enterprise as it is presently conducted and upon the prior written consent of Agent in its sole discretion, reasonable extensions thereof;

 

(b)           do all things necessary to remain duly incorporated or organized, validly existing and (to the extent such concept applies to such entity) in good standing as a domestic corporation, partnership or limited liability company in its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, as the case may be, and, except where the failure to do so, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, maintain all requisite authority to conduct its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted;

 

(c)           keep adequate books and records with respect to its business activities in which proper entries, reflecting all financial transactions, are made in accordance with GAAP and on a basis consistent with the Financial Statements delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section 4.1(m);

 

(d)           at all times maintain, preserve and protect all of its assets and properties used or useful in the conduct of its business, and keep the same in good repair, working

 

62



 

order and condition in all material respects (taking into consideration ordinary wear and tear) and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all necessary or appropriate repairs, replacements and improvements thereto consistent with industry practices; and

 

(e)           transact business only in such corporate and trade names as are set forth in Schedule 5.12.

 

6.5.          Taxes.  Each Loan Party will timely file complete and correct U.S. federal and applicable foreign, state and local tax returns required by law and pay when due all taxes, assessments and governmental charges and levies upon it or its income, profits, Property or Collateral, except those (i) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside in accordance with GAAP and (ii) for which no Lien has been asserted (except for a Permitted Lien pursuant to Section 6.22(a)(i)).

 

6.6.          Payment of Indebtedness and Other Liabilities.  Each Loan Party will pay or discharge when due all Material Indebtedness (except as prohibited by any subordination agreement applicable thereto, in form and substance acceptable to Agent) permitted by Section 6.17 owed by such Loan Party and all other liabilities and obligations due to materialmen, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, and landlords other than Permitted Liens, except that the Loan Parties may in good faith contest, by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued, any such obligations; provided that, (a) adequate reserves have been set aside for such liabilities in accordance with GAAP, (b) such liabilities would not result in aggregate liabilities contested in excess of $1,000,000, (c) no Lien shall be imposed to secure payment of such liabilities that is superior to the Agent’s Liens securing the Secured Obligations, (d) none of the Collateral becomes subject to forfeiture or loss as a result of the contest and (e) such Loan Party shall promptly pay or discharge such contested liabilities, if any, and shall deliver to the Agent evidence reasonably acceptable to the Agent of such compliance, payment or discharge, if such contest is terminated or discontinued adversely to such Loan Party or the conditions set forth in this proviso are no longer met.

 

6.7.          Insurance.

 

(a)           Each Loan Party shall at all times maintain, with financially sound and reputable carriers having a Financial Strength rating of at least A- by A.M. Best Company, insurance against: (i) loss or damage by fire and loss in transit; (ii) theft, burglary, pilferage, larceny and embezzlement; (iii) business interruption; (iv) general liability and (v) and such other hazards, as is customary in the business of such Loan Party.  All such insurance shall be in amounts, cover such assets and be under policies acceptable to the Agent in its Permitted Discretion.  In the event any Collateral is located in any area that has been designated by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as a “Special Flood Hazard Area”, the applicable Loan Party shall purchase and maintain flood insurance on such Collateral (including any personal Property which is located on any real Property leased by such Loan Party within a “Special Flood Hazard Area”).  The amount of all insurance required by this Section shall at a minimum comply with applicable law, including the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended.  All premiums on such insurance shall be paid when due by the applicable Loan Party, and, upon written request of the Agent, and copies of the policies shall be delivered to the Agent.  If any Loan Party fails to obtain any insurance as required by this Section, the Agent at the direction of the Required Lenders may obtain such insurance at the Borrower’ expense.

 

(b)           All insurance policies required under Section 6.7(a) shall name the Agent (for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders) as an additional insured or as loss payee, as applicable, and shall provide that, or contain loss payable clauses or mortgagee clauses, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, which provide that:

 

63



 

(i)            all proceeds thereunder with respect to any Collateral shall be payable to the Agent;

 

(ii)           as to the interest of Agent (for itself and the other Lenders), no such insurance shall be affected by any act or neglect of the insured or owner of the Property described in such policy; and

 

(iii)          such policy and loss payable clauses may be canceled, amended, or terminated only upon at least thirty days prior written notice given to the Agent.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, any insurance or condemnation proceeds received by the Loan Parties shall be immediately forwarded to the Agent and the Agent may, at its option, apply any such proceeds to the reduction of the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.15(e), provided that in the case of insurance proceeds pertaining to any Loan Party other than the Borrower, such insurance proceeds shall be applied to the Loans owing by the Borrower. The Agent may permit or require any Loan Party to use such money, or any part thereof, to replace, repair, restore or rebuild the Collateral in a diligent and expeditious manner with materials and workmanship of substantially the same quality as existed before the loss, damage or destruction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the casualty giving rise to such insurance proceeds could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and such insurance proceeds do not exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate, upon the applicable Loan Party’s request, the Agent shall permit such Loan Party to replace, restore, repair or rebuild the property; provided that, if such Loan Party has not completed or entered into binding agreements to complete such replacement, restoration, repair or rebuilding within ninety days of such casualty, the Agent may apply such insurance proceeds to the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.15.  All insurance proceeds that are to be made available to the Borrower to replace, repair, restore or rebuild the Collateral shall be applied by the Agent to reduce the outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Loans (which application shall not result in a permanent reduction of the Commitment) and upon such application, the Agent shall establish a Reserve against the Borrowing Base in an amount equal to the amount of such proceeds so applied.  All insurance proceeds made available to any Loan Party that is not a Borrower to replace, repair, restore or rebuild Collateral shall be deposited in a cash collateral account.  In either case, thereafter, such funds shall be made available to the applicable Loan Party to provide funds to replace, repair, restore or rebuild the Collateral as follows:

 

(i)            Borrower shall request a Revolving Loan or the applicable Loan Party shall request a release from the cash collateral account be made in the amount needed;

 

(ii)           so long as the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 have been met, the Lenders shall make such Revolving Loan or Agent shall release funds from the cash collateral account; and

 

(iii)          in the case of insurance proceeds applied against the Revolving Loan, the Reserve established with respect to such insurance proceeds shall be reduced by the amount of such Revolving Loan.

 

6.8.          Compliance with Laws.  Each Loan Party will comply in all material respects with all laws, rules, regulations, orders, writs, judgments, injunctions, decrees or awards to which it may be subject including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws.

 

64



 

6.9.          Maintenance of Properties and Intellectual Property Rights.  Each Loan Party will do all things necessary to (i) maintain, preserve, protect and keep its Property in good repair, working order and condition, and make all necessary and proper repairs, renewals and replacements so that its business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times and (ii) obtain and maintain in effect at all times all material franchises, governmental authorizations, Intellectual Property Rights, licenses and permits, which are necessary for it to own its Property or conduct its business as conducted on the Closing Date.

 

6.10.        Inspection.  Each Loan Party will permit the Agent and the Lenders, by their respective employees, representatives and agents, from time to time upon two Business Days’ prior notice as frequently as Agent reasonably determines to be appropriate, to (a) inspect any of the Property, the Collateral, and the books and financial records of such Loan Party, (b) examine, audit and make extracts or copies of the books of accounts and other financial records of such Loan Party, (c) have access during normal business hours to its properties, facilities, the Collateral and its advisors, officers, directors and employees to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of such Loan Party and (d) review, evaluate and make test verifications and counts of the Accounts, Inventory and other Collateral of such Loan Party.  If a Default or an Unmatured Default has occurred and is continuing, each Loan Party shall provide such access to the Agent and to each Lender at all times and without advance notice.  Furthermore, so long as any Default has occurred and is continuing, each Loan Party shall provide the Agent and each Lender with access to its suppliers.  Each Loan Party shall promptly make available to the Agent and its counsel originals or copies of all books and records that the Agent may reasonably request. The Loan Parties acknowledge that from time to time the Agent may prepare and may distribute to the Lenders certain audit reports pertaining to the Loan Parties’ assets for internal use by the Agent and the Lenders from information furnished to it by or on behalf of the Loan Parties, after the Agent has exercised its rights of inspection pursuant to this Agreement.

 

6.11.        Appraisals.  Whenever a Default or Unmatured Default exists and is continuing, and the Agent requests, at such other times as set forth herein, the Loan Parties shall, at their sole expense, provide the Agent with appraisals or updates thereof of their Compression Units from an Approved Appraiser, and prepared on a basis satisfactory to the Agent (which basis, in the absence of a Default or Unmatured Default that is continuing, shall for all purposes be the Net Orderly Liquidation Value thereof).

 

6.12.        Communications with Accountants.  Each Loan Party executing this Agreement authorizes (a) the Agent and (b) so long as a Default has occurred and is continuing, each Lender, to communicate directly with its independent certified public accountants and authorizes and shall instruct those accountants and advisors to communicate to the Agent and each Lender information relating to any Loan Party with respect to the business, results of operations and financial condition of any Loan Party.

 

6.13.        Collateral Access Agreements and Real Estate Purchases.  Each Loan Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Collateral Access Agreement, from the lessor of each leased property, mortgagee of owned property or bailee or consignee with respect to any warehouse, processor or converter facility or other location where Collateral is stored or located, which agreement or letter shall provide access rights, contain a waiver or subordination of all Liens or claims that the landlord, mortgagee, bailee or consignee may assert against the Collateral at that location, and shall otherwise be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent. With respect to such locations or warehouse space leased or owned as of the Closing Date and thereafter, if the Agent has not received a Collateral Access Agreement as of the Effective Date (or, if later, as of the date such location is acquired or leased), Borrower’s Eligible Inventory at that location shall be subject to such Reserves as may be established by the Agent.  After the Closing Date, no real property or warehouse space shall be leased by any Loan Party and no Inventory shall be shipped to a processor or converter under arrangements established after the Closing Date,  unless and until a satisfactory Collateral Access Agreement shall first have been obtained with respect to such location and if it has not been obtained, Borrower’s Eligible Inventory at that location shall be subject to the establishment of Reserves acceptable to the Agent.  Each Loan Party shall timely and fully pay and perform its obligations under all leases and other agreements with respect to each leased location or third party warehouse where any Collateral is or may be located.  To the extent permitted hereunder, if any Loan Party

 

65



 

proposes to acquire a fee ownership interest in real Property after the Closing Date, it shall first provide to the Agent a mortgage or deed of trust granting the Agent a first priority Lien on such real Property, together with environmental audits, mortgage title insurance commitment, real property survey, local counsel opinion(s), and, if required by the Agent, supplemental casualty insurance and flood insurance, and such other documents, instruments or agreements reasonably requested by the Agent, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

6.14.        Deposit Account Control Agreements.  The Loan Parties shall provide, with respect to each deposit account, a Deposit Account Control Agreement duly executed on behalf of each financial institution holding a deposit account of a Loan Party as set forth in the Security Agreement.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any control agreement entered into among USA Compression Partners, Agent and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (in such capacity, the “Depository Bank”) (the “Blocked Account Agreement”), or any other Loan Document, Agent, Depository Bank and Lenders each hereby consent, and Agent, Depository Bank, Lenders and the Borrower each hereby agree that so long as no Activation Event shall have occurred, Borrower shall give the Depository Bank instructions in accordance with the Blocked Account Agreement to disburse funds on deposit in the account referenced therein as the Borrower may direct and access such account or the funds therein until such time as an Activation Event shall have occurred.

 

6.15.        Additional Collateral; Further Assurances.

 

6.15.1.

 

(a)           Subject to applicable law, each Loan Party shall, unless the Required Lenders otherwise consent, (i) cause each of its domestic Subsidiaries to become or remain a Loan Party and either a Guarantor or a Borrower under the Credit Agreement, as required by Agent and (ii) cause, on the date of creation (or such later date as the Agent may agree), each of its domestic Subsidiaries formed or acquired after the Closing Date in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to (A) (1) become a party to this Agreement by executing a Joinder Agreement if such Subsidiary is to become a Guarantor, and (2) guarantee payment and performance of the Guaranteed Obligations pursuant to the Guaranty if such Subsidiary is to become a Guarantor, or (B) become a party to this Agreement by executing, among other things, an amendment and/or joinder agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Agent if such Subsidiary is to become a Borrower.

 

(b)           Upon the request of the Agent, each Loan Party shall and upon the date of creation of any new domestic Subsidiary (or such later date as the Agent may agree), such Subsidiary shall (i) grant Liens to the Agent, for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders, pursuant to such documents as the Agent may reasonably deem necessary and deliver such property, documents, and instruments as the Agent may request to perfect the Liens of the Agent in any Property of such Loan Party which constitutes Collateral, including any parcel of real Property located in the U.S. owned by any Loan Party, and (ii) in connection with the foregoing requirements, or either of them, deliver to the Agent all items of the type required by Section 4.1 (as applicable and including lien searches and the filing of financing statements).  Upon execution and delivery of such Loan Documents and other instruments, certificates, and agreements, each such Person shall automatically become a Guarantor hereunder and thereupon shall have all of the rights, benefits, duties, and obligations in such capacity under the Loan Documents.

 

6.15.2.

 

Each Loan Party will cause (i) 100% of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of each of its Domestic Subsidiaries and (ii) 65% (or such greater percentage that, due to a change in an applicable law

 

66



 

after the date hereof, (1) could not reasonably be expected to cause the undistributed earnings of such Foreign Subsidiary as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes to be treated as a deemed dividend to such Foreign Subsidiary’s U.S. parent and (2) could not reasonably be expected to cause any material adverse tax consequences) of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock entitled to vote (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.956-2(c)(2)) and 100% of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock not entitled to vote (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.956-2(c)(2) in each Foreign Subsidiary directly owned by the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary to be subject at all times to a first priority, perfected Lien in favor of the Agent pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents or other security documents as the Agent shall reasonably request.  If at any time all or any part of a Loan Party’s Capital Stock has been pledged to the Agent, that Loan Party shall not issue additional Capital Stock without Agent’s prior written consent.  Agent and Lenders acknowledge that as of the Closing Date, Borrower has not pledged and has not been required to pledge any of its Capital Stock to Agent.

 

6.15.3.

 

Without limiting the foregoing, each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries which is required to become a Loan Party pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to, execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, to the Agent such documents and agreements, and shall take or cause to be taken such actions as the Agent may, from time to time, reasonably request to carry out the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

6.16.        Dividends.

 

(a)           No Loan Party will declare or pay any dividends or make any distributions on its Capital Stock (other than dividends or distributions payable in its own common stock or membership units), pay any management fee to any Affiliate or redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire any of its Capital Stock at any time outstanding (collectively, “Restricted Payments”), except that any Subsidiary may declare and pay Restricted Payments to the Borrower or to a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower, provided, that (i) Holdings and the Borrower may make Tax Distributions, (ii) Holdings may declare and pay Restricted Payments (excluding Tax Distributions) so long as (A) no Default or Unmatured Default has occurred and is continuing, (B) immediately prior to and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is at least 1.25 to 1.0, (C) immediately prior to and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, Borrower shall have excess Availability of at least $20,000,000, and (D) Borrower shall have delivered a certificate to Agent evidencing its compliance with subsection (A), (B) and (C) above in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, (iii) Holdings may repurchase any Capital Stock from officers, directors, current and former employees, or other consultants of Borrower and its Affiliates, so long as the consideration for such purchase is funded solely with the proceeds of recovery on key man insurance policies, (iv) Borrower may declare and pay Restricted Payments to Holdings at the same time, in the same amount, to the same extent and on the same terms and conditions that Holdings may declare and pay Restricted Payments under clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) immediately above, (v) subject to Section 4.1(s) and Section 6.2 hereof, Holdings may declare and pay Restricted Payments solely to the extent necessary to pay a portion of the closing date purchase price payable pursuant to the Riverstone Acquisition Agreement to the extent and on the same terms and conditions provided in the Riverstone Acquisition Agreement, (vi) subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Management Fee Subordination Agreement and pursuant to the Management Agreement, Borrower may pay Riverstone an annual management fee in an amount not to exceed $1,000,000 during any Fiscal Year (the “Annual Management Fee”) and two percent (2%) of the amount of any cash equity contributed to Borrower by Riverstone in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (the “Management Equity Proceeds”) in any Fiscal Year (the “Transaction Fee”), in each case so long as no Default or Event of Default exists at the

 

67



 

time such payment is made or would be caused by the making of such payment and the Borrower would be in pro forma compliance with the financial covenants at the time of such payment and after giving effect to such payment and (vii) Restricted Payments made with the Designated Contribution Amount so long as (A) such amounts have not already been spent or used as a Specified Equity Contribution, (B) no Default or Unmatured Default has occurred and is continuing, (C) immediately prior to and after giving effect to any repurchase, Borrower shall have excess Availability of at least $20,000,000, (D) such amounts were not contributed to Borrower greater than eighteen (18) months from the actual date of withdrawal and (E) Borrower shall have delivered a certificate to Agent evidencing its compliance with subsection (A), (B), (C) and (D) above in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent.

 

(b)           No Loan Party shall directly or indirectly enter into or become bound by any agreement, instrument, indenture or other obligation (other than this Agreement and the Loan Documents) that could directly or indirectly restrict, prohibit or require the consent of any Person with respect to the payment of dividends or distributions or the making or repayment of intercompany loans by a Subsidiary of the Borrower to the Borrower.

 

6.17.        Indebtedness.  (i) Neither Holdings, except with respect to subsections (a) and (e) below, (ii) nor Borrower, nor any of Borrower’s Subsidiaries, will create, incur or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

 

(a)           the Obligations;

 

(b)           Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and described in Schedule 5.22;

 

(c)           subject to subsection (k) of this Section 6.17, purchase money Indebtedness incurred in connection with the purchase of any Equipment (other than Compression Units or Inventory); provided that, the amount of such purchase money Indebtedness shall be limited to an amount not in excess of the purchase price of such Equipment;

 

(d)           Indebtedness which represents an extension, refinancing, or renewal of any of the Indebtedness described in clauses (b) and (c) hereof; provided that, (i) the principal amount or interest rate of such Indebtedness is not increased, (ii) any Liens securing such Indebtedness are not extended to any additional Property of any Loan Party, (iii) no Loan Party that is not originally obligated with respect to repayment of such Indebtedness is required to become obligated with respect thereto, (iv) such extension, refinancing or renewal does not result in a shortening of the average weighted maturity of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced or renewed, (v) the terms of any such extension, refinancing, or renewal are not less favorable to the obligor thereunder than the original terms of such Indebtedness and (iv) if the Indebtedness that is refinanced, renewed, or extended was subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, then the terms and conditions of the refinancing, renewal, or extension Indebtedness must include subordination terms and conditions that are at least as favorable to the Agent and the Lenders as those that were applicable to the refinanced, renewed, or extended Indebtedness;

 

(e)           Indebtedness owing by any Loan Party to any other Loan Party with respect to intercompany loans, provided further, that:

 

(i)            the applicable Loan Parties shall have executed on the Effective Date, a demand note (collectively, the “Intercompany Notes”) to evidence any such intercompany Indebtedness owing at any time by any Loan Party to another Loan Party, which Intercompany Notes shall be in form and substance reasonably

 

68



 

satisfactory to the Agent and shall be pledged and delivered to the Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement as additional collateral security for the Secured Obligations;

 

(ii)           the Borrower shall record all intercompany transactions on its books and records in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Agent;

 

(iii)          the obligations of the Borrower under any such Intercompany Notes shall be subordinated to the Obligations of the Borrower hereunder in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Agent;

 

(iv)          at the time any such intercompany loan or advance is made by the Borrower and after giving effect thereto, the Borrower shall be Solvent; and

 

(v)           no Default or Unmatured Default would occur and be continuing after giving effect to any such proposed intercompany loan.

 

(f)            Contingent Obligations (i) by endorsement of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business, (ii) consisting of the Reimbursements Obligations and (iii) consisting of the Guaranty and guarantees of Indebtedness incurred for the benefit of any other Loan Party if the primary obligation is expressly permitted elsewhere in this Section 6.17;

 

(g)           Subject to subsection (k) of this Section 6.17, Capitalized Lease Obligations;

 

(h)           [Reserved];

 

(i)            Indebtedness arising under Rate Management Transactions having an aggregate notional amount not exceeding fifty percent (50%) of the Aggregate Commitment, provided that such Rate Management Transaction is not with an Affiliate of Borrower and is made on an arm’s-length basis;

 

(j)            Subject to subsection (k) of this Section 6.17, other unsecured Indebtedness; and

 

(k)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in subsections (c), (g) and (j) of this Section 6.17, the aggregate outstanding debt with respect to purchase money Indebtedness, as provided in subsection (c) of this Section 6.17, Capitalized Lease Obligations Indebtedness, as provided for pursuant to subsection (g) of this Section 6.17 and miscellaneous unsecured Indebtedness, as provided for pursuant to subsection (j) of this Section 6.17 shall not in the aggregate exceed $7,500,000 outstanding at any one time.

 

6.18.        Line of Business.  No Loan Party shall engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by it.

 

6.19.        Merger.  No Loan Party will merge or consolidate with or into any other Person, except that (a) any Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge into the Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower and (b) any Loan Party (other than the Borrower) may merge with any other Loan Party; provided, however, in no event may Holdings merge with another Loan Party unless Holdings is the survivor of such merger.

 

6.20.        Sale of Assets.  No Loan Party will lease, sell or otherwise dispose of its Property (including any Capital Stock owned by it) to any other Person, except:

 

69



 

(a)           sales of Inventory (excluding Compression Units) in the ordinary course of business and leases or rentals of Inventory (including Compression Units) in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)           sales of Compression Units which comply with the terms and conditions in subparagraph (i) and (ii) and either subparagraph (iii) or subparagraph (iv) hereinbelow:

 

(i)            for any sale of one or more Compression Units pursuant to a single transaction which results in a gross sales price in excess of $2,500,000, or for any sale of one or more Compression Units, individually or in the aggregate for any Fiscal Year, which results in an aggregate gross sales price in such Fiscal Year in excess of $5,000,000, the Net Cash Proceeds must be remitted by or on behalf of the applicable purchaser directly to the Agent for application to the Obligations as set forth herein;

 

(ii)           in respect of any proposed sale of Compression Units, the Borrower shall have delivered to Agent a certificate of the president and either the chief financial officer or the controller of the Borrower certifying that (i) the aggregate gross sales price for the Compression Units in any individual transaction, shall not be less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the Net Orderly Liquidation Value for such Compression Units as established by the Current Valuation Report, or such lesser amount as determined by Agent in its Permitted Discretion and (ii) such sale shall be made to a bona fide third party purchaser on an arm’s-length basis;

 

(iii)          in respect of any proposed sale of Compression Units, no consent shall be required if Borrower shall have delivered to Agent a certificate of the president and either the chief financial officer or the controller of the Borrower certifying that the gross sales price for the proposed sale of Compression Units, together with the gross sales price of all prior sales of Compression Units since the Closing Date (less the aggregate amount paid by Borrower during such period in respect of replacement Compression Units) shall not exceed in the aggregate twenty-five percent (25%) of the total Net Orderly Liquidation Value established in the Current Valuation Report; and

 

(iv)          in respect of any proposed sale of Compression Units, the Borrower shall obtain the consent of the Agent, which may be given or withheld in its Permitted Discretion, if the gross sale price for the proposed sale of Compression Units, together with the gross sale price of all prior sales of Compression Units since the Closing Date (less the aggregate amount paid by Borrower during such period in respect of replacement Compression Units), exceeds in the aggregate twenty-five percent (25%) of the total Net Orderly Liquidation Value established in the Current Valuation Report.

 

(c)           the sale or other disposition of Property that is obsolete or no longer useful in such Loan Party’s business;

 

(d)           other sales or dispositions of assets having a book value not exceeding $1,000,000 in the aggregate in any Fiscal Year;

 

(e)           subject to Section 6.24, leases, sales, or other dispositions of Property between or among Loan Parties; and

 

70



 

(f)            sales of Capital Stock from the holders of the Capital Stock of Holdings (prior to giving effect to the Riverstone Acquisition Agreement) to Holdings (as in effect after giving effect to the Riverstone Acquisition Agreement) pursuant to the terms of the Riverstone Acquisition Agreement.

 

Any sale of assets permitted by this Section 6.20 other than sales pursuant to subsection (e) shall be free and clear of the Lenders’ liens and security interests in such assets, and, upon Borrower’s certification to Agent that a sale is permitted by the terms of this Section 6.20, the Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Lenders, shall deliver partial releases of the Agent’s liens and security interests in such assets to the Borrower concurrently with or promptly following, the consummation of such sale in compliance with the terms and conditions of this Section 6.20.  The Net Cash Proceeds of any sale or disposition permitted pursuant to this Section (other than pursuant to Section 6.20(a), (b)(i), or (e)) shall be delivered to the Agent as required by Section 2.15 and applied to the Obligations as set forth therein all without a permanent reduction in the Aggregate Commitment and without prejudice to the Borrower’s rights under Section 2.1.1(a)(i), subject to the terms of this Agreement, to borrow, repay and reborrow Revolving Loans at any time prior to the Facility Termination Date.

 

6.21.        Investments and Acquisitions.  No Loan Party will (a) make or suffer to exist any Investments (including without limitation, loans and advances to, and other Investments in, Subsidiaries), or commitments therefor, (b) create any foreign Subsidiary or (c) become or remain a partner in any partnership or joint venture, or (d) make any Acquisition, except:

 

(a)           Cash Equivalent Investments, subject to control agreements in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders or otherwise subject to a perfected security interest in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders;

 

(b)           (i) Investments by USA Compression Partners in USAC Leasing, (ii) Investments by Holdings in USA Compression Partners, and (iii) Investments by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in any other Subsidiary of Holdings;

 

(c)           other Investments in existence on the Closing Date and described in Schedule 6.21;

 

(d)           Investments by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries consisting of routine employee advances in the ordinary course of business, but not to exceed an outstanding amount, at any time, of $250,000;

 

(e)           subject to Sections 4.2(a) and 4.4 of the Security Agreement, Investments comprised of notes payable, or stock or other securities issued by Account Debtors to such Loan Party pursuant to negotiated agreements with respect to settlement of such Account Debtor’s Accounts in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practices; and

 

(f)            Investments made with the Designated Contribution Amount not otherwise permitted under this Agreement, including the making of Capital Expenditures.

 

6.22.        Liens.

 

(a)           No Loan Party will create, incur, or suffer to exist any Lien in, of, or on the Property of such Loan Party, except the following (collectively, “Permitted Liens”):

 

(i)            Liens for taxes, fees, assessments, or other governmental charges or levies on the Property of such Loan Party if such Liens (1) shall not at the time be delinquent or (2) subject to the provisions of Section 6.6, do not secure obligations in excess of $1,000,000, are being contested in good faith and by appropriate

 

71


 

proceedings diligently pursued, adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP have been set aside on the books of such Loan Party, and a stay of enforcement of such Lien is in effect;

 

(ii)           Liens imposed by law, such as carrier’s, warehousemen’s, and mechanic’s Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which secure payment of obligations not more than ten days past due;

 

(iii)          statutory Liens in favor of landlords of real Property leased by such Loan Party; provided that, such Loan Party is current with respect to payment of all rent and other amounts due to such landlord under any lease of such real Property;

 

(iv)          Liens arising out of pledges or deposits under worker’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance, old age pensions, or other social security or retirement benefits, or similar legislation or to secure the performance of bids, tenders, or contracts (other than for the repayment of Indebtedness) or to secure indemnity, performance, or other similar bonds for the performance of bids, tenders, or contracts (other than for the repayment of Indebtedness) or to secure statutory obligations (other than liens arising under ERISA or Environmental Laws) or surety or appeal bonds, or to secure indemnity, performance, or other similar bonds, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(v)           utility easements, building restrictions, and such other encumbrances or charges against real Property as are of a nature generally existing with respect to properties of a similar character and which do not in any material way affect the marketability of such real Property or interfere with the use thereof in the business of such Loan Party;

 

(vi)          Liens existing on the Closing Date and described in Schedule 6.22;

 

(vii)         Liens resulting from any extension, refinancing, or renewal of the related Indebtedness as permitted pursuant to Section 6.17(d); provided that, the Liens evidenced thereby are not increased to cover any additional Property not originally covered thereby;

 

(viii)        Liens securing purchase money Indebtedness of such Loan Party incurred in connection with the purchase of any Equipment other than Compression Units or Inventory and permitted pursuant to Section 6.17(c); provided that, such Liens attach only to the Property which was purchased with the proceeds of such purchase money Indebtedness; and

 

(ix)           Liens in favor of the Agent granted pursuant to any Loan Document.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the Liens permitted pursuant to this Section 6.22, other than (1) clauses (i) and (x) above, may at any time attach to any Accounts of any Loan Party and (2) clauses (i) through (iii) and (x) above, may at any time attach to any Inventory of any Loan Party.

 

(c)           Other than as provided in the Loan Documents, no Loan Party will enter into or become subject to any negative pledge or other restriction on the right of such Loan Party to grant Liens to the Agent and the Lenders on any of its Property; provided that, any such negative pledge or other restriction entered into in connection with the creation of

 

72



 

Indebtedness under Section 6.17(c) shall be limited to the Property securing such purchase money Indebtedness.

 

6.23.        Change of Name or Location; Change of Fiscal Year.  No Loan Party shall (a) change its name as it appears in official filings in the state of its incorporation or organization, (b) change its chief executive office, principal place of business, mailing address, corporate offices or warehouses or locations at which Collateral is held or stored, or the location of its records concerning the Collateral as set forth in the Security Agreement, (c) change the type of entity that it is, (d) change its organization identification number, if any, issued by its state of incorporation or other organization, or (e) change its state of incorporation or organization, in each case, unless the Agent shall have received at least thirty days prior written notice of such change and the Agent shall have acknowledged in writing that either (1) such change will not adversely affect the validity, perfection or priority of the Agent’s security interest in the Collateral, or (2) any reasonable action requested by the Agent in connection therewith has been completed or taken (including any action to continue the perfection of any Liens in favor of the Agent, on behalf of Lenders, in any Collateral), provided that, any new location shall be in the continental U.S.  No Loan Party shall change its Fiscal Year.

 

6.24.        Affiliate Transactions.  Except as provided in Schedule 6.24, no Loan Party will enter into any transaction (including, without limitation, the purchase or sale of any Property or service) with, or make any payment or transfer (including, without limitation, any payment or transfer with respect to any fees or expenses for management services) to, any Affiliate except in the ordinary course of business and pursuant to the reasonable requirements of such Loan Party’s business and upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to such Loan Party than such Loan Party would obtain in a comparable arm’s-length transaction; provided, however, that any such transactions with Affiliates or among Loan Parties having a value in excess of $1,500,000 in the aggregate during a Fiscal Year shall require the prior written approval of the Agent, but the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to transactions between or among Loan Parties and/or among Loan Parties and Affiliates, in each case, to the extent otherwise permitted hereunder.

 

6.25.        Amendments to Agreements.  (i) (a) Holdings will not, and will not allow its partners to terminate or amend the Opco LLC Agreement or the Partnership Agreement, (b) USA Compression Partners will not, and will not allow its managers or members to terminate or amend the Opco LLC Agreement or the Limited Liability Company Agreement of USAC Leasing, (c) USAC Leasing will not, and will not allow its members or managers to terminate or amend the Limited Liability Company Agreement of USAC Leasing, respectively, without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders unless such amendment is not material or adverse to the Agent or the Lenders and Borrower has obtained Agent’s consent to such amendment (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), (ii) Borrower shall cause the Managing General Partner not to terminate or amend the Managing General Partner Limited Liability Company Agreement without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders unless such amendment to the Managing General Partner Limited Liability Company is not material or adverse to the Agent or the Lenders and Borrower has obtained Agent’s consent to such amendment (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), (iii) no Loan Party will (and shall cause the Managing General Partner not to) terminate or materially amend its articles of incorporation, charter or certificate of formation, unless Borrower has obtained the consent of the Required Lenders, (iv) no Loan Party will amend the Master Lease Agreement or allow the Master Lease Agreement to be amended without the prior written consent of Agent, and (v) no Loan Party will or permit any of its Subsidiaries to materially amend or materially waive compliance with the terms of any Riverstone Acquisition Agreement or the Escrow Agreement, in each case, in a manner that would be materially adverse to the Lenders without the prior written consent of Agent.

 

6.26.        Prepayment of Indebtedness; Subordinated Indebtedness.

 

(a)           No Loan Party shall, directly or indirectly, voluntarily purchase, redeem, defease or prepay any principal of, premium, if any, interest or other amount payable in respect of any Indebtedness prior to its scheduled maturity, other than (i) the Obligations; (ii) Indebtedness secured by a Permitted Lien if the asset securing such Indebtedness has

 

73



 

been sold or otherwise disposed of in accordance with Section 6.20; (iii) Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.17(d) upon any refinancing thereof in accordance therewith; and (iv) Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.17(e).

 

(b)           No Loan Party shall make any amendment or modification to the indenture, note or other agreement evidencing or governing any Subordinated Indebtedness, or directly or indirectly voluntarily prepay, defease or in substance defease, purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire, any Subordinated Indebtedness.

 

6.27.        Financial Contracts.  No Loan Party shall enter into or remain liable upon any Financial Contract, except for Rate Management Transactions permitted by Section 6.17.

 

6.28.        Purchase of Compressors.  No Loan Party shall purchase Compression Units or Heavy Component Inventory (other than to replace damaged, destroyed or inoperable Heavy Component Inventory), whether new or used, if Availability would be less than 5% of the Aggregate Credit Exposure, in each case, after giving effect to such purchase.

 

6.29.        Financial Covenants.

 

6.29.1.     Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.  Holdings and its Subsidiaries will not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis determined as of the last day of each Fiscal Quarter for the twelve month period then ending to be less than 1.0 to 1.0.

 

6.29.2.     Minimum Utilization.  Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall not permit its Average Utilization on a consolidated basis, determined as of the last day of each Fiscal Quarter for the single period comprised of the then most-recently ended two Fiscal Quarters, to be less than eighty percent (80%).

 

6.29.3.     Equity Cure.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, for purposes of determining compliance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio set forth in this Section 6.29 and not for any other purpose, cash equity contributions (which equity shall be common equity or otherwise in a form reasonably acceptable to the Agent) made by Riverstone Holdings to the Borrower after the beginning of the relevant Fiscal Quarter on or prior to the day that is 10 Business Days after the day on which financial statements are required to be delivered for such Fiscal Quarter pursuant to Section 6.1 will, at the request of the Borrower, be included in the calculation of EBITDA solely for the purposes of determining compliance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio at the end of such quarter and applicable subsequent periods which include such Fiscal Quarter (any such equity contribution so included in the calculation of EBITDA, a “Specified Equity Contribution”); provided that (a) in each four consecutive Fiscal Quarter periods, there shall be at least two Fiscal Quarters in respect of which no Specified Equity Contribution is made, (b) there shall be no more than four Specified Equity Contributions prior to the Facility Termination Date and (c) the amount of any Specified Equity Contribution shall be no greater than the amount required to cause the Borrower to be in pro forma compliance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, until the cash from such Specified Equity Contribution is received by the Borrower, there shall be no additional Advances made and no additional Letters of Credit shall be issued under this Agreement.

 

6.30.        Depository Banks.  Each Loan Party shall maintain the Agent as such Loan Party’s principal depository bank, including for the maintenance of operating, administrative, cash management, collection activity, and other deposit accounts for the conduct of its business.

 

6.31.        Real Property Purchases.  Without the prior written consent of Agent, no Loan Party shall purchase a fee simple ownership interest in real Property.

 

74



 

6.32.        Sale of Accounts.  No Loan Party will, nor will any Loan Party permit its Subsidiary to, sell or otherwise dispose of any notes receivable or accounts receivable, with or without recourse; provided, however that a Loan Party and its Subsidiary may assign delinquent notes and accounts receivable for collection purposes on customary terms.

 

6.33.        Master Service Agreement and Related Contracts.  Borrower shall not enter into any contract in the ordinary course of its business for the provision of compression services by Borrower to a customer in which a Compression Unit is utilized except in form and substance substantially similar to the Gas Compression Master Service Agreement and the Compression Service Proposal and Agreement related thereto attached hereto as Schedule 6.33.

 

6.34.        Delivery of Service Agreements and Related Contracts to Agent.  Borrower shall hold in trust for the Agent upon receipt and within five (5) Business Days after the execution thereof, or such later time as is acceptable to the Agent, deliver to the Agent all original contracts for the provision of compression services by Borrower to its customers in which Compression Units are utilized by Borrower.

 

6.35.        Certain Public Offerings of Equity Securities.  No Loan Party will, nor will any Loan Party permit any Subsidiary to, make a public offering of its equity securities in which material proceeds of such offering are distributed to or for the direct benefit of the equity owners of the Borrower, provided, however that, notwithstanding any other provision hereof: (x) a Loan Party and/or its Subsidiary may engage in a public offering of equity securities in which no material proceeds of such offering are distributed to or for the direct benefit of the equity owners of the Borrower, and (y) a Loan Party and/or its Subsidiary may engage in a public offering of equity securities and cause material proceeds of such offering to be distributed to or for the direct benefit of equity owners of the Borrower only to the extent that immediately following the closing thereof (and after giving effect to any application of proceeds thereof to the Obligations) the ratio of (a) Aggregate Credit Exposure as of such date to (b) EBITDA of Borrower for the twelve calendar months most recently ended does not exceed 4.50 to 1.00.  Any proceeds of such an offering not expressly permitted by this Section 6.35 to be distributed to or for the direct benefit of equity owners of the Borrower shall be subject to Section 2.15(c) of this Agreement.

 

6.36.        Post-Closing Obligations.

 

(a)           On or before December 30, 2010, or such later date as agreed in writing by Agent in its sole discretion, the Loan Parties shall have entered into a blocked account control agreement among USA Compression Partners, Agent and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as the depository bank, in form and substance acceptable to Agent in its reasonable discretion.

 

(b)           On or before January 5, 2010, or such later date as agreed in writing by Agent in its sole discretion, the Loan Parties shall have delivered to Agent insurance endorsements as required under Section 6.7(a) naming the Agent (for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders) as an additional insured or as loss payee, as applicable, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

(c)           On or before December 30, 2010, or such later date as agreed in writing by Agent in its sole discretion, the Loan Parties shall have delivered to Agent a legal opinion regarding no conflicts with respect to material contracts of the Loan Parties in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent.

 

75



 

ARTICLE VII

 

DEFAULTS

 

The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a “Default” hereunder:

 

(a)           any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Loan Party to any Lender or the Agent under or in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any Credit Extension, or any certificate or information delivered in connection with any of the foregoing shall be materially false on the date as of which made;

 

(b)           nonpayment, (i) when due (whether upon demand or otherwise), of any principal, or Reimbursement Obligation owing under any of the Loan Document, or (ii) within 3 Business Days of when due (whether upon demand or otherwise), of any interest, fee or other obligation (except those set forth in clause (i) above owing under any of the Loan Documents;

 

(c)           the breach by any Loan Party of any of the terms or provisions of Section 6.2, 6.3(a), 6.4(b), 6.7, 6.16 through 6.23 or 6.25 through 6.32 (in the case of Sections 6.29.1 and 6.29.2, subject to Section 6.29.3);

 

(d)           the breach by any Loan Party (other than a breach which constitutes a Default under another Section of this Article VII) of any of the terms or provisions of (i) Section 6.1, 6.3 (other than Section 6.3(a)), 6.4 through 6.15 or 6.24 of this Agreement which is not remedied within fifteen days after the earlier of such breach or written notice from the Agent or any Lender or (ii) any other Section of this Agreement which is not remedied within thirty days after the earlier of such breach or written notice from the Agent or any Lender;

 

(e)           failure of any Loan Party to pay when due any Material Indebtedness or a default, breach or other event occurs under any term, provision or condition contained in any Material Indebtedness Agreement of any Loan Party, the effect of which default, event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder(s) of such Material Indebtedness or the lender(s) under any Material Indebtedness Agreement to cause, such Material Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or any commitment to lend under any Material Indebtedness Agreement to be terminated prior to its stated expiration date; any Material Indebtedness of any Loan Party shall be declared to be due and payable or required to be prepaid or repurchased (other than by a regularly scheduled payment) prior to the stated maturity thereof; or any Loan Party shall not pay, or admit in writing its inability to pay, its debts generally as they become due;

 

(f)            any Loan Party shall (i) have an order for relief entered with respect to it under the Bankruptcy Code as now or hereafter in effect, (ii) make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (iii) apply for, seek, consent to, or acquiesce in, the appointment of a receiver, custodian, trustee, examiner, liquidator or similar official for it or any portion of its Property that constitutes a Substantial Portion, (iv) institute any proceeding seeking an order for relief under the Bankruptcy Code as now or hereafter in effect or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking dissolution, winding up, liquidation, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors or fail to file an answer or other pleading denying the material allegations of any such proceeding filed against it, (v) take any corporate, partnership or limited liability company action to authorize or effect any of the

 

76



 

foregoing actions set forth in this subsection (f) or (vi) fail to contest in good faith any appointment or proceeding described in subsection (g) below;

 

(g)           a receiver, trustee, examiner, liquidator or similar official shall be appointed for any Loan Party or any portion of its Property that constitutes a Substantial Portion, or a proceeding described in subsection (f)(iv) of Article VII shall be instituted against any Loan Party and such appointment continues undischarged or such proceeding continues undismissed or unstayed for a period of sixty consecutive days;

 

(h)           any court, government or governmental agency shall condemn, seize or otherwise appropriate, or take custody or control of, all or any portion of the Property of any Loan Party which, when taken together with all other Property of any Loan Party so condemned, seized, appropriated, or taken custody or control of, during the twelve-month period ending with the month in which any such action occurs, constitutes a Substantial Portion;

 

(i)            any loss, theft, damage or destruction of any item or items of Collateral or other property of any Loan Party occurs which could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect and is not adequately covered by insurance;

 

(j)            any Loan Party shall fail within thirty days to pay, bond or otherwise discharge one or more (i) judgments or orders for the payment of money in excess of $500,000 (or the equivalent thereof in currencies other than U.S. Dollars) in the aggregate, or (ii) nonmonetary judgments or orders which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, which judgments or orders, in any such case, are not stayed on appeal or otherwise being appropriately contested in good faith by proper proceedings diligently pursued;

 

(k)           any Change in Control shall occur;

 

(l)            an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Required Lenders, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, would reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding $1,000,000 in any year or for all periods;

 

(m)          [Reserved];

 

(n)           [Reserved];

 

(o)           any Loan Party shall (i) be the subject of any proceeding or investigation for a claim of $500,000 or more pertaining to the release by the any Loan Party or any other Person of any toxic or hazardous waste or substance into the environment, or (ii) violate any Environmental Law, which, in the case of an event described in clause (i) or clause (ii), could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(p)           the occurrence of any “default”, as defined in any Loan Document (other than this Agreement) or the breach of any of the terms or provisions of any Loan Document (other than this Agreement), which default or breach continues beyond any period of grace therein provided;

 

(q)           the Guaranty shall fail to remain in full force or effect or any action shall be taken to discontinue or to assert the invalidity or unenforceability of the Guaranty, or any Guarantor shall fail to comply with any of the terms or provisions of the Guaranty to which

 

77



 

it is a party, or any Guarantor shall deny that it has any further liability under the Guaranty to which it is a party, or shall give notice to such effect;

 

(r)            any Collateral Document shall for any reason fail to create a valid and perfected first priority security interest in any Collateral purported to be covered thereby, except as permitted by the terms of any Collateral Document, or any Collateral Document shall fail to remain in full force or effect or any action shall be taken to discontinue or to assert the invalidity or unenforceability of any Collateral Document, or any Loan Party shall fail to comply with any of the terms or provisions of any Collateral Document;

 

(s)           any material provision of any Loan Document for any reason ceases to be valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms (or any Loan Party shall challenge the enforceability of any Loan Document or shall assert in writing, or engage in any action or inaction based on any such assertion, that any provision of any of the Loan Documents has ceased to be or otherwise is not valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms);

 

(t)            [Reserved];

 

(u)           the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall fail to pay when due any Operating Lease Obligation in excess of $500,000;

 

(v)           nonpayment by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Rate Management Obligation when due or the breach by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any term, provision or condition contained in any Rate Management Transaction or any transaction of the type described in the definition of “Rate Management Transactions,” whether or not any Lender or Affiliate of a Lender is a party thereto;

 

(w)          any Loan Party is criminally indicted or convicted under any law that may reasonably be expected to lead to a forfeiture of any Property of such Loan Party having a fair market value in excess of $500,000; or

 

(x)            Holdings shall engage in any business activity; provided that business activity shall not include (i) the direct or indirect ownership of Capital Stock of any Loan Party, the issuance of shares of capital stock or other equity securities or any other activity consistent with Holdings being a holding company, or (ii) the performance of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

REMEDIES; WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS

 

8.1.          Remedies.

 

(a)           If any Default occurs, the Agent may in its discretion (and at the written request of the Required Lenders, shall) (i) reduce the Aggregate Commitment or the Commitment, (ii) terminate or suspend the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans hereunder and the obligation and power of the LC Issuer to issue Facility LCs, (iii) declare all or any portion of the Obligations to be due and payable, whereupon such Obligations shall become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which the Borrower hereby expressly waives, (iv) upon notice to the Borrower and in addition to the continuing right to demand payment of all amounts payable under this Agreement, the Agent may either (1) make demand on the Borrower to pay, and the Borrower will, forthwith upon such demand and without any further notice or act, pay to

 

78



 

the Agent an amount, in immediately available funds (which funds shall be held in the Facility LC Collateral Account), equal to 105% of the Collateral Shortfall Amount or (2) deliver a Supporting Letter of Credit as required by Section 2.1.2(l), whichever the Agent may specify in its sole discretion, (v) increase the rate of interest applicable to the Loans and the LC Fees as set forth in this Agreement and (vi) exercise any rights and remedies provided to the Agent or any Lender under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the UCC.

 

(b)           If any Default described in subsections (f) or (g) of Article VII occurs with respect to any Loan Party, the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans hereunder and the obligation and power of the LC Issuer to issue Facility LCs shall automatically terminate and all Obligations shall immediately become due and payable without any election or action on the part of the Agent, the LC Issuer or any Lender and the Loan Parties will be and become thereby unconditionally obligated, without any further notice, act or demand, to pay to the Agent an amount equal to 105% of the Collateral Shortfall Amount, which funds shall be deposited in the Facility LC Collateral Account.

 

(c)           If, within thirty days after acceleration of the maturity of the Obligations or termination of the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and the obligation and power of the LC Issuer to issue Facility LCs hereunder as a result of any Default (other than any Default as described in subsections (f) or (g) of Article VII with respect to the Borrower) and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the Obligations due shall have been obtained or entered, the Required Lenders (in their sole discretion) shall so direct, the Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower, rescind and annul such acceleration and/or termination.

 

(d)           If at any time while any Default is continuing, the Agent determines that the Collateral Shortfall Amount at such time is greater than zero, the Agent may make demand on the Borrower to pay, and the Borrower will, forthwith upon such demand and without any further notice or act, pay to the Agent an amount equal to 105% of the Collateral Shortfall Amount, which funds shall be deposited in the Facility LC Collateral Account. The Borrower hereby pledges, assigns, and grants to the Agent, on behalf of and for the benefit of the Agent, the Lenders, and the LC Issuer, a security interest in all of the Borrower’ right, title, and interest in and to all funds which may from time to time be on deposit in the Facility LC Collateral Account to secure the prompt and complete payment and performance of the Obligations.

 

(e)           At any time while any Default is continuing, the Agent may at any time or from time to time after funds are deposited in the Facility LC Collateral Account, apply such funds to the payment of the Obligations and any other amounts as shall from time to time have become due and payable by the Borrower to the Lenders or the LC Issuer under the Loan Documents.

 

(f)            At any time while any Default is continuing, neither the Borrower nor any Person claiming on behalf of or through the Borrower shall have any right to withdraw any of the funds held in the Facility LC Collateral Account.  After all of the Secured Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash and the Aggregate Commitment has been irrevocably terminated, any funds remaining in the Facility LC Collateral Account shall be returned by the Agent to the Borrower or paid to whomever may be legally entitled thereto at such time.

 

8.2.          Waivers by Loan Parties.  Except as otherwise provided for in this Agreement or by applicable law, each Loan Party waives: (a) presentment, demand and protest and notice of presentment, dishonor, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration, protest, default, nonpayment, maturity, release,

 

79



 

compromise, settlement, extension or renewal of any or all commercial paper, accounts, contract rights, documents, instruments, chattel paper and guaranties at any time held by the Agent on which any Loan Party may in any way be liable, and hereby ratifies and confirms whatever the Agent may do in this regard, (b) all rights to notice and a hearing prior to the Agent’s taking possession or control of, or to the Agent’s replevy, attachment or levy upon, the Collateral or any bond or security that might be required by any court prior to allowing the Agent to exercise any of its remedies, and (c) the benefit of all valuation, appraisal, marshaling and exemption laws.

 

8.3.          Amendments.

 

(a)           Subject to the provisions of this Section 8.3, (i) no amendment, waiver or modification of Section 6.35 of this Agreement, and no consent with respect to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Lenders in the aggregate having at least 90% of the Aggregate Commitment or, if the Aggregate Commitment has been terminated, Lenders in the aggregate holding at least 90% of the Aggregate Credit Exposure (or the Agent with the consent in writing of such Lenders) and the Loan Parties, and (ii) no amendment, waiver or modification of any other provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent with respect to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Required Lenders (or the Agent with the consent in writing of the Required Lenders) and the Loan Parties and then, in each such case, any such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding subsection (a) above, no such amendment, waiver or other modification (I) [Intentionally Omitted], or (II) with respect to this Agreement shall, without the consent of all of the Lenders:

 

(i)            extend the final maturity of any Loan to a date after the Facility Termination Date;

 

(ii)           postpone any regularly scheduled payment of principal of any Loan or reduce or forgive all or any portion of the principal amount of any Loan or any Reimbursement Obligation;

 

(iii)          reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest or fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to any Loan Document (except that any amendment or modification of defined terms used in the financial ratios in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest or fees for purposes of this clause (iii);

 

(iv)          amend the definition of Required Lenders;

 

(v)           extend the Facility Termination Date;

 

(vi)          increase the amount of the Aggregate Commitment (other than pursuant to Section 2.1.1(ii)) or the Commitment of any Lender hereunder (other than pursuant to Section 12.3);

 

(vii)         increase the advance rates set forth in the definition of Borrowing Base;

 

(viii)        [Reserved];

 

80



 

(ix)           amend this Section 8.3 or Section 10.15;

 

(x)            release any guarantor from the Guaranteed Obligations, except as otherwise permitted herein or in the other Loan Documents; or

 

(xi)           except as provided in Section 10.15 or any Collateral Document, release all or substantially all of the Collateral.

 

(c)           No amendment of any provision of this Agreement relating to the Agent or to the Non-Ratable Loans or the Protective Advances shall be effective without the written consent of the Agent.  No amendment of any provision relating to the LC Issuer shall be effective without the written consent of the LC Issuer.  No amendment of any provision relating to the Swingline Lender shall be effective without the written consent of the Swingline Lender.  The Agent may (i) amend the Commitment Schedule to reflect assignments entered into pursuant to Section 12.3 and (ii) waive payment of the fee required under Section 12.3(c).

 

(d)           If, in connection with any proposed amendment, waiver or consent (a “Proposed Change”) requiring the consent of all Lenders, the consent of the Required Lenders is obtained, but the consent of other Lenders is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is not obtained being referred to herein as a “Non-Consenting Lender”), then, so long as the Agent is not a Non-Consenting Lender, the Borrower may elect to replace such Non-Consenting Lender as a Lender party to this Agreement, provided that, concurrently with such replacement, (i) another bank or other entity which is reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Agent shall agree, as of such date, to purchase for cash the Advances and other Obligations due to the Non-Consenting Lender pursuant to an Assignment Agreement and to become a Lender for all purposes under this Agreement and to assume all obligations of the Non-Consenting Lender to be terminated as of such date and to comply with the requirements of Section 12.3 applicable to assignments, and (ii) the Borrower shall pay to such Non-Consenting Lender in same day funds on the day of such replacement (1) all interest, fees and other amounts then accrued but unpaid to such Non-Consenting Lender by the Borrower hereunder to and including the date of termination, including without limitation payments due to such Non-Consenting Lender under Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.5, and (2) an amount, if any, equal to the payment which would have been due to such Lender on the day of such replacement under Section 3.4 had the Loans of such Non-Consenting Lender been prepaid on such date rather than sold to the replacement Lender.

 

8.4.          Preservation of Rights.  No delay or omission of the Lenders, the LC Issuer or the Agent to exercise any right under the Loan Documents shall impair such right or be construed to be a waiver of any Default or an acquiescence therein, and the making of a Credit Extension notwithstanding the existence of a Default or the inability of the Borrower to satisfy the conditions precedent to such Credit Extension shall not constitute any waiver or acquiescence.  Any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, and no waiver, amendment or other variation of the terms, conditions or provisions of the Loan Documents whatsoever shall be valid unless in writing signed by the Lenders required pursuant to Section 8.3, and then only to the extent in such writing specifically set forth.  All remedies contained in the Loan Documents or by law afforded shall be cumulative and all shall be available to the Agent, the LC Issuer and the Lenders until the Obligations have been paid in full.

 

81


 

ARTICLE IX

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

9.1.          Survival of Representations.  All representations and warranties of the Loan Parties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of the Credit Extensions herein contemplated.

 

9.2.          Governmental Regulation.  Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, neither the LC Issuer nor any Lender shall be obligated to extend credit to the Borrower in violation of any limitation or prohibition provided by any applicable statute or regulation.

 

9.3.          Headings.  Section headings in the Loan Documents are for convenience of reference only, and shall not govern the interpretation of any of the provisions of the Loan Documents.

 

9.4.          Entire Agreement.  The Loan Documents embody the entire agreement and understanding among the Loan Parties, the Agent, the LC Issuer and the Lenders and supersede all prior agreements and understandings among the Loan Parties, the Agent and the Lenders relating to the subject matter thereof other than those contained in the Fee Letter and any Flex-Pricing Provisions contained in any commitment letter entered into in connection with the transaction which is the subject of this Agreement, all of which shall survive and remain in full force and effect during the term of this Agreement.  THIS WRITTEN AGREEMENT REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.  THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

 

9.5.          Several Obligations; Benefits of this Agreement.  The respective obligations of the Lenders hereunder are several and not joint and no Lender shall be the partner or agent of any other lender (except to the extent to which the Agent is authorized to act as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder).  The failure of any Lender to perform any of its obligations hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender from any of its obligations hereunder.  This Agreement shall not be construed so as to confer any right or benefit upon any Person other than the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns, provided however,, that the parties hereto expressly agree that the Arranger shall enjoy the benefits of the provisions of Sections 9.6, 9.10 and 10.11 to the extent specifically set forth therein and shall have the right to enforce such provisions on its own behalf and in its own name to the same extent as if it were a party to this Agreement.

 

9.6.          Expenses; Indemnification.

 

(a)           Expenses.  The Borrower shall reimburse the Agent and the Arranger for any costs, internal charges and out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys’ fees and time charges of attorneys for the Agent) paid or incurred by the Agent or the Arranger in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery, syndication, distribution (including, without limitation, via the internet or through a service such as Intralinks), review, amendment, modification, and administration of the Loan Documents.  The Borrower also agrees to reimburse the Agent, the Arranger, the LC Issuer and the Lenders for any costs, internal charges and out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys’ fees and time charges of attorneys for the Agent, the Arranger, the LC Issuer and the Lenders, which attorneys may be employees of the Agent, the Arranger, the LC Issuer or the Lenders) paid or incurred by the Agent, the Arranger, the LC Issuer or any Lender in connection with the collection and enforcement of the Loan Documents (including in connection with restructuring the Loans so long as the Lenders shall not have collectively more than one legal counsel in addition to the Agent’s legal counsel).  Expenses being reimbursed by the

 

82



 

Borrower under this Section include, without limitation, costs and expenses incurred in connection with:

 

(i)            appraisals of all or any portion of the Collateral, including each parcel of real Property or interest in real Property described in any Collateral Document, which appraisals shall be in conformity with the applicable requirements of any law or any governmental rule, regulation, policy, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law), or any interpretation thereof, including, without limitation, the provisions of Title XI of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, as amended, reformed or otherwise modified from time to time, and any rules promulgated to implement such provisions (including travel, lodging, meals and other out of pocket expenses); provided, however, that as long as no Default or Unmatured Default exists and is continuing, no more than two (2) such appraisals per year shall be at the expense of the Borrower;

 

(ii)           field examinations and audits and the preparation of Reports at the Agent’s then customary charge (such charge is currently $1,000 per day (or portion thereof) for each Person retained or employed by the Agent with respect to each field examination or audit) plus travel, lodging, meals and other out of pocket expenses; provided, however, that as long as no Default or Unmatured Default exists and is continuing, no more than three (3) such field examinations per year shall be at the expense of the Borrower;

 

(iii)          any amendment, modification, supplement, consent, waiver or other documents prepared with respect to any Loan Document and the transactions contemplated thereby;

 

(iv)          lien and title searches and title insurance;

 

(v)           taxes, fees and other charges for recording the Mortgages, filing financing statements and continuations, and other actions to perfect, protect, and continue the Agent’s Liens (including costs and expenses paid or incurred by the Agent in connection with the consummation of the Agreement);

 

(vi)          sums paid or incurred to take any action required of any Loan Party under the Loan Documents that such Loan Party fails to pay or take;

 

(vii)         any litigation, contest, dispute, proceeding or action (whether instituted by Agent, the LC Issuer, any Lender, any Loan Party or any other Person and whether as to party, witness or otherwise) in any way relating to the Collateral, the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby; and

 

(viii)        costs and expenses of forwarding loan proceeds, collecting checks and other items of payment, and establishing and maintaining the Funding Account and lock boxes, and costs and expenses of preserving and protecting the Collateral.

 

The foregoing shall not be construed to limit any other provisions of the Loan Documents regarding costs and expenses to be paid by the Borrower.  All of the foregoing may be deducted from the Funding Account or any other deposit account of Borrower maintained with Agent, as further described in Section 2.18(b).

 

(b)           Indemnification.  The Borrower hereby further agrees to indemnify the Agent, the Arranger, the LC Issuer each Lender, their respective Affiliates, and each of their

 

83



 

directors, officers and employees against all losses, claims, damages, penalties, judgments, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, all expenses of litigation or preparation therefor whether or not the Agent, the Arranger, the LC Issuer any Lender or any Affiliate is a party thereto) which any of them may pay or incur arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the transactions contemplated hereby or the direct or indirect application or proposed application of the proceeds of any Credit Extension hereunder except to the extent that they are determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking indemnification.  The obligations of the Borrower under this Section 9.6 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.  WITHOUT LIMITATION OF THE FOREGOING, IT IS THE INTENTION OF THE BORROWER AND THE BORROWER AGREES THAT THE FOREGOING INDEMNITIES SHALL APPLY TO EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY WITH RESPECT TO LOSSES, CLAIMS, DAMAGES, PENALTIES, JUDGMENTS, LIABILITIES AND EXPENSES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL EXPENSES OF LITIGATION OR PREPARATION THEREFOR), WHICH IN WHOLE OR IN PART ARE CAUSED BY OR ARISE OUT OF THE NEGLIGENCE OF SUCH (AND/OR ANY OTHER) INDEMNIFIED PARTY.

 

9.7.          Numbers of Documents.  All statements, notices, closing documents, and requests hereunder shall be furnished to the Agent with sufficient counterparts so that the Agent may furnish one to each of the Lenders.

 

9.8.          Accounting.  Except as provided to the contrary herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted and all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made in accordance with GAAP in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the financial statements referred to in Section 5.5.  If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and the Borrower, the Agent or the Required Lenders shall so request the Agent, the Lenders and the Loan Parties shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders), provided that, until so amended, such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and the Borrower shall provide to the Agent and the Lenders reconciliation statements showing the difference in such calculation, together with the delivery of monthly, quarterly and annual financial statements required hereunder.

 

9.9.          Severability of Provisions.  Any provision in any Loan Document that is held to be inoperative, unenforceable, or invalid in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be inoperative, unenforceable, or invalid without affecting the remaining provisions in that jurisdiction or the operation, enforceability, or validity of that provision in any other jurisdiction, and to this end the provisions of all Loan Documents are declared to be severable.

 

9.10.        Nonliability of Lenders.  The relationship between any Loan Party on the one hand and the Lenders, the LC Issuer and the Agent on the other hand shall be solely that of debtor and creditor.  Neither the Agent, the Arranger, the LC Issuer nor any Lender shall have any fiduciary responsibilities to any Loan Party.  Neither the Agent, the Arranger, the LC Issuer nor any Lender undertakes any responsibility to any Loan Party to review or inform such Loan Party of any matter in connection with any phase of any Loan Party’s business or operations.  The Loan Parties agree that neither the Agent, the Arranger, the LC Issuer nor any Lender shall have liability to any Loan Party (whether sounding in tort, contract or otherwise) for losses suffered by any Loan Party in connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to, the transactions contemplated and the relationship established by the Loan Documents, or any act, omission or event occurring in connection therewith, unless it is determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction that such losses resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party from which recovery is sought.  Neither the Agent, the Arranger, the LC Issuer nor any Lender shall have

 

84



 

any liability with respect to, and each Loan Party hereby waives, releases and agrees not to sue for, any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages suffered by any Loan Party in connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

9.11.        Confidentiality.  Each Lender agrees to hold any confidential information which it may receive from any Loan Party in connection with this Agreement in confidence, except for disclosure (a) to its Affiliates and to other Lenders and their respective Affiliates and agents who are told of the confidential nature of the information and agree to keep such information confidential, (b) to legal counsel, accountants, and other professional advisors to such Lender or to a Transferee, (c) to regulatory officials, (d) to any Person as requested pursuant to or as required by law, regulation, or legal process, (e) to any Person in connection with any legal proceeding to which such Lender is a party, (f) to such Lender’s direct or indirect contractual counterparties in swap agreements or to legal counsel, accountants and other professional advisors to such counterparties, (g) permitted by Section 12.4 and (h) to rating agencies if requested or required by such agencies in connection with a rating relating to the Credit Extensions hereunder. Without limiting Section 9.4, the Borrower agrees that the terms of this Section 9.11 shall set forth the entire agreement between the Borrower and each Lender (including the Agent) with respect to any confidential information previously or hereafter received by such Lender in connection with this Agreement, and this Section 9.11 shall supersede any and all prior confidentiality agreements entered into by such Lender with respect to such confidential information. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, confidential information shall not include, and each party to any of the Loan Documents and their respective Affiliates (and the respective partners, directors, officers, employees, advisors, representatives and other agents of each of the foregoing and their Affiliates) may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, (i) any information with respect to the U.S. federal and state income tax treatment of the transactions contemplated hereby and any facts that may be relevant to understanding such tax treatment, which facts shall not include for this purpose the names of the parties or any other Person named herein, or information that would permit identification of the parties or such other Persons, or any pricing terms or other nonpublic business or financial information that is unrelated to such tax treatment or facts, and (ii) all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) relating to such tax treatment or facts that are provided to any of the Persons referred to above, and it is hereby confirmed that each of the Persons referred to above has been authorized to make such disclosures since the commencement of discussions regarding the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

9.12.        Nonreliance.  Each Lender hereby represents that it is not relying on or looking to any Margin Stock for the repayment of the Credit Extensions provided for herein.

 

9.13.        Disclosure.  Each Loan Party and each Lender hereby acknowledges and agrees that JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and/or its Affiliates from time to time may hold investments in, make other loans to or have other relationships with any of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates.

 

9.14.        Patriot Act Notice.  IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT PROCEDURES FOR OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT.  Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the names and addresses of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act.  To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or entity that opens an account, including any deposit account, treasury management account, loan, other extension of credit, or other financial services product.  What this means for the Borrower:  When the Borrower opens an account, if the Borrower is an individual, the Agent and the Lenders will ask for the Borrower’s name, residential address, date of birth, and other information that will allow Agent and the Lenders to identify the Borrower, and, if the Borrower is not an individual, the Agent and the Lenders will ask for the Borrower’s name, employer identification number, business address, and other information that will allow the Agent and the Lenders to identify the Borrower.

 

85



 

The Agent and the Lenders may also ask, if the Borrower is an individual, to see the Borrower’s driver’s license or other identifying documents, and, if the Borrower is not an individual, to see the Borrower’s legal organizational documents or other identifying documents.

 

ARTICLE X

 

THE AGENT

 

10.1.        Appointment; Nature of Relationship.  JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. is hereby appointed by each of the Lenders as its contractual representative (herein referred to as the “Agent”) hereunder and under each other Loan Document, and each of the Lenders irrevocably authorizes the Agent to act as the contractual representative of such Lender with the rights and duties expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents.  The Agent agrees to act as such contractual representative upon the express conditions contained in this Article X.  Notwithstanding the use of the defined term “Agent,” it is expressly understood and agreed that the Agent shall not have any fiduciary responsibilities to any Lender by reason of this Agreement or any other Loan Document and that the Agent is merely acting as the contractual representative of the Lenders with only those duties as are expressly set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  In its capacity as the Lenders’ contractual representative, the Agent (a) does not hereby assume any fiduciary duties to any of the Lenders, (b) is a “representative” of the Lenders within the meaning of the term “secured party” as defined in the Texas Uniform Commercial Code and (c) is acting as an independent contractor, the rights and duties of which are limited to those expressly set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  Each of the Lenders hereby agrees to assert no claim against the Agent on any agency theory or any other theory of liability for breach of fiduciary duty, all of which claims each Lender hereby waives.

 

10.2.        Powers.  The Agent shall have and may exercise such powers under the Loan Documents as are specifically delegated to the Agent by the terms of each thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  The Agent shall have no implied duties to the Lenders, or any obligation to the Lenders to take any action thereunder except any action specifically provided by the Loan Documents to be taken by the Agent.

 

10.3.        General Immunity.  Neither the Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable to the Borrower, the Lenders or any Lender for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them hereunder or under any other Loan Document or in connection herewith or therewith except to the extent such action or inaction is determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Person.

 

10.4.        No Responsibility for Credit Extensions, Recitals, etc.  Neither the Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, or verify (a) any statement, warranty or representation made by any Person other than Agent in connection with any Loan Document or any borrowing hereunder; (b) the performance or observance of any of the covenants or agreements of any obligor under any Loan Document, including, without limitation, any agreement by an obligor to furnish information directly to each Lender; (c) the satisfaction of any condition specified in Article IV, except receipt of items required to be delivered solely to the Agent; (d) the existence or possible existence of any Default or Unmatured Default; (e) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness, sufficiency or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other instrument or writing furnished in connection therewith; (f) the value, sufficiency, creation, perfection or priority of any Lien in any Collateral; or (g) the financial condition of any Loan Party, any Guarantor or any Affiliate of any Loan Party.

 

10.5.        Action on Instructions of the Lenders.  The Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, hereunder and under any other Loan Document in accordance with written instructions signed by the Required Lenders, and such instructions and any action taken or failure to

 

86



 

act pursuant thereto shall be binding on all of the Lenders.  The Lenders hereby acknowledge that the Agent shall be under no duty to take any discretionary action permitted to be taken by it pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall be requested in writing to do so by the Required Lenders.  The Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action hereunder and under any other Loan Document unless it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders pro rata against any and all liability, cost and expense that it may incur by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.

 

10.6.        Employment of Agents and Counsel.  The Agent may execute any of its duties as Agent hereunder and under any other Loan Document by or through employees, agents, and attorneys-in-fact and shall not be answerable to the Lenders, except as to money or securities received by the Agent or its authorized agents, for the default or misconduct of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.  The Agent shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning the contractual arrangement between the Agent and the Lenders and all matters pertaining to the Agent’s duties hereunder and under any other Loan Document.

 

10.7.        Reliance on Documents; Counsel.  The Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any Note, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex, electronic mail message, statement, paper or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper person or persons, and, in respect to legal matters, upon the opinion of counsel selected by the Agent, which counsel may be employees of the Agent.  For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Sections 4.1 and 4.2, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the applicable date specifying its objection thereto.

 

10.8.        Agent’s Reimbursement and Indemnification.  The Lenders agree to reimburse and indemnify the Agent ratably in proportion to their respective Commitments (or, if the Commitments have been terminated, in proportion to their Commitments immediately prior to such termination) (a) for any amounts not reimbursed by the Borrower for which the Agent other than Rate Management Obligations and Banking Services Obligations is entitled to reimbursement by the Borrower under the Loan Documents, (b) for any other expenses incurred by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders, in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration and enforcement of the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, for any expenses incurred by the Agent in connection with any dispute between the Agent and any Lender or between two or more of the Lenders) and (c) for any liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind and nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Agent in any way relating to or arising out of the Loan Documents or any other document delivered in connection therewith or the transactions contemplated thereby (including, without limitation, for any such amounts incurred by or asserted against the Agent in connection with any dispute between the Agent and any Lender or between two or more of the Lenders), or the enforcement of any of the terms of the Loan Documents or of any such other documents, provided that, (i) no Lender shall be liable for any of the foregoing to the extent any of the foregoing is found in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Agent and (ii) any indemnification required pursuant to Section 3.5(d) shall, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 10.8, be paid by the relevant Lender in accordance with the provisions thereof.  The obligations of the Lenders under this Section 10.8 shall survive payment of the Obligations and termination of this Agreement.

 

10.9.        Notice of Default.  The Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Unmatured Default hereunder unless the Agent has received written notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement describing such Default or Unmatured Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.”  In the event that the Agent receives such a notice, the Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to the Lenders; provided, that, the Agent shall not be liable to any Lender for

 

87



 

any failure to do so, except to the extent that such failure is attributable to the Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

10.10.      Rights as a Lender.  In the event the Agent is a Lender, the Agent shall have the same rights and powers hereunder and under any other Loan Document with respect to its Commitment and its Credit Extensions as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent, and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, at any time when the Agent is a Lender, unless the context otherwise indicates, include the Agent in its individual capacity.  The Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of trust, debt, equity or other transaction, in addition to those contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document, with any Loan Party in which such Loan Party is not restricted hereby from engaging with any other Person, all as if JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. were not the Agent and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and its Affiliates may accept fees and other consideration from any Loan Party for services in connection with this Agreement or otherwise without having to account for the same to the Lenders. The Agent in its individual capacity, is not obligated to remain a Lender.

 

10.11.      Lender Credit Decision.  Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agent, the Arranger or any other Lender and based on the financial statements prepared by the Loan Parties and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent, the Arranger or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  Except for any notice, report, document, credit information or other information expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Agent or Arranger hereunder, neither the Agent nor the Arranger shall have any duty or responsibility (either initially or on a continuing basis) to provide any Lender with any notice, report, document, credit information or other information concerning the affairs, financial condition or business of the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that may come into the possession of the Agent or Arranger (whether or not in their respective capacity as Agent or Arranger) or any of their Affiliates.

 

10.12.      Successor Agent.  The Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower, such resignation to be effective upon the appointment of a successor Agent or, if no successor Agent has been appointed, forty-five days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its intention to resign.  The Agent may be removed at any time with or without cause by written notice received by the Agent from the Required Lenders, such removal to be effective on the date specified by the Required Lenders.  Upon any such resignation or removal, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint, on behalf of the Borrower and the Lenders, a successor Agent.  If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders within thirty days after the resigning Agent’s giving notice of its intention to resign, then the resigning Agent may appoint, on behalf of the Borrower and the Lenders, a successor Agent.  Notwithstanding the previous sentence, the Agent may at any time without the consent of the Borrower or any Lender, appoint any of its Affiliates which is a commercial bank as a successor Agent hereunder.  If the Agent has resigned or been removed and no successor Agent has been appointed, the Lenders may perform all the duties of the Agent hereunder and the Borrower shall make all payments in respect of the Obligations to the applicable Lender and for all other purposes shall deal directly with the Lenders.  No successor Agent shall be deemed to be appointed hereunder until such successor Agent has accepted the appointment.  Any such successor Agent shall be a commercial bank having capital and retained earnings of at least $100,000,000.  Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the resigning or removed Agent.  Upon the effectiveness of the resignation or removal of the Agent, the resigning or removed Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the Loan Documents.  After the effectiveness of the resignation or removal of an Agent, the provisions of this Article X shall continue in effect for the benefit of such Agent in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the Agent hereunder and under the other Loan

 

88



 

Documents.  In the event that there is a successor to the Agent by merger, or the Agent assigns its duties and obligations to an Affiliate pursuant to this Section 10.12, then the term “Prime Rate” as used in this Agreement shall mean the prime rate, base rate or other analogous rate of the new Agent.

 

10.13.      Delegation to Affiliates.  The Borrower and the Lenders agree that the Agent may delegate any of its duties under this Agreement to any of its Affiliates.  Any such Affiliate (and such Affiliate’s directors, officers, agents and employees) which performs duties in connection with this Agreement shall be entitled to the same benefits of the indemnification, waiver and other protective provisions to which the Agent is entitled under Articles IX and X.

 

10.14.      Execution of Loan Documents.  The Lenders hereby empower and authorize the Agent, on behalf of the Agent and the Lenders, to execute and deliver to the Loan Parties the Loan Documents and all related agreements, certificates, documents, or instruments as shall be necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of the Loan Documents.  Each Lender agrees that any action taken by the Agent or the Required Lenders or (to the extent required hereunder, all Lenders) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, and the exercise by the Agent or the Required Lenders or (to the extent required hereunder, all Lenders) of their respective powers set forth therein or herein, together with such other powers that are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be binding upon all of the Lenders.  The Lenders acknowledge that all of the Obligations hereunder constitute one debt, secured pari passu by all of the Collateral.

 

10.15.      Collateral Matters.

 

(a)           The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Agent, at its option and in its sole discretion, to release any Liens granted to the Agent by the Loan Parties on any Collateral (i) upon the termination of the Aggregate Commitment, payment and satisfaction in full in cash of all Obligations (other than LC Obligations), and the cash collateralization of all LC Obligations in a manner satisfactory to each affected Lender, (ii) constituting Property being sold or disposed of if the Loan Party disposing of such Property certifies to the Agent that the sale or disposition is made in compliance with the terms of this Agreement (and the Agent may rely conclusively on any such certificate, without further inquiry), (iii) constituting Property in which no Loan Party has at any time during the term of this Agreement owned any interest, (iv) constituting property leased to a Loan Party under a lease which has expired or been terminated in a transaction permitted under this Agreement, (v) owned by or leased to an Loan Party which is subject to a purchase money security interest or which is the subject of a Capitalized Lease, in either case, entered into by such Loan Party pursuant to Section 6.17(c) or Section 6.17(g), or (vi) as required to effect any sale or other disposition of such Collateral in connection with any exercise of remedies of the Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 8.1.  Upon request by the Agent at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the Agent’s authority to release any Liens upon particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 10.15.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, the Agent will not release any Liens on Collateral without the prior written authorization of the Required Lenders; provided that, the Agent may in its discretion, release its Liens on Collateral valued in the aggregate not in excess of $2,500,000 during any calendar year without the prior written authorization of the Lenders.

 

(b)           Upon receipt by the Agent of any authorization required pursuant to Section 10.15(a) from the Required Lenders of the Agent’s authority to release any Liens upon particular types or items of Collateral, and upon at least five Business Days prior written request by the Loan Parties, the Agent shall (and is hereby irrevocably authorized by the Lenders to) execute such documents as may be necessary to evidence the release of its Liens upon such Collateral; provided that, (i) the Agent shall not be required to execute any such document on terms which, in the Agent’s opinion, would expose the Agent to liability or create any obligation or entail any consequence other than the release of such Liens

 

89



 

without recourse or warranty and (ii) such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect, or impair the Obligations or any Liens (other than those expressly being released) upon (or obligations of the Loan Parties in respect of) all interests retained by the Loan Parties, including the proceeds of any sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral.

 

(c)           The Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to any of the Lenders to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by the Loan Parties or is cared for, protected, or insured or has been encumbered, or that the Liens granted to the Agent therein have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected, or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise at all or in any particular manner or under any duty of care, disclosure, or fidelity, or to continue exercising, any of the rights, authorities, and powers granted or available to the Agent pursuant to any of the Loan Documents, it being understood and agreed that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission, or event related thereto, the Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion given the Agent’s own interest in the Collateral in its capacity as one of the Lenders and that the Agent shall have no other duty or liability whatsoever to any Lender as to any of the foregoing.

 

(d)           Each Lender hereby appoints each other Lender as its agent for the purpose of perfecting Liens, for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders, in assets which, in accordance with Article 9 of the UCC or any other applicable law can be perfected only by possession.  Should any Lender (other than the Agent) obtain possession of any such Collateral, such Lender shall notify the Agent thereof, and, promptly upon the Agent’s request therefor shall deliver such Collateral to the Agent or otherwise deal with such Collateral in accordance with the Agent’s instructions.

 

Each Lender hereby agrees as follows: (a) such Lender is deemed to have requested that the Agent furnish such Lender, promptly after it becomes available, a copy of each Report prepared by or on behalf of the Agent; (b) such Lender expressly agrees and acknowledges that neither JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. nor the Agent (i) makes any representation or warranty, express or implied, as to the completeness or accuracy of any Report or any of the information contained therein, or (ii) shall be liable for any information contained in any Report; (c) such Lender expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Reports are not comprehensive audits or examinations, that the Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., or any other party performing any audit or examination will inspect only specific information regarding the Loan Parties and will rely significantly upon the Loan Parties’ books and records, as well as on representations of the Loan Parties’ personnel and that JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. undertakes no obligation to update, correct or supplement the Reports; (d) such Lender agrees to keep all Reports confidential and strictly for its internal use, not share the Report with any Loan Party and not to distribute any Report to any other Person except as otherwise permitted pursuant to this Agreement; and (e) without limiting the generality of any other indemnification provision contained in this Agreement, such Lender agrees (i) that neither JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. nor the Agent shall be liable to such Lender or any other Person receiving a copy of the Report for any inaccuracy or omission contained in or relating to a Report, (ii) to conduct its own due diligence investigation and make credit decisions with respect to the Loan Parties based on such documents as such Lender deems appropriate without any reliance on the Reports or on the Agent or JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., (iii) to hold the Agent and any such other Person preparing a Report harmless from any action the indemnifying Lender may take or conclusion the indemnifying Lender may reach or draw from any Report in connection with any Credit Extensions that the indemnifying Lender has made or may make to the Loan Parties, or the indemnifying Lender’s participation in, or the indemnifying Lender’s purchase of, any  Obligations and (iv) to pay and protect, and indemnify, defend, and hold the Agent and any such other Person preparing a Report harmless from and against, the claims, actions, proceedings, damages, costs, expenses, and other amounts (including reasonable attorney fees) incurred by the Agent and any such other Person preparing a Report as the direct or indirect result of any third parties who might obtain all or part of any Report through the indemnifying Lender.

 

90



 

10.16.      Co-Agents, Documentation Agent, Syndication Agent, etc..  Neither any of the Lenders identified in this Agreement as a “co-agent” nor the Documentation Agent or the Syndication Agent shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as such.  Without limiting the foregoing, none of such Lenders shall have or be deemed to have a fiduciary relationship with any Lender.  Each Lender hereby makes the same acknowledgments with respect to such Lenders as it makes with respect to the Agent in Section 10.11.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

SETOFF; RATABLE PAYMENTS

 

11.1.        Setoff.  In addition to, and without limitation of, any rights of the Lenders under applicable law, if any Loan Party becomes insolvent, however evidenced, or any Default occurs, any and all deposits (including all account balances, whether provisional or final and whether or not collected or available) and any other Indebtedness at any time held or owing by any Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender to or for the credit or account of the Borrower may be offset and applied toward the payment of the Secured Obligations owing to such Lender, whether or not the Secured Obligations, or any part thereof, shall then be due.

 

11.2.        Ratable Payments.  If any Lender, whether by setoff or otherwise, has payment made to it upon its Credit Exposure (other than payments received pursuant to Section 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 or 3.5) in a greater proportion than that received by any other Lender, such Lender agrees, promptly upon demand, to purchase a portion of the Aggregate Credit Exposure held by the other Lenders so that after such purchase each Lender will hold its Pro Rata Share of the Aggregate Credit Exposure.  If any Lender, whether in connection with setoff or amounts which might be subject to setoff or otherwise, receives collateral or other protection for its Secured Obligations or such amounts which may be subject to setoff, such Lender agrees, promptly upon demand, to take such action necessary such that all Lenders share in the benefits of such collateral ratably in proportion to respective Pro Rata Share of the Aggregate Credit Exposure.  In case any such payment is disturbed by legal process, or otherwise, appropriate further adjustments shall be made.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT; ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS

 

12.1.        Successors and Assigns.  The terms and provisions of the Loan Documents shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Loan Parties and the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (a) the Loan Parties shall not have the right to assign their rights or obligations under the Loan Documents without the prior written consent of each Lender, (b) any assignment by any Lender must be made in compliance with Section 12.3, and (c) any transfer by Participation must be made in compliance with Section 12.2.  Any attempted assignment or transfer by any party not made in compliance with this Section 12.1 shall be null and void, unless such attempted assignment or transfer is treated as a participation in accordance with Section 12.2.  The parties to this Agreement acknowledge that clause (b) of this Section 12.1 relates only to absolute assignments and this Section 12.1 does not prohibit assignments creating security interests, including, without limitation, (x) any pledge or assignment by any Lender of all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement and any Note to a Federal Reserve Bank or (y) in the case of a Lender which is a Fund, any pledge or assignment of all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement and any Note to its trustee in support of its obligations to its trustee; provided however, that no such pledge or assignment creating a security interest shall release the transferor Lender from its obligations hereunder unless and until the parties thereto have complied with the provisions of Section 12.3.  The Agent may treat the Person which made any Credit Extension or which holds any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes hereof unless and until such Person complies with Section 12.3; provided however, that the Agent may in its discretion (but shall not be required to) follow instructions from the Person which made any Credit Extension

 

91


 

or which holds any Note to direct payments relating to such Credit Extension or Note to another Person.  Any assignee of the rights to any Credit Extension or any Note agrees by acceptance of such assignment to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents.  Any request, authority or consent of any Person, who at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent is the owner of the rights to any Credit Extension (whether or not a Note has been issued in evidence thereof), shall be conclusive and binding on any subsequent holder or assignee of the rights to such Credit Extension.

 

12.2.        Participations.

 

(a)           Permitted Participants; Effect.  Any Lender may at any time sell to one or more banks or other entities (“Participants”) participating interests in any Credit Exposure of such Lender, any Note held by such Lender, any Commitment of such Lender or any other interest of such Lender under the Loan Documents.  In the event of any such sale by a Lender of participating interests to a Participant, such Lender’s obligations under the Loan Documents shall remain unchanged, such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, such Lender shall remain the owner of its Credit Exposure and the holder of any Note issued to it in evidence thereof for all purposes under the Loan Documents, all amounts payable by the Borrower under this Agreement shall be determined as if such Lender had not sold such participating interests, and the Borrower and the Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under the Loan Documents.

 

(b)           Voting Rights.  Each Lender shall retain the sole right to approve, without the consent of any Participant, any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of the Loan Documents other than any amendment, modification or waiver with respect to any Credit Extension or Commitment in which such Participant has an interest which would require consent of all of the Lenders pursuant to the terms of Section 8.3 or of any other Loan Document.

 

(c)           Benefit of Certain Provisions.  Each Loan Party agrees that each Participant shall be deemed to have the right of setoff provided in Section 11.1 in respect of its participating interest in amounts owing under the Loan Documents to the same extent as if the amount of its participating interest were owing directly to it as a Lender under the Loan Documents, provided that, each Lender shall retain the right of setoff provided in Section 11.1 with respect to the amount of participating interests sold to each Participant.  The Lenders agree to share with each Participant, and each Participant, by exercising the right of setoff provided in Section 11.1, agrees to share with each Lender, any amount received pursuant to the exercise of its right of setoff, such amounts to be shared in accordance with Section 11.2 as if each Participant were a Lender.  The Borrower further agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 and 3.5 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 12.3, provided that, (i) a Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.1, 3.2 or 3.5 than the Lender who sold the participating interest to such Participant would have received had it retained such interest for its own account, unless the sale of such interest to such Participant is made with the prior written consent of the Borrower, and (ii) any Participant not incorporated under the laws of the U.S. or any state thereof agrees to comply with the provisions of Section 3.5 to the same extent as if it were a Lender.

 

12.3.        Assignments.

 

(a)           Permitted Assignments.  Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more banks or other entities (“Purchasers”) all or any part of its rights and obligations under the

 

92



 

Loan Documents.  Such assignment shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit G (an “Assignment Agreement”).  Each such assignment with respect to a Purchaser which is not a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund shall either be in an amount equal to the entire applicable Commitment and Credit Extensions of the assigning Lender or  (unless each of the Borrower and the Agent otherwise consents) be in an aggregate amount not less than $5,000,000.  The amount of the assignment shall be based on the Commitment or outstanding Credit Extensions (if the Commitment has been terminated) subject to the assignment, determined as of the date of such assignment or as of the “Trade Date,” if the “Trade Date” is specified in the assignment.

 

(b)           Consents.  The consent of the Borrower (which shall not be unreasonable withheld or delayed) shall be required prior to an assignment becoming effective unless the Purchaser is a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, provided that, the consent of the Borrower shall not be required if a Default has occurred and is continuing.  The consent of the Agent shall be required prior to an assignment becoming effective unless the Purchaser is a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.  The consent of the LC Issuer and Swingline Lender shall be required prior to an assignment of a Commitment becoming effective unless the Purchaser is a Lender with a Commitment.  Any consent required under this Section 12.3(b) shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

(c)           Effect; Effective Date.  Upon (i) delivery to the Agent of a duly executed Assignment Agreement, together with any consents required by Sections 12.3(a) and 12.3(b), and (ii) payment of a $3,500 fee to the Agent for processing such assignment (unless such fee is waived by the Agent), such Assignment Agreement shall become effective on the effective date specified by the Agent in such Assignment Agreement.  The Assignment Agreement shall contain a representation by the Purchaser to the effect that none of the consideration used to make the purchase of the Commitment and Credit Exposure under the applicable Assignment Agreement constitutes “plan assets” as defined under ERISA and that the rights and interests of the Purchaser in and under the Loan Documents will not be “plan assets” under ERISA.  On and after the effective date of such Assignment Agreement, such Purchaser shall for all purposes be a Lender party to this Agreement and any other Loan Document executed by or on behalf of the Lenders and shall have all the rights and obligations of a Lender under the Loan Documents, to the same extent as if it were an original party thereto, and the transferor Lender shall be released with respect to the Commitment and Credit Exposure assigned to such Purchaser without any further consent or action by the Borrower, the Lenders or the Agent.  In the case of an Assignment Agreement covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a Lender hereunder but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of, and subject to, those provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents which survive payment of the Obligations and termination of the applicable agreement.  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 12.3 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 12.2.  Upon the consummation of any assignment to a Purchaser pursuant to this Section 12.3(c), the transferor Lender, the Agent and the Borrower shall, if the transferor Lender or the Purchaser desires that its Loans be evidenced by Notes, make appropriate arrangements so that new Notes or, as appropriate, replacement Notes are issued to such transferor Lender and new Notes or, as appropriate, replacement Notes, are issued to such Purchaser, in each case in principal amounts reflecting their respective Commitments, as adjusted pursuant to such assignment.

 

(d)           Register.  The Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in the U.S. a copy of each Assignment

 

93



 

Agreement delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Credit Extensions owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”).  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.  The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

12.4.        Dissemination of Information.  Each Loan Party authorizes each Lender to disclose to any Participant or Purchaser or any other Person acquiring an interest in the Loan Documents by operation of law (each a “Transferee”) and any prospective Transferee any and all information in such Lender’s possession concerning the creditworthiness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including without limitation any information contained in any Reports; provided that, each Transferee and prospective Transferee agrees to be bound by Section 9.11 of this Agreement.

 

12.5.        Tax Treatment.  If any interest in any Loan Document is transferred to any Transferee which is not incorporated under the laws of the U.S. or any state thereof, the transferor Lender shall cause such Transferee, concurrently with the effectiveness of such transfer, to comply with the provisions of Section 3.5.

 

12.6.        Assignment by LC Issuer.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein, if at any time JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. assigns all of its Commitment and Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 12.3, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. may, upon thirty days’ notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as LC Issuer.  In the event of any such resignation as LC Issuer, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor LC Issuer (other than Merrill Lynch Capital) hereunder; provided however, that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as LC Issuer.  If JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. resigns as LC Issuer, it shall retain all the rights and obligations of the LC Issuer hereunder with respect to the Facility LCs outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as LC Issuer and all LC Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Revolving Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Reimbursement Obligations pursuant to Section 2.1.2(d)).

 

12.7.        Assignment by Swingline Lender.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein, if at any time JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. assigns all of its Commitment and Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 12.3, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. may, upon thirty days’ notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as Swingline Lender.  In the event of any such resignation as Swingline Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor Swingline Lender (other than Merrill Lynch Capital) hereunder; provided however, that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Swingline Lender.  If JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. resigns as Swingline Lender, it shall retain all the rights and obligations of the Swingline Lender hereunder with respect to the Swingline Loans outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as Swingline Lender and all Swingline Loans with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Revolving Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Reimbursement Obligations pursuant to Section 2.1.3).

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

NOTICES

 

13.1.        Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication.

 

(a)           Notices Generally.  Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in paragraph (b)

 

94



 

below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier as follows:

 

(i)            if to any Loan Party, at its address or telecopier number set forth on the signature page hereof;

 

(ii)           if to the Agent, at its address or telecopier number set forth on the signature page hereof;

 

(iii)          if to the LC Issuer, at its address or telecopier number set forth on the signature page hereof;

 

(iv)          if to the Swingline Lender, at its address or telecopier number set forth on the signature page hereof;

 

(v)           if to a Lender, to it at its address or telecopier number set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

 

Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient).  Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in paragraph (b) below, shall be effective as provided in said paragraph (b).

 

(b)           Electronic Communications.  Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the LC Issuer hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Agent or as otherwise determined by the Agent, provided that, the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the LC Issuer pursuant to Article II if such Lender or the LC Issuer, as applicable, has notified the Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication.  The Agent or any Loan Party may, in its respective discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it or as it otherwise determines, provided that such determination or approval may be limited to particular notices or communications. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in every instance, the Borrower shall be required to provide paper copies of the Compliance Certificates required by Section 6.1(e) to the Agent.

 

Unless the Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not given during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

 

13.2.        Change of Address, Etc.  Any party hereto may change its address or telecopier number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.

 

95



 

ARTICLE XIV

 

COUNTERPARTS

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one agreement, and any of the parties hereto may execute this Agreement by signing any such counterpart.  This Agreement shall be effective when it has been executed by the Loan Parties, the Agent, the LC Issuer and the Lenders and each party has notified the Agent by facsimile transmission or telephone that it has taken such action.

 

ARTICLE XV

 

GUARANTY

 

15.1.        Guaranty.  Each Guarantor hereby agrees that it is jointly and severally liable for, and, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, absolutely and unconditionally guarantees to the Lenders the prompt payment when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, and at all times thereafter, of the Secured Obligations and all costs and expenses including, without limitation, all court costs and attorneys’ and paralegals’ fees (including allocated costs of in-house counsel and paralegals) and expenses paid or incurred by the Agent, the LC Issuer and the Lenders in endeavoring to collect all or any part of the Secured Obligations from, or in prosecuting any action against, the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other guarantor of all or any part of the Secured Obligations (such costs and expenses, together with the Secured Obligations, collectively the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed in whole or in part without notice to or further assent from it, and that it remains bound upon its guarantee notwithstanding any such extension or renewal.

 

15.2.        Guaranty of Payment.  This Guaranty is a guaranty of payment and not of collection. Each Guarantor waives any right to require the Agent, the LC Issuer or any Lender to sue the Borrower, any Guarantor, any other guarantor, or any other person obligated for all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, or otherwise to enforce its payment against any collateral securing all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

15.3.        No Discharge or Diminishment of Guaranty.

 

(a)           Except as otherwise provided for herein and to the extent provided for herein, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are unconditional and absolute and not subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations), including:

 

(i)            any claim of waiver, release, extension, renewal, settlement, surrender, alteration, or compromise of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, by operation of law or otherwise;

 

(ii)           any change in the corporate existence, structure or ownership of the Borrower or any other guarantor of or other person liable for any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

 

(iii)          any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding affecting the Borrower, any Guarantor, or any other guarantor of or other person liable for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or their assets or any resulting release or discharge of any obligation of the Borrower, any Guarantor, or any other guarantor of or other person liable for any of the Guaranteed Obligations; or

 

96



 

(iv)          the existence of any claim, setoff or other rights which any Guarantor may have at any time against the Borrower, any Guarantor, any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations, the Agent, the LC Issuer, any Lender, or any other person, whether in connection herewith or in any unrelated transactions.

 

(b)           The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are not subject to any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise, or any provision of applicable law or regulation purporting to prohibit payment by the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other guarantor of or other person liable for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, of the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof.

 

(c)           Further, the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder are not discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by:

 

(i)            the failure of the Agent, the LC Issuer or any Lender to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy with respect to all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations;

 

(ii)           any waiver or modification of or supplement to any provision of any agreement relating to the Guaranteed Obligations;

 

(iii)          any release, non-perfection, or invalidity of any indirect or direct security for the obligations of the Borrower for all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or any obligations of any other guarantor of or other person liable for any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

 

(iv)          any action or failure to act by the Agent, the LC Issuer or any Lender with respect to any collateral securing any part of the Guaranteed Obligations;

 

(v)           any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the payment or performance of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any other circumstance, act, omission or delay that might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of such Guarantor or that would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity (other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations).

 

15.4.        Defenses Waived.  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor hereby waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of the Borrower or any Guarantor or the unenforceability of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of the Borrower or any Guarantor, other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Guarantor irrevocably waives acceptance hereof, presentment, demand, protest and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any notice not provided for herein, as well as any requirement that at any time any action be taken by any person against the Borrower, any Guarantor, any other guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any other person.  The Agent may, at its election, foreclose on any Collateral held by it by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, accept an assignment of any such Collateral in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise act or fail to act with respect to any collateral securing all or a part of the Guaranteed Obligations, compromise or adjust any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, make any other accommodation with the Borrower, any Guarantor, any other guarantor or any other person liable on any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or exercise any other right or remedy available to it against the Borrower, any Guarantor, any other guarantor or any other person liable on any of the Guaranteed Obligations, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of such Guarantor

 

97



 

under this Guaranty except to the extent the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully and indefeasibly paid in cash.  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any such election even though that election may operate, pursuant to applicable law, to impair or extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of any Guarantor against the Borrower, any other guarantor or any other person liable on any of the Guaranteed Obligations, as the case may be, or any security.

 

15.5.        Rights of Subrogation.  No Guarantor will assert any right, claim or cause of action, including, without limitation, a claim of subrogation, contribution or indemnification that it has against the Borrower, any Guarantor, any person liable on the Guaranteed Obligations, or any collateral, until the Loan Parties and the Guarantors have fully performed all their obligations to the Agent, the LC Issuer and the Lender.

 

15.6.        Reinstatement; Stay of Acceleration.  If at any time any payment of any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, or reorganization of the Borrower or otherwise, each Guarantor’s obligations under this Guaranty with respect to that payment shall be reinstated at such time as though the payment had not been made and whether or not the Agent, the LC Issuer and the Lenders are in possession of this Guaranty. If acceleration of the time for payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower, all such amounts otherwise subject to acceleration under the terms of any agreement relating to the Guaranteed Obligations shall nonetheless be payable by the Guarantors forthwith on demand by the Lender.

 

15.7.        Information.  Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrower’s financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that each Guarantor assumes and incurs under this Guaranty, and agrees that neither the Agent, the LC Issuer nor any Lender shall have any duty to advise any Guarantor of information known to it regarding those circumstances or risks.

 

15.8.        Termination.  The Lenders may continue to make loans or extend credit to the Borrower based on this Guaranty until five days after it receives written notice of termination from any Guarantor.  Notwithstanding receipt of any such notice, each Guarantor will continue to be liable to the Lender for any Guaranteed Obligations created, assumed or committed to prior to the fifth day after receipt of the notice, and all subsequent renewals, extensions, modifications and amendments with respect to, or substitutions for, all or any part of that Guaranteed Obligations.

 

15.9.        Taxes.  All payments of the Guaranteed Obligations will be made by each Guarantor free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided that if any Guarantor shall be required to deduct any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Agent, Lender or LC Issuer (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) such Guarantor shall make such deductions and (iii) such Guarantor shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

 

15.10.      Severability.  The provisions of this Guaranty are severable, and in any action or proceeding involving any state corporate law, or any state, federal or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other law affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of any Guarantor under this Guaranty would otherwise be held or determined to be avoidable, invalid or unenforceable on account of the amount of such Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Guaranty to the contrary, the amount of such liability shall, without any further action by the Guarantors or the Lenders, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount that is valid and enforceable as determined in

 

98



 

such action or proceeding (such highest amount determined hereunder being the relevant Guarantor’s “Maximum Liability”.  This Section with respect to the Maximum Liability of each Guarantor is intended solely to preserve the rights of the Lenders to the maximum extent not subject to avoidance under applicable law, and no Guarantor nor any other person or entity shall have any right or claim under this Section with respect to such Maximum Liability, except to the extent necessary so that the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder shall not be rendered voidable under applicable law. Each Guarantor agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may at any time and from time to time exceed the Maximum Liability of each Guarantor without impairing this Guaranty or affecting the rights and remedies of the Lenders hereunder, provided that, nothing in this sentence shall be construed to increase any Guarantor’s obligations hereunder beyond its Maximum Liability.

 

15.11.      Contribution.  In the event any Guarantor (a “Paying Guarantor”) shall make any payment or payments under this Guaranty or shall suffer any loss as a result of any realization upon any collateral granted by it to secure its obligations under this Guaranty, each other Guarantor (each a “Non-Paying Guarantor”) shall contribute to such Paying Guarantor an amount equal to such Non-Paying Guarantor’s “Pro Rata Share” of such payment or payments made, or losses suffered, by such Paying Guarantor.  For purposes of this Article XV, each Non-Paying Guarantor’s “Pro Rata Share” with respect to any such payment or loss by a Paying Guarantor shall be determined as of the date on which such payment or loss was made by reference to the ratio of (i) such Non-Paying Guarantor’s Maximum Liability as of such date (without giving effect to any right to receive, or obligation to make, any contribution hereunder) or, if such Non-Paying Guarantor’s Maximum Liability has not been determined, the aggregate amount of all monies received by such Non-Paying Guarantor from the Borrower after the date hereof (whether by loan, capital infusion or by other means) to (ii) the aggregate Maximum Liability of all Guarantors hereunder (including such Paying Guarantor) as of such date (without giving effect to any right to receive, or obligation to make, any contribution hereunder), or to the extent that a Maximum Liability has not been determined for any Guarantor, the aggregate amount of all monies received by such Guarantors from the Borrower after the date hereof (whether by loan, capital infusion or by other means).  Nothing in this provision shall affect any Guarantor’s several liability for the entire amount of the Guaranteed Obligations (up to such Guarantor’s Maximum Liability).  Each of the Guarantors covenants and agrees that its right to receive any contribution under this Guaranty from a Non-Paying Guarantor shall be subordinate and junior in right of payment to the payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations.  This provision is for the benefit of both the Agent, the LC Issuer, the Lenders and the Guarantors and may be enforced by any one, or more, or all of them in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

15.12.      Lending Installations.  The Guaranteed Obligations may be booked at any Lending Installation.  All terms of this Guaranty apply to and may be enforced by or on behalf of any Lending Installation.

 

15.13.      Liability Cumulative.  The liability of each Loan Party as a Guarantor under this Article XV is in addition to and shall be cumulative with all liabilities of each Loan Party to the Agent, the LC Issuer and the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party or in respect of any obligations of liabilities of the other Loan Parties, without any limitation as to amount, unless the instrument or agreement evidencing or creating such other liability specifically provides to the contrary.

 

ARTICLE XVI

 

CHOICE OF LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

 

16.1.        CHOICE OF LAW.  THE LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINING A CONTRARY EXPRESS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISION) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (WITHOUT REGARD TO THE

 

99



 

CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS) OF THE STATE OF TEXAS, BUT GIVING EFFECT TO FEDERAL LAWS APPLICABLE TO NATIONAL BANKS.

 

16.2.        CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.  EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY U.S. FEDERAL OR TEXAS STATE COURT SITTING IN DALLAS, TEXAS IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENTS AND EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN ANY SUCH COURT AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE AS TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN SUCH A COURT OR THAT SUCH COURT IS AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.  NOTHING HEREIN SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF THE AGENT, THE LC ISSUER OR ANY LENDER TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST ANY LOAN PARTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.  ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BY ANY LOAN PARTY AGAINST THE AGENT, THE LC ISSUER OR ANY LENDER INVOLVING, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ANY MATTER IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF, RELATED TO, OR CONNECTION WITH ANY LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT ONLY IN A COURT IN DALLAS, TEXAS.

 

16.3.        WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH LOAN PARTY, THE AGENT, THE LC ISSUER AND EACH LENDER HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING INVOLVING, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ANY MATTER (WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF, RELATED TO, OR CONNECTED WITH ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED THEREUNDER.

 

ARTICLE XVII

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

17.1.        AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT.  This Agreement is an amendment and restatement of the Original Loan Agreement.  All obligations under the Original Loan Agreement and all Liens securing payment of obligations under the Original Loan Agreement shall in all respects be continuing and this Agreement shall not be deemed to evidence or result in a novation or repayment and re-borrowing of such obligations. This Agreement shall supersede the Original Loan Agreement.  From and after the Effective Date, this Agreement shall govern the terms of the obligations under the Original Loan Agreement.

 

17.2.        GENERAL AMENDMENTS.

 

17.2.1.     As of October 10, 2008, each and every reference to “Borrower”, “Loan Party”, and “Grantor” contained in the Original Loan Agreement, this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, and all other instruments, documents and certificates executed in connection therewith shall be deemed to include USAC Leasing, together with the other Borrower and Grantor, on a consolidated basis.

 

17.2.2.     As of October 10, 2008, each and every reference to “Loan Party”, and “Grantor” contained in the Original Loan Agreement, this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, and all other instruments, documents and certificates executed in connection therewith shall be deemed to include Holdings, together with the other Borrower and Grantors.

 

17.2.3.     As of October 10, 2008, each reference to “USA Compression Partners, LP” in the Original Loan Agreement, this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall mean a reference to “USA Compression Partners, LLC.”

 

100



 

17.3.        RELEASE.  EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS NO DEFENSE, COUNTERCLAIM, OFFSET, CROSS-COMPLAINT, CLAIM OR DEMAND OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER THAT CAN BE ASSERTED TO REDUCE OR ELIMINATE ALL OR ANY PART OF ITS LIABILITY TO REPAY THE “OBLIGATIONS” OR ANY KNOWN DEFENSE, COUNTERCLAIM, OFFSET, CROSS-COMPLAINT, CLAIM OR DEMAND OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER TO SEEK AFFIRMATIVE RELIEF OR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE FROM AGENT OR LENDERS.  EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY VOLUNTARILY AND KNOWINGLY RELEASES AND FOREVER DISCHARGES AGENT AND EACH LENDER, THEIR RESPECTIVE PREDECESSORS, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENT, SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, FROM ALL CLAIMS, DEMANDS, ACTIONS, CAUSES OF ACTION, DAMAGES, COSTS, EXPENSES, AND LIABILITIES WHATSOEVER KNOWN AS OF THE DATE HEREOF TO THE EXENT RELATING TO THE “OBLIGATIONS”, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY WHETHER FIXED, CONTINGENT, OR CONDITIONAL, AT LAW OR IN EQUITY, ORIGINATING IN WHOLE OR IN PART ON OR BEFORE THE DATE THIS AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT IS EXECUTED, WHICH SUCH LOAN PARTY MAY NOW HAVE AGAINST AGENT AND ANY LENDER, THEIR PREDECESSORS, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENT, SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, IF ANY, AND IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER ANY SUCH CLAIMS ARISE OUT OF CONTRACT, TORT, VIOLATION OF LAW OR REGULATIONS, OR OTHERWISE, AND ARISING FROM ANY LOANS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY CONTRACTING FOR, CHARGING, TAKING, RESERVING, COLLECTING OR RECEIVING INTEREST IN EXCESS OF THE HIGHEST LAWFUL RATE APPLICABLE, THE EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHTS AND REMEDIES UNDER THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT OR OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AND NEGOTIATION FOR AND EXECUTION OF THIS AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL LOAN AGREEMENT.

 

ARTICLE XVIII

 

JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY

 

18.1.        Cross-Guaranty.  Each Borrower hereby agrees that such Borrower is jointly and severally liable for, and hereby absolutely and unconditionally guarantees to Agent and Lenders and its successors and assigns, the full and prompt payment (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) and performance of, all Obligations owed or hereafter owing to Lenders by each other Borrower.  Each Borrower agrees that its guaranty obligation hereunder is a continuing guaranty of payment and performance and not of collection, that its obligations under this Article 18 shall not be discharged until payment and performance, in full, of the Obligations has occurred, and that its obligations under this Article 18 shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and unaffected by,

 

(a)           the genuineness, validity, regularity, enforceability or any future amendment of, or change in, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, document or instrument to which the Borrower is or may become a party;

 

(b)           the absence of any action to enforce this Agreement (including this Article 18) or any other Loan Document or the waiver or consent by Agent or any Lender with respect to any of the provisions thereof;

 

101


 

(c)           the existence, value or condition of, or failure to perfect its Lien against, any security for the Obligations or any action, or the absence of any action, by Agent or any Lender in respect thereof (including the release of any such security);

 

(d)           the insolvency of the Borrower; or

 

(e)           any other action or circumstances that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor.

 

18.2.        Waivers By Borrower.

 

(a)           Each Borrower expressly waives all rights it may have now or in the future under any statute, or at common law, or at law or in equity, or otherwise, to compel Agent or any Lender to marshal assets or to proceed in respect of the Obligations guaranteed hereunder against any other Borrower, any other party or against any security for the payment and performance of the Obligations before proceeding against, or as a condition to proceeding against, such Borrower.

 

(b)           To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Borrower, in its capacity as a surety as a result of joint and several obligations hereunder, hereby waives and agrees not to assert or take advantage of: (i) the unenforceability or invalidity of any security or guaranty or the lack of perfection or continuing perfection, or failure of priority of any security for the Obligations; (ii) any and all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by Agent or any Lender; (iii) any defense based upon any failure to disclose to such Borrower any information concerning the financial condition of any other Borrower or any other Person or any other circumstances bearing on the ability of any other Borrower or any other Person to pay and perform all obligations due under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents; (iv) any failure of Agent or any Lender to comply with applicable laws in connection with the sale or disposition of security, including, without limitation, any failure by the Agent or any Lender to conduct a commercially reasonable sale or other disposition of such security; (v) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in any other respects more burdensome than that of a principal, or that reduces a surety’s or guarantor’s obligations in proportion to the principal’s obligation; (vi) any use of cash collateral under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code; (vii) any defense based upon an election by Agent or any Lender, in any proceeding instituted under the Bankruptcy Code, of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code or any successor statute; (viii) any defense based upon any borrowing or any grant of a security interest under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code; (ix) any right of subrogation, any right to enforce any remedy which Agent or any Lender may have against any other Borrower or any other Person and any right to participate in, or benefit from, any security now or hereafter held by Agent or any Lender for the Obligations, until the full and indefeasible payment of the Obligations in cash and the termination of the Commitments; (x) presentment, demand, protest and notice of any kind, including notice of acceptance of this Agreement and of the existence, creation or incurring of new or additional Obligations; (xi) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting the liability of any other Borrower or other Person, enforcement of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, the liability of the Borrower hereunder or the enforcement hereof; (xii) relief from any applicable valuation or appraisement laws; (xiii) any other action by Agent or any Lender, whether authorized by this Agreement or otherwise, or any omission by Agent or any Lender or other failure of Agent or any Lender to pursue, or delay in pursuing, any other remedy in its power; and (xiv) any and all claims and/or rights of counterclaim, recoupment, setoff or offset.  Each Borrower agrees that the payment and performance of all Obligations or any part thereof or other act which tolls any statute of limitations applicable to this Agreement or

 

102



 

the other Loan Documents shall similarly operate to toll the statute of limitations applicable to such Borrower’s liability hereunder.

 

(c)           It is agreed among the Borrower, Agent, and each Lender that the foregoing waivers are of the essence of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and that, but for the provisions of this Article 18 and such waivers, Agent and Lenders would decline to enter into this Agreement.

 

18.3.        Benefit of Guaranty.  Each Borrower agrees that the provisions of this Article 18 are for the benefit of Agent and Lenders and their successors, transferees, endorsees and assigns, and nothing herein contained shall impair, as between any other Borrower and Agent or any Lender, the obligations of such other Borrower under the Loan Documents.

 

18.4.        Waiver of Subrogation, Etc.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, and except as set forth in Section 18.7, the Borrower hereby expressly and irrevocably waives any and all rights at law or in equity to subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution, indemnification or set off and any and all defenses available to a surety, guarantor or accommodation co-obligor until the full and indefeasible payment in cash of the Obligations and the termination of the Commitments.  Each Borrower acknowledges and agrees that this waiver is intended to benefit Agent and Lenders and shall not limit or otherwise affect such Borrower’s liability hereunder or the enforceability of this Article 18, and that Agent, Lenders, and their successors and assigns are intended third party beneficiaries of the waivers and agreements set forth in this Section 18.4.

 

18.5.        Election of Remedies.  If Agent or any Lender may, under applicable law, proceed to realize its benefits under any of the Loan Documents giving Agent or such Lender a Lien upon any Collateral, whether owned by the Borrower or by any other Person, either by judicial foreclosure or by non judicial sale or enforcement, Agent or such Lender may, at its sole option, determine which of its remedies or rights it may pursue without affecting any of its rights and remedies under this Article 18.  If, in the exercise of any of its rights and remedies, Agent or any Lender shall forfeit any of its rights or remedies, including its right to enter a deficiency judgment against the Borrower or any other Person, whether because of any applicable laws pertaining to “election of remedies” or the like, the Borrower hereby consents to such action by Agent or such Lender and waives any claim based upon such action, even if such action by Agent or such Lender shall result in a full or partial loss of any rights of subrogation that each Loan Party might otherwise have had but for such action by Agent or such Lender.  Any election of remedies that results in the denial or impairment of the right of Agent or any Lender to seek a deficiency judgment against the Borrower shall not impair any other Borrower’s obligation to pay the full amount of the Obligations.  In the event Agent or any Lender shall bid at any foreclosure or trustee’s sale or at any private sale permitted by law or the Loan Documents, Agent or such Lender may bid all or less than the amount of the Obligations and the amount of such bid need not be paid by Agent or such Lender but shall be credited against the Obligations.  The amount of the successful bid at any such sale, whether Agent, any Lender, or any other party is the successful bidder, shall be conclusively deemed to be the fair market value of the Collateral and the difference between such bid amount and the remaining balance of the Obligations shall be conclusively deemed to be the amount of the Obligations guaranteed under this Article 18, notwithstanding that any present or future law or court decision or ruling may have the effect of reducing the amount of any deficiency claim to which Agent or such Lender might otherwise be entitled but for such bidding at any such sale.

 

18.6.        Limitation.  Notwithstanding any provision herein contained to the contrary, the Borrower’s liability under this Article 18 (which liability is in any event in addition to amounts for which such Borrower is primarily liable under this Agreement) shall be limited to an amount not to exceed as of any date of determination the greater of:

 

103



 

(a)           the net amount of all Loans advanced to any other Borrower under this Agreement and then re-loaned or otherwise transferred to, or for the benefit of,  such Borrower; and

 

(b)           the amount that could be claimed by Agent and Lenders from such Borrower under this Article 18 without rendering such claim voidable or avoidable under Section 548 of Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable state Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or similar statute or common law after taking into account, among other things, such Borrower’s right of contribution and indemnification from each other Borrower under Section 18.7.

 

18.7.        Contribution With Respect To Guaranty Obligations.

 

(a)           To the extent that the Borrower shall make a payment under this Article 18 of all or any of the Obligations (other than Loans made to that Borrower for which it is primarily liable) (a “Guarantor Payment”) that, taking into account all other Guarantor Payments then previously or concurrently made by any other Borrower, exceeds the amount that such Borrower would otherwise have paid if the Borrower had paid the aggregate Obligations satisfied by such Guarantor Payment in the same proportion that such Borrower’s “Allocable Amount” (as defined below) (as determined immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment) bore to the aggregate Allocable Amounts of Borrower as determined immediately prior to the making of such Guarantor Payment, then, following indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations and termination of the Commitments, such Borrower shall be entitled to receive contribution and indemnification payments from, and be reimbursed by, each other Borrower for the amount of such excess, pro rata based upon their respective Allocable Amounts in effect immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment.

 

(b)           As of any date of determination, the “Allocable Amount” of the Borrower shall be equal to the maximum amount of the claim that could then be recovered from such Borrower under this Article 18 without rendering such claim voidable or avoidable under Section 548 of Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable state Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or similar statute or common law.

 

(c)           This Section 18.7 is intended only to supplement the relative rights of Borrower and nothing set forth in this Section 18.7 is intended to or shall impair the obligations of Borrower, jointly and severally, to pay any amounts as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including Section 18.1. Nothing contained in this Section 18.7 shall limit the liability of the Borrower to pay the Loans made directly or indirectly to that Borrower and accrued interest, fees and expenses with respect thereto for which such Borrower shall be primarily liable.

 

(d)           The parties hereto acknowledge that the rights of contribution and indemnification hereunder or that may otherwise exist shall constitute assets of the Borrower to which such contribution and indemnification is owing.

 

(e)           The rights of the contribution and indemnification hereunder or that may otherwise exist shall be exercisable upon the full and indefeasible payment of the Obligations and the termination of the Commitments.

 

18.8.        Liability Cumulative.  The liability of Borrower under this Article 18 is in addition to and shall be cumulative with all liabilities of the Borrower to Agent and Lenders under this Agreement and the

 

104



 

other Loan Documents to which such Borrower is a party or in respect of any Obligations or obligation of the other Borrower, without any limitation as to amount, unless the instrument or agreement evidencing or creating such other liability specifically provides to the contrary.

 

18.9.        Structure of Credit Facility.  Each Loan Party states and acknowledges that:  (i) pursuant to this Agreement, the Loan Parties desire to utilize their borrowing potential on a consolidated basis to the same extent possible if they were merged into a single corporate entity and that this Agreement reflects the establishment of credit facilities which would not otherwise be available to such Loan Party if each Loan Party were not jointly and severally liable for payment of any and all principal, interest, fees and other amounts now or hereafter payable under any of the Loan Documents; (ii) it has determined that it will benefit specifically and materially from the advances of credit contemplated by this Agreement; (iii) it is both a condition precedent to the obligations of Agent and the Lenders hereunder and a desire of each Loan Party that each Loan Party make the agreements set forth in this Article 18; and (iv) the Loan Parties have requested and bargained for the structure and terms of and security for the advances contemplated by this Agreement.  Each Loan Party agrees and acknowledges that the present structure of the credit facilities detailed in this Agreement is based in part upon the financial and other information presently known to Agent and the Lenders regarding each Loan Party, the corporate structure of the Loan Parties, and the present financial condition of each Loan Party.  Each Loan Party hereby agrees that Agent shall have the right, in its good faith credit judgment, to require that any or all of the following changes be made to these credit facilities:  (i) restrict loans and advances between and among the Loan Parties, (ii) establish separate loan accounts for each Loan Party or for certain Loan Parties, and (iii) establish such other procedures as shall be reasonably deemed by Agent to be useful in tracking where advances are made under this Agreement and the source of payments received by Agent on such advances.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

105



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor, Borrower, the Lenders, the LC Issuer and the Agent have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

GUARANTOR:

 

 

 

USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP

 

 

 

By:

R/C IV USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS GP, LLC ,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Olivia Wassenaar

 

Name:  Olivia Wassenaar

 

Title:  Managing Director and Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric Long

 

Name:  Eric Long

 

Title:  Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

 

 

 

USAC LEASING, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric Long

 

Name:  Eric Long

 

Title:  Chief Executive Officer and President

 



 

 

NOTICE ADDRESS FOR GUARANTOR AND BORROWER:

 

 

 

c/o Eric D. Long

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

USA Compression Partners, LLC

 

301 Congress Avenue, Suite 450

 

Austin, Texas 78701

 

Telephone:  (512) 473-2662

 

Fax:  (512) 473-2616

 

 

 

With a copy to:

 

 

 

c/o Andrew Ward

 

Managing Director

 

Riverstone Holdings, LLC

 

712 Fifth Avenue, 51st Floor

 

New York, New York 10019

 

Telephone:  (212) 993-0076

 

Fax:  (212) 993-0077

 



 

 

AGENT:

 

 

 

JP MORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

 

Individually, as Agent, LC Issuer and Swingline Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ J. Devin Mock

 

Name: J. Devin Mock

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

NOTICE ADDRESS FOR AGENT, LC ISSUER AND SWINGLINE LENDER:

 

 

 

c/o J. Devin Mock

 

Chase Business Credit

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank

 

2200 Ross Avenue, 9th Floor

 

Mail Code: TX1-2921

 

Dallas, TX 75201

 

Telephone: (214) 965-2382

 

Fax: (214) 965-2594

 



 

 

LENDERS:

 

 

 

JP MORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

 

Individually, as Agent, LC Issuer and Swingline Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ J. Devin Mock

 

Name: J. Devin Mock

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

NOTICE ADDRESS FOR AGENT, LC ISSUER AND SWINGLINE LENDER:

 

 

 

c/o J. Devin Mock

 

Chase Business Credit

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank

 

2200 Ross Avenue, 9th Floor

 

Mail Code: TX1-2921

 

Dallas, TX 75201

 

Telephone: (214) 965-2382

 

Fax: (214) 965-2594

 


 

 

REGIONS BANK

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jon Eckhouse

 

Name: Jon Eckhouse

 

Title: Vice President

 



 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Barry Parks

 

Name:

Barry Parks

 

Title:

Director

 



 

 

Royal Bank of Canada, as Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Pierre Noriega

 

Name: Pierre Noriega

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name: Jason York

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

Royal Bank of Canada, as Lender

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name: Pierre Noriega

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jason York

 

Name: Jason York

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

The Bank of Nova Scotia

 

 

 

By:

/s/ J. Frazell

 

Name:

J. Frazell

 

Title:

Director

 



 

 

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert Reaser

 

Name:

Robert Reaser

 

Title:

Vice President

 


 

 

 

UBS Loan Finance LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Irja R. Otsa

 

 

Name:

Irja R. Otsa

 

 

Title:

Associate Director

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mary E. Evans

 

 

Name:

Mary E. Evans

 

 

Title:

Associate Director

 



 

 

 

CATERPILLAR FINANCIAL SERVICES CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott Freistat

 

 

Name:

Scott Freistat

 

 

Title:

Credit Manager

 



 

 

 

COMERICA BANK

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Cyd Dillahunty

 

 

Name:

Cyd Dillahunty

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

 

UNION BANK, N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michele Scafani

 

 

Name:

Michele Scafani

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Miller

 

 

Name:

John Miller

 

 

Title:

Attorney-in-fact

 



 

 

 

RB International Finance (USA) LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shirley Ritch

 

 

Name:

Shirley Ritch

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John A. Valiska

 

 

Name:

John A. Valiska

 

 

Title:

First Vice President

 


 

COMMITMENT SCHEDULE

 

Lender

 

Commitment

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

 

$

63,000,000

 

Regions Bank

 

$

58,000,000

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

 

$

58,000,000

 

Royal Bank of Canada

 

$

40,000,000

 

Bank of Nova Scotia

 

$

40,000,000

 

PNC Bank, National Association

 

$

29,000,000

 

UBS Loan Finance LLC

 

$

25,000,000

 

Caterpillar Financial Services Corporation

 

$

25,000,000

 

Comerica Bank

 

$

20,000,000

 

Union Bank, N.A.

 

$

15,000,000

 

Citibank, N.A.

 

$

15,000,000

 

RB International Finance (USA) LLC

 

$

12,000,000

 

Total

 

$

400,000,000

 

 



 

PRICING SCHEDULE

 

Applicable Margin

 

Leverage Ratio
(trailing 4 quarters)

 

Revolver
Eurodollar
Margin

 

Revolver
ABR
Margin

 

> 5.75 to 1.0

 

3.75

%

0.00

%

< 5.75 to 1.0 but > 4.75 to 1.0

 

3.50

%

0.00

%

< 4.75 to 1.0 but > 3.75 to 1.0

 

3.25

%

0.00

%

< 3.75 to 1.0

 

3.00

%

0.00

%

 

From the Closing Date until five Business Days following the date on which the Agent receives the quarterly financial statements of Parent and its Subsidiaries and a duly executed Compliance Certificate as of March 31, 2011, the Applicable Margin shall be 3.50%.

 

“Financials” means the annual or quarterly financial statements of the Borrower delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 of this Agreement.

 

The applicable margins and fees shall be determined in accordance with the foregoing table based on the Borrower’s most recent Financials commencing with the Financials for the period ending March 31, 2010.  Adjustments, if any, to the applicable margins fees shall be effective five Business Days after the Agent has received the applicable Financials.  If the Borrower fails to deliver the Financials to the Agent at the time required pursuant to this Credit Agreement, then the applicable margins and fees shall be the highest applicable margins and fees set forth in the foregoing table until five days after such Financials are so delivered.  Without limitation of any other provision of this Agreement or any other remedy available to Agent or Lenders hereunder, to the extent that any financial statements or any information contained in any Compliance Certificate delivered hereunder shall be incorrect in any manner and Borrower shall deliver to Agent or the Lenders corrected financial statements or other corrected information in a Compliance Certificate (or otherwise), Agent may recalculate the Applicable Margin based upon such corrected financial statements or such other corrected information, and, upon written notice thereof to Borrower, the Loans shall bear interest based upon such recalculated Applicable Margin retroactively from the date of delivery of the erroneous financial statements or other erroneous information in question.

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

EURODOLLAR BORROWING NOTICE

 

Date:                      , 20       

 

To:                              JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Agent for the Lenders

 

This Borrowing Notice is furnished pursuant to Section 2.1.1(b)(i) of that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 23, 2010 (as amended, modified, renewed or extended from time to time, the “Agreement”) among USA Compression Holdings, LP, a Texas limited partnership (“Holdings”), as Guarantor, USA Compression Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“USA Compression Partners”) and USAC Leasing, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“USAC Leasing”), collectively, as Borrower, the Lenders and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., a national banking association, as Agent for the Lenders and as LC Issuer. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Borrowing Notice have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Agreement.

 

The Borrower hereby notifies the Agent of its request of the following Eurodollar Advance:

 

1.             Borrowing Date of Eurodollar Advance (must be a Business Day):                                                         

 

2.             Aggregate Amount of the Eurodollar Advance: $                                                              

 

3.             Duration of Interest Period:

 

One Month                  

 

Two Months                  

 

Three Months                  

 

Six Months                  

 

The Borrower hereby represents that, as of the date of this Borrowing Notice:

 

(a)           There exists no Default or Unmatured Default and no Default or Unmatured Default shall result from this Credit Extension.

 

(b)           The representations and warranties contained in Article V of the Agreement are true and correct, except to the extent any such representation or warranty is stated to relate solely to an earlier date.

 

Exhibit A



 

 

 

USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USAC LEASING, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Exhibit A



 

EXHIBIT B

 

CONVERSION/CONTINUATION NOTICE

 

Date:                      , 20       

 

To:                              JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Agent for the Lenders

 

This Conversion/Continuation Notice is furnished pursuant to Section 2.7 of that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 23, 2010 (as amended, modified, renewed or extended from time to time, the “Agreement”) among USA Compression Holdings, LP, a Texas limited partnership (“Holdings”), as Guarantor, USA Compression Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“USA Compression Partners”) and USAC Leasing, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“USAC Leasing”), collectively, as Borrower, the Lenders and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., a national banking association, as Agent for the Lenders and as LC Issuer.  Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Borrowing Notice have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Agreement.

 

The Borrower hereby notifies the Agent of its request to [SELECT ONE]:

 

1.             convert the Floating Rate Advance in the amount of $                      into a Eurodollar Advance with an Interest Period duration of:

 

                        month(s)

 

2.             continue the Eurodollar Advance described below:

 

(a)           Date of Continuation (must be a Business Day):                                                   

 

(b)           Aggregate Amount of Advance: $                                         

 

(c)           The duration of the Interest Period applicable thereto:

 

                        month(s)

 

The Borrower hereby represents that, as of the date of this Conversion/Continuation Notice:

 

(a)           There exists no Default or Unmatured Default and no Default or Unmatured Default shall result from this Credit Extension.

 

(d)           The representations and warranties contained in Article V of the Agreement are true and correct, except to the extent any such representation or warranty is stated to relate solely to an earlier date.

 

Exhibit B 1


 

 

USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

USAC LEASING, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Exhibit B 2



 

EXHIBIT C

 

REVOLVING NOTE

 

[Date]

 

USA Compression Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“USA Compression Partners”) and USAC Leasing, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“USAC Leasing” and together with USA Compression Partners, collectively, the “Borrower”), jointly and severally promises to pay to the order of                                                                          (the “Lender”) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Loans made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to Article II of the Agreement (as hereinafter defined), in immediately available funds at the main office of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“Agent”), as Agent, together with interest on the unpaid principal amount hereof at the rates and on the dates set forth in the Agreement.  The Borrower shall pay the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Revolving Loans and Reimbursement Obligations in full on the Facility Termination Date

 

The Lender shall, and is hereby authorized to, record on the schedule attached hereto, or to otherwise record in accordance with its usual practice, the date and amount of each Loan and the date and amount of each principal payment hereunder.

 

This Note is one of the Notes issued pursuant to, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 23, 2010 (which, as it may be amended or modified and in effect from time to time, is herein called the “Agreement”), among the Borrower, the other Loan Parties, the lenders party thereto, including the Lender, the LC Issuer and the Agent, to which Agreement reference is hereby made for a statement of the terms and conditions governing this Note, including the terms and conditions under which this Note may be prepaid or its maturity date accelerated.  This Note is secured pursuant to the Collateral Documents, as more specifically described in the Agreement, and reference is made thereto for a statement of the terms and provisions thereof.  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used with the meanings attributed to them in the Agreement.

 

Borrower hereby expressly waives any presentment, demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration or notice of any kind except as expressly provided in the Agreement.

 

 

 

USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

USAC LEASING, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Exhibit C- 1



 

SCHEDULE OF LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
TO
NOTE OF                       ,
DATED:

 

 

 

Principal

 

Maturity

 

Principal

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of

 

of Interest

 

Amount

 

Unpaid

 

Date

 

Loan

 

Period

 

Paid

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit C- 2



 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF OPINION

 

[See Attached]

 

Exhibit D- 1


 

 

 

717 Texas Avenue,

 

 

16th Floor

 

 

Houston, Texas 77002

 

 

Tel: +1. 713.546.5400 Fax: +1. 713.546.5401

 

 

www.lw.com

 

 

 

 

 

FIRM / AFFILIATE OFFICES

 

 

Abu Dhabi

Moscow

 

 

Barcelona

Munich

 

 

Beijing

New Jersey

 

 

Brussels

New York

 

 

Chicago

Orange County

 

 

Doha

Paris

 

 

Dubai

Riyadh

 

 

Frankfurt

Rome

December 23, 2010

 

Hamburg

San Diego

 

 

Hong Kong

San Francisco

 

 

Houston

Shanghai

 

 

London

Silicon Valley

 

 

Los Angeles

Singapore

 

 

Madrid

Tokyo

 

 

Milan

Washington, D.C.

 

 

 

 

The lenders listed on Schedule A hereto

 

File No. 037159-0107

 

and

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as agent for the lenders listed on Schedule A hereto

2200 Ross Avenue, 9th Floor

Dallas, TX 75201

 

Re:          Third Amended & Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2010, by and among USA Compression Holdings, LP, as guarantor, USA Compression Partners, LLC and USAC Leasing, LLC, as borrowers, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as agent.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as special counsel to USA Compression Holdings, LP, a Texas limited partnership (“Holdings”), USA Compression Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“USA Compression Partners”), and USAC Leasing, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“USAC Leasing”; together with USA Compression Partners, collectively the “Borrowers”) in connection with that certain Third Amended & Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2010 (the “Credit Agreement”), by and among Holdings as Guarantor, the Borrowers, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., a national banking association, as an LC Issuer and as Agent (in such capacity, the “Agent”), and the other Loan Documents (as defined below).

 

This letter is furnished pursuant to Section 4.1(f) of the Credit Agreement.  Capitalized terms defined in the Credit Agreement, used herein and not otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings given them in the Credit Agreement.  As used herein, “Credit Parties” means the Borrowers and Holdings.

 

As such counsel, we have examined such matters of fact and questions of law as we have considered appropriate for purposes of this letter, except where a specified fact confirmation procedure is stated to have been performed (in which case we have with your consent performed the stated procedure), and except where a statement is qualified as to knowledge (in which case we

 



 

have with your consent made no or limited inquiry as specified below).  We have examined, among other things, the following:

 

a.             the Credit Agreement;

 

b.             that certain Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2004, by and among USA Compression Partners and the Agent, as amended by that certain Tenth Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Joinder Agreement dated as of October 10, 2008 (the “Existing Security Agreement”);

 

c.             that certain Pledge Agreement, dated as of October 10, 2008, by and among USA Compression Partners, Holdings and the Agent (the “Existing Pledge Agreement”);

 

d.             that certain Omnibus Ratification and Confirmation Agreement dated as of December 23, 2010 (the “Confirmation”), by and among the Credit Parties and the Agent;

 

e.             the Existing Security Agreement as amended by the Confirmation (the “Security Agreement”);

 

f.              the Existing Pledge Agreement as amended by the Confirmation (the “Pledge Agreement”);

 

g.             those certain revolving credit notes listed on Schedule B hereto, each dated as of the date hereof (the “Notes”);

 

h.             a photocopy of the UCC-1 financing statement naming Holdings as debtor and the Agent as secured party, filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Texas (the “Texas Filing Office”) on October 7, 2008, as Document Number 080032945758, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by reference (the “Texas Financing Statement”);

 

i.              (i)  a photocopy of the UCC-1 financing statement naming USA Compression Partners as debtor and the Agent as secured party, filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Filing Office”) on October 14, 2008, as Document Number 20083457833 (the “USA Compression Financing Statement”), and (ii) a photocopy of the UCC-1 financing statement naming USAC Leasing as debtor and the Agent as secured party, filed in the Delaware Filing Office on October 7, 2008, as Document Number 20083395223, copies of which are attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by reference (collectively, the “Delaware Financing Statements” and, together with the Texas Financing Statement, collectively the “Financing Statements”);

 

j.              a copy of the Certificate of Limited Partnership and a copy of the Agreement of Limited Partnership of Holdings (the “Texas Governing Documents”);

 

 

2



 

k.             a copy of the Certificate of Formation and the Limited Liability Company Agreement of each of the Borrowers, each of which, with your consent, we have assumed is (i) a valid and binding agreement of the parties thereto, enforceable in accordance with the plain meaning of its terms, (ii) in full force and effect, and (iii) the entire agreement of the parties pertaining to the subject matter thereof (the “Delaware Governing Documents” and, together with the Texas Governing Documents, collectively the “Governing Documents”);

 

The documents described in subsections (a), (d), (e), (f) and (g) above are referred to herein collectively as the “Loan Documents”, and the documents described in subsections (a), (d) and (g) above are referred to herein collectively as the “Opinion Documents”. As used in this letter, the “TX UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as now in effect in the State of Texas.  As used in this letter, “Applicable UCC” shall mean the TX UCC and/or the Delaware UCC (as defined below), as applicable.  For convenience, all references to specific chapters, articles, parts, sections or subsections of the Applicable UCC are made by using the corresponding citations to the analogous provisions of the Delaware UCC.

 

Except as otherwise stated herein, as to factual matters we have, with your consent, relied upon the foregoing, and upon oral and written statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Credit Parties and others.  We have not independently verified such factual matters.

 

Whenever a statement herein is qualified by “to the best of our knowledge,” or a similar phrase, it is intended to indicate that those attorneys in this firm who have rendered legal services in connection with the Loan Documents do not have current actual knowledge of the inaccuracy of any such statement.  However, except as otherwise expressly indicated, we have not undertaken any independent inquiry to determine the accuracy of any such statement.

 

We are opining as to the effect on the subject transaction only of the federal laws of the United States, the internal laws of the State of Texas, in paragraphs 1, 2 and 4 of this letter, the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “DLLCA”), and in paragraph 5(b) and 6(b) of this letter, the Delaware UCC (as defined below), and we express no opinion with respect to the applicability to the opinions expressed herein, or the effect thereon, of the laws of any other jurisdiction or, in the case of Delaware, any other laws, or as to any matters of municipal law or the laws of any local agencies within any state.  With your permission, we have based our opinions set forth in paragraph 6 exclusively upon our review of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Delaware as set forth in the CCH Secured Transactions Guide without regard to judicial interpretations thereof or any regulations promulgated thereunder or any other laws of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware UCC”).

 

Except as otherwise stated herein, our opinions herein are based upon our consideration of only those statutes, rules and regulations which, in our experience, are normally applicable to borrowers and guarantors in secured loan transactions.  We express no opinion as to any state or federal laws or regulations applicable to the subject transactions because of the legal or regulatory status of any parties to the Loan Documents or the legal or regulatory status of any of their affiliates, and we express no opinion as to the effect of any governing law provision in any Loan Document to the extent such provision references federal law.

 

3



 

Subject to the foregoing and the other matters set forth herein, as of the date hereof:

 

1.             (a)  Each of the Borrowers is a limited liability company under the DLLCA with limited liability company  power and authority to enter into the Opinion Documents and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents.  With your consent, based solely on certificates from public officials, we confirm that each of the Borrowers is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

(b)  Holdings is a limited partnership under the Texas Business Organizations Code, with limited partnership power and authority to enter into the Opinion Documents and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents.  With your consent, based solely on certificates from public officials, we confirm that Holdings is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Texas.

 

2.             The execution and delivery of the Opinion Documents and the performance of the Loan Documents by each Credit Party party thereto have been duly authorized by all necessary limited partnership or limited liability company action, as applicable, of each Credit Party party thereto, and each of the Opinion Documents has been duly executed and delivered by each Credit Party party thereto.

 

3.             Each of the Opinion Documents constitutes a legally valid and binding obligation of each of the Credit Parties party thereto, enforceable against each Credit Party party thereto in accordance with its terms.

 

4.             The execution and delivery of the Opinion Documents by the Credit Parties, and the consummation and continued performance by the Credit Parties of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, do not on the date hereof:

 

(i)            violate the provisions of the Governing Documents;

 

(ii)           violate any federal or Texas statute, rule, or regulation applicable to the Credit Parties (including, without limitation, Regulations T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, assuming the Borrowers comply with the provisions of the Loan Documents relating to the use of proceeds), or, with respect to the Borrowers, the DLLCA; or

 

(iii)          require any consents, approvals, or authorizations to be obtained by any Credit Party from, or any registrations, declarations or filings to be made by such Credit Party with, any governmental authority under any federal or Texas statute, rule or regulation applicable to such Credit Party or, with respect to the Borrowers, the DLLCA, if applicable, except (a) filings and recordings required in order to perfect or otherwise protect the security interests under the Loan Documents.

 

5.             (a)           The Confirmation does not, of itself, adversely affect the validity under the TX UCC of the security interest of the Agent, on behalf of and for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, in that part of the collateral described in Article II of the Security Agreement in which any Credit Party has rights in which a valid security interest may be created under Article 9

 

4



 

of the TX UCC (the “UCC Collateral”), and after giving effect to the Confirmation, the security interest of the Agent, on behalf of and for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, in the UCC Collateral will be a valid security interest under Article 9 of the TX UCC to the same extent that it was a valid security interest  immediately before the effectiveness of the Confirmation.

 

(b)           The Confirmation does not, of itself, adversely affect the validity under the TX UCC of the security interest of the Agent, on behalf of and for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, in that part of the collateral described in Article II of the Pledge Agreement in which either of USA Compression and Holdings has rights in which a valid security interest may be created under Article 9 of the TX UCC (the “Pledged Collateral”, and, together with the UCC Collateral, the “Collateral”), and after giving effect to the Confirmation, the security interest of the Agent, on behalf of and for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, in the Pledged Collateral will be a valid security interest under Article 9 of the TX UCC to the same extent that it was a valid security interest  immediately before the effectiveness of the Confirmation

 

6.             (a)           The Confirmation does not, of itself, adversely affect perfection of the security interest of the Agent, on behalf of and for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, under the TX UCC in that part of the Collateral in which, immediately before the effectiveness of the Confirmation, the Agent, on behalf of and for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, had a perfected security interest solely by virtue of the filing of the Texas Financing Statement in the Texas Filing Office (the “Texas Filing Collateral”) and after giving effect to the Confirmation, the security interest of the Agent, on behalf of and for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, in such Texas Filing Collateral will be a perfected security interest under Article 9 of the TX UCC to the same extent that it was a perfected security interest immediately before the effectiveness of the Confirmation.

 

(b)           The Confirmation does not, of itself, adversely affect perfection of the security interest of the Agent, on behalf of and for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, under the Delaware UCC in that part of the Collateral in which, immediately before the effectiveness of the Confirmation, the Agent, on behalf of and for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, had a perfected security interest solely by virtue of the filing of the Delaware Financing Statement in the Delaware Filing Office (the “Delaware Filing Collateral”) and after giving effect to the Confirmation, the security interest of the Agent, on behalf of and for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, in such Delaware Filing Collateral will be a perfected security interest under Article 9 of the Delaware UCC to the same extent that it was a perfected security interest immediately before the effectiveness of the Confirmation.

 

7.             No Borrower is required to be registered as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

Except as expressly set forth in paragraph 5 and 6, we do not express any opinion with respect to the creation, validity, attachment, perfection or priority of any security interest or lien or the effectiveness of any sale or other conveyance or transfer of real or personal property.  The opinions above do not include any opinions with respect to compliance with laws relating to permissible rates of interest.

 

Our opinions are subject to:

 

5



 

(a)          the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, preference, fraudulent transfer, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights or remedies of creditors, and the judicial application of foreign laws or governmental actions affecting creditors’ rights;

 

(b)         the effects of general principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law (including the possible unavailability of specific performance or injunctive relief), concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith, fair dealing and the discretion of the court before which a proceeding is brought;

 

(c)          the invalidity under certain circumstances under law or court decisions of provisions for the indemnification or exculpation of or contribution to a party with respect to a liability where such indemnification, exculpation or contribution is contrary to public policy; and

 

(d)         we express no opinion with respect to (i) consents to, or restrictions upon, governing law, jurisdiction, venue, service of process, arbitration, remedies or judicial relief; (ii) advance waivers of claims, defenses, rights granted by law, or notice, opportunity for hearing, evidentiary requirements, statutes of limitation, trial by jury or at law, or other procedural rights; (iii) waivers of broadly or vaguely stated rights; (iv) covenants not to compete; (v) provisions for exclusivity, election or cumulation of rights or remedies; (vi) provisions authorizing or validating conclusive or discretionary determinations; (vii) grants of setoff rights; (viii) provisions to the effect that a guarantor is liable as a primary obligor, and not as a surety and provisions purporting to waive modifications of any guaranteed obligation to the extent such modification constitutes a novation; (ix) provisions for the payment of attorneys’ fees where such payment is contrary to law or public policy; (x) proxies, powers and trusts; (xi) provisions prohibiting, restricting, or requiring consent to assignment or transfer of any right or property; (xii) provisions for liquidated damages, default interest, late charges, monetary penalties, prepayment or make-whole premiums or other economic remedies to the extent such provisions are deemed to constitute a penalty; (xiii) provisions permitting, upon acceleration of any indebtedness, collection of that portion of the stated principal amount thereof which might be determined to constitute unearned interest thereon; and (xiv) the severability, if invalid, of provisions to the foregoing effect.

 

(e)          We have assumed that since October 10, 2008, neither the Security Agreement nor the Pledge Agreement has been amended, restated, modified, supplemented, or terminated and that no rights pursuant thereto have been released, waived, or modified either expressly or by any action or inaction of the parties thereto, other than pursuant to the Credit Agreement or the Confirmation.

 

(f)            We have assumed that since October 14, 2008, the USA Compression Financing Statement has not been amended, restated, modified, supplemented, or terminated and that no rights pursuant thereto have been released, waived, or modified either expressly or by any action or inaction of the parties thereto, other than pursuant to the Credit Agreement or the Confirmation

 

6



 

(g)         We have assumed that since October 7, 2008, the Financing Statements (other than the USA Compression Financing Statement) have not been amended, restated, modified, supplemented, or terminated and that no rights pursuant thereto have been released, waived, or modified either expressly or by any action or inaction of the parties thereto, other than pursuant to the Credit Agreement or the Confirmation

 

(h)         We have assumed that each of the Existing Security Agreement and the Existing Pledge Agreement is the legally valid and binding obligation of each party thereto and is enforceable against each such party in accordance with its terms.

 

We express no opinion or confirmation as to federal or state securities laws (except as set forth in paragraph 7 of this letter), tax laws, antitrust or trade regulation laws, insolvency or fraudulent transfer laws, antifraud laws, compliance with fiduciary duty requirements, pension or employee benefit laws, usury laws, environmental laws, margin regulations (except as set forth in paragraph 4(ii) of this letter), FINRA rules or stock exchange rules (without limiting other laws excluded by customary practice).

 

We express no opinion as to the validity, binding effect or enforceability of the following provisions to the extent such provisions are included in the Loan Documents:  (a) provisions entitling a purchaser at a foreclosure sale to affirm or disaffirm leases without regard to the priority of such leases as to the lien foreclosed; (b) provisions relating to self-help (other than non-judicial foreclosure), marshalling of assets, the transferability of assets which by law or agreement are not transferable or severance clauses; (c) exculpation clauses and release clauses (1) that release or exculpate a party from liability in connection with violations of any securities laws or other laws or statutory duties or public policy, or in connection with willful misconduct, reckless or unlawful acts or negligence, strict liability or bad faith of the released or exculpated party, (2) that shift risk in an extraordinary way, or (3) that a court would determine to be insufficiently explicit or conspicuous; (d) provisions limiting the ability of any Credit Party to transfer or encumber, voluntarily or involuntarily, any right, title or interest in or to any property or assets (of any kind) subject thereto (and this opinion is specifically made subject to Section 9-401 of the Applicable UCC), but in our view such limitations do not render unenforceable any provisions of the Loan Documents which provide that a transfer in violation thereof constitutes a default thereunder; (e) provisions entitling any party to the appointment of a receiver, to the extent contrary to applicable law; (f) provisions purporting to permit the Lender or any other person acting on behalf of the Lender to purchase, sell or otherwise dispose of any property subject thereto except in compliance with applicable law; (g) provisions purporting to provide standards for the care of property or assets (of any kind) in possession of any person other than as provided by applicable law; (h) provisions purporting to irrevocably appoint any person as attorney in fact for the Credit Parties; (i) provisions limiting the application of Sections 43.001 through 43.005 of the Texas Civil Practices and Remedies Code; (j) provisions waiving implied covenants other than as provided by applicable law; (k) provisions purporting to secure future advances to the Borrowers other than those currently contemplated by the parties as of the date hereof; (l) provisions permitting a creditor to treat any collateral as if the creditor owned it prior to foreclosure, including, without limitation, by the prosecution, defense, compromise or settlement of claims, by the exercise of voting or consent rights, or by the use of such collateral, or release a creditor from liability in connection with any such action; (m) that is a usury savings clause; and

 

7



 

(n) provisions establishing evidentiary standards for suits or proceedings to enforce the Loan Documents.

 

The opinions set forth above are also subject to (i) the unenforceability of contractual provisions waiving or varying the rules listed in Section 9-602 of the TX UCC, (ii) the unenforceability under certain circumstances of contractual provisions respecting self-help or summary remedies without notice of or opportunity for hearing or correction, (iii) the effect of provisions of the TX UCC and other general legal principles that impose a duty to act in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner, and (iv) the effect of Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 and 9-409 of the TX UCC on any provision of any Loan Document that purports to prohibit, restrict, require consent for or otherwise condition the assignment of rights under such Loan Document.

 

Our opinions in paragraphs 5 and 6(a) above are limited to Article 9 of the TX UCC, and our opinions in paragraph 6(b) above are limited to Article 9 of the Delaware UCC, and therefore those opinion paragraphs, among other things, do not address collateral of a type not subject to, or excluded from the coverage of, Article 9 of the TX UCC or Article 9 of the Delaware UCC, as applicable.  Additionally,

 

(i)            We express no opinion with respect to the priority of any security interest or lien.

 

(ii)           We express no opinion with respect to any agricultural lien or any collateral that consists of letter-of-credit rights, commercial tort claims, goods covered by a certificate of title, claims against any government or governmental agency, consumer goods, crops growing or to be grown, timber to be cut, goods which are or are to become fixtures, as-extracted collateral, or cooperative interests.

 

(iii)          We assume the descriptions of collateral contained in, or attached as schedules to, the Loan Documents and any financing statements accurately and sufficiently describe the collateral intended to be covered by the Loan Documents or such financing statements.  Additionally, we express no opinion as to whether the phrases “all personal property” or “all assets” or similarly general phrases would be sufficient to create a valid security interest in the collateral or particular item or items of collateral; however, we note that pursuant to Section 9-504 of the Delaware UCC the phrases “all assets” or “all personal property” can be a sufficient description of collateral for purposes of perfection by the filing of a financing statement

 

(iv)          We have assumed that each grantor of any security interests has, or with respect to after-acquired property will have, rights in the collateral granted by it or the power to transfer rights in such collateral, and that each such grantor has received value, and we express no opinion as to the nature or extent of the any grantor’s rights in any of the collateral and we note that with respect to any after-acquired property, the security interest will not attach until the applicable grantor acquires such rights or power.

 

8



 

(v)           We call to your attention the fact that the perfection of a security interest in “proceeds” (as defined in the Applicable UCC) of collateral is governed and restricted by Section 9-315 of the Applicable UCC.

 

(vi)          We have assumed that the exact legal name of each of the Credit Parties is as set forth in the copy of the organizational documents certified by the Delaware Secretary of State or Texas Secretary of State, as applicable, and we have also assumed the accuracy of the other factual information set forth on the Financing Statements.

 

(vii)         Section 552 of the federal Bankruptcy Code limits the extent to which property acquired by a debtor after the commencement of a case under the federal Bankruptcy Code may be subject to a security interest arising from a security agreement entered into by the debtor before the commencement of such case.

 

(viii)        We express no opinion with respect to any property subject to a statute, regulation or treaty of the United States whose requirements for a security interest’s obtaining priority over the rights of a lien creditor with respect to the property preempt Section 9-310(a) of the Applicable UCC.

 

(ix)           We express no opinion with respect to any goods which are accessions to, or commingled or processed with, other goods to the extent that the security interest is limited by Section 9-335 or 9-336 of the Applicable UCC.

 

(x)            We call to your attention that a security interest may not attach or become enforceable or be perfected as to contracts, licenses, permits, equity interests or other property which are not assignable under applicable law, or are subject to consent requirements or contractual or other prohibitions or restrictions on assignment, except to the extent that any such prohibitions, restrictions or consent requirements may be rendered ineffective to prevent the attachment of the security interest pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the Applicable UCC; and we note that the extent of any security interest created in reliance on such UCC provisions may be limited.  In addition, we call to your attention that your rights under the Loan Documents as secured parties may be subject to the provisions of the organizational and governing documents of any entity in which any equity interests (or other rights of equity holders or investors) are pledged and the provisions of the applicable laws under which any such entity is organized.

 

(xi)           We express no opinion regarding any security interest in any copyrights, patents, trademarks, service marks or other intellectual property, or any license or sublicense thereof or the proceeds of any of the foregoing except to the extent Article 9 of the Applicable UCC, may be applicable to the foregoing and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, we express no opinion as to the effect of any federal laws relating to copyrights, patents, trademarks, service marks or other intellectual property on the opinions expressed herein.  In addition, we call to your attention that any license or sublicense of copyrights, patents, trademarks or other intellectual property may not be assignable unless such license or sublicense affirmatively permits the creation, perfection and enforcement of a security interest therein.

 

9



 

(xii)          We express no opinion as to the priority of the security interest as against any lien creditor to the extent that such security interest purports to secure any advances or other obligations other than those that are made without knowledge of the lien or pursuant to a commitment entered into without knowledge of the liens.

 

(xiii)         We have assumed, with respect to the security interest of the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that the Agent has been duly appointed as agent for such persons.

 

With your consent, we have assumed (a) that each of the Loan Documents has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the parties thereto (other than, with respect to the Opinion Documents, the Credit Parties), (b) that the Loan Documents constitute legally valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto (other than, with respect to the Opinion Documents, the Credit Parties), enforceable against each of them in accordance with their respective terms, and (c) that the status of the Loan Documents as legally valid and binding obligations of the parties is not affected by any (i) breaches of, or defaults under, agreements or instruments, (ii) violations of statutes, rules, regulations or court or governmental orders, or (iii) failures to obtain required consents, approvals or authorizations from, or make required registrations, declarations or filings with, governmental authorities, provided that we make no such assumptions to the extent we have opined as to such matters with respect to the Credit Parties herein.  This letter is furnished only to you and is solely for your benefit in connection with the transactions referenced in the first paragraph.  This letter may not be relied upon by you for any other purpose, or furnished to, assigned to, quoted to or relied upon by any other person, firm or entity for any purpose, without our prior written consent, which may be granted or withheld in our discretion.  At your request, we hereby consent to reliance hereon by any future assignee of your interest in the loans under the Credit Agreement pursuant to an assignment that is made and consented to in accordance with the express provisions of Section 12.3 of the Credit Agreement, on the condition and understanding that (i) this letter speaks only as of the date hereof, (ii) we have no responsibility or obligation to update this letter, to consider its applicability or correctness to other than its addressee(s), or to take into account changes in law, facts or any other developments of which we may later become aware, and (iii) any such reliance by a future assignee must be actual and reasonable under the circumstances existing at the time of assignment, including any changes in law, facts or any other developments known to or reasonably knowable by the assignee at such time.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

/s/ Latham & Watkins LLP

 

10


 

Schedule A

Lenders

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

 

Regions Bank

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

 

Royal Bank of Canada

 

Bank of Nova Scotia

 

PNC Bank, National Association

 

UBS Loan Finance LLC

 

Caterpillar Financial Services Corporation

 

Comerica Bank

 

Union Bank, N.A.

 

Citibank, N.A.

 

RB International Finance (USA) LLC

 



 

Schedule B

Notes

 

1.               Third Amended and Restated Revolving Note, dated as of the date hereof, by the Borrowers in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

 

2.               Second Amended and Restated Revolving Note, dated as of the date hereof, by the Borrowers in favor of Regions Bank.

 

3.               Amended and Restated Revolving Note, dated as of the date hereof, by the Borrowers in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

 

4.               Revolving Note, dated as of the date hereof, by the Borrowers in favor of Royal Bank of Canada.

 

5.               Revolving Note, dated as of the date hereof, by the Borrowers in favor of the Bank of Nova Scotia.

 

6.               Second Amended and Restated Revolving Note, dated as of the date hereof, by the Borrowers in favor of PNC Bank, National Association.

 

7.               Revolving Note, dated as of the date hereof, by the Borrowers in favor of UBS Loan Services LLC.

 

8.               Amended and Restated Revolving Note, dated as of the date hereof, by the Borrowers in favor of Caterpillar Financial Services Corporation.

 

9.               Revolving Note, dated as of the date hereof, by the Borrowers in favor of Union Bank, N.A.

 

10.         Revolving Note, dated as of the date hereof, by the Borrowers in favor of Comerica Bank.

 

11.         Revolving Note, dated as of the date hereof, by the Borrowers in favor of Citibank, N.A.

 

12.         Revolving Note, dated as of the date hereof, by the Borrowers in favor of RB International Finance (USA) LLC.

 



 

EXHIBIT E

 

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To:                              The Lenders parties to the
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement Described Below

 

This Compliance Certificate is furnished pursuant to that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 23, 2010 (as amended, modified, renewed or extended from time to time, the “Agreement”) among USA Compression Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“USA Compression Partners”) and USAC Leasing, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“USAC Leasing” and together with USA Compression Partners, collectively, the “Borrower”), the other Loan Parties, the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Agent for the Lenders and as an LC Issuer.  Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Compliance Certificate have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Agreement.

 

THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT:

 

1.                                       I am the duly elected                      of the Borrower;

 

2.                                       I have reviewed the terms of the Agreement and I have made, or have caused to be made under my supervision, a detailed review of the transactions and conditions of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements;

 

3.                                       The examinations described in paragraph 2 did not disclose, and I have no knowledge of, the existence of any condition or event which constitutes a Default or Unmatured Default during or at the end of the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements or as of the date of this Certificate, except as set forth below;

 

4.                                       I hereby certify that no Loan Party has changed (i) its name, (ii) its chief executive office, (iii) principal place of business, (iv) the type of entity it is or (v) its state of incorporation or organization without having given the Agent the notice required by Section 6.23;

 

5.                                       Schedule I attached hereto sets forth financial data and computations evidencing the Borrower’s compliance with certain covenants of the Agreement, including, without limitation, the Leverage Ratio, all of which data and computations are true, complete and correct;

 

6.                                       Schedule II hereto sets forth the determination of the interest rates to be paid for Credit Extensions and the commitment fee rates commencing on the fifth day following the delivery hereof; and

 

7.                                       Schedule III attached hereto sets forth the various reports and deliveries which are required at this time under the Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the status of compliance.

 

Described below are the exceptions, if any, to paragraph 3 by listing, in detail, the nature of the condition or event, the period during which it has existed and the action which the Borrower has taken, is taking, or proposes to take with respect to each such condition or event:

 

Exhibit E-1



 

The foregoing certifications, together with the computations set forth in Schedule I *[and Schedule II]* hereto and the financial statements delivered with this Certificate in support hereof, are made and delivered this      day of               ,        .

 

 

 

 

USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USAC LEASING, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Exhibit E-2



 

SCHEDULE I TO COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

Compliance as of                   ,          with

Provisions of        and          of

the Agreement

 

Exhibit E-3



 

SCHEDULE II TO COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

Borrower’s Applicable Margin Calculation

 

Exhibit E-4



 

SCHEDULE III TO COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

Reports and Deliveries Currently Due

 

Exhibit E-5


 

EXHIBIT F

 

JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of                     ,         , 200  , is entered into between                                           , a                            (the “New Subsidiary”) and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent (the “Agent”) under that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2010 among USA Compression Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“USA Compression Partners”) and USAC Leasing, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“USAC Leasing” and together with USA Compression Partners, collectively, the “Borrower”), the Loan Parties party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and the Agent (as the same may be amended, modified, extended or restated from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”).  All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.

 

The New Subsidiary and the Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       The New Subsidiary hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Agreement, the New Subsidiary will be deemed to be a Loan Party under the Credit Agreement and a “Guarantor” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and shall have all of the obligations of a Loan Party and a Guarantor thereunder as if it had executed the Credit Agreement.  The New Subsidiary hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Credit Agreement, including without limitation (a) all of the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in Article V of the Credit Agreement, (b) all of the covenants set forth in Article VI of the Credit Agreement and (c) all of the guaranty obligations set forth in Article XV of the Credit Agreement.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing terms of this paragraph 1, the New Subsidiary, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 15.10 of the Credit Agreement, hereby guarantees, jointly and severally with the other Guarantors, to the Agent and the Lenders, as provided in Article XV of the Credit Agreement, the prompt payment and performance of the Guaranteed Obligations in full when due (whether at stated maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration or otherwise) strictly in accordance with the terms thereof and agrees that if any of the Guaranteed Obligations are not paid or performed in full when due (whether at stated maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration or otherwise), the New Subsidiary will, jointly and severally together with the other Guarantors, promptly pay and perform the same, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.

 

2.                                       If required, the New Subsidiary is, simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement, executing and delivering such Collateral Documents (and such other documents and instruments) as requested by the Agent in accordance with the Credit Agreement.

 

3.                                       The address of the New Subsidiary for purposes of Article XIII of the Credit Agreement is as follows:

 

4.                                       The New Subsidiary hereby waives acceptance by the Agent and the Lenders of the guaranty by the New Subsidiary upon the execution of this Agreement by the New Subsidiary.

 

5.                                       This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Exhibit F-1



 

6.                                       THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Subsidiary has caused this Agreement to be duly executed by its authorized officer, and the Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, has caused the same to be accepted by its authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

 

[NEW SUBSIDIARY]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acknowledged and accepted:

 

 

 

 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Exhibit F-2



 

EXHIBIT G

 

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 

This Assignment and Assumption (the “Assignment and Assumption”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between *[Insert name of Assignor]* (the “Assignor”) and *[Insert name of Assignee]* (the “Assignee”).  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, the “Credit Agreement”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee.  The Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

 

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Agent as contemplated below, the interest in and to all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto that represents the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of the Assignor’s outstanding rights and obligations under the respective facilities identified below (including without limitation any letters of credit, guaranties and swingline loans included in such facilities and, to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims (including without limitation contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity), suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor against any Person whether known or unknown arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby) (the “Assigned Interest”).  Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

1.

Assignor:

 

 

 

 

2.

Assignee:

 

*[and is an Affiliate/Approved

 

 

Fund of identify Lender](1)*

 

 

 

3.

Borrower(s):

 

 

 

 

4.

Agent:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the agent under the Credit Agreement.

 

 

 

5.

Credit Agreement:                                               The $400,000,000 Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 23, 2010 among USA Compression Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“USA Compression Partners”) and USAC Leasing, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“USAC Leasing” and together with USA Compression Partners, collectively, the “Borrower”), the other Loan Parties, the Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Agent, and the other agents party thereto

 


(1)  Select as applicable.

 

6.

Assigned Interest:

 

Facility Assigned

 

Aggregate Amount of
Commitment/ Credit
Exposure for all
Lenders

 

Amount of
Commitment/ Credit
Exposure Assigned

 

Percentage Assigned of
Commitment/ Credit
Exposure

 

[Commitment]

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

%

 

Exhibit G-1



 

7.

Trade Date:

 

Effective Date:                                         , 20     [TO BE INSERTED BY AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER BY THE AGENT.]

 

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

 

 

 

ASSIGNOR

 

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSIGNEE

 

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consented to and Accepted:

 

 

 

 

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Agent and LC Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[BORROWER]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[NAME OF OTHER RELEVANT PARTY]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Exhibit G-2



 

ANNEX 1
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

 

1.  Representations and Warranties.

 

1.1   Assignor.  The Assignor represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  Neither the Assignor nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents or attorneys shall be responsible for (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency, perfection, priority, collectibility, or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document, (iv) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document, (v) inspecting any of the property, books or records of the Borrower, or any guarantor, or (vi) any mistake, error of judgment, or action taken or omitted to be taken in connection with the Loans or the Loan Documents.

 

1.2.  Assignee.  The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iii) agrees that its payment instructions and notice instructions are as set forth in Schedule 1 to this Assignment and Assumption, (iv) confirms that none of the funds, monies, assets or other consideration being used to make the purchase and assumption hereunder are “plan assets” as defined under ERISA and that its rights, benefits and interests in and under the Loan Documents will not be “plan assets” under ERISA, (v) agrees to indemnify and hold the Assignor harmless against all losses, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) and liabilities incurred by the Assignor in connection with or arising in any manner from the Assignee’s non-performance of the obligations assumed under this Assignment and Assumption, (vi) it has received a copy of  the Credit Agreement, together with copies of financial statements and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Agent or any other Lender, and (vii) attached as Schedule 1 to this Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by the Assignee with respect to its tax status pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

 

2.  Payments.  The Assignee shall pay the Assignor, on the Effective Date, the amount agreed to by the Assignor and the Assignee.  From and after the Effective Date, the Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

 

Annex 1-1



 

3.  General Provisions.  This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.  This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption.  This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of Texas.

 

Annex 1-2


 

 

ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE

 

(Schedule to be supplied by Closing Unit or Trading Documentation Unit)

 

(For Forms call                          at                         )

 

Annex 1-3



 

US AND NON-US TAX INFORMATION REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

 

(Schedule to be supplied by Closing Unit or Trading Documentation Unit)

 

(For Forms call                          at                         )

 

Annex 1-4



 

EXHIBIT H

 

BORROWING BASE

 

On File with the Agent

 

Exhibit H-1



 

EXHIBIT I

 

FORM OF TOTAL COMMITMENT INCREASE CERTIFICATE

 

[          ], 200[    ]

 

To:                              JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA
as Agent

 

The Borrower, the Agent and certain Lenders have heretofore entered into a Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2010, as amended from time to time (the “Credit Agreement”).  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning given to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

 

This Commitment Increase Certificate is being delivered pursuant to Section 2.1.1 of the Credit Agreement.

 

Please be advised that the undersigned has agreed to increase its Commitment under the Credit Agreement effective [          ], 200[    ] from $[          ] to $[          ] and (b) that it shall continue to be a party in all respect to the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

[                                                    ]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Exhibit I-1



 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

 

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA

 

as Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

 

 

[                                                  ]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Exhibit I-2



 

EXHIBIT J

 

FORM OF ADDITIONAL LENDER CERTIFICATE

 

[         ], 200[     ]

 

To:                              JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA,
As Agent

 

The Borrower, the Agent and certain Lenders have heretofore entered into a Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2010, as amended from time to time (the “Credit Agreement”).  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning given to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

 

The Additional Lender Certificate is being delivered pursuant to Section 2.1.1 of the Credit Agreement

 

Please be advised that the undersigned has agreed (a) to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement effective [        ], 200[    ] with a Commitment of $[         ] and (b) that it shall be a party in all respect to the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

This Additional Lender Certificate is being delivered to the Agent together with (i) if the Additional Lender is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States (or a state thereof or the District of Columbia), such documentation as may be reasonably requested by the Agent, duly completed and executed by the Additional Lender, and (ii) an Administrative Questionnaire in the form supplied by the Agent, duly completed by the Additional Lender.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

[                                                  ]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 



 

Schedule 4.1

 

Certain Collateral Locations

 

1.               8’ x 20’ mobile storage container located at 5215 Rock Ridge Road, Cygnet, Ohio  43413

 

2.               D&G Self Storage, Units #17 and #18, 444 W. Commerce, Fairfield, TX  75840

 

3.               Edinburg Storage Center, Unit #L-8, 1514 N. Closner, Edinburg, TX  78539

 

4.               Marquez Farm & Ranch Supply, Unit #17, 624 VW Goodwin Blvd. North, Marquez, TX  77865

 

5.               Mobile storage unit, Cheyenne, OK — Lat/Long 35.52575, -99.72219

 

6.               Armstrong Archives, 1515 Crescent Drive, Carrollton, TX  75006

 

7.               Uncle Bob’s Self Storage, Unit #787, 5720 Milton Street, Dallas, TX  75206

 



 

Schedule 5.8

 

Litigation and Contingent Obligations

 

None.

 


 

Schedule 5.9

 

Capitalization

 

USA Compression Holdings, LP, a Texas limited partnership

 

Capitalization:

100% of limited partnership interests owned by USA Compression Holdings, LLC. 100% of general partnership interests owned by R/C IV USA Compression Partners GP, LLC.

 

 

Office:

Austin, Texas

 

 

Organization:

Federal EIN: 75-2771546

 

Texas Filing No.: 801032862

 

 

Subsidiaries:

 

 

 

USA Compression Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

Capitalization:

100% of membership interests owned beneficially and of record by USA Compression Holdings, LP

 

 

Office:

Austin, Texas

 

Previously, Dallas, Texas

 

 

Organization:

Federal EIN: 75-2771546

 

Delaware Filing No.: 4610999

 

 

USAC Leasing, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

Capitalization:

100% of membership interests owned beneficially and of record by USA Compression Partners, LLC

 

 

Office:

Austin, Texas

 

 

Organization:

Federal EIN: 26-3447808

 

Delaware Filing No.: 4604415

 



 

Schedule 5.12

 

Names; Prior Transactions

 

USA Compression Holdings, LP:

 

Other Names:

 

None

 

Prior Transactions:

 

On or about the Tenth Amendment Closing Date (as defined in the Original Loan Agreement), USA Compression Partners, LLC was a party to the Holding Company Transactions (as defined in the Original Loan Agreement), as further described in the Tenth Amendment (as defined in the Original Loan Agreement).

 

USA Compression Partners, LLC:

 

Other Names:

 

USA Compression Partners, LP

USA Compression

 

Prior Transactions:

 

On or about the Tenth Amendment Closing Date, USA Compression Partners, LLC was a party to the Holding Company Transactions and the Leasing Subsidiary Transactions (as defined in the Original Loan Agreement).  As part of the Holding Company Transaction, it was converted from a Texas limited partnership to a Delaware limited liability company, as further described in the Tenth Amendment.

 

USAC Leasing, LLC:

 

Other Names:

 

None

 

Prior Transactions:

 

On or about the Tenth Amendment Closing Date, USA Compression Partners, LLC was a party to the Leasing Subsidiary Transactions, as further described in the Tenth Amendment.

 



 

Schedule 5.14

 

Material Agreements*

 

1.               Gas Compressor Equipment Master Lease Agreement (All Compressors) effective October 10, 2008, by and between USAC Leasing, LLC and USA Compression Partners, LLC.

 

2.               Gas Compressor Equipment Lease Agreement (Arkansas Compressors), by and between USAC Leasing, LLC and USA Compression Partners, LLC.

 

3.               Gas Compressor Equipment Lease Agreement (Kentucky Compressors), by and between USAC Leasing, LLC and USA Compression Partners, LLC.

 

4.               Gas Compressor Equipment Lease Agreement (Ohio Compressors), by and between USAC Leasing, LLC and USA Compression Partners, LLC.

 

5.               Gas Compressor Equipment Lease Agreement (Oklahoma Compressors), by and between USAC Leasing, LLC and USA Compression Partners, LLC.

 

6.               Gas Compressor Equipment Lease Agreement (Pennsylvania Compressors), by and between USAC Leasing, LLC and USA Compression Partners, LLC.

 

7.               Gas Compressor Equipment Lease Agreement (Texas Compressors), by and between USAC Leasing, LLC and USA Compression Partners, LLC.

 

8.               The following purchase orders for the procurement of compressor packages as of 11-15-10:

 

WO #

 

Vendor

 

Total Actual $

 

PO

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

$

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

The purchase orders listed above are subject to the following:

 



 

a.               USA Compression Terms and Conditions for Use With [*].

 

b.              [*].

 

c.               [*].

 

d.              [*].

 

e.               [*].

 

f.                 [*].

 

9.               The following service contracts with an aggregate revenue greater than [*] as of [*]

 

Unit ID

 

Contract

 

Customer

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 



 

10.         The agreements governing the Indebtedness and other liabilities described on Schedule 5.22, including Schedules 1-13 to the Amended and Restated Master Lease Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2009, by and among Caterpillar Financial Services Master Lease Agreement and the Loan Parties.

 

11.         Promissory Note, dated October 10, 2008, by and between USA Compression Partners, LLC and USAC Leasing, LLC.

 

12.         Second Amended and Restated Agreement Regarding Equity Interests dated October 10, 2008 by and between USA Compression Holdings, LP and Eric Dee Long, Aladdin Partners, LP, Darr Holdings, Inc., and WCP Compression LLC.

 

13.         Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated October 10, 2008 by and between USA Compression Partners, LLC and Eric Dee Long.

 

14.         Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated October 10, 2008 by and between USA Compression Holdings, LP, Darr Holdings, Inc., Darr Equipment Co., WCP Compression, LLC, WCP Compression Holdings, LLC, Aladdin Partners, LP and Eric D. Long.

 

15.         Incentive Pool Grant Agreement (Capital Units) dated August 31, 2010 by and between USA Compression Holdings, LP and Eric Dee Long.

 

16.         Incentive Pool Grant Agreement (Capital Units) dated August 31, 2009 by and between USA Compression Holdings, LP and Eric Dee Long.

 

17.         Incentive Pool Grant Agreement (Capital Units) dated June 29, 2008 by and between USA Compression Partners, LP and Eric Dee Long.

 

18.         Employment Agreement dated January 3, 2008 by and between USA Compression Partners, LP and Joseph C. Tusa, Jr.

 

19.         Incentive Pool Grant Agreement (Profits Units) dated January 3, 2008 by and between USA Compression Partners, LP and Joseph C. Tusa, Jr.

 

20.         Assignment, Redemption and Assumption Agreement dated March, 2003 by and between USA Compression Investors, LP and David Smith.

 

21.         Participation and Amendment Agreement dated September 29, 2000, by and between USA Compression Investors, LP and David Smith.

 



 

22.         Assignment, Participation and Amendment Agreement dated March 23, 2006 by and between USA Compression Partners, LP and David Smith.

 

23.         Incentive Pool Grant Agreement (Capital Units) dated December 11, 2007 by and between USA Compression Partners, LP and David Smith.

 

24.         Incentive Pool Grant Agreement (Profits Units) dated December 11, 2007 by and between USA Compression Partners, LP and David Smith.

 

25.         Letter Agreements dated January 25, 2008 and January 31, 2008 from USA Compression Partners, LP to David Smith.

 

26.         Incentive Pool Grant Agreement (Profits Units) dated December 11, 2007 by and between USA Compression Partners, LP and Thomas Hinsdale.

 

27.         Incentive Pool Grant Agreement (Capital Units) dated December 11, 2007 by and between USA Compression Partners, LP and Thomas Hinsdale.

 

28.         Assignment of Partnership Interest and Release dated November 30, 2008 by and between Thomas D. Hinsdale and USA Compression Holdings, LP, and USA Compression Partners, LLC.

 

29.         Incentive Pool Grant Agreement (Profits Units) dated June 22, 2009 by and between USA Compression Holdings, LP and Virginia Gaye White.

 

30.         Assignment of Special Limited Partner Interest dated September 25, 2000 by and between Aladdin Partners, LP and Denise Abshier (n/k/a Denise Mutschler).

 

31.         Assignment, Redemption and Assumption Agreement dated March 2003 by and between USA Compression Investors, LP and Denise Abshier (n/k/a Denise Mutschler).

 

32.         Incentive Pool Grant Agreement (Profits Units) dated December 11, 2007 by and between USA Compression Partners, LP and Denise Mutschler.

 

33.         Assignment, Participation and Amendment Agreement dated May 1, 2003 by and between USA Compression Partners, LP and Dennis J. Moody.

 

34.         Assignment, Participation and Amendment Agreement dated March 28, 2006 by and between USA Compression Partners, LP and Dennis J. Moody.

 

35.         Incentive Pool Grant Agreement (Profits Units) dated December 11, 2007 by and between USA Compression Partners, LP and Dennis Moody.

 

36.         Letter Agreement dated January 25, 2008 from USA Compression Partners, LP to Dennis Moody.

 

37.         Incentive Pool Grant Agreement (Capital Units) dated December 11, 2007 by and between USA Compression Partners, LP and Dennis Moody.

 

38.         Assignment of Partnership Interest and Release dated November 30, 2008 by and between Dennis Moody, USA Compression Holdings, LP and USA Compression Partners, LLC.

 

39.         Assignment, Participation and Amendment Agreement dated May 1, 2003 by and between USA Compression Partners, LP and Haydn Marshall.

 

40.         Incentive Pool Grant Agreement (Profits Units) dated December 11, 2007 by and between USA Compression Partners, LP and W. Haydn Marshall.

 



 

41.         Assignment, Participation and Amendment Agreement dated May 1, 2003 by and between USA Compression Partners, LP and Dave Baylor.

 

42.         Incentive Pool Grant Agreement (Profits Units) dated December 11, 2007 by and between USA Compression Partners, LP and Deborah Anderson.

 

43.         Promissory Note, dated October 26, 2007, payable by Eric Dee Long to USA Compression Partners, LP, in the original principal amount of $72,068.91.

 

44.         Promissory Note, dated July 31, 2008, payable by Eric Dee Long to USA Compression Partners, LP, in the original principal amount of $87.968.82.

 

45.         Gas Compressor Equipment Master Lease Agreement (All Compressors) effective October 10, 2008, by and between USAC Leasing, LLC and USA Compression Partners, LLC.

 

46.         Gas Compressor Equipment Lease Agreement (West Virginia Compressors), by and between USAC Leasing, LLC and USA Compression Partners, LLC.

 

47.         Gas Compressor Equipment Lease Agreement (Arkansas Compressors), by and between USAC Leasing, LLC and USA Compression Partners, LLC.

 

48.         Gas Compressor Equipment Lease Agreement (Kansas Compressors), by and between USAC Leasing, LLC and USA Compression Partners, LLC.

 

49.         Gas Compressor Equipment Lease Agreement (Kentucky Compressors), by and between USAC Leasing, LLC and USA Compression Partners, LLC.

 

50.         Gas Compressor Equipment Lease Agreement (Louisiana Compressors), by and between USAC Leasing, LLC and USA Compression Partners, LLC.

 

51.         Gas Compressor Equipment Lease Agreement (Maryland Compressors), by and between USAC Leasing, LLC and USA Compression Partners, LLC.

 

52.         Gas Compressor Equipment Lease Agreement (Michigan Compressors), by and between USAC Leasing, LLC and USA Compression Partners, LLC.

 

53.         Gas Compressor Equipment Lease Agreement (New Mexico Compressors), by and between USAC Leasing, LLC and USA Compression Partners, LLC.

 

54.         Gas Compressor Equipment Lease Agreement (New York Compressors), by and between USAC Leasing, LLC and USA Compression Partners, LLC.

 

55.         Gas Compressor Equipment Lease Agreement (Ohio Compressors), by and between USAC Leasing, LLC and USA Compression Partners, LLC.

 

56.         Gas Compressor Equipment Lease Agreement (Oklahoma Compressors), by and between USAC Leasing, LLC and USA Compression Partners, LLC.

 

57.         Gas Compressor Equipment Lease Agreement (Pennsylvania Compressors), by and between USAC Leasing, LLC and USA Compression Partners, LLC.

 

58.         Gas Compressor Equipment Lease Agreement (Tennessee Compressors), by and between USAC Leasing, LLC and USA Compression Partners, LLC.

 



 

59.         Gas Compressor Equipment Lease Agreement (Texas Compressors), by and between USAC Leasing, LLC and USA Compression Partners, LLC.

 

60.         Gas Compressor Equipment Lease Agreement (Virginia Compressors), by and between USAC Leasing, LLC and USA Compression Partners, LLC.

 

61.         Asset Purchase Agreement, dated October 10, 2008, by and between USA Compression Partners, LLC and USAC Leasing, LLC.

 

62.         Assumption Agreement, dated October 10, 2008, by and between USA Compression Partners, LLC and USAC Leasing, LLC.

 

63.         Bill of Sale, dated October 10, 2008, by and between USA Compression Partners, LLC and USAC Leasing, LLC.

 

64.         Intercompany Administrative Services Agreement, dated October 10, 2008, by and between USA Compression Partners, LLC and USAC Leasing, LLC.

 

65.         Promissory Note, dated October 10, 2008, by and between USA Compression Partners, LLC and USAC Leasing, LLC.

 

66.         The Riverstone Acquisition Documents.

 


*  This Schedule 5.14 may include items or information that the Loan Parties are not required to disclose under the Credit Agreement; disclosure of such items or information is for informational purposes only and shall not affect (directly or indirectly) the interpretation of the Credit Agreement or the scope of the disclosure obligation under the Credit Agreement.  This Schedule 5.14 is qualified in its entirety by reference to Section 5.14 of the Credit Agreement and nothing in this Schedule 5.14 is intended to broaden the scope of any representation or warranty contained in Section 5.14 of the Credit Agreement or to create any representation, warranty, agreement or covenant on the part of the Loan Parties.  The inclusion of any matter, information, item or other disclosure set forth in this Schedule 5.14 shall not be deemed to imply that such matter, information or item is material or creates a measure for materiality, or otherwise imply that such matter, information or item is outside the ordinary course of business for purposes of the Credit Agreement or is required to be disclosed under the Credit Agreement.

 


 

Schedule 5.16

 

Ownership of Properties

 

None.

 



 

Schedule 5.22

 

Indebtedness

 

Description

 

Amount
Outstanding as of
9/30/2010

 

1

 

Interest Rate Swap Transaction, by and among JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and USA Compression Partners, LLC, starting November 21, 2008 and ending October 5, 2012, $75,000,000 notational amount, 3.00% fixed rate, receive 1-month USD-LIBOR-BBA.

 

$

3,850,310

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Interest Rate Swap Transaction, by and among JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and USA Compression Partners, LLC, starting June 1, 2009 and ending June 1, 2012, $35,000,000 notational amount, 1.90% fixed rate, receive 1-month USD-LIBOR-BBA.

 

$

912,462

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Interest Rate Swap Transaction, by and among JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and USA Compression Partners, LLC, starting August 21, 2009 and ending August 1, 2012, $30,000,000 notational amount, 2.055% fixed rate, receive 1-month USD-LIBOR-BBA.

 

$

926,149

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Ford Credit Company Agreement Truck 243

 

$

17,690

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

Ford Credit Company Agreement Truck 244

 

$

17,690

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Ford Credit Company Agreement Truck 245

 

$

17,690

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

Ford Credit Company Agreement Truck 246

 

$

17,690

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

Ford Credit Company Agreement Truck 247

 

$

17,690

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

Prime Rate Premium Financing Agreement, effective January 1, 2011 and terminating November 1, 2011 (relating to the financing of annual insurance premiums).

 

$

320,261.92

 

 


*The amount outstanding is a current fair value estimate rather than a firm payoff amount.  The Swap Transactions are governed by the ISDA Master Agreement, dated July 20, 2004, by and between USA Compression Partners, L.P. and Bank One, N.A.

 

Additional Notes

 

The Loan Parties are party to the Amended and Restated Master Lease Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2009, by and among Caterpillar Financial Services Corporation and the Loan Parties, as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated July 1, 2010, and all addenda, supplements and schedules thereto, in an aggregative amount of $23,643,017.  This amount is not reflected in the table above.  This arrangement is recorded as an operating lease pursuant to GAAP and the monthly payments are recorded as expenses under Holdings’ Income Statements.

 



 

Schedule 5.23

 

Affiliate Transactions

 

1.               Darr Equipment Co. may continue to occupy offices and office space in Borrower’s leased office space in Dallas, Texas, subject to and in accordance with Borrower’s lease for such premises and provided that (i) the amount and value of space so occupied shall not materially increase and (ii) Borrower shall not materially increase the amount or value of the space leased by it to so accommodate Darr Equipment Co.

 

2.               The Borrower may continue to use the services of Mike Shropshire, an employee of Darr Equipment Co., for human resources services.

 

3.               Darr Equipment Co. may continue to use the services of Debbie Anderson, an employee of the Borrower, for administrative services.

 

4.               The Borrower may pay compensation, provide benefits and otherwise perform obligations owing to Eric D. Long under an Employment Agreement between Borrower and Eric D. Long.

 

5.               The agreements with Affiliates listed on Schedule 5.14

 



 

Schedule 5.24

 

Real Property Owned

 

None.

 

Real Property Leases

 

Real Estate Lease:

 

1.                                       Office Lease Agreement dated October 30, 1998, by and between Fulcrum Central (Landlord) and USA Compression Partners, LP (Tenant) covering the premises located at 6688 North Central Expressway, Ste. 500, Dallas, TX  75206, as amended.

 

2.                                       Office Lease dated October 22, 2009, by and between Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (Landlord) and USA Compression Partners, LLC (Tenant) covering the premises located at 100 Congress Avenue, Ste. 450, Austin, TX  78701.

 

3.                                       Lease Agreement dated June 1, 2000, by and between Jeffrey G. Kaier and Tracy S. Kaier (Landlord) and USA Compression Partners, LP (Tenant) covering the premises located at 6 Four Coins Drive, Canonsburg, PA  15317, as amended.

 

4.                                       Lease Agreement dated December 2, 2009, by and between KBC Enterprises (Landlord) and USA Compression Partners, LLC (Tenant) covering the premises located 773 Cummings Street, Abingdon, VA  24210, as amended.

 

5.                                       Office Lease dated August 21, 2000, by and between Joshua Operating Company, L.L.C. (Landlord) and USA Compression Partners, LP (Tenant) covering the premises located at 5801 East 41st Street, Suite 505, Tulsa, OK  74135, as amended.

 

6.                                       Commercial Lease dated November 6, 2006, by and between Smitco Properties (Landlord) and USA Compression Partners, LP (Tenant) covering the premises located at 13040 Highway 65 South, Bee Branch, Arkansas, as amended.

 

7.                                       Commercial Lease dated September 1, 2006, by and between Rick Hollingback d/b/a Hollingback Rental (Landlord) and USA Compression Partners, LP (Tenant) covering the premises located at 405 Highway 270 East, Alderson, OK  74501.

 

8.                                       Lease Agreement dated December 1, 2009, by and between Baker Contracting Farms (Landlord) and USA Compression Partners, LLC (Tenant) covering the premises located at 804 Messenger Lane, Moore, OK.

 

9.                                       Lease Agreement dated April 28, 2010, by and between S & D Developments (Landlord) and USA Compression Partners, LLC (Tenant) covering the premises located at 2125 E. Walnut, Park, AR.

 

10.                                 Rental Agreement dated July 16, 2008, by and between Eastern Manufacturing Incorporated (Landlord) and USA Compression Partners, LLC (Tenant) covering the premises located at 100 East South Prairie, Haskell, OK.

 



 

11.                                 Lease Agreement dated July 31, 2009, by and between Ellie Enterprises, LLC (Landlord) and USA Compression Partners, LLC (Tenant) covering the premises located at 10240 Hectorville Rd., Mounds, OK.

 

12.                                 Lease Agreement dated March 31, 2010, by and between Salvatore Dicembre (Landlord) and USA Compression Partners, LLC (Tenant) covering the premises located at 236 Pennsylvania Ave. West, Warren, PA  16365.

 

13.                                 Lease Agreement dated September 30, 2009, by and between Walt’s Body Shop, Inc. (Landlord) and USA Compression Partners, LLC (Tenant) covering the premises located at 1126 Route 6, Wellsboro, PA  16901.

 

14.                                 Commercial Lease dated April 1, 2010, by and between Brad Parker (Landlord) and USA Compression Partners, LLC (Tenant) covering the premises located at 120 Cartwright Park Road #100, #101, #102, Weatherford, TX  76088.

 

15.                                 Lease Agreement dated October 2, 2008, by and between Sunnyside Properties (Landlord) and USA Compression Partners, LLC (Tenant) covering the premises located at 1830 Smith Township State Road #20, Slovan, PA  15078, as amended.

 

Public warehouses or other storage locations:

 

1.                                 Rental Agreement dated May 3, 2007 by and between D & G Self Storage (Lessor) and USA Compression (Tenant) covering space #17 located at 444 West Commerce, Fairfield, TX 75840.

 

2.                                 Rental Agreement dated November 3, 2004 by and between D & G Self Storage (Lessor) and USA Compression (Tenant) covering space #18 located at 444 West Commerce, Fairfield, TX 75840.

 

3.                                 Self-Service Storage Rental Agreement dated April 17, 2002 by and between Edinburg Storage Center (Lessor) and USA Compression (Tenant) covering space #L-8 located at 1514 N. Closner, Edinburg, TX 78539.

 

4.                                 Double B RV & Boat Storage Rental Agreement dated June 27, 2008 by and between Bean & Griffith, Inc. d/b/a Double B RV & Boat Storage (Landlord) and USA Compression (Tenant) covering space #D20 located 1002 Highland Road, Cleburne, TX 76033.

 

5.                                 Self-Service Storage Rental Agreement dated January 19, 2006 by and between Marquez Farm & Ranch Supply (Lessor) and USA Compression Partners, LP (Tenant) covering space #17 located at VW Goodwin Blvd. North, Marquez, TX 77865-5059.

 

6.                                 Self-Service Storage Rental Agreement dated October 29, 2007 by and between I- 20 Store-All (Lessor) and USA Compression Partners, LP (Tenant) covering space number 81C located at #13 Pittman Street, Longview, TX 75607.

 

7.                                 M.K.W. Self Storage Rental Agreement dated November 8, 2007 by and between M.K.W. Self Storage (Owner) and USA Compression (Tenant) covering unit #23 located at 1210 W. Viggie, Hebbronville, TX 78361.

 



 

8.                                 Rental Agreement dated February 24, 2006 by and between The Mobile Storage Group and USA Compression covering storage container #5111034 located four miles South of Cheyenne, Dempsey Road, Cheyenne, OK 73628.

 

9.                                 Month to Month Rental Contract dated December 10, 2007 by and between Moore & C Lock & Storage (Lessor) and USA Compression (Lessee) covering space #22 located at #10 White Oak Circle, Searcy, AR 72143.

 

10.                           Lease Agreement dated August 17, 2007 by and between Park Meadows Mini Storage LLC (Lessor) and USA Compression Partners LP (Lessee) covering unit #145 located at 4335 E 96th Street, Sperry, OK 74073.

 

11.                           Storage Lease Agreement dated September 1, 2006 by and between S&S Storage (Owner) and USA Compression (Lessee) covering unit #C-118 located at 4813 Oklahoma Ave., Woodward, OK 73801.

 

12.                           America’s Self Storage Customer Information Rental Agreement dated February 27, 2007 by and between America’s Self Storage and USA Compression Partners, LP (Tenant) covering unit #01-00158 located at 2903 South Street, Nacogdoches, TX 75964.

 

13.                           Self-Service Storage Rental Agreement dated May 24, 2007 by and between Stor & Lok (Lessor) and USA Compression Partners, LP (Tenant) covering space #W-51-52-53 located at 1107 Mobeetie, Wheeler, TX 79096.

 

14.                           Rental Agreement dated June 29, 2006 by and between USA Compressions (Tenant) and Extra Space, LLC a/k/a Storage Solutions (Management) covering unit #261 located at 1704 O.W.K. Road, Laredo, TX 78043.

 

15.                           Mini-Storage Rental Agreement dated November 24, 2008 by and between USA Compression and Terry Fisher covering Unit #9 located in Dustin, Oklahoma.

 

16.                           Self-Service Storage Rental Agreement dated November 1, 2008 by and between USA Compression Partners, LP and Pena’s Self-Storage covering Unit #2 located at 3000 S. Hwy 83, Zapata, Texas.

 

17.                           Lease dated February 4, 2004 by and between USA Compression Partners, LP and The Capital Alliance Corporation (also known as Advantage Transportation Equipment) covering container #2050880 located at 5215 Rock Ridge Road, Cygnet, OH  43413.

 


 

Schedule 5.25

 

Intellectual Property Rights

 

PATENTS

 

None.

 

PATENT APPLICATIONS

 

None.

 

TRADEMARKS

 

Trademark

 

Registration Date

 

Registration Number

CompresSmartâ

 

January 15, 2002

 

2,529,144

 

TRADEMARK APPLICATIONS

 

None.

 

COPYRIGHTS

 

None.

 

COPYRIGHT APPLICATIONS

 

None.

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LICENSES

 

Name of Agreement

 

Date of Agreement

 

Parties to Agreement

 

 

 

 

 

Business Solutions Proposal

 

3-28-2000

 

Micro Accounting Solutions, Inc. (Representing Great Plains) and USA Compression Partners, LP

 

 

 

 

 

Maintenance or Enhancement Renewal Order

 

Renewed 11-12-2007

 

 

Aztec Systems (representing Great Plains) and USA Compression Partners, LP

 

Clear Spider, Inc. and USA Compression Partners, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

Software Subscription Agreement

 

1-19-2010

 

Drilling Info, Inc. and USA Compression Partners, LLC

 

Remote Dynamics, Inc. and

 



 

 

 

 

 

USA Compression Partners, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

License Agreement

 

10-29-2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

REDIview Purchase & Service Agreement

 

5-25-2010

 

 

 



 

Schedule 5.26

 

Insurance

 

[*]

 


 

Schedule 5.32

 

Labor Matters

 

None.

 



 

Schedule 6.21

 

Investments

 

1.               Promissory Note, dated October 26, 2007, payable by Eric Dee Long to USA Compression Partners, LP, in the original principal amount of $72,068.91.

 

2.               Promissory Note, dated July 31, 2008, payable by Eric Dee Long to USA Compression Partners, LP, in the original principal amount of $87.968.82.

 



 

Schedule 6.22

 

Liens

 

Liens securing the Indebtedness and other liabilities described on Schedule 5.22.

 



 

Schedule 6.24

 

Affiliate Transactions

 

See Schedule 5.23.

 



 

Schedule 6.33

 

Form of (i) Gas Compression Master Service Agreement and (ii) Compression Service Proposal and Agreement

 

Form of (i) Gas Compression Master Service Agreement and (ii) Compression Service Proposal and Agreement on file with Lenders

 




Exhibit 10.2

 

Execution Version

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) dated as of  June 6, 2011 (the “First Amendment Closing Date”) among USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP, a Texas limited partnership (“Holdings”), as Guarantor, USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“USA Compression Partners”) and USAC LEASING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“USAC Leasing” and together with USA Compression Partners, jointly and severally, the “Borrower”); and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., a national banking association, for itself, as an LC Issuer and Lender, and as agent for Lenders (in such capacity, the “Agent”); and the other Lenders signatory hereto.

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, Holdings, Borrower, Agent and Lenders are parties to that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 23, 2010 (as the same may be further amended from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, Holdings and Borrower have advised Agent and the Lenders that they desire to (i) convert Holdings from a Texas limited partnership into a Delaware limited partnership and (ii) change the name of Holdings from USA Compression Holdings, LP to USA Compression Partners, LP (collectively, the “Proposed Holding Company Transactions”);

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Proposed Holding Company Transactions and other related matters, the Loan Parties have requested that Agent and Lenders hereby amend the Credit Agreement as set forth herein; and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the agreements, promises and covenants set forth below, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1:  Definitions.  Capitalized terms used in this Amendment, to the extent not otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meaning as in the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby.

 

SECTION 2:  Amendments to Credit Agreement.

 

(a)           Amendments to Article I. Effective as of the Conversion Effective Date (as hereinafter defined):

 

(i)            Article I of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by amending and restating each of the following definitions contained therein to read as follows:

 

“‘Holdings’ means (i) USA Compression Holdings, LP, a Texas limited partnership prior to the Conversion Effective Date and (ii) USA Compression Partners, LP, a Delaware limited partnership on and after the Conversion Effective Date.”

 



 

“‘Partnership Agreement’ means that certain Agreement of Limited Partnership of Holdings dated as of the Conversion Effective Date, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.”

 

(ii)           Article I of the Credit Agreement is hereby further amended by adding, in proper alphabetical order, each of the following definitions thereto:

 

“‘Conversion Effective Date’ means the date on which the Proposed Holding Company Transactions are consummated.”

 

“‘First Amendment’ means that certain First Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Joinder Agreement dated as of June 6, 2011.”

 

“‘First Amendment Closing Date’ means June 6, 2011.”

 

“‘Holdings Ratification’ means that certain Ratification Agreement dated as of the Conversion Effective Date executed by Holdings in favor of Agent.”

 

“‘Proposed Holding Company Transactions’ means the conversion of USA Compression Holdings, LP, a Texas limited partnership, into USA Compression Partners, LP, a Delaware limited  partnership,  on the terms and conditions set forth in the First Amendment.”

 

(b)           General Amendments.

 

(i)            Effective as of the Conversion Effective Date, each reference to “USA Compression Holdings, LP” in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document shall now mean a reference to “USA Compression Partners, LP.”

 

(ii)           Effective as of the Conversion Effective Date, each reference to USA Compression Holdings, LP as a “Texas limited partnership” in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document shall now mean a reference to USA Compression Partners, LP as a “Delaware limited partnership.”

 

SECTION 3:  Representations and Warranties.  To induce Agent and Lenders to enter into this Amendment, each Loan Party represents and warrants that:

 

(a)           No Default.  After giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Unmatured Default shall have occurred and be continuing as of the date hereof;

 

(b)           Representations and Warranties.  As of the First Amendment Closing Date and, after giving effect to this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby, the representations and warranties of Loan Parties contained in the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof to the same extent as though made on

 

2



 

and as of such date except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date; and

 

(c)           Authority.  (i) The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of this Amendment are within its respective organizational powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited liability company action on the part of such Person, (ii) this Amendment is the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party enforceable against such Person in accordance with its terms and (iii) neither the execution, delivery or performance by each Loan Party of this Amendment (1) violates any law or regulation, or any order or decree of any governmental authority, (2) conflicts with or results in the breach or termination of, constitutes a default under or accelerates any performance required by, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, lease, agreement or other instrument to which such Person is a party or by which such Person or any of its property is bound, (3) results in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the Collateral (other than any Lien in favor of Agent), (4) violates or conflicts with the organizational or governing documentation of such Person, or (5) requires the consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration or filing with, any other Person, except for those already duly obtained.

 

SECTION 4:  Conditions Precedent.  The effectiveness of this Amendment is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)           Documentation.  Agent shall have received each of the following, each in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, in its sole discretion, and, where applicable, each duly executed by each party thereto, other than Agent (each of which shall be deemed to constitute a “Loan Document ” pursuant to the Credit Agreement):

 

(i)            this Amendment or counterparts hereof, as well as completed Exhibits hereto; and

 

(ii)           such other documents, instruments, and agreements as the Agent, the LC Issuer, any Lender or their respective counsel may reasonably request in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment and the other Loan Documents, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

(b)           Payment of Fees.  The Loan Parties shall have paid all of the fees and expenses owing to the Agent, the Arranger, the LC Issuer and the Lenders pursuant to Section 9.6(a) of the Credit Agreement, to the extent invoiced to the Borrower prior to the date hereof.

 

(c)           No Default.  No Default or Unmatured Default under the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(d)           Warranties and Representations.  After giving effect to this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby, the warranties and representations of Loan Parties contained in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the First Amendment Closing Date, with the same effect as though made on such date, except to the extent that such warranties and representations expressly relate to an earlier date, and all of such

 

3



 

representations and warranties (except those relating to an earlier date) are hereby remade by Loan Parties as of the First Amendment Closing Date.

 

SECTION 5:  Conditions Subsequent.  The continued effectiveness of the consent set forth in Section 6 of this Amendment is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions subsequent (the failure by Holdings to satisfy such conditions subsequent shall cause the consent set forth in Section 6 of this Amendment to be automatically rescinded and of no further force and effect); provided that the date for delivery of each item in this Section 5 may be extended by Agent in its sole discretion:

 

(a)           Documentation.  Agent shall have received each of the following, except as otherwise provided, on or prior to the Conversion Effective Date, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, and, where applicable, each duly executed by each party thereto, other than Agent (each of which shall be deemed to constitute a “Loan Document ” pursuant to the Credit Agreement):

 

(i)            Schedule 5.9 (Capitalization and Subsidiaries) and Schedule 5.12 (Prior Transactions) to the Credit Agreement, amended and restated to be current as of the Conversion Effective Date;

 

(ii)           Exhibit A to the Security Agreement, amended by replacing Sections VIII through XIV thereof to be current as of the Conversion Effective Date;

 

(iii)          the Holdings Ratification;

 

(iv)          any other documents executed by any Loan Party in connection with the Proposed Holding Company Transactions;

 

(v)           a secretary’s certificate for Holdings, including as attachments and certifying to the accuracy and completeness of the following items:

 

(A)          (i) a copy of Holdings’ certificate of limited partnership, together with all amendments, (ii) a copy of any amendment to Holdings’ certificate of limited partnership, and (iii) a certificate of good standing, all certified by both an Authorized Officer, Secretary or Assistant Secretary of each Loan Party and the appropriate governmental officer in its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization;

 

(B)           a certified copy of the Partnership Agreement and resolutions and/or consents of Holdings’ partners, managers and/or members as applicable, or of any other body necessary, authorizing the Proposed Holding Company Transactions and the execution, delivery and performance of the documents associated therewith to which Holdings is a party; and

 

(C)           an incumbency certificate, executed by its Secretary or Assistant Secretary, which shall identify by name and title and bear the signatures of the Authorized Officers and any other officers of Holdings authorized to sign the Loan Documents to which Holdings is a party, upon which certificate the

 

4



 

Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely until informed of any change in writing by Holdings;

 

(vi)          a written opinion of Holdings’ counsel, addressed to the Agent, the LC Issuer and the Lenders addressing such matters as required by Agent in its sole discretion; provided, that Agent must receive such evidence not later than 7 days after the Conversion Effective Date;

 

(vii)         evidence of insurance coverage for Holdings in compliance with the terms of Section 6.7(a) and (b) of the Credit Agreement; provided, that Agent must receive such evidence not later than 15 days after the Conversion Effective Date;

 

(b)           Lien Searches.  Agent shall have received all Lien and other searches that the Agent deems reasonably necessary, the Loan Parties shall have delivered UCC termination statements or amendments to existing UCC financing statements with respect to any filings against the Collateral as may be reasonably requested by the Agent and shall have authorized the filing of such termination statements or amendments, the Agent shall have been authorized to file any UCC financing statements that the Agent deems reasonably necessary to perfect its Liens in the Collateral and, upon the recording of financing statements in the state of organization of each applicable Loan Party, Liens creating a first priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) in the Collateral in favor of the Agent shall have been perfected; provided, that Agent must receive Lien and other searches not later than 15 days after the Conversion Effective Date.

 

SECTION 6:  Consents; Waiver.

 

(a)           Consents.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, the Agent and the Lenders hereby consent to (i) the change of Holdings’ name, type of entity, organization identification number, and state of organization, as contemplated in and effected by the Proposed Holding Company Transactions and (ii) the execution of the Partnership Agreement in connection with the Proposed Holding Company Transactions.

 

(b)           Waiver.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Credit Agreement to the contrary, the Agent and the Lenders hereby waive the notice requirements of Sections 6.3(g), 6.23, 6.25(i)(a) and 6.25(iii) of the Credit Agreement solely with respect to the Proposed Holding Company Transactions.

 

(c)           No Other Waiver.  Except as set forth in Section 6(b) hereof, nothing contained in this Amendment shall be construed as a waiver by Agent or any Lender of any covenant or provision of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, this Amendment, or of any other contract or instrument between any Loan Party and Agent and any Lender, and the failure of Agent or Lenders at any time or times hereafter to require strict performance by any Loan Party of any provision thereof shall not waive, affect or diminish any rights of Agent or Lenders to thereafter demand strict compliance therewith.  Agent and Lenders hereby reserve all rights granted under the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, this Amendment and any other contract or instrument between any Loan Party and Agent or any Lender.

 

5



 

SECTION 7:  Ratification; Reference to and Effect on Loan Documents.

 

(a)           Ratification.  Except as specifically amended above, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein, the terms of this Amendment are not intended to and do not effect a novation of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document.  Each of the Loan Parties hereby ratifies and reaffirms each of the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and all of its obligations thereunder.  Each of the Loan Parties hereby agrees that all liens and security interests securing payment of the Obligations under the Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents are hereby collectively renewed, ratified and brought forward as security for the payment and performance of the Obligations.

 

(b)           References.  Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, each of the Loan Documents, including the Credit Agreement, and any and all other agreements, documents or instruments now or hereafter executed and delivered pursuant to the terms hereof or pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, are hereby amended so that any reference in such Loan Documents to the Credit Agreement shall mean a reference to the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby.

 

SECTION 8:  Miscellaneous.

 

(a)           Successors and Assigns.  This Amendment shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of Loan Parties, Agent, Lenders and their respective successors and assigns.

 

(b)           Entire Agreement.  This Amendment constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other understandings, oral or written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

(c)           Headings.  Section headings in this Amendment are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purpose.

 

(d)           Severability.  Wherever possible, each provision of this Amendment shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Amendment shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Amendment.

 

(e)           Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in any number of separate original counterparts (or telecopied counterparts with original execution copy to follow) and by the different parties on separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute one agreement.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

 

(f)            Incorporation of Credit Agreement Provisions.  The provisions contained in Section 16.1 (Choice of Law), Section 16.2 (Consent to Jurisdiction), and Section 16.3

 

6



 

(Waiver of Jury Trial) of the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein by reference to the same extent as if reproduced herein in their entirety.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

7



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed on the date first written above, to be effective upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein.

 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

 

USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric Dee Long

 

Name:

Eric Dee Long

 

Title:

President and CEO

 

 

 

 

USAC LEASING, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric Dee Long

 

Name:

Eric Dee Long

 

Title:

President and CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GUARANTOR:

 

 

 

 

USA COMPRESSION HOLDINGS, LP

 

 

 

 

By: R/C IV USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS GP, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Olivia C. Wassenaar

 

Name:

Olivia C. Wassenaar

 

Title:

Managing Director and Secretary

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIRST AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

 

AGENT:

 

 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

 

as Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ J. Devin Mock

 

Name: J. Devin Mock

 

Title: Vice President

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIRST AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

 

LENDERS:

 

 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

 

as Lender, LC Issuer and Swingline Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ J. Devin Mock

 

Name: J. Devin Mock

 

Title: Vice President

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

 

REGIONS BANK,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jon Eckhouse

 

Name: Jon Eckhouse

 

Title: Vice President

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ T. Alan Smith

 

Name:

T. Alan Smith

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 


 

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jay T. Sartain

 

Name:

Jay T. Sartain

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Frazell

 

Name:

John Frazell

 

Title:

Director

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

 

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert Reaser

 

Name:

Robert Reaser

 

Title:

VP

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

 

UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mary E. Evans

 

Name: Mary E. Evans

 

Title: Associate Director

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Irja R. Otsa

 

Name: Irja R. Otsa

 

Title: Associate Director

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

 

CATERPILLAR FINANCIAL SERVICES CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ R. Scott Freistat

 

Name:

R. Scott Freistat

 

Title:

Credit Manager

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

 

COMERICA BANK

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Cyd Dillahunty

 

Name:

Cyd Dillahunty

 

Title:

Vice President — Texas Division

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

 

UNION BANK, N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey Crist

 

Name:

Jeffrey Crist

 

Title:

Vice President

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

 

CITIBANK, N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John F. Miller

 

Name:

John F. Miller

 

Title:

Attorney-in-Fact

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

 

RB INTERNATIONAL FINANCE (USA) LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ F. Dieter Beintrexler

 

Name:

F. Dieter Beintrexler

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Randall Abrams

 

Name:

Randall Abrams

 

Title:

Vice President

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 




Exhibit 10.3

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) dated as of November 16, 2011 (the “Second Amendment Closing Date”) among USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Holdings”), as Guarantor, USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“USA Compression Partners”), and USAC LEASING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“USAC Leasing” and together with USA Compression Partners, jointly and severally, the “Borrower”); and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., a national banking association, for itself, as an LC Issuer and Lender, and as agent for Lenders (in such capacity, the “Agent”); and the other Lenders signatory hereto.

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, Holdings, Borrower, Agent and Lenders are parties to that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 23, 2010 (as amended as of June 6, 2011, and as the same may be further amended from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Credit Agreement to increase the Aggregate Commitments, reflect certain pricing changes and make certain other changes as further set forth herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the agreements, promises and covenants set forth below, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1:       Definitions.  Capitalized terms used in this Amendment, to the extent not otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meaning as in the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby.

 

SECTION 2:       Amendments to Credit Agreement.

 

(a)           Amendments to Recitals.  Effective as of the Second Amendment Closing Date, the Recitals of the Credit Agreement are hereby amended by substituting “$400,000,000” with “$500,000,000.”

 

(b)           Amendments to Article I. Effective as of the Second Amendment Closing Date:

 

(i)            Article I of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by amending and restating each of the following definitions contained therein to read as follows:

 

“‘Aggregate Commitment’ means the aggregate of the Commitments of all the Lenders, as reduced from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof, which Aggregate Commitment shall on the Second Amendment Closing Date be in the amount of $500,000,000, which may be subsequently increased pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth

 



 

herein, by an amount up to $50,000,000 as a result of the occurrence of a Commitment Adjustment Event.

 

Applicable Fee Rate’ means 0.375% per annum with respect to the Available Commitment.

 

Managing General Partner’ means USA COMPRESSION GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.”

 

(ii)           Article I of the Credit Agreement is hereby further amended by adding, in proper alphabetical order, each of the following definitions thereto:

 

“‘Second Amendment’ means that certain Second Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 16, 2011.”

 

“‘Second Amendment Closing Date’ means November 16, 2011.”

 

(c)           Amendment to Section 2.1.1(a)(ii).  Effective as of the Second Amendment Closing Date, Section 2.1.1(a)(ii) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by substituting “$450,000,000” with “$550,000,000.”

 

(d)           Amendment to Section 2.1.6.  Effective as the Second Amendment Closing Date, Section 2.1.6 of the Credit Agreement is hereby and restated to read as follows:

 

“2.1.6        Reallocation of Loans and Commitments.  On the Second Amendment Closing Date, (i) each Lender, if any, whose relative proportion of its Commitment hereunder is increasing over the proportion of the Commitment held by it prior to the Second Amendment Closing Date shall, by assignments among them (which assignments shall be deemed to occur hereunder automatically, and without any requirement for additional documentation, on the Second Amendment Closing Date) acquire a portion of the Loans and Commitments held by them from and among each other and (ii) each Lender who is becoming a party hereto on the Second Amendment Closing Date shall acquire a portion of the Loans and Commitments which increased from the Closing Date pursuant to this Second Amendment.  Pursuant to the foregoing sentence, the Lenders shall, through the Agent, make such other adjustments among themselves as shall be necessary so that after giving effect to assignments and adjustments, the Lenders shall hold all Loans outstanding under this Agreement ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments as reflected on the Commitment Schedule, as modified from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof.”

 

(e)           Amendments to Exhibit G.  Effective as of the Second Amendment Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), Exhibit G of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by substituting “$400,000,000” with “$500,000,000” in the description of the Credit Agreement set forth therein.

 

2



 

(f)            General Amendments.

 

(i)            Effective as of the Second Amendment Closing Date, the Commitment Schedule attached to the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated with the Commitment Schedule attached to this Second Amendment.

 

(ii)           Effective as of the Second Amendment Closing Date, the Pricing Schedule attached to the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated with the Pricing Schedule attached to this Second Amendment.

 

SECTION 3:       Representations and Warranties.  To induce Agent and Lenders to enter into this Amendment, each Loan Party represents and warrants that:

 

(a)           No Default.  After giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Unmatured Default shall have occurred and be continuing as of the date hereof;

 

(b)           Representations and Warranties.  As of the Second Amendment Closing Date and, after giving effect to this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby, the representations and warranties of Loan Parties contained in the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof to the same extent as though made on and as of such date except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date; and

 

(c)           Authority.  (i) The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of this Amendment are within its respective organizational powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited liability company action on the part of such Person, (ii) this Amendment is the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party enforceable against such Person in accordance with its terms and (iii) neither the execution, delivery or performance by each Loan Party of this Amendment (1) violates any law or regulation, or any order or decree of any governmental authority, (2) conflicts with or results in the breach or termination of, constitutes a default under or accelerates any performance required by, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, lease, agreement or other instrument to which such Person is a party or by which such Person or any of its property is bound, (3) results in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the Collateral (other than any Lien in favor of Agent), (4) violates or conflicts with the organizational or governing documentation of such Person, or (5) requires the consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration or filing with, any other Person, except for those already duly obtained.

 

SECTION 4:       Conditions Precedent.  The effectiveness of this Amendment is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)           Documentation.  Agent shall have received each of the following, each in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, in its sole discretion, and, where applicable, each duly executed by each party thereto, other than Agent (each of which shall be deemed to constitute a “Loan Document” pursuant to the Credit Agreement):

 

(i)            this Amendment or counterparts hereof, as well as completed Exhibits hereto;

 

3



 

(ii)           a written legal opinion of the Loan Parties’ counsel, addressed to the Agent, the LC Issuer and the Lenders;

 

(iii)          any Notes requested by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.25 of the Credit Agreement payable to the order of each such requesting Lender;

 

(iv)          a ratification of the other Loan Documents;

 

(v)           a fee letter dated the Second Amendment Closing Date executed by and between Borrowers and Agent (the “Second Amendment Fee Letter”); and

 

(vi)          such other documents, instruments, and agreements as the Agent, the LC Issuer, any Lender or their respective counsel may reasonably request in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment and the other Loan Documents, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

(b)           Payment of Fees.  The Loan Parties shall have paid (i) a non-refundable amendment fee to the existing Lenders equal 0.10% of the aggregate principal amount of each such Lender’s Commitment (as in effect prior to giving effect to this Second Amendment) which fee shall be payable to each such existing Lender on the Second Amendment Closing Date and shall be deemed fully earned at such time, (ii) a non-refundable commitment fee (x) to each new Lender, in an amount equal to 0.25% of the principal amount of such new Lender’s Commitment (as in effect on the Second Amendment Closing Date) and (y) to each existing Lender whose Commitment is being increased pursuant to this Second Amendment, in an amount equal to 0.25% of the principal amount of the increase in such Lender’s Commitment (as in effect on the Second Amendment Closing Date), which fees shall be payable to each such Lender on the Second Amendment Closing Date and shall be fully earned at such time, (iii) all fees owing to Agent pursuant to that certain Second Amendment Fee Letter, and (iv) all of the fees and expenses owing to the Agent, the Arranger, the LC Issuer and the Lenders pursuant to Section 9.6(a) of the Credit Agreement, to the extent invoiced to the Borrower prior to the date hereof.

 

(c)           No Default.  No Default or Unmatured Default under the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(d)           Warranties and Representations.  After giving effect to this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby, the warranties and representations of Loan Parties contained in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Second Amendment Closing Date, with the same effect as though made on such date, except to the extent that such warranties and representations expressly relate to an earlier date, and all of such representations and warranties (except those relating to an earlier date) are hereby remade by Loan Parties as of the Second Amendment Closing Date.

 

SECTION 5:       No Waiver.  Nothing contained in this Amendment shall be construed as a waiver by Agent or any Lender of any covenant or provision of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, this Amendment, or of any other contract or instrument between any Loan Party and Agent and any Lender, and the failure of Agent or Lenders at any time or times hereafter to require strict performance by any Loan Party of any provision thereof shall not

 

4



 

waive, affect or diminish any rights of Agent or Lenders to thereafter demand strict compliance therewith.  Agent and Lenders hereby reserve all rights granted under the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, this Amendment and any other contract or instrument between any Loan Party and Agent or any Lender.

 

SECTION 6:       Ratification; Reference to and Effect on Loan Documents.

 

(a)           Ratification.  Except as specifically amended above, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein, the terms of this Amendment are not intended to and do not effect a novation of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document.  Each of the Loan Parties hereby ratifies and reaffirms each of the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and all of its obligations thereunder.  Each of the Loan Parties hereby agrees that all liens and security interests securing payment of the Obligations under the Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents are hereby collectively renewed, ratified and brought forward as security for the payment and performance of the Obligations.

 

(b)           References.  Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, each of the Loan Documents, including the Credit Agreement, and any and all other agreements, documents or instruments now or hereafter executed and delivered pursuant to the terms hereof or pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, are hereby amended so that any reference in such Loan Documents to the Credit Agreement shall mean a reference to the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby.

 

SECTION 7:       Miscellaneous.

 

(a)           Successors and Assigns.  This Amendment shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of Loan Parties, Agent, Lenders and their respective successors and assigns.

 

(b)           ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  THIS AMENDMENT CONSTITUTES THE ENTIRE AGREEMENT OF THE PARTIES HERETO WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND SUPERSEDES ALL OTHER UNDERSTANDINGS, ORAL OR WRITTEN, WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF.

 

(c)           Headings.  Section headings in this Amendment are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purpose.

 

(d)           Severability.  Wherever possible, each provision of this Amendment shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Amendment shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Amendment.

 

(e)           Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in any number of separate original counterparts (or telecopied counterparts with original execution copy to follow) and by the different parties on separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute one agreement.  Delivery of an

 

5



 

executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

 

(f)            Incorporation of Credit Agreement Provisions.  The provisions contained in Section 16.1 (Choice of Law), Section 16.2 (Consent to Jurisdiction), and Section 16.3 (Waiver of Jury Trial) of the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein by reference to the same extent as if reproduced herein in their entirety.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed on the date first written above, to be effective upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein.

 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric D. Long

 

Name:

Eric D. Long

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

USAC LEASING, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric D. Long

 

Name:

Eric D. Long

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GUARANTOR:

 

 

 

 

USA COMPRESSION PARTNERS, LP

 

 

 

 

By: USA COMPRESSION GP, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric D. Long

 

Name:

Eric D. Long

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

 

AGENT:

 

 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

 

as Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ J. Devin Mock

 

Name:

J. Devin Mock

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

 

LENDERS:

 

 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

 

as Lender, LC Issuer and Swingline Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ J. Devin Mock

 

Name:

J. Devin Mock

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 



 

 

REGIONS BANK

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard A. Gere

 

Name:

Richard A. Gere

 

Title:

Attorney-in-fact

 



 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ T. Alan Smith

 

Name:

T. Alan Smith

 

Title:

Managing Director

 


 

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jason S. York

 

Name:

Jason S. York

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Frazell

 

Name:

John Frazell

 

Title:

Director

 



 

 

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey Marchetti

 

Name:

Jeffrey Marchetti

 

Title:

Officer

 



 

 

UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Irja R. Otsa

 

Name:

Irja R. Otsa

 

Title:

Associate Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christopher Gomes

 

Name:

Christopher Gomes

 

Title:

Associate Director

 



 

 

CATERPILLAR FINANCIAL SERVICES CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Charles C. Shupe III

 

Name:

Charles C. Shupe III

 

Title:

Credit Manager

 



 

 

COMERICA BANK

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Cyd Dillahunty

 

Name:

Cyd Dillahunty

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

UNION BANK, N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mike Richman

 

Name:

Mike Richman

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

CITIBANK, N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Todd J. Mogil

 

Name:

Todd J. Mogil

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

RB INTERNATIONAL FINANCE (USA) LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ F. Dieter Beintrexler

 

Name:

F. Dieter Beintrexler

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Randall Abrams

 

Name:

Randall Abrams

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

COMMITMENT SCHEDULE

 

Lender

 

Commitment

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

 

$

93,000,000

 

Regions Bank

 

$

75,000,000

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

 

$

75,000,000

 

Royal Bank of Canada

 

$

40,000,000

 

Bank of Nova Scotia

 

$

50,000,000

 

PNC Bank, National Association

 

$

40,000,000

 

UBS Loan Finance LLC

 

$

25,000,000

 

Caterpillar Financial Services Corporation

 

$

25,000,000

 

Comerica Bank

 

$

25,000,000

 

Union Bank, N.A.

 

$

25,000,000

 

Citibank, N.A.

 

$

15,000,000

 

RB International Finance (USA) LLC

 

$

12,000,000

 

Total

 

$

500,000,000

 

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

PRICING SCHEDULE

 

 

 

Applicable Margin

 

Leverage Ratio
(trailing 4 quarters)

 

Revolver
Eurodollar
Margin

 

Revolver
ABR
Margin

 

> 5.75 to 1.0

 

2.75

%

0.00

%

< 5.75 to 1.0 but > 4.75 to 1.0

 

2.50

%

0.00

%

< 4.75 to 1.0 but > 3.75 to 1.0

 

2.25

%

0.00

%

< 3.75 to 1.0

 

2.00

%

0.00

%

 

From the Second Amendment Closing Date until five Business Days following the date on which the Agent receives the quarterly financial statements of Parent and its Subsidiaries and a duly executed Compliance Certificate as of March 31, 2012, the Applicable Margin for Revolving Loans that are Eurodollar Loans shall be 2.75% and the Applicable Margin for Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans shall be 0.00%.

 

“Financials” means the annual or quarterly financial statements of the Borrower delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 of this Agreement.

 

The applicable margins shall be determined in accordance with the foregoing table based on the Borrower’s most recent Financials commencing with the Financials for the period ending March 31, 2012.  Adjustments, if any, to the applicable margins shall be effective five Business Days after the Agent has received the applicable Financials.  If the Borrower fails to deliver the Financials to the Agent at the time required pursuant to this Credit Agreement, then the applicable margins shall be the highest applicable margins set forth in the foregoing table until five days after such Financials are so delivered.  Without limitation of any other provision of this Agreement or any other remedy available to Agent or Lenders hereunder, to the extent that any financial statements or any information contained in any Compliance Certificate delivered hereunder shall be incorrect in any manner and Borrower shall deliver to Agent or the Lenders corrected financial statements or other corrected information in a Compliance Certificate (or otherwise), Agent may recalculate the Applicable Margin based upon such corrected financial statements or such other corrected information, and, upon written notice thereof to Borrower, the Loans shall bear interest based upon such recalculated Applicable Margin retroactively from the date of delivery of the erroneous financial statements or other erroneous information in question.

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 21.1

List of Subsidiaries

        USA Compression Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

        USAC Leasing, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company




QuickLinks

List of Subsidiaries

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Partners
USA Compression Partners, LP:

        We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus. Our report refers to the Partnership's change in controlling ownership on December 23, 2010, which resulted in a new cost basis for the Partnership.

    /s/ KPMG
  
KPMG LLP

Dallas, Texas
December 21, 2011




QuickLinks

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm